Full text of "Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal"

See other formats

EW SERIES, VOL. LXIV. CCCALYV.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Vol. LXIV, Part II, No, 2.—1895.

EDITED BY

|
JHE Natura Jtistory PECRETARY.

HH
HG

“ The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
man or produced by nature.”—Siz WILLIAM JONEs,

*,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or care of
Messrs. Luzac ¥ Co., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W. C., or Mr.

Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED AT THE PAPTIST MissI1on PRESS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE
pxSIATIC SOCIETY, 5j, PARK STREET,

i.
<4
ay
>

‘a et

_—«* Price (exclusive of postage) to'Subscribers, Re. 1-8,—To Non-Subscribers, Rs, 2.
: Price in England, 3 Shillings,

Issued July 18th, 1895,

Norice.

Foreign Societies who favour the Asiatic Society of Bengal with
their publications are informed that they may be sent either to the
address of the Society at Calcutta, or to the Agents of the Society in
London, Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Tribner & Co., Ld., Paternoster
House, Charing Cross Road.

AVIS.

Des Sociétés Etrangéres qui honorent la Société Asiatique de Bengale
de ses publications, sont priées de les envoyer ou directement 4 l’adresse
de la Société, 57, Park Street, Calcutta, ou aux Agents de la Société 4
Londres, Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner et Cie, Paternoster
House, Charing Cross Road.

ANZEIGE.

Auslindische Gesellschaften welche die Asiatische Gesellschaft
yon Bengalen mit ihren Publicationen beehren, sind hierdurch ersucht
dieselben entweder direct an die Adresse der Gesellschaft, 57, Park
Street, Calcutta, oder an deren Agenten in London, Messrs. Kegan
awe Trench, Tribner & Co., Ld., Paternoster House, Charing Cross

oad.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

eed t0cee—

Vol. LXIV. Part IIl—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. II. —18985.

Notes on the bleaching action of light on colowring matiers.— By
ALEXANDER Peprer, F.R.S., &e.
[ Read, 6th Feb. ]

That many colours fade when exposed to sunlight is a fact which
is only too frequently observed, and which admits of no doubt. The
colours which are thus bleached are almost invariably of organic
nature, while coloured substances of inorganic character are, as a rule,
practically unaffected by the action of light. The exact cause of this
bleaching action of sunlight on organic colouring matter is, however,
not well understood, and the experiments summarized in this note were
conducted to add to the sum of our knowledge on this subject. They
are, therefore, published not with the hope that they will set the question
of the cause of the bleaching action of light at rest, but rather because
they strengthen the conclusions which appear to have been arrived at
by previous workers on this subject, and to exist in a more or less in-
definite form in chemical literature.

That the subject of the bleaching of colours by light is not yet in a
satisfactory condition may be judged by the following quotation from a
work published as recently as 1890, by Professor EK. Hjelt of Helsingfors,
the well known Sweedish chemist, who in his work on “ General Organic
Chemistry,” in the chapter on the “Chemical Action of Light,” writes *:—

“A considerable number of organic colouring matters lose their
colours and become bleached by the action of sunlight; the process by

* General Organic Chemistry, by Hjelt. Translated by Dr. Tingle, 1890,
J. u. 18

if dj

10 Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2,

which the colours are destroyed is unknown. The action of light upon
sensitive organic substances has been little investigated generally, but
a number of single observations of an interesting nature have been
lately made on this subject,” etc. Hence it would appear there is still
room for further experimentation on this subject.

The bleaching effect of sunlight or diffused light on colours or
coloured fabrics, may be due to several causes. These causes may, per-
haps, be summarized as follows :— .

1. The bleaching may be due to a decomposing action of the
light itself, unaided by any chemical action of the oxygen, carbon dioxide,
moisture, ozone, etc., present in the air, or even, though not at all pro- |
bable in the great majority of cases, the loss of colour may be due to the
colouring matter itself being volatile.

2. The bleaching may be caused by the light inducing some
chemical action due to the oxygen, carbon dioxide, moisture, ozone, etc.,
of the air.

3. Or in the case of dyed colours, the bleaching may be due to
some action between the organic matters of the fabrics, and the
colouring matters under the influence of light, or to a similar action
accompanied by a chemical action due to the oxygen, carbon dioxide,
moisture, etc., contained in the air.

4. Also the bleaching action may be due to changes connected
with the growth of certain low forms of life, such as germinate when
bodies in a favourable condition are freely exposed to ordinary air, in
which such germs of life practically always exist.

To test these propositions early in 1891, the following sets of
experiments were started.

A series of six colouring matters representing roughly different
parts of a spectrum was taken. The colours were Purple as represent-
ed by neutral Litmus, Blue by Methyl Blue, Green by Methyl Green,
Orange by Methyl Orange, Pink by LEosine, and Red by Rosaniline
Acetate. Solutions of these substances were taken of definite strength
(4 grams inalitre of water), so that they could be always reproduced
when required. With these solutions specimens of pure cotton-wool as
representing organic matter such as used in various dyed fabrics, and
asbestus, representing an inorganic surface, which would have no practi-
cal chemical action on colouring matters, were dyed, and afterwards
carefully dried. With these three sets of materials, ¢.e., the solutions,
the dyed cotton, and the dyed asbestus, the following principal sets of
experiments were made :—

A. The solutions were placed in tubes stoppered merely with
cotton-wool, and were then exposed freely to the action of the air and

1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. 141

of any germs floating in the air at the time of preparation, and they
were placed (a) one set in direct sunlight, (b) one in diffused day-
light opposite a window with a north aspect, and (c) one set in perfect
darkness. Fifteen experiments of this kind were started.

B. A set of solutions was taken as in A, except that the tubes
containing the solution were thoroughly boiled for from 15 to 20
minutes in order to kill any germs likely to produce any action. While
the solutions were still boiling the tubes containing them were plugged
well with cotton-wool. Sets of these tubes were also exposed in parallel
series (a) in direct sunlight, (6) in diffused daylight, and (c) in dark-
ness. Highteen experiments of this class were started.

C. Sets of the solutions were placed in tubes drawn out at one
end and connected with the Sprengel mercurial pump. The solutions
were boiled for 15 to 20 minutes, so as to free them from all dissolved
oxygen and from all living germs, etc., and they were then completely
exhausted of air and hermetically sealed. Sets of the solutions in
these tubes were exposed (a) in full direct sunlight, (b) in diffused
daylight opposite a north window, and (c) in total darkness. Highteen
experiments of this class also were started.

D. Specimens of cotton-wool, dyed with solutions of the six
colours and then thoroughly dried at 100° C, were placed in test tubes,
plugged at their mouths with cotton-wool, and then while thus freely
exposed to air in its ordinary hygrometric condition, they were placed
(a) in direct sunlight, and (0) in total darkness. Twelve experiments
of this class were started.

E. Sets of dyed cotton-wool dried at 100° C, were placed in tubes
rendered vacuous by the Sprengel pump, and then hermetically sealed
and exposed (a) to direct sunlight, and (6) in total darkness. Twelve
experiments of this class were started.

F. Specimens of asbestus were freed from organic matter and
from any organisms, etc., by ignition, and dyed with the colours and
carefully dried at 100°C. Specimens were placed in test tubes freely
exposed to the air in its ordinary hygrometric state, and plugged with
cotton-wool only. These were placed one set (a) in full direct sunlight,
and (b) in total darkness. Ten experiments of this class were started.

G. Similar sets of asbestus specimens dyed with the colours and
dried, were placed in tubes carefully exhausted by the Sprengel pump
and hermetically sealed. One set was placed (a) in full direct sun-
light, and a second set (b) in total darkness. ‘Twelve experiments of
this class were started.

The above sets of experiments were allowed to continue for periods
varying in some cases up to nearly three years. In addition also some

142 A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2,

sets of experiments were tried in which coloured substances were
exposed to the action of sunlight after being moistened with water,
and the bleaching under these circumstances compared with that
produced by sunlight when the coloured bodies were kept free from
water and only exposed to moist air. In all cases the presence of
evaporating water rendered the bleaching much more rapid.

It will be seen that in the above list, A to G inclusive, no less than
97 experiments were started, and in addition to these a good many
others were made, which are not reproduced in detail. Hach experi-
ment was examined every few days at first, and later on every few
weeks, and the condition of the specimens was compared with freshly
prepared specimens when necessary, and the results carefully recorded.
Hence a large mass of facts was obtained. It will be seen that it
would be impossible to describe the detailed results of each individual
experiment, as this would take a large amount of space, nor indeed are
the results of sufficient value to make the publication of the details
necessary. Hence the main results only of the experiments are sum-
marised in seven tables, A to G, which are printed below.

It may be convenient here to explain that the comparative results
shown in tables A and B, are intended to differentiate between the
causes referred to in 4 previously. The comparison of the results in
B and OC, is intended to differentiate between the causes referred to in
land 2. The comparison of the results given in D and EH, and given in
F and G, is again intended to differentiate between the causes referred
to in 1 and 2, and finally the results of D and E together, compared
with those of F and G together, will enable a conclusion to be obtained
with reference to cause 3.

143

1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters.

*sSOTTMO]OO |'poyoreq 4]q| *poyovelq

qsoumyy | -ezepisuog | AT[eqaeg sf oe WY ae ¢ a oe oulson
*480] “OAISNTOUOO
quomnodxiy | -urqjusey |‘peyove,qua ss es ee of ss a “* esuei9 [ANION
Mil
WOI4n{OS
° 9 .
4JOT nooo | “yy, anojoo | *poyqovoyq ‘i x " a ‘ 1 oadad ae

ueels ON | wootson | ATeaeg

*peyorolq
Ayeyazeg | peyqovelquy| poqove|quyp|‘peyove|quy |'poqovequy|poyove;quy} peqovelquy |poyove;quy|'poyorequy| ** eurg [AqIeW

“‘peyore[q
o4inb
syjuoW Z UL
‘shep moy |'otdand ozour|‘eydand o10m
qoeqye youe,q}] A;4usI78 ATaysts

“poqovetg | ‘poyovelg | 0} uvseg |poyoeelquy |peyouoquy | poyoRequy| peyore;quy| poqovequy|peyoverquy| ** SUULT
“I04Ze "1094728 "Taqye 10478 1047 *104jB "10478 "1047B "10478
sy4uo0uL SY JUOUL sy }uOUL sqyuouL sy} uoUL sy} uoUL sy} u0UL syjuow syjuOUL *posn ano[op
PT OL SG la! or rg ia! or G

“MOGNIM HLYON V

“SSUNHUVG IVLOT, N
GLIsOddoO ‘LHDITAV( GHSOdAIG NT a LNT

“EHSTINAG LOWUIG OL ATIVa Adsoaxy

"qoom-u0jj09 fo bnyd » yzum pasono hydiuas pun ‘burprog ynoygum saqng 980g wr poond ‘wagom wr UorUnjos U2 sinojoo WW" W

A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2,

144

‘du potq |poqovorquay poyovetquy |‘poyovetquy |‘poyoverqu py} peqove,quy | peyoro|quy|'peyoveiquy| ** eSueag Anew

*INO[0o
weers SurAls
1OH Ut
‘JOS “g1sodep
“prog YOR FITAs
Appuw yor[q SSOLINOT
ysintq doop v -00 4s0ule
6 sé 0} posueyy ; poqove[quy|‘poqovelqu yp |*peqove,quy, a “ uorynjog |‘ woory [AqQo77
*Su0.148 *Bu01498
I1!98 MOTO | T1148 ANO[OH |‘ poyove|qup| peqove|quy | peyowequy |peyovequy) s mr “ enrg [AqIe pT

*peqowelq

eyinb

sqjuom Zz

roqze ‘skep] ‘ystdand | ‘qsijdand
moyaoqye | Ayes | ApqysIIs ;
youoelq M0[09 m0[090

‘poyoretg | ‘poyovelg | 04 uvsog Jpoyovoquy |poyovelquy | peyowequy| peyovelquy |‘peqove,quy|poyorerquyl °° SnU4QUT
“1097e 109478 *104J8 “1942 *104j@ “10478 *104J8 “1048
sqquouL syWOUL syqguouL sq}uouL sqjuour syjuoUL syju0m syjuout *IMo[OH
vl OT PL ot 3 PL Ol 3

“MOGNIM HIYUON V

“LHSIINAG LOWMNIG OL ATIVA CHsodxy ALISOddO LHOLIAV GESosaIa NJ

‘SSUNHUV IVLO, NJ

‘9a ‘sutab wmouf poasf quazwa yoa1b v 02 waaq poy spnby ay7 auofosayy, *bryd yoom
-409}09 D YR pasoja aqny ay} Burprog aprym pup saynurw GT 4of payrog suorgnjos £ vezDM UA WoLNpOs WL sunojoD YY “|

145

1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters.

-u9) m9 09 0, “uf “uy -u “un iM Wi ce ** O9eqJO0V OUl|IUBsoyy
101908 "7101908
sul sul
‘esuByo | esuvyo | ‘esueyo | -youoTq | ‘osueyo | ‘osueyo | ‘osaeyo | -yorolq
yeory | yeorg, | uory | = peony | peory | peor | eo | eon
-ovid ON] -ovad Oj] -ovad ony] -ovrd ON] -ovad ON] -oward On| -ovad ON, -ovad on se ss We ee ** 9uIsOm
cc 6 ce cc 6c (T3 6c 66 6 ce (13 fee esurigQ «cc
73 ¢e 6c cc « 66 6 ‘“ 6c 7 G29 ||c00 weer4) 7
peyovelq) poyoueyq) poyoroq| poyouerq| poyore|q| poyovorq| poyove,q
ae a0 “0 “un 0) 719 un) s i He oe eng 1AT79°1
‘aMo[OO
UL WOT4
“TurmIp
peyove[q) peyovelq FSS |poyovetq| poyoveq| poyovesq

A4IuO Aug | 4 qsig -eddy | -ovrg | AroA\ Ara A “Uf), | peyove[quy |peyove|quy |peyovo|quy| *** “* SnUIqIT
"rq ye “10472 “10478 "T0478 *10qye “194 7B ‘10478 *104}@ *Taqye "104 Fe “10978
SqZUOU | S4AUOUL | SYJUOUL | syQUOUL | SYQuOM | SyquOM | syquOM | syyUOmM | sy QUOTE syquo0UL sq} u0UL *Ino[opD
cs PL OT 6G cS PL OL G PI OL G

*MOCNIM HLYON :
V @L1SOddO LHOITAV( GdsaTaIq NT li i i a
nnn
‘pasopo fiyynoyomsay wayr pun “yoy adom spinby apym pajsnnyae Ajaardiuoo exam saqng ay yorym sagfo ‘sagnurw eT “of a720q
ways suorgnjos ‘dung pobuaudy yyim popoouuoo pun yno wmnup saqng we poompd ‘saynm wr wornjos ur sunojoo yy "O

*LHSTINAY LOWYIG OL ATIVG Gasoax

A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2,

146

“yovorq 09

ss ss SuLlouemum0p ss “ s ese aL oyeqjeoV OUl[raesoy
“‘poyoreq
66 “ Ajea14 09 qsoully “ 13 ‘“c vee evo eos euIsom
“c 6c 6c cc 73 “ see ooo esuRIO 13
*poyoro[q
ce «“ Ajosre'T ‘73 ‘cs cc ree eee meer) it3
A[qearoprtsuo0o
13 cc poyouelg “ “ “ oo eee eee eng [Aq90T
*poyoreq *poyore|q *‘poyore|q
Ajorrqgagy Ajorqugy Ajosre'T ‘peqovelquy | ‘peyoreyqua | “poyovolquag | °" ao or snulyy

“194 JR *1aqJe “104 Je 1098 “19qye "10948
syquoUL sq} u0UuL sqjuoUL syjuouL sqjuouL sqjuoul “moon
ize OL G Va’ Or 3

‘LHDIINAG LOGYIG OL ATIVG ags0axy ‘SSHNHUV(] IVLOY, NT

‘suoyrpuos orujawowbhy anurpso wr sv 09 hpaosf auofosay pasodawa ‘joom
-409}09 ysum pobbnid saqng ysaq wr paonpd ‘hzynfauno pap pun ‘sinojoo Jo suorznjos uous yzum pahp joom-uoxog "

147

1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of ight on colouring matters.

‘posuvyoug | ‘poyorequy,

“‘poyoverg

“‘peyoolg

“payoreyq
Ay[eoyoerg

*pa.mojoo
A[su0a4s [14g

“anojroo
qULey sey [{t9s8
qnq poyoreq

“peqove,q
Ajeayue
ATpeoroearg

“peyoreq
Ajoarquy

*‘peqovelq
Ajoaryue
Aypeorovag

“Surqovalq
04 Aouspuey

IY SITS

‘IMO[OD an{q
qysIy ser [p48
quq peyove[q

‘payovequy | peyovelquy |

“poyavelq
Ajearyue

qsowly

“payore[q
Apqourgstq,

‘pororarq

A[qeaapisuoy|ATqvaropisuoy,

query [Eq

OS JOU INOTOO|UT suIYORaTG

‘SuLqovalq
09 Aouwo
=pue} Isis

*pojareqs oT AA

Wey OS SseT

qnq ‘porno
-o0 Aysu014s

“SULTOVOT
poeproep A190 A

~pto} 41,51[8
Ayquornddy

“ce

(79

ToyyARA [TG |A[su0a4s [PMS] peyorarquy | peyoverqug | :peyovelquyg | peyoverqua

Alqetepisuog | A[qeaepisu0y
*r04j7e “1904 Je “19q Fe
syguouL SyqymoUL syquour
SE VL Ot

“THSTINAY Lou OL ATIVG GHsoaxg

‘paynas fizypouamsay way) saqng ayy pun ‘dung jabuasdgy hq snonova

"1947
sy yuo UL
ce

“104 7Fe
sy 9 uoUL
VL

“10 Je
Spo UL
OL

‘SSUNUUV( IVLOT, NT

“reqye
STQUOUL
G

oor

04BjooY ouliuesoyy

guTsOm

esawig =

mea «=F

eng [AqI°N

ve smUNqrry

*INO[OD

palapuas avon yorym saqne ur poonjd pun hjybnowoy, parup uays ‘s.nojoa Jo suorgnjos buowgs yzum palip yoom-uozzoQ “AT

Fl eeg tegen BY)

A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2,

148

e4v}OOV OUIpIUBsOYy

‘poyovetg | “peyorerg

‘peqoueyq

Aor ay Ajpeorqovag ee “se OUIBONT

‘Opell O10M SJUOMIIOdxe OU BDNUA «‘[[oA\ [[B4e SNyseqsy oAp Jou seop 1N0]/09 sIqy, | *** esunly “
1PEeselg
*poqove]q *peyore|q Ajeatyue
‘6 “cc “ “ see 0014) “

Ajoarqugy Ajorqugy Alperyred

‘posueyo | ‘posuegoun | ‘pesaeyoun | ‘:pesueqoun
erg Aroq | ysouly sow y qsoul[ y

an eng [AqI0}q

ce iii “

“peyowe|q Peyqowelq “‘peqove[q
Ajoarqug Ajoryug = | A[qvaopisuog | ‘poyqove|quy | ‘peyovelquy | *poyovequy | “peyovolquy) f°" snunqry
= |
1047" "10478 "1047 "1904ye “109 JB “19472 *199Je *Iogye
sy}uOu syjuo0uL Sq} UOUL syquour syquou syquoUL syjuoul syyuo0ul *SINO[OD
ce PT Oot a SE FL OL G

‘IHDIINAG LOGYIG OL ATIVE AdsodxT ‘SSUNHUV(] IVLOJ, NT

rr LS
‘goom-uojj09 yum pabbnjyd hijpdrurs avam yory.n Jo syjnow ayp ‘saqny 4saq wr paonjd sajduvg “paiup pun
sunojo9 snoiwwa fo suoynjos buows yzm palip pun pajo0o uayz puv yooy pas yjnf v 07 4noy wo wof payubr snysaqsp

149

1895.] A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters.

‘poyoroyq | ‘surove)q

*pa.mojoo “queqy /30u 4nq query jou yng 4uKIy
4jSu0.14s — |-[11q os oqb |-[11q os e4jinb |-]11q os eytmb
Atoa TYG | 40umojog | you IMojog you anojop Fe 33 zt tf 00 ‘"99B400Y OUI[IUesOry
peyorolq peyoresq peyqoreyq peyovelq | poyovelq | peyovelq | peyovorq | porovolq
dh “es0 “ial sa} “a -af} esa EOL say ‘eS Co RACICT
“Pelt JOU oIOJoIEY} SJUOWIIodx| ‘snaseqsy eAp you seop anojoo SIT, es 200 Gkelemh(gy Ue
Surqoverq Jo | Surove,q zo
peamojoo uoljoR Sut junowe qunome
Apsuoays [g|-yowrqqysyg] qySiTg Teas 2 % : ge i. MOREE is
“ cc (73 19 (13 (13 (73 6¢ vee eee oul [Au79 WwW
peyqove[q peyorelq peyovelq peyorstq =f peyowelq | peyovelq | peyoeelq | peyoeo[q
19 -u9 -uy) -u9 719 uy) un -un se ve “SMUTqUT
*104JB "1947e "1947 “104Je *194}B *1047R *104J@ *19qye
sq} u0UL sq u0uL 8y9U0UL sy} U0UL Sq qu0uL sqju0UL sy} uOUL sy} u0uL *sANO0[OQ,
SE PL OT G Gé PL OT G

‘IHDIINAG LOWAIG OL ATIVE aasoaxT
i onthe ance
“hynoyomsay paynas way, puv dung yobuasdgy fq paysnnywa ‘saqng ur paonjid sardwng ‘parup puv

s4n0}09 snorwna fo suornjos buowgs yz pafip pun pe1009 uay? pun yoay pa. Unf 07 wnoy wy sof pazrubs sngsaqgsp “xy

‘SSANWAVG IVLOT, NT

150 A. Pedler—Bleaching action of light on colouring matters. [No. 2,

The general results shown in the foregoing seven tables may be
fairly accurately summarized in the following small table.

General results of experiments on the bleaching action of Sunlight on Colowrs.

In Dark-| Diffused | In Sun-
ness. Day- light.

Solution of colours exposed to air. Solution unboiled... Un- Un- All
bleached |bleached |bleached

of a + - boiled ... Aa | 55 Partial
bleach-
ing.
5 in vacud ae Peeh s ¥ Un-
bleached
Colours on cotton-woolin air,in ordinary hygrometric state 7 = Bleached
" a in yacuo ... ane ‘0 *) Partial
bleach-
ing.
,, OD asbestus iv ai’, in ordinary hygrometric state 4 T, Bleached
. ie in vacud ae aes se ” ” Un-
bleached

The following general conclusions appear to follow from the above
experiments taken in conjunction with a number of others which can-
not be described in detail :—

1. Organic colours, both in solution in water or on dyed fabrics
inorganic or organic, exposed freely to the action of air in the presence
of the usual atmospheric conditions of moisture, etc., are practically
unacted on in darkness even when exposed to these conditions for nearly
three years.

2. Organic colours in the conditions mentioned in 1, are also
practically unaffected by diffused daylight opposite a north window,
even for the same period of nearly three years.

3. Organic colours in the conditions mentioned in 1, when exposed
to the direct rays of the sun are all bleached, but with varying rapidity.

4. In the absence of air (moisture, etc.) strong sunlight, even for
a period of three years, has practically no bleaching action on organic
colours either in solution in water or used as dyes on inorganic fabrics.
In the ease of organic fabrics partial bleaching occurs.

5. It hence follows from 4 that the bleaching is not due to any
action of light alone or to any volatility of the colouring matters.

1895.] H. H. Godwin-Austen—WNotes on Indian Land Mollusca. 151

6. The bleaching of colours takes place less rapidly when the
colours are in solution than when they are dyed on fabrics.

7. The bleaching of colours in solution takes place less rapidly if
the living germs or organisms in the solutions ave destroyed by boiling
than if they be not so destroyed.

8. The bleaching action of light appears to be more powerful if
the colours are in contact with an organic fabric than if they are used
to colour inorganic materials (asbestus),

9. The bleaching action of light in presence of air is much facili-
tated by the presence of moisture in contact with the colours and more
particularly of evaporating water in contact with dyed fabrics.

10. There can therefore be little doubt that the bleaching action
of light on ordinary organic colouring matters is usually due to oxidation.
This oxidation when facilitated by evaporating water is probably or almost
certainly due to the action of ozone, for Gorup von Besanez has shown
that ozone is invariably formed when water evaporates in the air.* It
therefore appears highly probable also that the action of the sunlight
on the oxygen of the air brings if into an active condition (resembling
perhaps that of ozone), and that the bleaching of organic colours is due
to oxidation from this cause; for ordinary oxygen uninfluenced by
sunlight does not bleach.

No. 3. Notes on, and drawings of, the animals of various Indian Land
Mollusca (Pulmonifera).—By Linut.-Cotonet H. H,. Gopwiy- Austen,
F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.

[Read 3rd April. ]
Plate VII.
Continued from J. A. S. B., Pt. w., Vol. LI, 1882, p. 71.

After the long lapse of 12 years since publishing my second paper
(in 1882), on the drawings of Indian Land-Mollusca made by native
artists under the superintendence of Ferdinand Stoliczka, I now
forward a third, with the hope that it will lead some of our younger
naturalists to make notes and drawings, and if possible dissections, of
Indian species, so that they may be more accurately placed in generic
position.

The first I have to notice and reproduce on Plate vii, fig. 1, is No. 29
of Ferd. Stoliczka’s drawings, a very careful and accurate one of Helix
octhoplaz, with his MS. note attached,—‘ Asalu; sent down by Major
Godwin-Austen.” In 1869 I was surveying in the Naga Hills and

* Ann. Chem. Pharm. clxi. 282; also Roscoe and Schorlemmer Treatise on
Chemistry Vol. I., p. 200.

152 H. H. Godwin-Austen—WNotes on Indian Land Mollusca. [No. 2,

was able to send a large number of species alive to Calcutta, by packing
them in hollow green bamboos. In this way they travel well. No wet
moss is necessary, and should be excluded. Green leaves or grass are
best, and with the present rapid transit they might in the autumn
months reach England in safety. A collection made in Aden reached
me all in a living state, and survived a long time, and bred, being
viviparous.

Sub-family Helicea.
Sub-Genus Evcocuitas, Theobald.

Uatalogue Land and Freshwater Shells of British India, August
1876, p. 26. No description is given, so I add one below.

Type of genus Helix octhoplax, Benson. Plate VII. fig. 1.
Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1860. from Pegu, (Theobald).
Description of Genus.

Animal.— A true Helix; jaw grooved (according to W. T. Blanford,
vide Nevill’s Hand List, p. 81); foot very flat and oval when fully
extended ; tentacles rather thick, surface granulate, no defined pallial
line.

Shell. — Large, solid, closely umbilicated, depressed, convex above
and below, keeled, aperture broadly lunate, peristome slightly expanded,
reflected near the short solid columella, margins joined by a slight
callus. Ranges from the North Khasi Hills eastward. Theobald gives
Moyang Khasi Hills as the habitat, and as the type shell described by
Benson came from him, Pegu, I think, must be a mistake.

Description of H. octhoplax from Moyang, northern side of the Khasi
Hills, in my note book: “of a rich dark madder brown colour, base of
foot and its narrow edge of same colour but lighter, when partially with-
drawn into shell the foot is much flattened and crinkled up along the
margin, foot rounded at extremity with no gland above.” In the drawing
of the animal there is a well marked pale line on the dorsal side of the
neck, formed by three strong parallel ruge or lines, broken up into
large tubercles.

This is a very distinct genus, and the animal of very striking and
beautiful appearance, if we can apply such a term of praise to a snail,
and it is unlike any other Helix I have seen in this part of India.
It is very rare and local on the North-East Frontier, and I never
obtained it on the south of the water-parting. I have it from the
north of the Garo Hills, Moyang in the Khasi Hills, and Asalu in
the Naga Hills.

1895.] H. H. Godwin-Austen—Notes on Indian Land Mollusca. 153

Nevill suggests in his Hand List, that it “is probably closely allied
to Stylodon (Stylodonta?) possibly not separable.” This can only be
settled after a comparative examination of the anatomy of the animals.
It would certainly be a very interesting fact with regard to distribu-
tion, to find a genus of the Seychelle Islands extending to Eastern India.
I hope before long to receive specimens in spirit from the Khasi Hills.
H. illustris Pfr. from Cambodia is very close to H. octhoplaz, and Nevill
includes bougainvillei, Pfr. from the Solomon Islands. Benson taking
shell characters alone into consideration and, no doubt, thinking it one
of the Zonitidex, placed it near cycloplax of Sikkim.

It grows toa large size. My finest specimen measures, major
diam. 61:0, minor diam. 51:0, alt. axis 25:0 millim.

Benson’s type measures, major diam. 46, minor diam. 26, alt. axis
25°0 millim.

Since commencing this paper I have received another and distinct
species of this genus, from my old friend and former assistant in
the Indian Survey Department, Colonel Woodthorpe, C.B., who got
it on the eastern frontier of Burmah, beyond Fort Stedman; and I am
about to describe it in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.
It is preserved in spirit, so that I have been enabled to examine its
anatomy. It appears to me far nearer to such forms of Cochlostyla as
C. cineracea, Semper ; and if I should be correct in this view, it would
be an interesting extension westward of that group of shells.

Genus PLEcTOPYLIS, Benson, Type achatina, Gray.
Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., April 1860.*

This genus has been treated of by Mr. W. T. Blanford, in Annals and
Mag. Nat, Hist., April 1861, and J. A. S. B., Vol. XXXIV, 1865, p. 73.
In the P. Z. S., November 1874 and January 1875, and in this Journal
for 1879, a number of species both old and new were described and
figured with some detail by myself, especially as regards the very pecu-
liar and characteristic internal plication.

This genus is anatomically described most admirably by F. Sto-
liczka from the type species, in this Journal for 187], p. 217. How far
it differs from Corilla of Ceylon, to which it must be closely allied, has
still to be made out; as also the true affinity with retifera from the
Nilgherries, and with clathratula from Ceylon, which is still more remote.

Stoliczka, from his observation and knowledge of the animal, con-
sidered this genus related to Clausilia. The genus is ovo-viviparous as
observed in three species —achatina, cyclaspis and pinacits—jaw grooved.

* Fie. 56 of Stoliczka’s Drawings, Moulmain, PI. vii. fig. 5.

154 H. H. Godwin-Austen—WNotes on Indian Land Mollusca. [No, 2,

Helix (Plectopylis) minor, Godwin-Austen. Plate VII. figs. 3 and
3a. (No. 51 of MS. Stol.).

Described in Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., August 1879. Darjiling ?

I give below a copy of the original description and add the dimen-
sions then omitted. I now also give magnified drawings of the hair-
like epidermal fringe in this species (fig. 3a) and in another allied to it,
also from Darjiling, P. pinacis (fig. 2a), in which it is seen how
greatly they differ, bemg regular and symmetrical in size and diameter
and perfectly rounded at the end in P. minor; while in the other
it is irregular flattened and divided near the extremity into two or more
points, which are again split at the end. This distinction held good in
both young and old specimens and was not the result of age or weather-)
ing.

It may be interesting here to refer to Plate I, J. A. S., B., 1879}
where the epidermal fringe of P. brachydiscus is given, shewing another
and very distinct form of hairy fringe.

Description. “ Shell sinistral, openly umbilicated, discoidal, hirsute.
Sculpture coarse with irregular transverse ribbing, near the apex fine
and regular ribbing; color pale umber, with regularly disposed broadish
transverse bars of sienna-brown: spire flat, only the first three whorls
slightly rising above the others; suture shallow. Whorls five, sub-
angular on the periphery of the last, which has four distinct rows of
short hairs, entire at the point. Aperture oblique, slightly descending ;
peristome lunate, slightly flattened on the upper outer margin, but very
little reflected, the inner margins connected with a distinct bridge on
the parietal side. The parietal vertical Jamina is simple, with no dis-
tinct horizontal plica below it, as in macromphalus; the palatal plice
are six in front, four behind, the basal one in front thin, and longer than
the others.”

Major diam. 0°20 in., minor diam. 0'17 in. alt. axis 0:09 inch.
- Rae eet) renee oe » 45 mm. 3)! ee

The animal in Stoliczka’s drawing now before me is coloured dark
brown, and being a young shellis enlarged. In my MS. notes I find a
specimen of P. macromphalus from Shillong in the Khasi Hills thus
described: ‘‘ Animal with lower tentacles represented by two small
hemispherical protuberances, body all. pale with tinge of orange on
head and neck: extremity of foot pointed.” I must now correct an
error in my paper in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for
1879, where I say that in Stoliczka’s drawing it is represented of a
pink color.

The animal of P. plectostoma, Bs., from Teria Ghat, is thus de-
scribed in my field book :—‘‘ Animal: foot short, of a pale brown yellow

1895.] H. H. Godwin-Austen—wNotes on Indian Land Mollusca. 155

tint, neck and tentacles the same slightly darker; tentacles short, the
eral very small; no gland on foot, which is pointed.”

Helix (Plectopylis) achatina. Gray. Plate VII. fig. 5.

Moulmain ? (fig. 56 of MS. Stol.)

Description from drawing. — Animal with long slender eye-tentacles,
the oral of ordinary size ; colour of tentacles and neck dark umber brown,
pale towards the extremity of the foot, which is pointed, very minutely
speckled with brown throughout: a broad pale pedal margin, or
fringe, distinctly defined by a line of oblong tubercles apparently simi-
lar to what is seen in the Zonitidx, but there is no mucous gland at the
extremity of the foot.

Helix huttoni, Pfr.

(Fig. 23 of the drawings: no remarks.)

No locality is given; but as the drawing was made ona piece of
cardboard on which were two other shells from Darjiling, I imagine
it was collected there. I note also that Mr. G. Nevill in his Hand List,
gives 30 specimens in the Indian Museum from Darjiling, and in Mr.
W. T. Blandford’s collection are specimens from the same locality.

In the drawing the animal is shewn nearly pure white ineluding the
tentacles, with a pointed extremity to the foot, the pedal margin
distinct.

Now true Heliz huttoni, which was described from the N. W. Hima-
laya, is very differently described in my Notes on specimens from
Waverley, Mussoorie Hill Station:—‘ Animal light brown, tentacles
long and dark brown; ” it is doubtful therefore, whether the N. W.
Himalayan andthe Darjiling species are identical. The former also
have a much more hairy, rougher epidermis than those so called hutionz
from the latter place and the Khasi Hills.

Mr. Theobald placed this species in the genus Fruticicola Helder
(= Hygroucia, Risso, apud Adam’s genera) of which the European H.
hispida is the type, and to which in shell structure it closely assimilates.
It is just as well in our present state of ignorance of the animal
to leave H. huttoni in the sub-genus [ruticicola, of which the animal is
known, rather than in Plectotropis of Albers founded on the shell only
(of elegantissima) from the Liew-Kiew Islands, or in Plunispira, Beck
(type zonaria) from Celebes( = Lurystoma, Albers, type vittata) from Cey-
lon. Weshouid also be guided somewhat by the known, or rather reputed
distribution of Fruticicola ; which ranges from the European region into
Asia and is represented by rufispira, Von Martens, in Turkestan ; by plecto-

J. u. 20

156 4H. H. Godwin-Austen— Notes on Indian Land Mollusca. [No. 2,

tropis and phxozona, V. Martens, Sasak Taka; dschulfensis in Persia ;
and by bactriana, Hutton, from Kandahar ; which carries it close into the
Himalayan range. Nevill also describes one (mataianensis) from Mataian,
Sind Valley, Kashmir.

Helix similaris and bolus which have been placed in the genus
Fruticicola have, I should say, but very slight connection withit. The
list of species in Planispira and Plectotropis, as given by Geoffrey
Nevill in the Hand List, will require very considerable revision. In an
unpublished copy of his Hand List, greatly corrected, which he was good
enough to give me before his early death, he has put H. huttoni in
Aegista, a genus of Albers, who placed in it Helix oldhami from
Burma, a very different form as regards the aperture of the shell.

Until we know the anatomy of Hurystoma vittata, Plectotropis
elegantissima and Aegista oculus from China, it is unsatisfactory work
trying to place these Indian species under any of these three genera;
and it is very difficult to get hold of the type species in spirit.

Sub-genus Planispira, Beck.
(Type Zonaria, Miller from Celebes.)

Eurystoma, Albers (on shell alone), type H. vittata, Ferussac, from
Madras.

Semi-cornu, Klein.

H. (? Planispira) propinqua, Pfr. Plate VII, fig. 4.
Central India (fig. 40 of MSS. Stol.)

The remarks which I have made regarding the location of Indian
species in this genus, applies here to this one. An examination lately
made of the anatomy of some Southern Indian Shells (and I am expect-
ing some more material) shews that a number of them are very closely
related, although they do not shew it in shell character.

Description of Plate.

Fig. 1. Animal of Helix (Eucochlias) octhoplax, Benson.
2. Animal of Helix (Plectopylis) pinacis, Benson.
2a. Epidermal hairs on keel magnified.

3. Animal of Helix (Plectopylis) minor, G.-A.

3a. Epidermal hairs of same magnified.

4. Animal of Helix (Planispira?) propinqua. Pfr.
5. Animal of Helix (Plectopylis) achatina. Gray.

1895. ] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 157

Materials for a Carcinological Fauna of India. No. 1. The Brachyura
Oxyrhyncha.— By A. Aucock, M.B., C.M.Z.S., Superintendent of the
Indian Musewm. ;

Plates ITI-V.
{Received 11th April:— Read Ist May. |

It was the intention of my immediate predecessor and late friend
James Wood-Mason to write a Descriptive Catalogue of the collection
of Crustacea in the Indian Museum.

To this end he had collected a very comprehensive Crustacean
literature, and had set in motion a scheme for extracting in a handy
form the references contained therein.

He had also roughly sorted the whole collection into its component
great-groups, and had made a large number of identifications.

In short he had, before his sad and premature death, collected the
raw material for, and sketched the broad foundations of, a work that,
had he lived on in unimpaired health, might have been a fit companion
and sequel to the classical volumes of that great naturalist Henri
Milne-Edwards.

Only in the case of the Stomapoda had he gone further than this ;
and Iam now preparing to edit, from the rough MS. notes at my
disposal, his account of a part of this Order as represented in the
collection of the Indian Museum.

The present paper is the first of a series in which I hope to be
able to turn to some—though inadequate—account the mass of
material accumulated by my predecessor.

My own work in this paper has been to complete, to arrange
systematically, to collate, and to verify the available references to the
literature of the Oxyrhyncha; to determine about 70 per cent. of the
Indian species contained in the collection of the Indian Museum; to
prepare the generic diagnoses and the descriptions of all the species
mentioned; and to work out, to the best of my ability, keys—which I
hope may be of use to naturalists in India—to sub-families, genera,
and species.

In the arrangement of the group as a whole, I have been guided
and assisted by the Revision of the Maiotd Crustacea, by Mr. E. J. Miers,

158 A. Alcock —Carcinological Fawna of India. [No. 2,

in the Journal of the Linnean Society (Zoology), Vol. XIV. 1879;
and by the same author’s Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura; and to
these important works I have here to acknowledge my great indebted-
ness.

I have not, however, been able to give my complete adherence to
the classification proposed by Mr. Miers, further than to accept the
previously adopted division of the Oxyrhyncha into two groups of
equal value—the Maioids and the Parthenopoids. To these groups, I
would, followimg Dr. Claus, give the rank of families—Maiide and
Parthenopide.

But to further sub-divide a group like the Maioids—in which we
find, as Miers himself remarks, every reasonable gradation of form
from Stenorhynchus to Pericera—into separate families, as is done by
Miers, involves, I think, an unnecessary and unphilosophical interference
with the meaning of the term ‘ family.’

Nor is anything gained, from the point of view of the practical
systematist, by establishing families which overlap in all direc-
tions.

I am so much indebted to the works of Mr. Miers, that I should be
loath to criticize them in any but a friendly spirit. But it seems to me
that while Mr. Miers has recognized the value of certain characters
round the developments and modifications of which the Maioid Crabs
easily cleave into most natural groups, he has proceeded in practice to
ignore in great measure the value of his own generalization.

It appears to me that Mr. Miers’ families of Mazinea consist each
of a quite natural nucleus hidden in a loose artificial wrapping.

Beginning with the Inachidse of Miers, we find «a natural group,
typified by such forms as Leptopodia and Inachus, linked with forms like
Anamathia, Xenocarcinus, Huenia, Pugettia, Acanthonyx, Doclea and
Stenocionops, none of which are any more nearly related to Leptopodia
and Inachus than they are to any other Maioid.

In the Maiide of Miers again, we find a most arbitrary jumble of
forms. Amid the confusion, however, we can discern a large natural
nucleus, typified not, it is true, by Maia, but by such forms as Egeria,
Chionecetes, Pisa, Nawzia, etc.;*but these are no more nearly related to
Maia, Paramithrax, Schizophrys, Criocarcinus, and Micippa than they
are to any other Maioid.

The third family, Periceride, is even more bewildering; but as
Miers himself, in his Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, has distri-
buted many of his original Periceroid genera among the other two
families, it would be unjust to enter into any detailed criticism of this
family now.

1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 159

The classification proposed in this paper is in many respects a
reversion to the older authors.

For a most interesting and instructive historical and critical review
of the Oxyrhyncha as a whole, I would refer to the Introduction of
Miers’ paper, already cited, in the Journal of the Linnean Society,
Zoology, Vol. XIV. 1879, pp. 634-642.

I have only to add that as almost all the new species described in
this paper have been dredged by the ‘Investigator,’ they will be
figured in next year’s issue of the “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the
‘ Investigator.’ ”

Tribe OXYRHYNCHA or MAIOIDEA.

Ozyrinques, Oxyrinchi, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Insect. tom. VI. p. 85.

Ozyrhinques et Canceriens Cryptopodes, Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. tom. I.
pp. 263, 368.

Maioidea or Oxyrhyncha, Dana, U. 8S. Expl. Exp. Crust. Pt. I. pp. 66, 67 and 75.

Oxyrhyncha, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 684; and
‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 2.

Carapace more or less narrowed in front, and usually produced to
form a rostrum: branchial regions considerably developed, hepatic
regions small. Epistome usually large; buccal cavity quadrate, with
the anterior margin usually straight. Branchie almost always nine in
number on either side*: their efferent channels open at the sides of
the endostome or palate. Antennules longitudinally folded. The
palp of the external maxillipeds is articulated either at the summit or
at the antero-internal angle of the meropodite. The external genitalia
of the male are inserted at the bases of the fifth pair of trunk-legs.

The Oxyrhyncha may be sub-divided into two families, namely :—

(1) the Maiidsz, in which the basal joint of the antenne is well
developed, and in which it is exceptional to find the chelipeds vastly
longer than the other legs ;

and (2) the Parthenopide, in which the basal joint of the antenne
is very small, and is embedded between the front and the floor of the
orbit; and in which it is exceptional not to find the chelipeds vastly
longer and vastly more massive than the other legs.

* Encephaloides is the only Oxyrhynch known to me in which the branchiz are
less than nine in number on either side: in Hneephaloides the reduction, both in
size and number, of the anterior branchis seems to be due to the enormous
development of the four posterior branchie.

160 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Family I. MAIIDA.

Macropodiens and Maiens, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 272.

Maiinea, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust. Pt. I. pp. 76 and 77, (and Oncininea.)
Maiinea, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 640; and ‘ Challen-

ger’ Brachyura, p. 2.

Basal antennal joint well developed, and occupying all the space
between the antennulary fossa and the eye.

Taking the characters sagaciously suggested by Miers, namely,
the relative development of the component parts of the orbit, including
basal antennal joint—-as the basis of a division, the members of the
family Mazide fall into four natural groups or sub-families as follows :—

Key to the Sub-families of Maiide.

Sub-family I. Inachine. Eyes without orbits: the eyestalks,
which are generally long, are either non-retractile, or are retractile
against the sides of the carapace, or against an acute post-ocular spine
that affords no concealment. The basal joint of the antenne is
extremely slender throughout its extent, and is usually long :—

Alliance 1. Leptopodioida. Basal joint of the antenne usually
sub-cylindrical, or at any rate convex ventrally, often independent of the
neighbouring structures: the external maxillipeds have the merus
narrower than the ischium, and the palp large and coarse, and hence
have a somewhat pediform appearance. .

Alliance 2. Inachoida. Basal joint of the antenne flattened or
concave ventrally, and intimately fused with the neighbouring parts ;
its antero-external angle often produced to form a spine visible from
above: the external maxillipeds have the merus at least as broad as the
ischium, and the (small) palp borne at the internal angle of the merus.

Sub-family II. Acanthonychine. Eyes without true orbits: the
eyestalks, which are very short or sometimes even obsolescent, are
either concealed beneath a forwardly-produced supra-ocular spine, or
are sunk in the sides of a huge beak-like rostrum ; a postocular spine
or process is sometimes present, but is not excavated for the reception
of the retracted eye. The basal antennal joint is truncate-triangular.
The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium.

Sub-family III. Pisine. Eyes with commencing orbits, of which
one of the most characteristic parts is a large, blunt, usually but not

1895. ] A Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 161

always isolated, cupped post-ocular process into which the eye is
retractile, but never to such an extent as to completely conceal the
cornea from dorsal—still less from ventral—view; there is almost
always also a distinct supraocular eave, which is sometimes produced
forwards as a spine: the eyestalks are short. The basal antennal joint
is broad ; its antero-external angle is generally produced forwards, as a
spine or tooth. The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as
the ischium.

Alliance 1. Pisoida. Post-ocular cup distinctly isolated from the
supra-ocular eave by a gap or fissure. ;

Alliance. 2. Lissoida. Post-ocular cup in the closest contact with
the supra-ocular eave, a suture only intervening.

Sub-family 1V. Maiinze. Eyes either (1) with orbits, which may
be incomplete or complete, but are always complete enough to entirely
conceal the fully retracted cornea from dorsal view; or (2) but par-
tially protected by a huge horn-like or antler-like supra-ocular spine,
or by a large jagged post-ocular tooth (Paramicippa tuburculosa, Edw.),
or by both. The eyestalks are usually long.

The orbit, when present, is formed in one of two ways; there is
always an arched—often very strongly arched—supra-ocular eave, and
a prominent post-ocular spine; and either (1) the interval between the
eave and the spine is filled by another spine, in which case the roof
of the orbit, though fissured, is fairly complete; or (2) the supra-
ocular eave and the post-ocular spine are in contact with one another
above, and below with a process of the basal antennal joint, in which
case the orbit has not only a complete or nearly complete roof, but a
complete or nearly complete floor also.

The basal antennal joint is always very broad, and is either very
extensively produced outwards to aid in forming the floor of the orbit,
or is armed distally with one or two large spines.

The external maxillipeds have the merus at least as wide as the
ischium. .

Alliance 1. Maioida. The orbit is formed (1) by a supra-ocular
hood, the postero-external angle of which is often produced as a spine,
(2) by a sharp post-ocular tooth, and (3) by a spine intercalated between
the two. Basal antennal joint broad, but not specially produced to
form a floor to the orbit ; usually armed at both its anterior angles with
a strong spine.

Alliance 2. Stenocionopoida. There is no true orbit; but either a
huge, outstanding, often more or less hollowed, horn-like or antler-like
supra-ocular spine, or a postocular tooth, or both. The basal antennal

162 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

joint is broad, and either has, or has not, one or both of its anterior
angles armed with a strong spine. The merus of the external maxil-
lipeds usually has its antero-external angle strongly dilated ; and the
buccal frame is often much wider in front than behind.

Alliance 3. Periceroida, The carapace is broadened anteriorly by
the outstanding, often tubular, orbits: the orbits are formed (1) by an
arched supra-ocular hood, or semi-tubular horn, (2) by a hollowed
post-ocular process, and (3) by a remarkable broadening, or by a pro-
longation, of the anterior part of the basal antennal joint; and they
afford complete concealment to the retracted eye. The rostrum is often
more or less deflexed.

I am afraid that this last sub-family will, at first, meet with hostile
criticism ; but I feel pretty sure that it is a natural group. For, taking
the nature of the orbits, eyes, and basal antennal joint as the primary
bond of relation, we find, if we exclude the aberrant Stenocionopoida,
a regular gradation from the imperfect orbit and the narrower basal
antennal joint of Maia, through the more perfect orbit and broader
basal antennal joint of, e.g., Micippa thalia and Micippa cristata, to the
perfect tubular orbit of Microphrys (if Microphrys cornutus be the type),
Tiarinia and Macroceloma. The Stenocionopoida again are linked on,
through Picrocerus and Picroceroides, to the Periceroida ; and, on the
other hand, through Criocarcinus to the Maioid Chlorinoides.

The following is a list of the genera of Maioid Crabs, so far as
known to me, arranged in accordance with the afore-proposed classifi-
cation. Within each sub-family the genera are arranged alphabeti-
cally. Indian geuera are printed in roman type, and all genera known
to me by autopsy are marked with an asterisk.

Complete references are not given; but only references to the
best diagnoses with which I am acquainted. ‘The bibliography of
Indian genera will be found in the sequel.

Family Maiide.
Sub-family I. Inachinew.

ALLIANCE I. LEPTOPODIOIDA.

* Acheeus.

Achzopsis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 219.

P Anisonotus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust, I. p. 195.
* Camposcia.

1895. | A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India, 163

Cyrtomaia, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 14.

* Kchinoplax.

Ergasticus, A. M-E., Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 29.

Bricerus, Mary J. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVI.
p. 228. 4

Leptopodia, Leach, Zool. Miscell. II. 15: Milne-Edwards Hist. Nat.
Crust. I. 275 (Synonomy see Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIV. 1879,
p- 643).

Inispognathus, A. Milne-Edwards, Bulli. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. VIII.
1880-81, p. 9; and Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 349: and Miers ‘ Challen-
ger’ Brachyura, p. 27.

* Macrocheira, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 88: and Miers,
‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 33.

Metoporaphis, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. VII.
1862, p. 198.

* Oncinopus.

Pactolus, Leach, Zool. Miscell. IJ. 19: Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat.
Crust: II. 189

* Paratymolus.

* Platymaia.

Pleistacantha, Miers, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 24.

Podochela, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. II. 1862,
p. 194, (Synon. Podonema, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. II.
1870-71, p. 126).

* Stenorhynchus, Lamk., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 278
(Syn. Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., XIV. 1879, p. 643).

New genera :— Lambracheus, Physacheus, Grypacheus.

ALLIANCE Ii. INACHOIDA.

Anacinetops, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, Vol. IV. p. 3.

Anasimus, A Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 360.

Anomalopus, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-71, p. 124.

* Apocremnus.

Arachnopsis, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-71, p. 121.

Batrachonotus, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-71,
p. 122.

* Collodes.

* Encephaloides,

Erileptus (? =Anasimus), Mary J. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
Vol. XVI. 1893, page 226.

2? PP Hucinetops, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, Vol.

We, 1, 2h

164 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

VII. 1862, p. 191 (more probably, as Stimpson himself suggested,
allied to Micippa).

Euprognatha, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-7], p. 122.

Eurypodius, Guérin; Milue-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 283.

Gonatorhynchus, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 10.

Halimus, Latr., Edw., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 340.

* Tnachus, Fabr., Edw., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 286. ©

* Tnachoides.

* Microhalimus, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 7.

Neorhynchus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 186,
(= Microrhynchus, Bell, P. Z. S., 1835, p. 88, and Trans. Z. 8. II. 1841,
p. 40).

Oregonia, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. p. 105.

Pyromaia, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. IT. 1870-71, p. 109.

* Trichoplatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) IV. 1876,
Art. 9, p. 2.

Sub-family, II. <Acanthonychide.

* Acanthonyx.

Antilibinia, Macleay, in Smith’s Ill. Zool. S. Africa, p. 56.

Cyclonyx, Miers, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 6.

Dehaanius, Macleay, in Smith’s Ill. Zool. 8. Africa, p. 57.

Epialtus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. 1. 344.

Eupleurodon, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. X.
1874, p. 98.

Goniothoraz, A. Milne-Edwards. Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) III. 1878-79,
p. 103.

* Huenia.

Leucippa, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I, 345.

Mimulus, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. VII.
1860, p. 199.

Peltinia, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. p. 129.

* Menethius.

Mocosoa, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Il. 1870-71, p. 128.

* Pugettia,

?* Scyramathia.

* Simocarcinus.

* Sphenocarcinus, (? = Oxypleurodon, Meirs, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura,
p- 38.)

Trigonothir, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, Vol. IV. p. 4.

* Xenocarcinus.

1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 165
Sub-family III. Pisine.

ALLIANCE J. Pisoipa.

Arctopisis, Lamk. see Pisa emend. Miers, infra.

Acanthophrys, A. Milne-Edwards (as limited by Miers, J. L.S.
Zool. XIV. 656), Ann. Soc. Entom. Fr, (4) V. 1865, p. 141, pl. v. fig. 3.
* Anamathia, Roux; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 285.

Chionecetes, Kroyer; Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIV. 1879,
p. 654 (Syn. Peloplastus, see Miers, J. L. S., Zool. XIV. 654).

* Chorilibinia.

Chorinus, Leach ; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I, 314.

* Doclea.

* Heeria.

? Hsopus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 89.

* Hurynome, Leach; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 350.

Hoplopisa, A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) II. 1877-78,
p. 222; and Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 201.

* Hyas, Leach ; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 311.

* Hyastenus (Syn. Lahainia and Chorilia.)

Lepteces, Mary J. Rathbun, P. U.S. N. M., Vol. XVI. 1893, p- 83.

Inbidoclea, Edw. and Lucas, Voy. Amer. lMiecid Crust., p. 6.

* Inbinia, Leach ; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. 1. 298.

Lepidonaxia, Zool. Record, 1877, Crust., p. 11.

Loxorhynchus, Stimpson, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. VI.
1857, p. 451.

* Naxia (Syn. Naxioides and Podopisa).

? Nibilia, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 132.

Notolopas, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, X. 1874,
p. 96.

Pelia Bell, Trans. Zool. Soc. II. 1841, p. 44.

* Pisa, Leach, Miers; Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 53.

? Pisoides, Hdw. and Lucas, Voy. Amer. Merid. Crust., p. 10.

Prionorhynchus, Jacquinot and Lucas, Voy. Pole Sud, I’ Astrolabe
et la Zélée, tom. III. Crust., p. 5.

? Pyria, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. p. 96.

Rachinia, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., pl, xviii., fig. 1 (if this
genus is distinct from Scyramathia).

Salacia, Edw. and Lucas, Voy. Amer. Merid. Crust., p. 12.

Scyra, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. p. 95.

? * Scyramathia (Syn. ? Rachinia).

Trachymaia, A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. VIII.
1880-81, p. 3; and Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 351.

166 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No, 2,
Asuiance IT, Lissorpa.

? Coelocerus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 84.
Herbstia, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 301 (Syn. Rhodia,
Bell, T. Z. S, II. 1841, p. 43; Micropisa, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sei-
Philad., 1857, p. 217: Herbstiella, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc, Nat. Hist. New.
York, X, 1874, p. 93).

* Hoplophrys.

Lissa, Leach; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat Crust. I. 310.

Parathoe, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, 1879, Vol. IV. p. 16.

Perinea, Dana, U. §. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. p. 114.

* Tylocarcinus.

Sub-family I1V. Mazine.
Avuutance [. Marorpa.

* Cyclax (Cyelomaia).

* Maia.

Maiella, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. &e., VII. 1893-94, p. 51.

Maiopsis, Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV. £893, p. 150.

Nemausa, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p. 80.

* Paramithrax (* Leptomithrax, * Chlorinoides).

? Phycodes, A. Milne-Edwards, Rev. et Mag. Zool. (2) XXI. 1869,
p. 374.

? Plewrophricus, A. Milne-Edwards, Journ. Mus. Godeffr., I. Crust.
p. 260.

* Schizophrys (Dione).

Temnonotus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sic. Mex. Crust. E. p. 82.

ALLiancge II. Srenocionopora.

* Criocarcinus.

? Eucinetops, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat, Hist. New York, VII.
1862, p. 191. . .

* Paramicippa, Edw. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 332.

Picrocerus, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) V. 1865, p. 136.

Pseudomicippa, Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer., SB. Ak. Wien, XLIII.
1861, p. 301; and Miers ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 68 (nec syn. Micro-
halimus).

Stenocionops.

Stilbegnathus, E. Martens, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XVI. 1866,

« 379, .

E Tyche, Bell, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 172, and T. Z. 8. II. 184], p. 58 (syn.
Platyrinchus, Desbonne and Schramm, Crust. Guadeloupe, p. 3).

1895. ] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India, 167
ALLIANCE III. PrrRiceroipa.

? Ala, Lockington, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. VII. 1876, p. 65.

Anaptychus, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, VII. 1862,
p. 183.

? Coelocerus, A Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust I. p. 84.

Cyclocoeloma, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1880, Vol. V. p. 228.

* Cyphocarcinus.

Hemus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sei. Mex. Crust. I. p. 88.

Leptopisa, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. II. 1870-71, p. 114.

* Macrocoeloma (Entomonyx: both these genera of Miers seem to
~me to be synonymous with Micippoides of A. Milne-Edwards. )

* Micippa.

Micippoides, A. Milne-Edwards, Journ. Mus. Godeffr. I. Crust.
254 (probably Macroceloma and Entomonyx may be here included).

* Microphrys, Hdw.; Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. (3) XVI.
1851, p. 251; and Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 82 (syn. Milnia,
Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat, Hist. New York, VII. 1862, p. 179: Omala-
cantha, Hale Streets, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1871, p. 238; and A.
Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust I. p. 64: Fisheria, Lockington,
Proce. Calif. Ac. Sci, VII. 1876, p. 72.

Mithrax, Leach ; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 317; and
Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p, 84 (syn. Mithraculus, White, vide
Miers. J. L. S., Zool. XIV. 1879, p. 667: Teleophrys, Stimpson, Amer.
Journ. Sci and Arts. (2) XXIX. 1860, p. 133.)

Othonia, Bell (Pitho, Bell, P. ZS. 1835, p. 172: Othonia, Bell
T. Z.S. II. 55): and A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust. I. p- 114.

Pericera, Latr., Edw.; Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 334;
and Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 76.

Picroceroides, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 77.

(This genus, though placed in this alliance on account of the
structure of the orbits and basal antennal joint, is in many respects more
closely allied to the Stenocionopoida).

Sisyphus, Desbonne Schramm, Crust. Guadeloupe, p. 20.

? Thoe, Bell, P. Z. S., 1835, p. 171: A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci.
Mex. Crust. I. p. 120 (syn., sec. Miers J. L. S. Zool. XIV. 667; Platypes,
Lockington, Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. VII. 1876, p. 41).

* Tiarinia.

The genus Podohuenia, placed among the Periceride in the Zoolo-
gical Record for 1892 (Crust., p. 17), is inaccessible to me. The reference
in the Zoological Record is to Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, III. 1889, p. 180.

168 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. FNo. 2,
Sub-family INACHIN (see Table I.).

Alliance I. Lepropoprorpa (see Table I.).

LAMBRACHAUS, n. gen.

Closely allied to Leptopodia and Metoporaphis, from which it differs
(1) in its extremely long sub-cylindrical neck, (2) in its minute antennz
and (3) in the Lambrus-like proportions of its chelipeds.

Eyes antennules and antenne borne at the end of along narrow
subcylindrical “neck,” which is continued onwards as an extremely
long slender spiny rostrum.

Eyes stoutish, salient and non-retracticle: no defined orbits: a
small postocular spine. Antenne minute, exposed to dorsal view.
Chelipeds stout and extremely long, with long sub-cylindrical palms
and short fingers.

Legs very slender: shorter than the chelipeds.

Lambracheeus ramifer, nu. sp., Plate III. fig. 1.

The body is formed by (1) a small trunk, (2) a long narrow almost
cylindrical prestomial ‘‘neck,” and (3) a long slender sinuous spiny
rostrum shaped like a withered branch.

The carapace proper is trilobed, the lateral lobes being formed by
the branchial regions, and the front lobe being formed by the wings of
the buccal frame.

The “neck,” at the end of which are borne the eyes, antennules,
and antenne, is rather longer than the carapace proper.

The rostrum is nearly twice the combined length of the neck and
carapace.

The eyes are salient and non-retractile, and though there is a
narrow dorsal eave round the base of the eyestalks and a pair of tiny
postocular spines, there is nothing like an orbit present. The cornea
is surmounted by a little tooth.

The antenne are minute and filiform, and are completely exposed :
their total length is not one-sixth that of the rostrum.

The antennules are of large proportions: they fold longitudinally,
but when folded are much beyond the capacity of the narrow shallow
antennulary fosse.

The external maxillipeds have broad endopodites, and completely
cover the buccal frame: the merus is expanded in both directions, but
most at its internal angle, so that the flagellum is inserted nearer to the
external angle.

tan acute post-ocular spinule or spine that
n either simple, or two-spined, or emarginate
affor
in

ace, and independent. External maxillipeds
with

e and much longer than
Lerecececersccesseverssereseesee LAMBRACH EUS.

lap- a* Rostrum
|

very formed of two
ome long _ spines;

spi- none of the legs
alks subchelate........ HCHINOPLAX.
ack-

ever b.4 Rostrum
short, bifid: last
pair of legs sub-
chelate............. GRYPACHZUS.

t jd appendages smooth or
rifew spines: no post-ocu-
e] the eye-stalks hardly
PACK WaLdsi..dielecs-sesesss ACHAUS.

f
ees not reaching to the

ee es ease eo reeset nse tosses sosees

PARATYMOLUS.

1 antennal joint project-

Oe eee eee ee er)

PHYSACHZEUS.

eye-stalks much curved :
peesiestesleeeracisnle=clor serine cies CAMPOS CIA:

ce : no post-ocular spine :
Fparodoo ceqnoscoseansoocone coo (ONKOTINKO) aus

mcealment: basal anten-
ITE. coacacoteveeeaieeesosreccestees SLA TY MATA

unding parts, its antero-

Alle merus as broad as or

—

, and thus concealing, the
>» adult, many times the
Hechuadooddss chee: chbodbene cocoa LN (elop Dw Z@namgS)
ial branchial regions: 2nd
piederecnasestetnecetieteer soe ENA CHONDIIS.

APOCREMNUS.

POOR Eee eee eee red eee we eerrrt Foe nee

Tp leavessiteriete rete sucenrquaes - COLLODES:

fable I. Sub-family INACHINA,

Eyes without orbits; the eye-stalks usually long and slender, and either non-retractile, or retractile against the carapace or against an acute post-ocnlar spinule or spine that
affords no concealment. The basal joint of the antennm is extremely sleniler throughont, and is usually long. Legs slender. Rostrum either simple, or two-spined, or emarginate
in Platymaia apparently trifid).

Key to the Indian Genera,

Alliance 1, Leproroproipa. Antenne with the basal joint usually sub-cylindrical, or at any rate usually convex on the ventral surface, and independent, External maxillipeds
with the merus narrower than the ischinm, and often with a large coarse palp, and therefore somewhat pediform in shape.

I. Carapace of the
typical Oxy-
rhynch shape,
elongate-trian -
gular or pyri-
form.

1. Carapace well-
calcified, not
depressed: ros-
trom separated
from the cara-
pace by a dis-

constriction,
which sometimes
forms a long
“neck.”

tinct post-ocular |

fi.

ii. Chelipeds ne-
yer approaching
the longest legs
in length: ros-
trum bifid and
never approach-
ing the carapace
in length: post-

ocular neck,
when distinct,
short.

2. Carapace semi-membranons, exceedingly de
the last pair of legs subdorsal in position........,........

Free joints of
the antennal pe-
duncle slender,
cylindrical and

not coarsely hir- +

sute: eye-stalks
almost straight :
rostrum horizon-
tal.

Free joints of the antennal peduncle short, flat, and densely hairy: eye-stalks much curved :
rostrum somewhat depressed: a post-ocular tooth,.......++ :

al Eye-stalks
salient, but free-
ly moveable for-
wards and some-
times backwards:
basal antennal
joint not reach-
ing to the apex
of the rostrum.

a2 Basal anten-
nal joint long:
epistome spa-
cious.

pressed and flat: rostrum in unbroken continuity with the carapace : no post-ocnlar spine :

Chelipeds both markedly longer and vastly stouter than the longest legs: rostrum simple and much longer than
the carapace: post-ocular “neck” at least as long as the carapace.......... nev entes seh susvacea Pecrorrecce

a* Rostrum
formed of two
long spines;
none of the legs
subchelate...

a3 Body and ap-
pendages very
spiny : some
post-ocular spi-
nules: eye-stalks
retractile back-
| wards, but never

v4 Rostrum

concealed short, bifid: last
pair of legs sub-

Chelate.....s....+0

b.8 Body and appendages smooth or

with yery few spines: no post-ocu-
lar spine: the eye-stalks hardly
moveable backwards.....0:..++..+

b.2 Basal antennal joint very short, not reaching to the
front; epistome Very NATLOW...66. 6. cseeesescesceeteseee eee ees

Bye-stalks salient and rigidly immoveable: basal antennal joint project-
ing beyond and above the apex of the rostrum............++ oi

Carapace newrly circular. [Epistome narrow: a large post-ocular spine against which the eye is retractile, but which affords no concealment: basal anten-
nal joint perfectly free, legs long, with much flattened blade-like joints: rostrum trifid.J......0....-000

Alliance 2. InAcnotpa. Antenne with the basal joint flattened or concave on the ventral surface. and intimately fused with the surrounding parts, its antero-

external angle produced to form a spine which is visible from above on either side of the rostrum. External maxillipeds with the merns as broad as or
broader thin the ischium, and with the palp small.

16
moderate.

II. Rostrum bifid: post-ocolar spine large: basal antennal spine large...

Rostrum simple: post-ocular spine small: basal antennal spine small or

1, Branchial regions upraised, and meeting across, and thus concealing, the
cardiac region: 2nd pair of trank-legs, in the adult, many times the
length of the carapace ....c.cseee © seeceresecssoes nese

Cardiac region not encroached upon by the normal branchial regions: 2nd
pair of trunk-legs of moderate length... os

Eyes hardly retractile...........+ ffcooro Ereeececl caus pivapadan a ceucensahanedtestihentsi

Byes retractile against a strong post-ocular spine.

LAMBRACHEUS,

EcHINOPLAX,

GRYPAcHUS.

AcHzUs.

PARATYMOLUS.

PHYSACHAUS.

Camposcia.

OncINoPts.

PLATYMAIA.

ENCEPHALOIDES

TNACHOIDES.
APOCREMNUS.

CoLtopes.

1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 169

The chelipeds, though actually slender, are relatively to the cara-
pace as stout and long as those of the longer-armed species of Lambrus :
they are one-third longer than the combined carapace neck and rostrum :
they are sub-cylindrical and spiny: their proportions are much those
of Lambrus, the fingers being not much more than a quarter the length
of the palm. The fingers are curved, and are in contact only at their tips.

The legs, which are very slender and are not quite so long as the
chelipeds, display no remarkable characters.

The figure, which represents a male magnified two diameters, shows >
the proportions better than any table of measurements.

Loc. Port Blair, Andaman Islands.

AcHzus, Leach.

Achzus, Leach, Malac. Podophth. Brit., Tab. XXII. fig. C.

Achzus, Desmarest, Consid. Gen. Crust., p. 1538.

Achzus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 281.

Achzus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 643; and ‘Challenger’
Brachyura, p. 8.

Carapace triangular with the branchial regions swollen, always
more or less constricted behind the eyes. Rostrum very short, bifid.
Eye-stalks long and hardly retractile backwards: no orbits or post-ocular
spine. Antennz with the basal joint very slender, sub-cylindrical, the
other joints and the flagellum completely exposed. External maxillipeds
with the meropodite long, narrower than the ischiopodite, and carrying
the next joint at, or near, its apex. Chelipeds short, not very stout.
Legs slender, sometimes long and filiform: the dactyli of those of the
last two pairs more or less falcate. Abdomen consisting of six segments
in both sexes.

As Miers has remarked, this genus is distinguished from Steno-
rhynchus only by the form of the rostrum, which consists of two short
lobes instead of two long spines.

Key to the Indian species of the genus Acheeus.

I. Carapace with a post-ocular constriction, but with no
long post-ocular “neck:” dactyli of last pair, or two
pair, of legs strongly falciform :—
1. Carapace and eye-stalks smooth .. A, lacertosus.
2. Carapace with a bilobed prominence on the cardiac
region: eye-stalks with a tubercle on the an-
terior surface :—

i. Gastric region smooth .., we A, affinis.

170 A. Alcock —Carcinological Fauna of India, [No. 2,

ii. Gastric region with a sharp tubercle or
spine Aa .. A. spinosus.
II. Carapace with a long post-ocular neck: dactyli of
last pair of legs hardly curved :—
1. Lobes of rostrum with a spinate carina: median
tubercles of carapace low and blunt uw A. cadelli,
2. Lobes of rostrum with a smooth carina: median
tubercles of carapace sharp and elevated A. tenuicollis,

Acheus tenuicollis, Miers.
Achzus tenwicollis, Miers ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 9, Pl. I. fig. 8.

“The body is thinly clothed with short curled hairs; the limbs
with similar hairs, interspersed among which are some longer ones.
The carapace is subtriangulate, little longer than broad, with a neck-like
constriction behind the orbits, and armed with spines as follows :—Three
conical spines upon the gastric and another upon the cardiac region, two
shorter conical spines or tubercles whereof the anterior is the smallest,
on each branchial region, behind these one very small on the posterior
margin of the carapace, and another on the sides of the branchial regions
above the bases of the chelipedes; also a small spine upon the
rounded, lateral, hepatic protuberance, and another behind this, on the
pterygostomian region; there is also a strong spinule on the upper
margin of the orbit, above the eye-peduncles. The lobes of the rostrum
are short, and terminate each in a spine. The sternal surface of the
body bears a few spinules. The post-abdomen of the male, is as usual,
six-jointed (the two last joints having coalesced). The eye-peduncles
are robust, with the corner protuberant ; a small spinule exists on the
inferior margin of the eye-peduncle, and another on the upper margin
of the eye, near the distal extremity. The antennules are lodged in
deep longitudinal fossettes; the very slender basal joint of the antennze
is joined with the front at its distal extremity and bears several small
spinules on its inferior surface, the following joint is short, the next
about as long as the basal joint, flagella slender; the ischium-joint of
the outer maxillipedes is produced at its inner and distal angle which
is rounded and bears several spinules on its outer surface, as does also
the merus-joint which is rounded, not truncated, at the distal extremity
where it bears the next joint. The chelipedes (in the male) are rather
slender, and longer than the body; with the joints clothed with rather
long hairs; ischium and merus-joints with a series of spinules on their
antero- and postero-inferior faces, wrist about as long as palm, with a
few spinules hardly discernible amid the hairs which clothe this joint,

1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 171

palm slightly compressed, not dilated, armed with spinules on its upper
and lower margins, fingers about as long as palm, and slightly incurved
at the apices which are nearly destitute of hair; the ambulatory legs
are very slender and elongated; the dactyli of the first three pairs are
short and nearly straight, in the last pair only are they slightly falciform.
Colour (in spirit) light yellowish-brown.” (Miers).

A single specimen is included in the Museum collection: the locali-
ty is not quite certain, but it came most probably from the Andamans.

Acheus cadelli, n. sp. Plate V. fig. 1.

In general form and proportions much resembling Achgus lorina
(Ad. & White), from which it differs in having the legs even more
slender, and the eye-stalks quite smooth.

The regions of the pyriform carapace are well demarcated, the
hepatic regions being each produced to form a strong sharp tooth.
There are three elevations, arranged in triangle, on the gastric region,
and two, side by side, on the cardiac region.

The rostrum has the usual Achaus-form, but each lobe is dorsally
carinate, the carina being spinate or serrate.

Behind the rostrum is a long constricted ‘“ neck,” more pronounced
even than that of A. tenwicollis and brevirostris.

The chelipeds are of the usual form. The legs are extremely long
and slender, those of the second trunk segment being about five times
the length of the carapace, rostrum included. The dactyli of the 4th
and 5th pairs are hardly falciform. Length of carapace, 7 millim :
greatest breadth of carapace, 4 millim.: length of 2nd pair of trunk-legs,
36°5 millim.

Loc. Andamans.

Achxus spinosus, Miers.

Achzus spinosus, Miers, Japanese and Corean Crustacea, in Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1879, p. 25.

Carapace triangular, narrowed behind the eyes, and armed with
Six spines above, namely: one on the gastric, one —bilobed—on the
cardiac, and two on each branchial region: there are also some spines
or sharp tubercles on the ventrad aspect of the hepatic and branchial
regions. The rostrum is small and bilobed. The eye-stalks are robust,
and have a strong tubercle near the middle of the anterior surface.
Chelipeds in the male robust, the arm and wrist granular above, the
palm swollen, with about six spinules on the upper margin and a few
granules on the lower_margin near its base: fingers, in the male, acute

ie win, By

172 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India, [No. 2,

with a wide hiatus at base when closed, both with a strong tooth on
their opposed margins near the base, and with the outer margins
carinate. In the female the chelipeds differ only in being much less
robust, and in having the fingers much more closely apposable and
toothless. Ambulatory legs long and slender: the dactylus of the last
pair strongly falcate.

[The basal antennal joint has one or two spines at its distal end,
and the free portion of the antenna is much shorter than the carapace. |

Length of adult, 6 to 7 millim.

In the Museum collection, from the Persian Gulf. Ex coll. W. T.
Blanford.

Achzus lacertosus, Stimpson.

Achxus lacertosus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 218.

Acheus breviceps, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 433
(sec. Haswell).

Achxus lacertosus and breviceps, Haswell, Cat. Austr. Stalk and Sess. eyed
Crust., p. 3.

Achzus lacertosus Miers, Zool. “ Alert,’’ pp. 181 and 188; and “Challenger ”
Brachyura, p. 8.

Achzus lacertosus, J. R. Henderson, Trans Linn. Soc., Zool., 18938, p. 341.

Carapace triangular, with the regions fairly well delimited and the
surface quite smooth beneath a slight pubescence: hepatic region with
a horizontal laminar tooth. Rostrum as long as wide, bilobed. An-
tenow filiform, the free portion longer than the carapace. LHye-stalks
long, slender, smooth. Chelipeds much stouter than the other legs,
the meropodite being the stoutest joint, and the hand being incurved
and the fingers compressed. The ambulatory legs are long and slender,
the first pair being more than three times the length of the carapace :
the dactyli of the last two pairs are strongly falcate.

Length of adult about 6 millim.

In the Museum collection are numerous specimens from the Anda-
mans, from Palk Straits, and from the Orissa Coast.

Achzus affinis, Miers.

Achzus affinis, Miers, Zoology of the ‘ Alert,’ pp. 181 and 188, and “Challenger ””
Brachyura, p. 8.

Achzus affinis, de Man, Archiv. f. Naturges., LIII. 1887, p. 218.

Achzus affinis, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 341.

Achzus afinis, Ortmann, Zool. Forsch. in Austr. and Malay Arch., Jena, 1894,
p. 37.

“ Carapace subtriangular and moderately convex, with the surface
uneven, but the regions not very distinctly defined ; the post-orbital

1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 173

region is constricted. The rostrum is moderately prominent, the frontal
lobes very small and subacute. On the cardiac region is a bilobated
prominence, which is usually very much elevated; there is a small
angulated prominence on the hepatic regions, and occasionally one or
two granules on the branchial regions, which are not at all convex.
Hye-peduncles with a blunt tubercle in the middle of their anterior
margins. The merus-joints of the outer maxillipedes are narrowed and
subacute at their distal ends, where they are articulated with the next
joints. The chelipedes (in both sexes) are rather slender; margins of
the arm, wrist, and palm usually with a few granules or spinules ;
merus somewhat trigonous ; fingers as long as the palm, and somewhat
incurved, with their inner margins denticulated, and having between
them when closed (in the males) a small hiatus at base. The ambu-
latory legs are slender, filiform, and very much elongated, the second
legs being, in an adult male, four times as long as the postfrontal por-
tion of the carapace; the dactyli of the two posterior pairs only are
distinctly falciform; both chelipedes and ambulatory legs are scantily
clothed with long hairs. Length of carapace (including rostrum) of an
adult male about 5 lines (10°5 millim.), breadth about 3 lines (6 millim.);
length of second leg about 1 inch 8 lines (42 millim.); an adult female
has the carapace relatively somewhat broader, length nearly 5} lines
(12 millim.), breadth 4 lines (8°5 millim.).

The bilobated prominence on the cardiac region and tuberculated
eye-peduncles serve to distinguish this species.” (Miers).

This species is included in the Indian Fauna on the authority of
Professor Henderson: there are no specimens in the Indian Museum
collection.

PaRATYMOLUS, Miers.

Paratymolus, Miers, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 45.
Paratymolus, Haswell, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880, Vol. V. p. 302; and Cat.
Austr. Crust., p. 142.
Paratymolus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., &c., VIT. 1893-94, p. 34.
IT agree with Ortmann in placing this genus among the Achzus-
like Maiide: the position of the external genitalia of an ovigerous
female in the Museum collection is conclusive.

Carapace elongate-subpentagonal, not depressed.

Eye-stalks long, slender, salient, non-retractile: no orbits or pre-
ocular and post-ocular spines. Antennules longitudinally folded beneath
the rostrum.

Antenne long, exposed, dorsally, in the greater part of their extent:
the basal joint slender, but so short as hardly to reach the front.

174 ~ A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Rostrum short, emarginate, distinctly delimited from the carapace.
Epistome short.

External maxillipeds with the merus narrower than the ischium,
and bearing the flagellum at the antero-internal angle.

Legs not elongate: dactyli slender, straight.

Paratymolus hastatus, n. sp. Plate V. figs. 4, 4a.

Carapace somewhat elongate-pentagonal or ovoid, with the ros-
trum sharply demarcated, and with the regions undefined.

Gastric region with three sharp tubercles disposed in a triangle,
base forwards: cardiac region with a single tubercle: branchial regions
each surmounted by an cblique crest of 2 or 3, and with a lateral mar-
ginal row of 2 or 3, sharp tubercles: hepatic regions each with two
sharp lateral teeth, the posterior of whichis large. Rostrum short,
emarginate, deeply and broadly grooved dorsally.

Hye-stalks long, laterally projecting, slightly moveable forwards
but not retractile. Eyes tipped with two or three stiff sete. No
orbits, and nothing in the shape of orbital spines except a slight
angular emargination of the base of the rostrum.

Antenne as long as the post-orbital portion of the carapace, and
visible, dorsally, from the base of the second joint of the peduncle :
the basal joint, which alone is concealed, although slender is short,
hardly reaching the front.

External maxillipeds with the merus broad, but not so broad as the
ischium, and giving insertion to the palp at the antero-internal angle.

Trunk-legs with a few coarse stiff sete: the 2nd pair, which are
slightly the longest, are a little less than twice the length of the
* earapace without the rostrum.

Chelipeds characterized by the carpus, which has its antero-internal
angle produced obliquely to form a great spike, the point of which
reaches almost to the base of the fingers.

Length of carapace 6 millim. Breadth of carapace 4°5 millim.
Length of 2nd pair of legs 10°5 millim.

An egg-laden female from the Andamans ; in which I am satisfied
that the genital orifices are not on the bases of the third pair of legs, but

on the sternum.

PHYSACHZUS, n. gen.

Closely allied to Achzus, from which it is distinguished chiefly by
the form of the basal joint of the antennary peduncle, which is long
and slender, and is fused near its distal end with the tip of the rostrum.

1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 175

General form that of an Acheus with the pterygostomian and
branchial regions so inflated as to push forwards the epistomial region
to a plane almost at right angles with the antennary region.

Eyes small, slender, rigidly immovable,—in short undergoing
degeneration. No orbits or orbital spines.

Rostrum very short, bifid, at tip, the point of each tooth being
fused with the distal end of the (otherwise free) sub-cylindrical basal
joint of the antennary peduncle. Antenne of great length.

External maxillipeds with the merus rounded and slightly produced
beyond the articulation—at the antero-internal angle—of the palp:
the merus much narrower than the ischium. Legs long and slender,
with long filamentous dactyli. Chelipeds short.

Physacheus ctenurus, n. sp. Plate III. figs. 2, 2 a-b.

- Carapace sub-triangular, globosely inflated, with all the regions,
except the cardiac, tumid and fairly well delimited, and with a strong
-post-ocular constriction, beneath which there is an almost vertical
descent to the mouth.

The rostrum, which is small, consists of two narrow, slightly diver-
gent, hollow teeth, to either apex of which the distal end of the other-
wise perfectly free basal joint of the corresponding antennary peduncle
is fused.

Two large erect procurved spines occur in the middle line of the
carapace; one on the posterior part of the gastric region, the other
behind the cardiac region: on either side of the former, but in a plane
anterior to it, there may sometimes be a spinule.

In both sexes the abdomen is bluntly but strongly carinated
down the middle line, the carina in the case of the male ending on the
6th tergum in a huge recurved spine: in the female instead of a spine
there is a small tubercle, and the posterior edge of the sixth tergum
bears a row of four spines.

The eye-stalks are very small, and are rigidly fixed at right angles
to the rostrum: the cornee are almost devoid of pigment. There are
no orbits or orbital spines.

The antenne are distinctly exposed from their base, and are half as
long again as the entire carapace, between one-third and two-fifths of
their extent being formed by the slender peduncle. The basal joint is
slender and almost cylindrical: it is quite free from neighbouring parts,
except at the distal end, which is fused with the tip of the rostrum.
The flagella are fringed with long hairs.

The antennules are large, and fold longitudinally within the hollow
teeth of the rostrum. Except in regard of the fingers, the chelipeds

176 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of Tnulia. [No. 2,

have much the same form as, though slenderer proportions than, those
of Stenorhynchus, but the merus is much more strongly and elegantly
curved: the merus and carpus are moderately inflated, the former joint,
like the ischium, having its lower edge more or less granulate: the
palm is compressed, with the edges denticulate: the fingers are strongly
compressed, and have the cutting edges accurately and completely
apposable throughout, being denticulate near the tips only.

In the female the chelipeds have the same general form as in the
male, but differ in having the lower edge of the ischium and merus
strongly spinate. The legs are slender and filiform, about one-fourth of
their length being contributed by the filamentous dactylus: those of
the third trunk-segment are the longest, being about four times the
length of the carapace, rostrum included, and more than two-and-a-half
times the length of the chelipeds.

Male. Female.
Length of carapace os . @°2 millim. .» 85 millim.
Breadth of carapace... 0 n ce. SA Dae
Length of legs of 2nd trunk-segment 28:0 fe «is OiO a he
3rd 53 r 32:0 a sles RSLS OES fase

” bP

Numerous males and egg-laden females from the Andaman Sea,
240 to 375 fathoms.

The eggs are few in number and are singularly large, those from a
female of the dimensions given above being over a millimetre in

diameter.

Physachzus tonsor, n. sp. Plate ITI. fig. 3.

The female, which is the only sex represented in the collection,
differs from the female of Physachaeus ctenurus in the following
particulars :-—

(1) the gastric region of the carapace, instead of a single large
spine, has several smooth tubercles; and the large spine behind the
cardiac region is coarser, and is recurved instead of procurved: the
post-ocular constriction is less marked :

(2) the abdominal carina ends in a spine, and the sixth tergum has
its after edge perfectly smooth instead of quadrispinate :

(3) the eye-stalks are larger, and are compressed instead of
cylindrical :

(4) the chelipeds are relatively stouter, being of much the same
proportions as those of the male of Physacheus ctenurus: their merus is
compressed and has its lower border very strongly and sharply carin-
ated: the hands are much thinner and more compressed; the palm

1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 177

having its lower edge, and the fingers their outside edges, sharply
cristate :

(5) the legs of the second, not of the third, trunk-segment are the
longest, and considerably so.

Length of carapace 11 millim. Breadth of carapace 9°5 millim.
Length of legs of 2nd trunk-segment 47 millim., of 3rd trunk-segment
40 millim.

Two egg-laden females from the Andaman Sea, 271 fathoms.

The eggs, as in the preceding species, are large and few in number.

The above species represent an Achsus modified for life at a con-
siderable depth. The branchial chambers, as is very commonly the case
in deep-sea Malacostraca, are greatly inflated: the eyes have degene-
rated, and the antenne—no doubt in compensation—have become
remarkably lengthened: while the auditory tubercles also, it may be
mentioned, are large and prominent.

GRYPACHAUS, n. gen.
Intermediate between Achseus and Hchinoplaz.

Carapace triangular, spiny, separated from the frontal region by a
post-ocular “neck.” Rostrum spiny : composed of two short divergent
spfthelets, with a strong median deflexed (interantennulary) spine, not
visible from above. Eyes laterally projecting, movable, but not suffi-
ciently retractile to be ever concealed. Small supra-ocular and post-
ocular spines are present as part of the general spinature. Antenne
dorsally exposed from the basal joint of the peduncle, which joint is long
slender cylindrical and spiny. External maxillipeds with the merus
elongate, much narrower than the ischium, and not much broader than
the carpopodite. Legs hairy and spiniferous. Abdomen six-jointed in 2.

Grypacheus hyalinus (Alcock & Anderson). Plate III. figs. 4, 42.
Achzus hyalinus, Alcock & Anderson, J. A. S. B., Pt. ii. 1894, p. 205.

Carapace sub-triangular, thin, vitreous, spiny especially in its an-
terior half: the regions well delimited, and the post-ocular portion con-
stricted to form a “‘neck.”’ The rostrum, as seen from above, ends in
two short spines, each of which has a spine at its base ; but from in front
or from below it shows a strong vertically deflexed (interantennulary)
spine. :

The eyes are large; and the long eye-stalks, which bear two tuber-
cles on their front surface, are movable backwards, and are exposed from

178 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

their base in all positions. The antenne are visible, dorsally, from the
end of the basal joint of the peduncle, which joint is long, slender, cylin-
drical and spiny.

The external maxillipeds are large, hairy, and almost pediform,
owing to the narrowness of the merus and the coarseness of the palp.

The trunk-legs are hairy and spiny, the hairs on the 2nd and 38rd
pairs being remarkably long, stiff, and closely and evenly set. The arm,
wrist, and hand of the chelipeds—but especially the arm—are acutely
spiny, as are also the edges of the meropodites of the legs,—the spina-
ture of the front edge of the meropodites of the 2nd and 3rd pairs being
particularly prominent. The fifth pair of legs are sub-chelate, the pro-
podite having its proximal end strongly dilated to receive the folded-back
dactylus: the apposed edge of the dactylus is minutely, that of the pro-
podite sharply and conspicuously, spinate.

Length of carapace 14 millim. Breadth of carapace 9 millim.
Greatest span (between extended 2nd pair of trunk-legs) 67 millim.

Loc. Off Trincomalee 28 fms. Females only.

Ecurnopiax, Miers.
Echinoplax, Miers, ‘‘ Challenger” Brachyura, p. 31.

Carapace sub-pyriform, longer than broad, and covered with very
numerous closely-set spines and spinules : orbital margin spinose : spifies
of rostrum acute, divergent from their bases, and bearing several acces-
sory spinules. Post-abdomen seven-jointed. Basal antennal joint slen-
der, spinuliferous, and in contact with the front at the distal extremity :
flagellum visible from above at the sides of the rostrum. Maxillipeds
with the merus narrower than the ischium, and the palp coarse; merus
truncated and not notched at the distal extremity, the antero-lateral
angle not produced. Legs spinuliferous. Chelipeds in the female [as
in the male] slender and feeble, with the palms not dilated. Ambula-
tory legs considerably elongated, with the penultimate joint not dilated;
the dactyli nearly straight.

Key to the Indian Species of Echinoplax.

Carapace with the regions well defined: rostrum in the adult con-
siderably less than half the length of the carapace :—
1. Carapace and abdominal terga closely covered
with pungent acicular spines of equal size...H. pungens.
2. Carapace and abdominal terga finely granular,
with a few definitely placed spines of conspicu-
ous size a aie .. EE. rubida.

1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 17a

Echinoplax pungens, Wood-Mason.
Echinoplaz pungens, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1891, p. 259.

Carapace pyriform, convex, with the regions well delimited ; densely
covered, as are also the sterna, chelipeds, ambulatory legs, and exter-
nal maxillipeds, with pungent acicular spines. The abdominal terga of
the male and young female are also similarly spiny, but in the adult
female they become only distantly and coarsely granular.

The rostrum consists of two, slender curved divergent sprnes—less
than one-third the length of the carapace proper—the outer and lower
surfaces of which are extremely spiny.

The eye-stalks, which have the anterior surface closely spinulate,
are retractile, but not to the extent of concealment: there is a strong
post-ocular spine—to which, however, the retracted eye does not nearly
reach—and numerous smaller spines along the supra-ocular and infra-
ocular margins. The antenne are visible from above, from the middle
of the second joint of the peduncle: the peduncle is spiny, with all the
joints very slender: the flagellum reaches a little beyond the tip of the
rostrum.

The interantennulary spine is large and deeply bifid.

The chelipeds, which are alike in form in both sexes—though rela-
tively longer in the male—are not stouter than the ambulatory legs,
and are rather longer than the carapace and rostrum.

The legs of the next pair are more than twice, and those of the
third pair rather less than twice the length of the chelipeds, while the
fourth and fifth pairs decrease considerably in length: the dactyli of all
are densely covered with a brushwork of setz.

Male (adult). Female (adult).

Length of carapace and rostrum ... 70 millim. 79 miilim.
Greatest breadth of carapace ine lees, Oye aoe
Length of cheliped as site ORR +5 (Si

- 5, 2nd pair ass Sl Ope i) es

Andaman Sea, 130-250 fathoms.

A figure of this fine species has been drawn for “ Illustrations of
the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator’” for 1896.

Echinoplax rubida, n. sp.

Differs from Hehinoplax pungens, specimens of the same sex, and of
approximately the same size being compared, in the following parti-
culars :—

1, The carapace, instead of being everywhere covered with pun-

J. 11, 23

180 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. _[No. 2,

gent acicular spines of uniform size, is finely granular, with certain
definitely placed distant thornlike spines of conspicuous magnitude,
namely :—four in triangle on the gastric region, two side by side on the

cardiac region, two side by side on the intestinal region, three on each -

hepatic region, and three on each branchial region: besides these there
are some smaller spines on the lateral aspect of the pterygostomian and
branchial regions :

2. The rostral spines are less divergent, and have elegantly
curved tips : .

3. The abdominal terga (of the young female), instead of being
everywhere closely covered with pungent spines, are merely finely and
distantly granular, with a single large spine on the first tergum, and a
pair of smaller spines ou the second, in the middle line:

4. The legs are much less spiny, the propodites of the ambulatory
legs being friuged with stiff bristles instead of spines:

5. The colour differs, being, in spirit specimens, a warm brown,
instead of a pale yellow.

It differs from Hehinoplax moseleyi, Miers, judging from the figures
and description, in the following particulars :—

1. The regions of the carapace are well delimited by sharp cut
grooves :

2. The rostral spines are considerably less than half the length of
the carapace proper :

3. The armature is altogether different, the large stout spines of
the present species standing out on a finely granular carapace, and the
abdominal terga being distantly granular.

Total length of carapace 35 millim., breadth of carapace 2] millim.,
greatest span (2nd pair of trunk-legs) 150 millim.

Loc. Andaman Sea, 90 to 177 fathoms.

Pratymara, Miers.
Platymaia, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 12.

Carapace sub-orbicular. Rostrum short, tridentate owing to the
size and projection of the interantepnulary septum. No pre-ocular spine ;
but a post-ocular spine against which the eye is retractile, but which
affords no concealment to the eye. Epistome extremely narrow. Eyes
large, with short eye-stalks. Basal antennal joint short, cylindrical,
and perfectly free: the flagellum and part of the peduncle visible from
above.

External maxillipeds with the meropodite narrow, and bearing the
next joint at its summit. Chelipeds in the male long, with a long in-

1895. ] A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 181

flated club-shaped palm: in the female very short and slender. Ambu-
latory legs long, with remarkably thin compressed joints: some of the
legs spiny.

Abdomen in both sexes with all the segments separate.

This genus appears to be very closely related to Macrocheira.

Platymaia wyville-thomsoni, Miers.
Platymaia wyville-thomsoni, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 13, pl. ii. fig. 1.

Platymaia wyville-thomsoni, Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
March, 1891, p. 258, and May, 1894, p. 401.

Carapace transversely sub-circular with the cervical grove well
defined: its surface ranging from spinate (in the young) to nearly
smooth (in oldadults). The rostrum, which is so short as not to break
beyond the general outline, consists of three stout spines of equal size,
the middle one being the horizontally projecting interantennulary
spine.

The hepatic region of the carapace bears (in the adult) a nearly
vertically disposed row of three spines, against the upper one of which
the eye is retractile.

The eye-stalks are short, and the eyes large and oval. The antennz
are about one-third the length of the carapace, and are plainly visible,
in almost the whole of their extent, from above: the joints of the pedun-
cle are short slender and cylindrical, the basal joint being perfectly free.

The external maxillipeds have the meropodite narrow (about half
the breadth of the ischiopodite) and giving attachment to the coarse
palp at the summit: both meropodite and ischiopodite are spiny.

The chelipeds vary considerably according to sex: in both sexes
they are spiny up to the base of the fingers; but whereas in the female
and young male they are much slenderer than any of the legs and
are not longer than the carapace, in the adult male they are from two
to three times the length of the carapace and are much stouter than
any of the legs—especially as regards the palm, which is swollen and
club-shaped. The 2nd to 5th pairs of legs are long and slender, with
the joints thin and compressed, the propodites being blade-like.
The 2nd pair, which are from 3% (female) to 5} (male) times the
length of the carapace, are remarkable for their propodite and
dactylus, the front edge of which bears a double comb of enormous
spines, the posterior edge also being spinulate: both edges of the
merus-and carpus also are distantly spinulate, The 3rdand 4th pairs
have the front edge of the merus distantly spinulate, and they, as well
as the 5th pair, have the front edge of the razor-like merus closely
fringed with loug stiff hairs.

182 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, -

The abdomen in both sexes is seven-jointed, the abdominal terga,
like the thoracic sterna, bearing a few spines or tubercles. The epimeral
plates corresponding to the third and fourth trunk legs are also
spinate.

Andaman Sea, 130-405 fathoms.

A large male of this fine species have been figured for “ Ilustra-
tions of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator’ ” for 1896.

Note on some obvious growth-changes in Platymaia wyville-thomsoni.

In very young specimens (carapace less than half an inch in
diameter) the whole carapace is closely and sharply spiny.

In larger specimens (carapace about three-quarters of an inch in
diameter) the carapace has become closely and finely granular, with the
spines persistent only in definite situations, somewhat as in Miers’
figure and description (loc. cit.)

In larger specimens (carapace two and a half inches in diameter)
the carapace has become coarsely and bluntly granular, without any
spines, except a few quite anteriorly in the neighbourhood of the
hepatic region.

In the largest specimens (carapace three to nearly four inches in

diameter) the carapace is in places quite smooth, the only spines present -

being two external to the eye, and one on the front margin of the
hepatic region.

In contrast with the carapace, the spines on the abdominal sterna
of the male show no signs of effacement with age.

The colours also vary with age. In young males the carapace is
red, with or without white points, and the legs are red and white in
alternate bands. In the adult the colour is uniform.

Oncrnopus, de Haan.

Oncinopus, de Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 87.
Oncinopus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p.645; and ‘ Challen-
ger’ Brachyura, p. 20.

“‘Carapace semi-membranaceous, elongate, narrow-triangulate and
depressed. Rostrum very short, composed of two vertically compressed
laminiform lobes: no pree- or post-ocular spines. Post-abdomen in both
sexes distinctly seven-jointed. Eyes slender and projecting laterally.
Antennz with the basal joint very short and slender, and not attaining
the front, the flagella exposed and visible at the sides of the rostrum.
Merus of the exterior maxillipedes elongated, and articulated with the

A ‘
‘

1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 183

next joint at its summit. Chelipedes in the male rather small, with the
palm turgid, and the fingers having between them, when closed, an
interspace at the base. Ambulatory legs slender and ‘somewhat
elongated, with the penultimate joints of the first and second pairs
dilated, compressed, and ciliated on the posterior margin; the dactyli
in all slightly arcuated and retractile against the penultimate joints.”

Oncinopus aranea, de Haan.

Inachus (Oncinopus) aranea, de H., Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 100, pl. xxix. fig. 2.

Oncinopus aranea, Adams and White, Zool. ‘ Samarang,’ Crust., p. 3.

Oncinopus neptunus, Adams and White, Zool. ‘Samarang,’ Crust., p. 1, pl. ii.
fig. 1.

Oncinopus subpellucidus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 221.

Oncinopus angulatus, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. Wales, IV. 1879, p. 433.

Oncinopus subpellucidus, Haswell, Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 5.

Oncinopus aranea, Miers, Zool. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 190; and ‘ Challenger ’”
Brachyura, p. 20.

Oncinopus neptunus, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109.

Oncinopus aranea, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 34].

Oncinopus aranea, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. etc., VII. 1893, p. 37.

Oncinopus neptunus, Alcock and Anderson, J. A. S. B., Pt. ii. 1894, p. 199.

Carapace elongate-triangular, thin and semi-membranous, and,
as well as all the appendages, tomentose. Rostrum short, bilobed.

Eyes small, retractile beneath the edge of the carapace: no orbits
or protective spines.

Antenne extremely short, reaching only just beyond the tip of the
rostrum : the basal joint short and free.

Chelipeds in the female and young male slenderer than the next
legs and not quite equal in length to the carapace; in the adult male
about as stout as the next legs, with an inflated almost globose palm,
and a little longer than the carapace.

The 2nd and 8rd pair of legs differ very markedly from the 4th
and 5th pair. The 2nd and 3rd pair are long and stout, with a com-
paratively short carpopodite, with a long broad propodite, and witha
comparatively slightly curved dactylus—all these joints being remark-
ably setaceous. The 4th and 5th pair, on the other hand, are slender
and comparatively short, with a long slender carpopodite and with a
short propodite which with the strongly recurved dactylus forms a
sub-chela—all these joints being merely tomentose. The 5th pair of
legs is also remarkable for its sub-dorsal position.

Length of carapace of an adult, 14 to 15 millim.

Specimens in the Museum collection from the Laccadives, Maldives,
Ceylon, Andamans and Malay Peninsula, up to 32 fms.

184 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Camposcra, Latreille.

[ Camposcia, Latreille, Cuvier Regne Animal (2) IV. p. 60.]
Camposcia, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 282.

Camposcia, de Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust., p. 87.

Cumposcia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 644.

Carapace pyriform. Rostrum broad, exceedingly short— hardly
surpassing the level of attachment of the eyes—emargimate, slighily
deflexed.

Hye-stalks long, recurved, retractile towards the sides of the
carapace: a post-ocular tooth, not however affording any concealment
to the eye. Antennulary fosse coalescent to form a single chamber.
Antennze moderately loug, almost entirely exposed to dorsal view, the
free joints of the peduncle flattened.

External maxillipeds with the merus narrower than the ischium,
and giving attachment to the next joint at the summit. Chelipeds in
both sexes slender—but most so in the temale—and short. Some of
the ambulatory legs long,

The abdomen in both sexes has all seven joints distinct, and is
as broad in the adult male as it is in the adult female — covering almost
the whole sternum.

Camposcia retusa, Latr.

[Camposcia retusa, Latreille, Cuvier Regne Animal (2) IV. p. 60.]

[Camposcia retusa, Guerin, Icon. Regn. Anim. Crust., pl. ix. fig. 1.]

Camposcia retusa, Latr. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 283, pl. xv. figs. 15
and 16.

Camposcia retusa, Cuvier, Regne Animal, Crust.; pl. xxxii. fig. 1.

Camposcia retusa, Adams and White, Zool. ‘ Samarang,’ Crust., p. 6.

Camposcia retusa, Bleeker, Recherches Crust. de l’Ind. Archipel., p. 7.

Oamposcia retus1, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1857, p. 218.

Camposcia retusa, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 255.

Camposcia retusa, Brocchi, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) II. 1875, Art. 2, p. 89, pl. xviii.
fig. 156 (male appendages).

Camposcia retusa, Hilgendorf, Monatsber. Akad. Berl., 1878, p. 784.

Camposcia retusa, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, LV. 1879, p. 483; and
Cat. Austr. Stalk and Sessile-eyed Crust., p. 4.

Camposcia retusa, E. Nauck, Zeits. Wiss. Zool., xxxiv. 1880, p. 38 (gastric teeth),

Camposcia retusa, Miers, Zool. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 181, 189, 516, and 520.

Camposcia retusa, De Man, Archiv. f. Naturgesch. LIII. 1887, Bd. i. p. 219.

Camposcia retusa, C. W. S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., XXIII.
1888-89, No. 4, p. 35.

Camposcia retusa, A. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., ete., VII. 1893, p. 35.

[Camposcia retusa, F. Muller, Verh. Ges. Basel, VIII. p. 473.1].

Carapace pyriform, thin, but well calcified. The whole body and

1895. | A. Aleock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 185

most of the appendages thickly setaceous, and densely encrusted with
sponges, zoophytes, alge, etc. Rostrum broad, extremely short, some-
what deflexed, slightly emarginate.

Hye-stalks long, recurved, retractile to the sides of the carapace,
and towards a slender acute post-ocular spine. Owing to the imperfec-
tion of the rostrum the interantennulary spine is not developed, so that
both the antennules fold into a common chamber.

The antenne, which are completely exposed from the base of the
2nd joint, have the basal joint long and slender, and the free joints of
the peduncle flat and densely setaceous.

The hairy external maxillipeds have the antero-internal angle of
the ischium produced into a long narrow lobe, parallel to the narrow
meropodite.

The chelipeds in both sexes are slender and are about equal in
length to the carapace: in the male they are stouter than in the female,
and also differ in having the palms inflated: the fingers in both sexes
are closely apposable and are toothed throughout.

The other trunk-legs merease in length from the 2nd pair (which
are a little longer than the chelipeds) to the 4th pair (which are twice
as long as the chelipeds) : the 5th pair, again, being only as long as the
ord pair.

The abdomen in the adults of both sexes is broad and sub-circular,
almost entirely covering the sternum, and consists of seven separate
segments.

In the Museum collection are adult males and egg-laden females
from the Andamans, Cocos, Ceylon and Samoa —the last being from the
collection of the Museum Godeffroy.

Alliance II. Iyacuorpa.

InacHompes, Hdw. & Lucas.

Inachoides, Milne-Edwards and Lucas, in D’Orbigny Voy. Amer. Merid., Crust.
pp. 4& 5.

Inachoides, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. p. 646.

Inachoides, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., etc., Crust., etc., I. p. 198.

Carapace pyriform much narrowed in front, inflated behind, the
regions well delimited. Rostrum simple. Eyes not, or slightly, retrac-
tile towards the sides of the carapace; never, in any position, concealed.
Pre-ocular and post-ocular spines distinct — especially the latter.

Basal antennal joint long and slender: its antero-external angle
visible from above, on either side of the rostrum, as an acute spine :

186 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2, 3

the rest of the antennal peduncle, and the flagellum, completely exposed
from above.

Epistome broad. External maxillipeds with the merus as broad as
the ischium, completely closing the mouth.

Chelipeds in the male rather longer than any of the other legs,
and with a long somewhat inflated palm. Ambulatory legs of moderate
length, slender, and ending in a styliform dactylus which in some cases
is spinulate along the posterior border.

Abdomen of the male composed of seven distinct segments, that of
the female of five.

Inachoides dolichorhynchus, Alcock & Anderson. Plate IV. figs. 1, la.

Inachoides dolichorhynchus, Alcock and Anderson: Journ. As. Soc., Bengal,
Pt. ii. 1894, p. 206.

Carapace elongate-triangular, Rostrum as long as the carapace,
simple, spiny, acute. The regions of the carapace are well defined, and
are distantly spiny, the following spines being the most conspicuous :—
(1) on each side a supra-ocular, a post-ocular (hepatic), and four bran-
chial; (2) in the middle line, a gastric, a cardiac, and an intestinal.

The eyes, though to a certain extent retractile towards the sides of
the carapace, are in all positions completely exposed.

The antenne, which are exposed from the end of the basal joint,
are long—more than three-fourths the length of the carapace: their
basal joint is long, slender, flattened and fused with the neighbouring
parts, and has its antero-external angle produced into an acute spine: P
the second and third joints are knobbed distally.

The chelipeds are long—one-fourth longer than the carapace and
rostrum combined: their palm, which forms about two-fifths of their
total extent and is nearly three times the length of the fingers, is broad-
ened and moderately inflated. The 2nd pair of trunk-legs are about
equal in length to the chelipeds, but the 4th and 5th pairs are not much
more than half that length.

Length of carapace and rostrum 17°5 millim.; greatest breadth 8
millim. ; greatest span 54 millim.

Off Madras Coast.

ENCEPHALOIDES, Wood-Mason.
Nearly related to Inachoides.

Carapace, owing to the remarkable inflation of the branchial regions,
heart-shaped and posteriorly as broad as long (rostrum included) : the
branchial regions meeting across the carapace in the middle line. Ros-

1895.] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 187

trum simple, shaped like the beak of a bird. Hyes retractile against
the sides of the carapace: asmall pre-ocular and post-ocular spine, but
no definite orbit. ;

Basal antennal joint slender throughout: the antenne visible,
dorsally, from the base of the second joint.

Merus of the external maxillipeds produced antero-externally to
form a foliaceous lobe which covers the greatly produced efferent
branchial orifice.

Abdomen in the male seven-jointed : in the female the fourth, fifth
and sixth segments, though distinctly recognizable, are firmly fused
together.

Chelipeds in both sexes slender. Legs long and slender.

Only eight branchie on either side.

Encephaloides armstrongi, Wood-Mason.

Encephaloides armstrongi, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1891
p- 259.

Carapace heartshaped: its greatest breadth is equal to its length
with the rostrum: its surface in the adult is nodular or pustular, in the
young coarsely spiny. The gastric and hepatic regions are well-defined ;
but the cardiac and intestinal regions are entirely concealed by the
branchial regions, which rise up like a pair of mamme, and meet, but
without any fusion of walls, down the middle line.

The rostrum, which is shaped exactly like the beak of a bird, is
about one-fourth the length of the carapace proper, and has a finely
serrated edge.

In the male the abdomen is distinctly seven-jointed ; but in the
female the fourth, fifth and sixth segments are immovably sutured
together.

The eyes which are small, slender, and unpigmented, are retractile
against the side of the carapace: there is a very narrow supra-orbital
eave ending anteriorly in a minute tooth, and there is a small post-ocular
spinule.

On the dorsal aspect the antenne are plainly visible on either side
of the rostrum, from the base of the 2nd joint of the peduncle: the
flagella, which are of hairlike tenuity, hardly surpass the tip of the
rostrum,

Owing to the prolongation of the efferent branchial canal, the front
edge of the buccal frame is V-shaped, and the merus of the external
maxillipeds ear-shaped.

J. t. 24

188 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

The trunk-legs recall those of Hgeria, being all long, slender, eylin-
drical, and quite devoid of hairs or spines: the chelipeds are short, and
are not stouter than the ambulatory legs.

For proportions, see Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1891, p. 260.

Avocremnus, A. Milne-Edwards.

Apocremnus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., etc., Crust., etc., I. p. 184.
Apocremnus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 17.

Carapace triangular or pyriform, much narrowed in front, inflated
behind. Rostrum bifid. Eyes imperfectly retractile: a strong supra-
ocular, but no post-ocnlar spine [a distant hepatic spine must not be
mistaken for a post-ocular spine]. Basal antennal joint narrow, its
antero-external angle forming a strong spine visible from above on
either side of the rostrum : the free joints of the peduncle and the fla-
gellum exposed to dorsal view. Epistome broad. External maxillipeds
with the merus at least as broad as the ischium, quite closing the mouth-
frame. Chelipeds not much enlarged: the other legs short and slender,
with slender dactyli capable of some flexion on the penultimate joint.
Abdomen in the male six jointed—(in the female four (?) jointed).

The genus Apocremnus has never yet been reported from Hastern
Seas. It was first described from the Florida coast, and was afterwards
reported by the ‘ Challenger ’ from Fernando Noronha (an island in the
South Atlantic, off the coast of Brazil). There is nothing unprecedent-
ed therefore in its occurrence in deepish water in the Indian Ocean.

Apocremnus indicus, n. sp. Plate IV. figs. 2, 2a.

Carapace pyriform, inflated in the branchial, constricted in the post-
ocular region, and armed with six long knob-headed spines, as follows :—
one, semi-erect, above the root of either eye-stalk ; one in the middle of
the cardiac region, flanked on either side by one in the middle of each
branchial region ; one in the middle line on the posterior border. There
are, in addition, on either side, two sharp spines, one above the other,
near the middle of the hepatic region, and far from the eye.

The rostrum is formed of two short, slightly divergent, knob-head-
ed spines. On either side of its base are seen the antenne and a large
spine formed by the antero-external angle of the basal antennal joint.

The constituent segments of the sternum are sharply granular, and
are separated from one another by deep grooves.

1895. | A. Alcock — Oarcinological Fauna of India. 189

The eye-stalks are of moderate length, salient, and almost immov-
able.

The buccal orifice is large, and the external maxillipeds are orna-
mented with lines of fine sharp-cut granulation : their merus is as broad
as the ischium, and is excavated near the middle for the insertion of the
palp. The chelipeds, in the male, are somewhat longer than the cara-
pace and rostrum: their ischium, merus, and carpus are ornamented
with lines of fine sharp granulation: the palms are elongate and com-
pressed, with the edges carinate: the fingers, which are less than half
the length of the palm, are compressed and curved.

The ambulatory legs, which decrease in length gradually, have
their bases and meropodites granular, and the dactyli very slender.

The length of the carapace of the largest specimen—a male—is
9 millim., of an egg-laden female 6 millim.

From off the Andamans at about 100 fathoms, and off Ceylon at
32 to 34 fathoms.

CouiopEs, Stimpson.

Collodes, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. VII. 1862, p. 193.
Collodes, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 645.

Carapace ovate-triangular. Rostrum short, bifid, with the lobes
approximate. Hyes of moderate length, retractile against a strong post-
ocular process which affords no concealment. Basal antennal joint
narrow, a little curved, anteriorly bidentate, one tooth placed behind the
other ; mobile part of the antenne exposed. LHxternal maxillipeds with
the merus as broad as the ischinm, completely covering the mouth.
Chelipeds of moderate size. Ambulatory legs short, prehensile, with
slender dactyli which in length are equal to their propodites, and are
retractile against the latter. Abdomen of the female consisting of five
segments.

Collodes malabaricus, n. sp. Plate V. fig. 3.

Carapace ovate-triangular, with the gastric and cardiac regions
distinct and elevated. Rostrum short, emarginate. Pre-ocular spine
large and coarse, post-ocular spine very prominent. A tubercle on the
cardiac region, and a large epibranchial spine on either side of it.

Basal antennal joint narrow throughout, and bearing two spines
anteriorly—one at the antero-external angle, visible from above, and
comparable in size to one of the rostral teeth—and one behind this,
immediately in front of the base of the eye-stalk. Hyes slender and

190 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

retractile towards the post-ocular tooth, which, however, affords no
concealment.

Chelipeds (in the female) hardly stouter than the ambulatory legs,
which are short, with prehensile dactyli.

Two ovigerous females, the larger of which is 4 millim. long, from
off the Malabar Coast, 26 to 31 fathoms.

The genus Collodes has hitherto been known only as a tropical
American genus. It has been found on both sides of Central America
so that its occurrence in Indian waters is not without precedent.

Sub-family II. ACANTHONYCHINA.

Eyes without true orbits: eye-stalks little movable, either short
and more or less concealed beneath a forwardly-directed supra-ocular
spine, or obsolescent and almost or completely sunk either in the sides
of a huge beak-like rostrum, or between low pre-ocular and post-ocular
excrescences (Sphenocarcinus) : a distinct post-ocular spine, which is
not cupped, may be present (Pugettia). Basal antennal joint truncate-
triangular, ;

External maxillipeds with the merus as broad as the ischium, and
with the (small) palp arising from the antero-internal angle of the
merus.

Dactyli of the ambulatory legs prehensile or sub-chelate, in the
former case the last three pairs of legs are often disproportionately
short compared with the second pair. Rostrum either simple or two-
spined,

Key to the Indian genera.

fi. Carapace and

1. Eye-stalks al- rostrum sub-cylin-
most obsolete, drical, the latter
completely sunk, bifid at tip.......... XENOCARCINUS.

and almost or
I. Rostrum of huge quite immovable: ii. Carapace de-

size ; simple, 22) carapace smooth | pressed, elongate-
pifid at tip; not or tuberculate : no triangular: ros-
flanked on either 1 post-ocular pro- trum laterally
side by salient su- cess. compressed, not
pra-ocular spines. bifid at tip......... SIMOCARCINUS,

. Eye-stalks short, sunken but movable
between low smooth pre-ocular and
post-ocular excrescences : carapace with
\ huge symmetrical pedicled tablets......,.. SPHDNOCARCINUS.

1895.]

II. Rostrum flanked | 1. Carapace

on either side by
salient supra-ocu-
lar spines; either
long and simple, 4
or consisting of
two spines of mo-
derate length: no
post-ocular pro-

elon-
gate-triangular,
rostrum elongate,
simple: ambula-

tory legs not sub-

chelate.

A, Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India.
f

(i. Rostrum laterally

ii.

compressed, su-
pra-ocular spines
small: eye-stalks
so short and deep-
ly sunken as to
hardly reach to the
sides of the cara-
pace; carapace of
the female with
large foliaceous
lateral lobes........

Rostrum horizon-
tally compressed,
Supra-ocular
spines large: eye-
stalks short, but

HUENIA.

191

cess. reaching beyond

the sides of the
carapace: cara-
pace of the female
without foliaceous

(Geblobesr.isctheaue MENZTHIUS.

2. Carapace broad, sub-quadrangular: ros-
trum short and deeply bifid, Sige ones

legs subchelate........ ACANTHONYX.

eeeere eoeseerne

XeEnocarcinus, White.

Xenocarcinus, White, Jukes’ Voyage H. M.S. ‘ Fly,’ Vol. II. p. 335.

Huenioides, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entomol. France (4) V. 1865, p. 144.

Xenocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 648, pl. xii.
fig. 5.

Carapace ovate-subcylindrical, tapering to a long thick subcylin-
drical rostrum, or beak, the tip of which is emarginate or bifid.

Hyes short, completely sunken in the sides of the rostrum, almost
immovable: no pre-ocular or post-ocular spines.

Antenne with the basal joint triangular, and with the short mobile
portion hidden beneath the rostrum.

External maxillipeds with the merus as broad as the ischium and
giving attachment to the palp at its antero-internal angle.

Chelipeds not much shorter or stouter than the 2nd and 3rd _ pairs
of legs: 4th and 5th pairs of legs short: all with the dactyli short,
stout, curved, and sharply toothed along the posterior surface.

Abdomen of the female four-jointed, the 3rd—6th segments being
fused together.

192 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, White.

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 119, and Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (2) I., 1848, p. 221, and in Jukes’ Voyage H. M. S. ‘ Fly,’ Vol. II. p, 336.

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, Hess, Archiv. f. Naturges. XXXI. i. 1865, pp. 131
and 171.

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. VIII. 1872,
p. 253, pl. xii. fig. 1.

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, Miers, Zool. ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ Crust., p. 1, pl. ii.
tio eeles

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, Haswell, P. L. S., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 436,
and Cat. Anstr. Crust., p. 8.

Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 40.

Carapace elongate ovate-subcylindrical with the regions ill defined
and the surface more or less tuberculated. [Typically the tubercles
fall into distinct transverse rows]. The rostrum has the form of a long
coarse cylindrical beak, the apex of which is bifid, and the surface
densely covered with velvety hairs.

The eyes are completely and almost immovably sunk in the sides
of the rostrum.

The antennary flagella are much shorter than, and are completely
hidden by, the rostrum.

The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are short and nodular, the latter
having curved strongly-toothed prehensile dactyli. The chelipeds are
hardly stouter, and are not much shorter, than the 2nd pair of legs,
which again are much longer than the 3rd to 5th pair. ‘The colours
described by White are “ two or three waved longitudinal red lines on
the posterior half of the carapace, the inner line continued before the
eyes.” By A. Milne-Edwards the colours of the carapace and legs are
said to be reddish stained with yellow.

In a good spirit specimen the abdomen carapace and beak are dull
reddish brown, with a broad yellow stripe extending from the base of
the beak to the tip of the abdomen, and on either side of the carapace
a narrow sinuous yellow line; and the trunk-legs are yellow, more or
less banded and striped with dull brown.

In the Museum collection are two females, one from Ceylon (34
fathoms), the other from the Andamans. The one from Ceylon, which
is an egg-laden adult 15 millim. long, resembles as to its carapace and
rostrum, but not as to its legs, the figure in the Zoology of the ‘ Erebus’
and ‘Terror ;’ and as to its legs, but not as to its carapace and rostrum,
the figure in Archiv. du Mus. tom. VIII. 1872. The other, from the
Andamans, which is not adult, exactly resembles, as to its carapace, but
not as to its legs, the last cited figure.

1895. | A, Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 193

Sppenocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards.

Sphenocarcinus, A. Milne-Hdwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I., p 135.
Sphenocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 663; and
‘ Challenger ’ Brachyura, p. 34.

Carapace elongate sub-pentagonal, broad behind, tapering in front
to a long rostrum formed of two spines (fused together to near the tip).
The surface of the carapace is symmetrically and deeply honey-combed
by broad deep channels which leave symmetrical tubercles with over-
hanging edges between them.

There are no true pre-ocular and post-ocular spines, but the eye is
deeply sunk between two low smooth excrescences which are pre-ocular
and post-ocular in position.

The basal antennal joint is truncate-triangular, and the antennary
flagella are completely hidden beneath the rostrum. The epistome is
long and narrow. The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad
as the ischium, somewhat dilated at the antero-external angle, and
somewhat excavated at the antero-internal angle for the insertion of the
small palp. The chelipeds are not much stouter, and not much shorter
than the next pair of legs, which are the longest: the dactyli of the
legs, though stout recurved and prehensile, are not toothed along the
posterior edge. Abdomen, in both sexes, seven-jointed.

Oxypleurodon Miers (‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 38) differs from
Sphenocarcinus only in the form of the rostrum, the spines of which are
divergent instead of convergent and more or less fused. I much suspect
the generic value of this character. If, however, the two forms be iden-
tical, then Sphenocarcinus would have to be removed to the next sub-
family, in which case the sub-family Acanthonychine would be perfect-
ly homogeneous.

Sphenocarcinus cuneus (Wood-Mason).
Oxyplewrodon cuneus, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) VII. 1891, p. 261.

Carapace elongate sub-pentagonal, narrowing to a long tapering
cylindrical rostrum, which, in the male, is longer than the carapace and
only emarginate at the extreme tip, but, in the female, is shorter than
the carapace and distinctly bifid at the end.

The carapace is symmetrically honey-combed by deep channels,
which leave between them great symmetrically undermined islets, as
follows :—one, very elongate-oval, on the gastric region; one, triangu-
lar, on the cardiac region; one, somewhat semilunar with one horn

194 A. Alcock —Carecinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

much produced laterally, on each branchial region; and one, Cupid’s
bow-shaped, along the posterior border. Besides these there are some
smaller islet-like excrescences, namely, on each side, a supra-ocular,
post-ocular, hepatic, and branchial.

Between the supra and post-ocular excrescences, are set the small
squat little-movable eyes.

Of the trunk-legs, the 2nd pair (¢.e., first ambulatory legs) are the
longest, being very slightly longer than the chelipeds, and considerably
shorter than the carapace measured with the rostrum, but much longer
than any of the last 5 pairs of legs.

In the female all the long joints, except the dactyli, and in the
male all except the dactyli and propodites, are strongly carinated
dorsally. .

The chelipeds are hardly stouter than the next pair of legs, except
as regards the palm in the male, which is broadened and somewhat
inflated. In neither sex are the short white polished fingers apposable
throughout.

Male. . Female.
Length of carapace and rostrum -» 19. millim.... \18°5 nila:
Greatest breadth of carapace oaehlY AL AE oe aceite “3
Length of rostrum alone ae Cs ee oie OUEST ines
» of 2nd pair of trunk-legs «cL DL Pa, ne (a Fe

Toc. Andaman Sea, 161 to 250 fathoms.

This extremely elegant species has been figured for next year’s
issue of “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator.’ ”

Huenta, de Haan.

Huenia, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 83
Huenia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 648 ; and ‘ Challenger’
Brachyura, p. 34.

Carapace depressed, elongate-triangular in the male,* with the
lateral epibranchial angles produced ; sub-quadrangular in the female,
with two large foliaceous lobes (epibranchial and hepatic) on either
side: a small pre-ocular, but no post-ocular spine. Rostrum simple,
acute, vertically deep, laterally compressed. Abdomen in the male
seven-jointed; in the female five-jointed ; with the fourth to the sixth
joints coalescent.

Eyes very small and almost immobile.

* A small hepatic lobe is sometimes present in the male also, on either side.

1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 195

Basal antennal joint somewhat enlarged, and coalescent at its dis-
tal extremity with the front; beneath which the flagella are inserted
out of sight in a dorsal view.

The external maxillipeds are small, the merus distally truncated,
and bearing the palp at its antero-internal angle. Chelipeds in the male
moderately developed, with the palms compressed and cristate above,
the fingers somewhat excavated at the tips, and not apposable through-
out their extent. Ambulatory legs short—the longest pair not much
longer than the chelipeds, dactyli short, stout, strongly recurved, and
more or less toothed along the posterior margin.

Huenia proteus, de Haan.

Muja (Huenia) protews, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 95, pl. xxiii. figs. 4-6.

Huenia proteus, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 21, pl. iv. figs.
4-7, and p. 22, pl. iv. fig. 5.

Huenia proteus, Haswell, Proc. L. S., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 437; and
Cat. Austr. Crust, p. 9.

Huenia proteus, Miers, Zool. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 191, and ‘Challenger’ Bra-

chyura, p. 35.
Huenia proteus, C.W. 8S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. XXIII.

1888-89, No. 4, p. 40, pl. iii. fig. 3.
Huenia proteus, R. I. Pocock, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) V. 1890, p. 79.
Huenia proteus, Henderson, Trans Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 341
Huenia proteus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., ete., VII. 18938, p. 40.

Carapace flat, depressed, with two low elevations in the middle line,
otherwise smooth: in the male the carapace is elongate triangular, with
the lateral epibranchial angles produced to form small lobes, and some-
times with the hepatic regions expanded in the same way: in the
female the carapace is quadrilobate, owing to the foliaceous extension of
the hepatic and epibranchial angles. Rostrum long, simple, acute,
deep, and laterally compressed, Supra-ocular spines small. Eyes
small, deeply sunk beneath the pre-ocular spine, almost immovable.

In the male the chelipeds are somewhat shorter, and the next pair
of legs (which are the longest) are somewhat longer than the carapace
and rostrum combined: in the female the chelipeds are considerably
shorter than, and the next pair of legs are about the same length as,
the carapace and rostrum. In the female and young male the fingers,
which are closely toothed, meet throughout the greater part of their
extent: in the male they meet only at the tips.

The last three pairs of legs are very short. AI] the long joints,
except the dactyli, of all the trunk-legs are more or less carinate dor-
sally (anteriorly), the carination often being more or less discontinuous in
the case of the chelipeds: the dactyli of the ambulatory legs are stout,
strongly recurved, and more or less toothed along the posterior margin,

J. ut. 26

196 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

In the Museum collection there are several females, but only two
males, from various parts of the Andamans, up to 20 fathoms.

Srocarcinus, Miers.
Simocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XFV. 1879, p. 649,

As Huenia, but without the supra-ocular spine; with the chelipeds
much stouter, especially as to the palm, which is much inflated; and
with the ambulatory legs more cylindrical.

Simocarcinus pyramidatus (Heller).

Huenia pyramidata, Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer., in SB. Akad. Wien XLIII. L865
p. 307, pl. i. fig. 9.
Description of the Male.

Carapace elongate-triangular, narrowing to a huge, deep, laterally
compressed rostrum of greater length than the carapace: the hepatic
regions are marked by a faint bulge, and the lateral epibranchial angles
are very sharp cut, while the limits of the posterior border are bounded
on either side by a small lobule. Except for a somewhat elongate
eminence on the gastric region and a tubercle on the posterior cardiac
region, the carapace is perfectly smooth.

The eyes are deeply sunk, and nearly immobile, and the cornea is
somewhat deficient in pigment,

The chelipeds, which are markedly stouter than the other legs, are
a little shorter than the carapace and rostrum; and the next pair of
legs, which are a good deal more than twice the length of the 3rd pair
and than thrice the length of the 5th pair, are equal in length to the
carapace and rostrum. The palms are broadly inflated ; and the fingers,
which are strongly arched, meet only at the tips.

The ambulatory legs are cylindrical, and their dactyli are stout,
strongly recurved, and toothed along the posterior margin.

Our single perfect specimen—a male from the Nicobars—measures
30 millim. in length of carapace and rostrum.

Simocarcinus simplex (Dana).

Huenia simplex and brevirostrata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. pp. 183 and

134, pl. vi. figs. 8a-c, 4a—c.
Simocarcinus simplex, Miers, Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 649; and

‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 35 (wbi synon.).
[Simocarcinus simpler, Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napol. III. 1889, p. 173.]
Simocarcinus simplea, J. R. Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 342.

This species is distinguished from Simocarcinus pyramidatus ( Hell.)
(3) by the much shorter rostrum of the male; (2) by the presence of —

1895. | A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 197

three tubercles, disposed in a triangle, on the gastric region; (3) by
the larger and more prominent eyes; (4) by the absence of the lobule
on either side of the posterior border of the carapace; (5) by the much
more massive chelipeds of the male.

This species is included in the Indian Fauna on the authority of
Prof. J. R. Henderson. There are no specimens in the Indian Museum.

Mevnearuivs, Edw.

Menzthius, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 338.
Menzthius, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 649; and ‘ Challen-

ger’ Brachyura, p. 36.

Carapace subpyriform, moderately convex, and tuberculated on
the dorsal surface, with a large triangulate pre-ocular spine, but no
post-ocular spine. Rostrum simple, slender, acute, or emarginate at
apex. Post-abdomen in the male seven-jointed, in the female usually
five-jointed, the penultimate joint formed by the coalescence of three
segments. Hyes small, mobile, but not perfectly retractile. Basal
antennal joint slightly wider at the base than at the distal extremity,
which is unarmed ; flagellum exposed and visible from above at the
side of the rostrum. Merus of the exterior maxillipedes truncated at
the distal extremity and with a prominent antero-external angle, and
slightly notched at the antero-internal angle where it is articulated with
the next joint, Chelipedes (in the male) well developed, with the palm
slightly compressed ; fingers acute, and having between them, when
closed, an interspace at the base. Ambulatory legs of moderate length ;
the joints subcylindrical, not dilated or compressed; dactyli slightly
curved and partially retractile. (Miers).

Meneethius monoceros, (Latr.) Kdw.

[Pisa monoceros, Latr., Encycl. X. 139.]

Inachus arabicus, Riippell, Krab. Roth. Meer., p. 24, pl. v. fig. 4.

Menzthius monoceros, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., Vol. I. p. 339.

Menzthius subserratus, porcellus, and tuberculatus, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’
Crustacea, pp. 18 and 19, pl. iv. figs. 1 and 2.

Menethius angustus, depressus, subserrutus, tuberculatus, areolatus and inornatus,
Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust. I. pp. 121-125, pl. iv. figs 5a-7g, and pl. v.

figs. la—3d.
Menzthius subserratus, dentatus and depressus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philad., 1857, p. 219.
Menzthius moneceros, Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer, SB. AK. Wien, XLIII. 186),

p. 306.
Menzthius monoceros, A. Milne-Edwards in Maillard’s L’ile Réunion, Annexe F,

p. 6; and rugosus p. 7, pl. xvii. fig. 2.
MEN#THIUS MonoceERoOS, A. MILNE-EDWARDS, NOUVELLES ARCHIVES DU MUSEUM

IV. 1868, p. 70, and VIII. 1872, pp. 262 and 263 (uBr. syNon.)

198 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Menzxthius monoceros, Miers, Phil. Trans. Vol. 168, 1879, p. 485, and Zoology
‘ Alert,’ pp..182, 190, 517 and 521, and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 37.

Menzthius monoceros, Haswell, P. L. 8., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 437, and
Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 9.

Menzthius monoceros, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus. If. 1880, p. 171, and Archiv.
f. Naturges. LIII. 1887, i. 219.

Menzthius monoceros, Richters in Mobius Meeresf. Mauritius, p. 145.

[Menethius monoceros, Cano. Boll. Soc. Nat. Napol. III. 1889, p. 175.]

Menzxthius monoceros, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 342.

Menzthius monoceros, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 41.

Carapace elongate-triangular, most markedly so in the male, the
lateral epibranchial angles sharp-cut, and the surface very variably
tuberculated. :

The rostrum, which is flanked on either side by the forwardly-
directed supra-ocular spine, is styliform, acute, and horizontally com-
pressed, its length being about half that of the carapace in the male,
but a good deal less in the female.

The small eyes are imperfectly retractile, and project freely from
beneath the supra-ocular spine.

The chelipeds in the male are as long as, or a little longer than, the
2nd pair of legs, or about equal in length to the carapace and rostrum ;
they are very much stouter than any of the other legs, and have a
somewhat inflated palm, and fingers which meet only at the tips.

The chelipeds in the female are not stouter than the other legs, and
are considerably shorter than the next pair of legs, which, again, are a
good deal shorter than the carapace and rostrum: the fingers meet
through the greater part of their extent.

The 3rd-5th pair of legs are very much shorter than the 2nd
pair: in all the dactyli are strongly recurved and are toothed along
the posterior margin.

Very numerous specimens from the Andamans and Nicobars.

AcANTHONYX, Latr.

[Acanthonyz, Latreille, Regne Animal, (2) IV. 58.]
Acanthonyw, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 342.

Acanthonyx, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust. I. 142.

Acanthonyw, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 650; and ‘ Chal-
lenger’ Brachyura, p. 42.

Carapace sub-oblong, rounded behind, and with the dorsal surface
usually depressed, not markedly constricted behind the prominent antero-
lateral angles, the lateral branchial spines small and not prominent.
Pre-ocular spine prominent, acute, Spines of the rostrum united at
the base, acute and but little divergent. Post-abdomen in the male six-
jointed. Eyes small, mobile, but not completely retractile. Basal an-

1895. ] A. Aleock — Oarcinological Fauna of India. 199

tennal joint narrowing slightly from the base to the distal extremity,
which is unarmed ; flagellum exposed and visible from above at the side
of the rostrum. Merus of the exterior maxillipeds truncated at the
distal extremity and but slightly notched at the antero-internal angle,
where it is articulated with the next joint. Chelipeds (in the adult
male) well developed ; palm compressed, but slightly turgid in the mid-
dle, and often slightly carinated above; fingers acute, and having be-
tween them, when closed, an interspace at the base. Ambulatory legs
short, with the penultimate joints more or less dilated and compressed
and armed with a tooth or lobe on its inferior margin, against which the
small acute dactylus closes. (Miers).

Acanthonyx macleayt, Krauss.

Acanthonyx macleayi, Krauss, Sudafrikan. Crust., p. 47, pl. iii. fig. 6.
Acanthonyx macleayi, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 48.

Carapace sub-quadrangular, with the hepatic and lateral branchial
spines well developed : these spines, as well as the spines of the rostrum
and the carapace immediately behind the rostrum, are tufted with
sete ; and on the gastric region in a line with the hepatic spines are two
elevated tufts of sete. Hxcept for the spines and elevations above-
mentioned, and for a slight median elevation in its posterior half, the
carapace, both as to its margins and as to its surface, is perfectly smooth
and unarmed.

The supra-ocular spines are parallel with, and in the female almost
comparable in size with the rostral spines.

The chelipeds in the male, but not in the female, are much stouter
than any of the other legs: in the male they are nearly as long as the
carapace, and have the carpus and palms much inflated, and the fingers
in contact only at their tips: in the female they are only about two-
thirds the length of the carapace, and have the joints slender, and the
fingers closely apposable throughout.

The other legs, which are subchelate, are not disproportionately
short compared with the chelipeds : the last pair is sub-dorsal in position,

In the Museum collection are specimens from Karachi.

Acanthonyx consobrinus, A. Milne-Edwards.

Acanthonyzx consobrinus, A. Milne-Edwards, in Maillard’s I’Ile de la Réunion, An-
nexe F. p. 7, pl. xvii. figs. 3, 30.

Acanthonys consobrinus, Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crustacea, p. 5.
“‘Carapace broadened, and a little swollen, surface non-granular.

Gastric region with three ill-defined tubercles. Cardiac region either
smooth or with sometimes a trace of a rudimentary tubercle. Latero-

200 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

anterior border cut into four or five teeth, of which the first, or external
orbital angle, is small and pointed, the second larger et @ extrémité
mousse, and the others successively smaller. The rostrum consists of
two short stout spines, and the supra-ocular border forms a spine.
Chelipeds short: fingers evenly toothed. Ambulatory legs ending in a
recurved claw. The abdomen of the male consists of 5 segments, the
2nd, 3rd and 4th being fused together.

There are no specimens of this species in the Museum Collection,
which is included in this Fauna on the authority of Dr. Heller who
mentions it in the ‘ Novara’ Collection, from Madras.

The genus or sub-genus Scyramathia has, I think, very close affinities
with the genus Pugettia, and is certainly, I think, a close link between
this sub-family and the following.

Sub-family ii. PISIN AL.

Eyes with commencing orbits, of which one of the most character-
istic parts is a large, blunt, usually isolated and cupped post-ocular
tooth or lobe, into which the eye is retractile, but never to such an
extent as to completely conceal the cornea from dorsal view: there is
also almost always a prominent supra-ocular eave, the anterior angle
of which is sometimes produced forwards as a spine. LHye-stalks short.
Basal antennal joint broad, at any rate at the base; its anterior angle
generally produced to form a tooth or spine. Merus of the external
maxillipeds, owing to the expansion of its antero-external angle, broader
than the ischium, and carrying the palp at its antero-internal angle,
Rostrum two-spined (in Doclea obscurely so). Legs often very long.

Key to the Indian Genera.

Alliance 1. Pisorpa. Supra-ocular eave not in close contact with the post-
ocular spine or process, and generally produced, but uot very conspicuously, at the
autero-external angle in the plane of the rostrum,

1. Post-ocular tooth either not cupped, or
if cupped then the carapace is armed
with long acute spines of uniformly
large size and regular arrangement...... ScYRAMATHIA.

I. Spines of the ros- (i. Spines of the ros-
trum separate P trum bearing a
from the base,¢ a eas che ese secondary spinule,
usually long and satel of rag ne either at tip or
divergent. i ace, if present somewhere in their

never of uniform dasteL ial
ae 228 arrange- | ii, Spines of the ros-
trum without a
{ secondary spinule HyAsTENvs.

1895. ] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 201

(1. Carapace sub-circular or globular: ros-
trum emarginate: ambulatory legs of
moderate length, stout: the entire body,
and the appendages in great part, dense-
[hye wosaakero ites) Aon anoonpdonbecoobtoasedeccDocobs DoD DocLEs.

(i. Post-ocular lobe
completely isolat-
ed both from the
supra-ocular eave
and from the ba-
sal antennal joint:
2nd pair of trunk-
legs never ap-
proaching 81x

II. Spinesof the ros- ‘
trum coalescent + 2. Carapace broadly ase pee ny Onaas
in their basal half> triangular: tip algae ena

_ of the rostrum | :-

; li, Space between
nen a the post-ocular
pemaaiy lane lobe and thesupra-
a a ice ocular eave, as

: well as that be-

tween the post-
ocular lobe and
the basal antennal
joint occupied by
a spine: 2nd pair
of trunk-legs six
or more times the
length of the ca-
be L rapace............... HG@ERIA.

Alliance 2. Lissorpa. Supra-ocular eave in the closest contact with the post-
ocular process, and with its antero-external angle almost always (always in Indian
genera) very strongly produced forwards in the plane of the rostrum.

i. Surface of carapace tubercular: chelipeds of the male

stouter than those of the female: abdomen of the

female seven-jointed............cs10..06 ac abonaneéuacnooupeRee: TYLOCARCINUS.
ii. Surface of carapace spiny: chelipeds of the male not

stouter than those of the female: abdomen of the

female five-jointed........16. . ceosssecseseecsevessstesersesevee HOPLOPHRYS.

Alliance I. Prsora.
Scyramatuta, A. Milne-Edwards.

Bcyramathia, A. Milne-Edwards, Compt. Rend, XCI. 1881, p. 356.
Scyramathia, Sars, Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedn., Crustacea I4. p. 5.
Scyramathia, 8. I. Smith, ‘ Albatross’ Crustacea (1884), 1886, p. 21.
Anamathia (part) Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 25.

Carapace pyriform or elongate-triangular, armed either with
tubercles, or with long spines much like those of Anamathia in their
uniform size and definite arrangement: the hepatic and lateral epi-

202 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

branchial spines are always prominent and very conspicuous. The
rostrum consists of two spines, which are usually long and slender.
The eyes are small, and are retractile against a sharp post-ocular pro-
cess whick commonly is but little cupped: there is also a supra-ocular
eave which terminates either in a forwardly directed tooth or in an
upturned spine. Basal antennal joint not very broad, sharply trun-
cated: the mobile portion of the antenne freely exposed on either side
of the rostrum.

Merus of the external maxillipeds as broad as the ischium, slightly
expanded at the antero-external angle, and bearing the palp at the
antero-internal angle,

Chelipeds in the adult male (but not in the female and young male)
enlarged, with the palms broadened and compressed,

First pair of ambulatory legs markedly the longest.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct sezments.

There is certainly a close superficial resemblance between this genus
and Anamathia; but I quite agree with Prof. Sars that the two forms
are not very closely united. Prof. Sars thinks that Scyramathia is
nearest to Hyastenus, an opinion with which I concur, although I also
think that there are quite as close relations to Pugettia.

Scyramathia pulchra, Miers.

Anamathia pulchra, Miers,‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 26, pl. iv. fig. 1 (adult
male).

Anamathia livermorii, Wood-Mason, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1891, p. 260
(young male and adult female).

Body and limbs everywhere closely covered with short hairs, which
on the carapace are peg-shaped; and with numerous long scattered
sete. The carapace, which is subpyriform, is armed with twenty
long sharp spines disposed in five longitudinal series. Of these spines
five are on the gastric region, one is on the cardiac, and one on the
intestinal region, one stands above either eye, one on each hepatic, and
four on each branchial region: in addition there is a distinctly cupped
post-ocular lobe.

The rostrum consists of two slender divergent spines, the length of
which is more than half that of the carapace.

The eyes are small, and the cornea, though retractile against the
post-ocular lobe, can never be concealed.

The basal antennal joint is broad, and has its antero-external angle
somewhat produced: the mobile portion of the antenna is completely
exposed to dorsal view.

1895. | A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India, 203

The external maxillipeds have the ischium and merus somewhat
concave.

The chelipeds vary according to sex. In the adult male they are
longer than the carapace and rostrum, and are far stouter than any of
the other legs: the carpus is enlarged and sculptured, the palm is
broadened, as well as somewhat carinate along both edges and strongly
produced at the postero-inferior angle, and the fingers are opposable in
their distal half only: in the female and young male they are shorter
than the carapace with the rostrum, and are hardly stouter than the
other legs ; all the joints are subcylindrical, and the fingers are apposa-
ble in the greater part of their extent.

In both sexes, the merus of all the legs, including the chelipeds,
has a spine or tooth at the far end of its upper margin. The 2nd pair
of trunk-legs, which are the longest, are, in the male, nearly twice the
length of the carapace and rostrum, but in the female are considerably
shorter.

Loc. Andaman Sea, 130 to 561 fathoms.

Scyramathia rivers-andersont, n. sp.

Carapace closely covered with peg-shaped hairs with long set
interspersed : legs with few sete. The carapace, which is pyriform and
somewhat inflated, has, besides a supra-ocular tooth and a sharp post-
ocular process, and besides a salient hepatic spine, and a still more
salient lateral epibranchial spine (about two-fifths the greatest breadth
of the carapace in length) six sharply conical tubercles evenly and
equidistantly arranged ina circle round a central caradiac tubercle:
of these the most posterior overhangs the middle of the posterior border,
while the most anterior, which is situated far back on the gastric
region, is flanked on either side by a very faint eminence.

The rostrum consists of two slender divergent horns, the length
of which in the male is about three-quarters, in the female about
two-thirds, that of the rest of the carapace.

‘The eyes are small, and though freely movable forwards are not
retractile backwards further than to impinge against the summit of
the post-ocular process of the carapace. The basal antennal joint,
which is of no great width, is sharply truncated: the mobile portion of
the antenna is freely exposed on either side of the rostrum.

The chelipeds in the fully adult male (but not in the young male)
are much stouter than the other legs, and are as long as the carapace
and rostrum; their merus is prismatic with knife-like edges, the upper
edge ending ina spine; their carpus is bicarinate, the outer carina
being very prominent; the hands, which form nearly half their total

J. i. 26

204 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

length, have the palm carinate along the upper edge, and the fingers
slightly separated when closed.

In the female the chelipeds are not stouter than the other legs,
are not much longer than the carapace proper, and have the fingers
closely apposable throughout.

Of the ambulatory legs the first are much the longest, being nearly
half again as long as the carapace and rostrum; while the last two
pairs are very short and have their dactyli reduced i in length, increased
in strength, and strongly recurved.

Male. Female.
Length of carapace and rostrum... 21 millim. 16°5 millim,
- rostrum ... pe Mee 34 7 3
FP chelipeds ... Aart | 5 ll Ps
~ 2nd_ pair of trunk- igae 31 ss 20 =
4 5th woe ae he i lft he

Loc. Off Malabar coast, 406 fms.

Scyramathia beauchampi (Alcock and Anderson).
Anamathia beauchampi, Alcock and Anderson, J. A. S. B., 1894, Pt. ii. p. 185.

Body and legs downy, and with numerous large coarse curly clavate
hairs, which are very regularly arranged on the legs, where also they
are coarsest and closest. Carapace sub-triangular, with the following
armature :—

On either hepatic region a great up-curved earlike spine (without
any bullous base). On either branchial region, posteriorly, a strong
up-turned spine; and anteriorly, near the middle line, a smaller coarse
tooth. On the gastric region four sharpish tubercles. On the narrow
sunken cardiac region a coarse sharp tooth. On the posterior border, in
the middle line, a coarse granule.

The rostrum consists of two more (?) or less (&) divergent
spines, the length of which is about one-third that of the rest of the
carapace.

The eyes are small, and are almost devoid of pigment: they are
to some extent hidden beneath a pre-ocular tooth of moderate dimen-
sions, and are retractile against a larger laterally-compressed post-
ocular plate.

Tbe antennze are completely exposed, from the base of the second
joint of the peduncle.

The chelipeds in the male are massive, and in length are more than
half again as long as the carapace and rostrum: all their joints, from

1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 205

the ischium to the propodite, have one or more of their edges conspi-
cuously and sharply cristiform, this being specially well marked in the
case of the long trigonal meropcedite, which has all its edges sharply
phalanged, and in the case of the equally long slightly inflated palm,
which has razor-like edges. The fingers, which are not nearly half the
length of the palm, are acute, and have their cutting edges entire.

The 2nd—5th pairs of legs are slender, with cylindrical joints, the
2nd are nearly or quite equal in length to the chelipeds, the 3rd-5th
decrease gradually in size.

In an adult female, equal in size to the male above described, the
chelipeds are shorter than the 2nd pair of legs, and are similar in
general proportions to the other legs.

Colours in life: “‘ Harth-colour with the chelipeds pink.”

Male. Female (adult.) -
Length of carapace (including rostrum)... 18 millim.... 155 millim.
Greatest breadth of carapace ciate dA at Seas eames a el IES a
Length of cheliped ar eee) sai cihids na!
Greatest breadth of palm ... Seo). a ee | 5

Loc. Bay of Bengal, 193 and 210 fathoms.

The ova are large (diam. 1 millim.) and rather few in number.
In young males the chelipeds are of proportions intermediate
between those of the adult male and female.

Scyramathia globulifera, Wood-Mason.
Pugettia globulifera, Wood-Mason, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. March, 1891, p. 260.

Distinguished by the vertically erect ear-like hepatic spine, the
base of which forms a great polished bulla on either side of the
buccal frame, giving the animal, when viewed front end on, a bat-like
appearance.

The body and legs are downy, the legs being fringed with short
broad curly hairs.

The carapace, in which the cardiac region is broad and prominent
and not, asin S. beauchampi, narrow and sunken, has, besides the hepatic
spine already mentioned, the following marks :—

On the branchial regions, below and anteriorly, a sharp sinuous
human-ear-shaped crest ; above and posteriorly a spine; and near the
middle line anteriorly an acumination. On the gastric region four faint

206 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

clevations. On the cardiac region, and also on the intestinal region, in
the middle line, an acuminate eminence.

The rostrum consists of two divergent spines, about one-third the
length of the rest of the carapace.

The eyes stand well out from beneath the pre-ocular spine, and
are retractile against a small post-ocular tooth.

The other appendages closely resemble those of the preceding
species; but the chelipeds, in the adult male, are shorter, being only
equal in length to the carapace and rostrum, and the fingers have their
cutting edges crenulate instead of smooth.

In females and in young males the chelipeds have the same re-
lative proportions as in Scyramathia beauchampt.

Male. Female (adult).
Length of carapace (including rostrum)... 17 millim.... 13 millim.
Greatest breadth of carapace... awe LU cae Oe
Length of cheliped ae na eo a idea On

Greatest breadth of palm... See | teks, Sees
Loc. Andaman Sea, 130-240 fathoms.

Miers Pugettia velutina (‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 4], pl. vi.
figs. 2, 2a, 2b) should, I think, be placed in this sub-genus— Scyramathia.

Hyastenus, White.

Hyastenus, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 56.

Hyastenus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 658 (et synon.) ;
and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 59.

Chorilia and Lahainia, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust. I. pp. 91 and 92.

Carapace subpyriform, convex, either smooth or tuberculate, some-
times spiny. Supra-ocular eave very prominent, usually somewhat
acuminately produced anteriorly : post-ocular spine, or lobe, large and
excavated. The rostrum consists of two usually long slender divergent
spines. Eye-stalks short, retractile against the post-ocular lobe, but
never to the complete concealment of the cornea.

Basal antennal joint broad, its antero-external angle sometimes
produced: the mobile portion of the antenna usually exposed to dorsal
view.

Merus of the external maxillipeds as broad as, or broader than,
the ischium, expanded at the antero-external angle, and bearing the
palp at the antero-internal angle. :

1895.] A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 207

Chelipeds in the adult male enlarged: the second pair of trunk-
legs usually very much longer than the 3rd 4th and 5th pairs.
The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments.

Key to the Indian species of Hyastenus.

(i (i. Rostral spines as long as the
carapace, and nearly parallel
in their proximal half: cara-

pace indistinctly tubercu-
Tab6d 2... +. sncecsnscecreesssboaece —[H, sebze,\|
1. Rostratlli Rostral spines about twice
spines atleast as long as the carapace, and
as Tonges thes widely divergent from their
carapace pro- | origin: carapace with nu-
1gheuee merous tubercles, and with
large cardiac, branchial and
intestinal spines: a long ter-
minal spine onthe merus of
of the second pair of trunk-
ls We eichese sade avcudseducaeuerneotoes «. A, tenuwicornis.
(a. Numerous
tubercles for-
ming a cross
on the gastric
region: a me-
dian trans-
I. Denuded verse tuber-
carapace : cle in the
with nume- ne pe aa groove _ be-
rous tuber- 4 Beet oF tween the
cles, or 5 (includ 2 gastric and
spines, and ae rans cardiac
erosions. che tee ds) regions......... H. pleione.
4 - Rostral nodular
spines not : b. Gastric re-
much more gion almost
than half the smooth: no
length of the 3 tubercle be-
carapace pro- tween the
per. gastric and
cardiac _re-
L gions............ H. hilgendorfii.
(a. Carapace
elongate
closely cover-
ed with gra-
=e nules and tu-
ie oe aca bercles, with-
ropodites” out spines..... H. oryz.
smooth, b. C :
. Conspicuous-
ly large spines
on thecardiac
and branchial
te L regions......... H. gracilirostris,

208 A. Aleock— Carecinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

(1. Carapace fi. A large intestinal and two
triangular, large gastric spines in the
with a large middle line..............0-2.s--00. HH. spinosus.
epi branchial
spine and at-

least one large
iI. Denuded sub-hep atic | ii. No large intestinal spine: a
carapace tubercle on single gastric tubercle in the
smooth and either side. (_ middle line........................ H. diacanthus.

polished, 4
with a few | 2. Carapace (i. A pair of gastric tubercles in

large elongate, thevmiddletine = y.ccscecnenee) eness
spines. with a small
epib ranchial (a. An erect
tubercle, and+ ii. Gastricre- | claw-like in-
with none of gion seus testinal spine 4H. calvarius.
| thesub-hepa- out tuber- |
| tic tubercles cles. b. No intestinal

| enlarged. & spine........... H. planasius.

Hyastenus pleione (Herbst).

Cancer pleione, Herbst, Krabben, III. iii. 52, taf. lviii. fig. 5.

Nawia pleione, Gerstaecker. Archiv. fur Naturgesch. XXII. 1856, p. 114, taf. v.
figs. 1-2.

Hyastenus pleione, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. VIII. 1872, p. 250.

Hyastenus pleione, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch. LIII. 1887, p. 225, taf. vii.
fig. 3; and Journ. Linn Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 18.

Hyastenus pleione, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56.

Hyastenus pleione, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) V. 18938, p. 348.

Carapace triangular, elegantly rounded behind, pubescent like the
legs and rostrum, the regions well-defined, tuberculated as follows :—
six tubercles disposed in a Y or cross on the gastric region, one in the
groove between the gastric and the extremely prominent cardiac region,
one in the middle of the intestinal region, and three in a line on the
boundary of the hepatic and pterygostomian regions; on either bran-
chial region are two longitudinal rows of tubercles, the upper row
being the more distinct, but the last tubercle in the lower row being
the largest, and forming a rather prominent epibranchial spine; finally
on either side of the groove separating the cardiac and intestinal
regions is a prominent tooth.

The rostrum consists of two slender divergent spines, which in the
male are half the length of the carapace proper, but in the female are
considerably less.

The basal antennal joint has its outer margin, anteriorly, bilobed.

The hairy trunk-legs have the upper surface somewhat uneven or
actually nodular.

The chelipeds in the male are stouter than the other legs, and are as

1895. | A. Aleock— Oarcinological Fauna of India. 209

long as the carapace plus half the rostrum; the fingers, which are hardly
one half shorter than the short palm, are arched and meet only near
their tips: in the female the chelipeds are rather more slender than
the other legs, are only as long as the post-ocular portion of the cara-
pace, and have nearly straight fingers that meet in the greater part of
their extent.

The second pair of legs, in both sexes, are considerably longer than
the chelipeds and than any of the three last pairs: the dactyli of all
the ambulatory legs are stout, recurved, and serrated along the posterior
margin.

In the Museum collection are numerous specimens of both sexes,
from Ceylon and Mergui.

Hyastenus hilgendorfii, de Man.

Hyastenus hilgendorfit, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 14,
pl. i. figs. 3 and 4.

This species much resembles H. pleione, but is distinguished by
the following constant characters :—the carapace is but faintly tuber-
culated, and, in particular, there is no tubercle between the gastric and
cardiac regions: the dactyli of the ambulatory legs are very strongly
toothed, instead of merely serrated, along the posterior margin: in the
male the rostrum is nearly two-thirds the length of the carapace, and
the chelipeds are as long as the carapace and rostrum combined, and
nearly as long as the second pair of trunk-legs,—this being largely
due to the increased length of the palm.

Carapace subpyriform, and, like the rostrum and legs, pubescent ;
the regions moderately well-defined.

The gastric region is either quite smooth, or presents three faint
elevations disposed in a triangle base forwards. There is a small
tubercle near the middle of the intestinal region ; and a line of granu-
lations along the boundary between the hepatic and pterygostomian
regions, which line is continued backwards, along the side of the branchial
region, to end at a distinct lateral ‘epibranchial spine: there is also a
more or less distinct line of granules on the dorsal aspect of the epi-
branchial region.

The rostrum consists of two divergent spines, the length of which
in the male is nearly two-thirds that of the carapace proper, but is con-
siderably less in the female. Basal antennal joint with the outer mar-
gin sinuously curved.

The trunk-legs have the surface somewhat uneven: the chelipeds
in the male are much stouter than the other legs, and are as long as the

210 A. Aleock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

carapace and rostrum, the palm being nearly twice the length of the
fingers, which are not much arched and meet in their distal half: in
the female the chelipeds are rather slenderer than the other legs, and
are equal to the postrostral portion of the carapace in length. The 2nd
pair of legs are hardly longer than the (male) chelipeds, but are very
much longer than the last three pairs: the dactyli in all are stout, re-
curved, and strongly toothed along the posterior margin.

Specimens are in the Museum collection from Ceylon, Ganjam,
Mergui, the Nicobars, and the Straits of Malacca.

Hyastenus diacanthus (de Haan).

Pisa (Nawia) diacantha, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 96, pl. xxiv. fig. 1.

Nawia diacantha, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crust., p. 10.

Nawia diacantha, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1857, p. 218.

Nazxia diacantha, Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crust., p. 3.

Hyastenus diacanthus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. VIII. 1872,
p. 250.

Nazia diacantha, Brocchi, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) II. 1875, Art. 2, p. 94, pl. xix.
figs. 172, 173 (male appendages).

Hyastenus diacanthus, Miers, Cat. Crust. New Zealand, p.9; and P. Z. 8., 1879,
pp. 19 and 26; and Zoology H. M. S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 and 194; and ‘ Challenger ’
Brachyura, p. 57.

Hyastenus diacanthus, Haswell, P. L. S., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 442;
and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 20.

Hyastenus diacanthus, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p. 220.

Nawia diacantha, C. W. 8. Aurivillins, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. XXIII.
1888-89, No. 4, p. 51, pl. ii. fig. 5.

[ Hyastenus diacanthus, Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napol. III. 1889, p. 178.]

Hyastenus diacanthus, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890,
p- 109.

Hyastenus diacanthus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 55; and
Zool. Forsch. Austral. Malay. Archip., Jena., 1894, p. 42.

Hyastenus diacanthus, Mary Rathbun, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Vol. XVI. 1893, p. 85.

Body and legs densely tomentose, often much encrusted with sponges,
etc. Carapace pyriform, with the regions strongly convex, well-defined,
and when denuded, smooth and polished: on the gastric region, in the .
middle line, there is an acpminate tubercle, on either pterygostomian
region at least one large tooth, and near the hinder limit of either
branchial region a horizontally projecting lateral epibranchial spine.

The rostrum consists of two more or less divergent horns, the
length of which in the adult male is from half to nearly two-thirds
that of the carapace proper, but in the female is less. The basal
antennal joint is much inflated behind and constricted in front.

_ ~_T *

1895.] . A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 211

The chelipeds in the male are stouter than any of the other legs,
and are equal in length to the carapace plus half the rostrum; the
fingers, which are arched and meet in rather less than their distal half,
are nearly as long as the short inflated palm. In the female and young
male the chelipeds are rather more slender than any of the other legs,
and in length are equal to the post-ocular portion of the carapace ;
and the fingers, which are almost straight, meet in the greater part
of their extent. The second pair of trunk-legs are nearly twice the
length of the (male) chelipeds, and are far longer than any of the
last three pairs: the recurved and densely tomentose dactyli have the
posterior margin almost smooth.

Besides specimens from the Australian and Chinese Seas, the
Museum possesses specimens from Ceylon, Orissa, Tavoy, and the
Andamans.

Hyastenus spinosus, A. Milne-Edwards.

Hyastenus spinosus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 250.
Hyastenus spinosus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56.

This species differ from H. diacanthus only in the following parti-
eulars :—the body and limbs are less densely tomentose; the gastric
region, instead of a single acuminate tubercle, has two strong spines in
the middle line; there is a stout spine, in the middle line, close to the
posterior border of the carapace ; the lateral epibranchial spines are
larger.

These differences are constant in a large series of specimens from
different parts of the sea-coast of India: but in two specimens which
seem referable to this species the gastric region is quite smooth, though
abnormally convex.

Hyastenus aries (Latr.)

[Pisa aries, Latr. Encyc. X. p. 140].

Chorinus aries, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 315.

Hyastenus aries, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 250.
Chorinus aries, Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1878, p 786.

Chorinus aries, H. Nauck, Zeits. Wiss. Zool. XXXIV. 1880, p. 41 (gastric teeth).
Hyastenus aries, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56.

Very closely resembling H. spinosus, from which it differs only
in the following particulars—adult males of nearly equal size being
compared:—(1) the rostral horns, instead of being long cylindrical
divergent and down-curved only at tip, are short (being only one-third
the length of the carapace proper in the male, and only about one-fourth

Jolk: 2d

212 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

in the female), somewhat compressed horizontally, almost parallel or
even a little incurved, and perceptibly though very slightly deflexed
from the base ; (2) the carapace is much more convex and swollen, with
the lateral epibranchial and the median posterior spines much smaller;
(3) the chelipeds have the palm less enlarged, and the fingers nearly
straight, instead of arched; (4) the anterior angle of the supra-orbital
eave, instead of being sharply produced, is obtuse.

The Museum possesses specimens from the Orissa Coast and Gulf of
Martaban, and also from the Straits of Malacca.

Hyastenus planasius, Ad. & White.
Pisa planasia, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 9, pl. ii. figs. 4 and 5.
Hyastenus planasius, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872,
p. 250.
Hyastenus (Chorilia) pianasius, Miers, Zoology H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 196;
and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 57.
Hyastenus planasius, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. Vol. XX. p. 109.

Carapace elongate-ovate, its surface smooth and polished anteriorly,
finely granulose posteriorly, and with scattered tufts of hairs: a small
eminence in the middle of the gastric region, and a small lateral epi-
branchial spinule, in front of which latter there may be a line of gra-
nules: lateral margin with three spinules anteriorly, two of which are
on the pterygostomian region.

The rostrum is formed by two parallel spines, the tips of which are
somewhat incurved, and the length of which is about one-sixth that of
the carapace proper. The supra-ocular margin is, as usual, very pro-
minent, and has its anterior angle somewhat produced. The antero-
external angle of the basal antennal joint forms a distinct tooth visible
from above. The legs are tomentose with additional long scattered
setee; the second pair (1st ambulatory legs) are, as usual, markedly the
longest, being half again as long as the carapace and rostrum: the dac-
tyli are short, stout, recurved, and serrated posteriorly. The chelipeds
are described by Adams and White as follows:—‘‘ small, slender, equal
in size, covered with scattered long stout hairs; the third joint sub-
cylindrical, curved inwards and enlarged anteriorly ; fourth joint short,
rounded, and curved, with two small tubercles on the outer and upper
surface ; fifth joint rather slender, sub-cylindrical, laterally compressed ;
claws slightly gaping in the middle, curved inwards, and finely denticu-
lated.” As, however, the male specimen figured does not seem to be
adult, these characters are perhaps changeable with age.

In the Museum collection are a young male and female from Ganjam
and Arrakan.

1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 213

Hyastenus calvarius, n. sp.

This species —females alone being available for comparison — differs
from H. planasius chiefly in the following characters :— (1) there is an
erect claw-like spine on the posterior border of the carapace in the
middle line ; (2) the spines of the rostrum are straight, divergent, and
about half the length of the carapace; (3) the dactyli are longer and
slenderer.

Three females—two of which are laden with eggs—from the
Andamans. The larger egg-laden female measures 14 millim. from
the tip of the rostrum to the posterior border of the carapace.

Description of the female.

Carapace elongate-ovate, with the surface, when denuded of
scattered setae, smooth and polished: the gastric region is very convex :
the only armature of the carapace is (1) a large erect claw-like spine
near the posterior border in the middle line, (2) a small lateral epibran-
chial spinule on either side, and (3) two or three granules along the
antero-lateral border in the pterygostomian region. The rostrum is
formed of two straight divergent spines, the length of which is about
half that of the carapace proper. The antero-lateral angle of the pro-
minent supra-ocular eave is sharp; and that of the basal antennal joint
is produced to form a spine which is plainly visible from above.

The legs are more or less fringed with stout club-shaped hairs:
the second pair are, as usual, the longest: the dactyli are long and
slender, and are recurved, with the posterior margin serrate. The
chelipeds are slender, and the fingers meet in the greater part of their
extent.

Hyastenus seb, White.

Seba, Thesaurus, III. xviii. 12.

Hyastenus sebe, White, P.Z S., 1847, p.57; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol.
XX. 1847, p. 61; and ‘Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 11.

Hyastenus sebe, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 249.

Hyastenus sebe, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p. 228.

Hyastenus sebx, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56.

Hyastenus sebx, Ortmann, Zool. Forsch. Austral. Malay. Archip. Jena, 1894, p. 42.

Carapace very elongate-triangular, its surface eroded and sculp-
tured, but without distinct tubercles or spines. The rostral spines,
which are equal in length to the carapace, are paralled in their proximal
half. The chelipeds in the male are equal in length to the carapace
plus one-third of the rostrum: their merus is not much stouter than
that of the next pair of legs, but the palm is broadened and somewhat
inflated : the fingers, which are hardly more than half the length of

214 A. Alcock — Oarcinological Fauna of India. ~ [No. 2,

the palm, are arched, and meet only at the tip. The other legs are
slender, the second pair being much longer than the last three pate
and longer than the chelipeds.

The Museum possesses a specimen from Mauritius, which I have
included here for the sake of comparison.

Hyastenus oryx, A. Milne-Edwards.

Hyastenus oryx, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 250,
pl. xiv. fig. 1.

Hyastenus ory#, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 442 ;
and Cat Austral. Crast., p 20.

Hyastenus (Chorilia) oryx, Miers, Zool. H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 195, 517
and 522; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 58.

Hyastenus oryz, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p. 224, taf. vii.
fig. 2
Hyastenus oryx, C W. 8. Anurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. XXhie
1888-89, No. 4, p. 50, pl. iv. fig. 4.

Hyastenus oryx, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109.

Carapace pyriform, little setose, crisply and rather closely tuber-
culated, but without any spines, the tubercles on the gastric region
being disposed in the form of a cross or anchor. The rostrum consists
of two slender horns, which in the male are about half the length of
the carapace proper, and strongly resemble the horns of an Oryx in
miniature: in the female they are not one-third the length of the
carapace, and are nearly parallel.

The supra-ocular eave is sharply angled, but not produced, an-
teriorly. The basal antennal joint is sharply toothed at the antero-
external angle.

The chelipeds in the male are as long as the carapace plus two-
thirds of the rostru. their merus is slender, but the palms are
broadened and inflated; and the fingers, which are from half to two-
thirds the length of the palm, are arched, aud meet only at the tip.
In the female the chelipeds are considerably shorter than the post-
ocular portion of tue carapace, and are rather more slender than the
ambulatory legs, the fingers being but little arched, and little separated
when clenched.

The ambulatory legs are slender, with slender almost ehicene

actyli: the first pair, which are considerably the longest, are about
one-fourth longer than the carapace and rostrum.

This, like Hyastenus calvarius, is a small species, an egg-laden
female of average size measuring only 14 millim. from the tip of the

trum to the posterior border of the carapace. It is a common species
at the Andamans, and has also been taken off Ceylon at 34 fathoms,

1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 215

Hyastenus gracilirostris, Miers.

Hyastenus gracilirostris, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol IV. 1879, p. 12, pl. iv.
fig. 7; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 56.

Carapace subpyriform, hardly at all setose, with numerous sharp
tubercles and spinules. Specially noticeable are three spinules, longi-
tudinally arranged in the middle line, on the gastric region, a strong
conical spine on the cardiac region, a sharp tubercle on the posterior
margin, and two spines on each of the branchial regions, of which the
larger occupies the usual position of the lateral epibranchial spine.

The rostrum, which does not vary according to sex, consists of two
slender divergent spines, the length of which is about one-third that of
the carapace. The post-ocular lobe projects very strongly, and the
supra-ocular eave has both the anterior and the posterior angle pro-
nounced. The basal antennal joint has a well-marked tubercle or blunt
spine at its antero-external angle.

The chelipeds in the male are equal in length to the post-rostral
portion of the carapace, and have a few small granules on the merus
carpus and upper edge of the palm; the merus is slender, but the
palm is broadened and is not much longer than the fingers, which are
arched and meet only at the tip. In the female the chelipeds are rather
shorter than the post-ocular portion of the carapace, are very slender,
and have nearly straight fingers.

The ambulatory legs are slender, with slender smooth-edged dactyli :
the first pair are, as usual, much the longest.

This also is a small species, and egg-laden female of average size
being only 10 millim. in length.
In the Museum collection are specimens from the Madras coast.

Hyastenus tenuicornis, Pocock.
Hyastenus tenwicornis, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V. 1890, p. 76.

Distinguished by the enormous length of the rostral spines, and by
the curious form—described below—of the supra-ocular eave and post-
ocular lobe.

Carapace subpyriform, somewhat depressed, with the regions vwell-
defined ; its surface with many long scattered sete, and with numerous
granules and some large spines. Specially noticeable are five or seven
granules, arranged in the form of a cross, on the gastric region; two
huge acuminate tubercles, in the middle line, posteriorly; and three
spines on either branchial region, the hindmost and lowermost of which
is of great size.

The rostrum consists of two slender, exceedingly divergent spines,

216 A. Alcock — Careinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

the length of which in the male is about twice, in the female about once
and a fifth, that of the carapace.

Vhe post-ocular lobe is unique is form: it is very prominent, and
has a stout pedicle and a compressed crown, the angles of which are
produced. The supra-ocular eave is also unique: it also is very promi-
nent, and has its antero-external angle produced forwards and upwards,
and its postero-external angle produced backwards towards the post-
ocular lobe. The basal antennal joint is deeply grooved longitudinally :
its antero-external angle forms a strong spine visible from above, and
its outer edge bears two distinct teeth which stretch towards the supra-
ocular and post-ocular spines respectively. All the trunk-legs are very
slender: the first two pairs have a strong spine on the far end of the
upper border of the merus, but this in the last three pairs is represent-
ed by asmall tubercle. The chelipeds, even in the male, are slender
throughout, and have long slender fluted palms which are three times
the length of the fingers: the latter, though denticulated throughout
and but little arched, meet, in the male, only in their distal half.

The first pair of ambulatory legs are, as usual, much the longest:
in all the dactyli are long and slender, but have the posterior edge
sharply serrated.

This also is a small species, an egg-laden female of average size
measuring orly 17 millim., more than half of which is rostrum.
Off Cheduba (Arakan coast) 7 fathoms: off Ceylon 30-34 fathoms.

Dr. Henderson (Tr. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 344) also includes
in the Indian Fauna, but with some doubt, the two following species :—

1. Hyastenus convexus, Miers Zool., H. M. S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 196,
pl. xviii. fig. B. (N. H. Australia ; Penang.).

2. Hyastenus brockii, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch. LITI., 1887,
p. 221, taf. vii. fig. 1. (Amboina).

As Dr. Henderson seems to be not quite sure of his identification,
and as we have no specimens in the Museum collection, I have not
noticed these two species at length.

Naxtra, Edw., Miers.

Navia, Milne-Edwards, Hist Nat. Crust. I. 313.

Nazxia, de Haan, Faun, Japon. Crust., p. 84.

Nawia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol XIV. 1879, p. 658 (et synon.
Naxioides, A. M. Edw. and Podopisa Hilgendorf); and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura,
p. 59.

Carapace subpyriform, moderately convex, rounded behind, and
armed with spines or tubercles on the dorsal surface. Spines of the

1895, ] A. Alcock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 217

rostrum well developed, subcylindrical, parallel or divergent, and bearing
on the inner margin, near to the extremity, a small accessory spine or
spinule. Abdomen (in the male) distinctly seven-joimted; in the
female some of the segments may be coalescent. Hyes small, supra-
ocular eave very prominent, its antero-external angle sometimes pro-
duced to a spine: post-ocular lobe also very prominent, its edge un-
equally bi- or tri-lobed. Antenne with the basal joint enlarged, with
a spine or tubercle at the antero-lateral angle, ard sometimes with ano-
ther on the outer margin ; the flagellum either exposed, or partially con-
cealed in a dorsal view by the rostral spines. Merus of the external max-
illipeds distally truncated, with the antero-external angle little, if at all,
produced, and the antero-internal angle emarginate. Chelipeds (in the
male) slender and moderately developed, palm usually somewhat elon-
gated, fingers denticulated near the distal extremity, and having between
them when closed a small hiatus at the base. Ambulatory legs slender
and somewhat elongated, the first pair much the longest, with the
joints subcylindrical ; dactyli nearly straight.

Key to the Indian species of Naxia.
I. Armature of the carapace consisting almost entirely of large
pebereaere GINGA MIMICS) Se ire. wsetoheabes vaniee a: Senge euenned ae Mania tak ee I SURI ae

(1. Spines of the rostrum parallel to near the
tip: supra-ocular spine obsolete: meropodites

of the trunk-legs without a terminal spine...... N. hirta.
(a. Rostral
(i. Spines of the spines widely
rostrum con- divergent: no
siderably large spines
more than on the bran-
half the chial or in-
ct seals ; length of the testinal
ca core 2. Spines of carapace: regions ...... N. taurus.
sisting the rostrum supra-ocular
pRieaa tot divergent| spine very? b. Rostral
fubeecles from the large and spines moder-
5c tae ’4 base: supra- acute: mero- ately diver-
Siok ocular spine podites of all gent : several
iors ah pecan the trunk- large spines
Ranietiinibs m €ropo- legs with a on the bran-
Aiea ed os dites of terminal chial regions
aoa nee some of the Spine : palms and in the
ines trunk-legs long and middle line of
P F withalarge slender. the carapace VN. cerastes.
terminal
spine. ii, Spines of the rostrum con-

siderably less than half the
length of the carapace: supra-
ocular spine blunt : meropodites
of the last three pairs of trunk-
legs unarmed: palms short and
2 LL inflated cessessececvrsrssseecreveseces MW. investigatoris.

218 © A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No, 2,

Nazxia investigatoris, n. sp. Pl. IV. fig. 3.

Distinguished from all other Indian species by the form of the
male chelipeds, of which the palm, instead of being long and slender, is
short and broadly inflated.

Carapace subpyriform, with all the regions well-defined, and the
whole surface, from the base of the rostral spines, sharply tubercular.

The rostral spines in the male and sometimes in the female are
hardly one-third the length of the carapace proper, and are divergent,
with the accessory spine in the middle of the distal half: often, but not
always, in the female they are less than one-fourth the length of the
carapace, are little divergent, and bear the accessory spinule near the
tip. The antero-external angle of the prominent supra-ocular eave is
surmounted by a blunt spine: the basal antennal joint has a similar
spine at its antero-external angle, and another near the middle of its
outer border. :

The chelipeds are granular, and their meropodite has a small
spinule at the distal end of its upper border: in the male they are a
little longer than the carapace, the palm is short—less than twice the
leneth of the fingers—inflated, and enlarged from behind forwards, and
the fingers are strongly arched and meet only at the tip: in the female
they are only as long as the post-rostral portion of the carapace, are
slender throughout, and have nearly straight fingers. The 2nd pair
of trunk-legs (1st pair of ambulatory legs) are 23 times the length of
the carapace, and have the meropodite armed with a strong spine at the
distal end of its upper border, and the dactylus of remarkable length,
nearly equal to the propodite: the other legs are much shorter, and
have the spine replaced by a small tubercle, their dactylus being of
ordinary length. a TR

Colours in spirit, pale ochre.

Loc. Andamans; and off Ceylon, 34 fathoms.

Male. pace eas
Length of carapace and rostrum .... 19 millim. 17 millim.
Greatest breadth of carapace tie, tO Oe Vas 10; os
Length of chelipeds ... i eS ys at
Length of 2nd pair of legs... ye | 4 36h 5.

Nawia hirta, A. Milne-Edwards.

Navioides hirta, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) V. 1865, p. 148,

pl. iv. fig. 1.
Podopisa petersii, Hilgendorf, MB. Ak. Berl., 1878, p. 785, taf. i. figs. 1-5.
Nawia petersii, Miers, Zoology of H. M.§. ‘ Alert,’ p. 523.

1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 219

Navwia hirta, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 61.

Nawia petersii, de Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 19.

Navwia hirta, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V. 1890, p. 79.

Nawia hirta, Henderson, Trans Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 345.

Carapace pyriform, with the regions well-defined and the surface
from the base of the rostral spines unevenly granular and tubercular.
From the rough surface there stand out (1) at least two good sized
Spines on either branchial region, (2) a sharp unciform tubercle close
to the posterior border near the middle line, and (3) a stout nipple-
shaped tubercle near the middle of the pterygostomian region.

The rostral spines, which in both sexes are close together and
parallel in more than half their extent, are from one-third (male) to two-
sevenths (female) the length of the carapace proper; from the point
of origin of the accessory spines, which are situated at the end of the
parallel portion, they are elegantly divergent.

The prominent supra-ocular eave has the antero-external angle
slightly upturned. The basal antennal joint has a stout spine anteri-
orly, and a coarse tooth in the middle of its outer border.

The chelipeds are smooth, and are slender in both sexes, but most
so in the female: in the male they are equal in length to the post-
rostral, in the female to the post-ocular portion of the carapace:
the palms are slender and sub-cylindrical, and are twice the length
of the fingers, which latter are hardly arched, and are therefore but
slightly separated at the base when clenched.

All the ambulatory legs are slender and smooth, and the first pair
are considerably the longest, being nearly twice the length of the
carapace and rostrum, the dactylus not being abnormally elongate.

The body and legs are covered witha short fine down, and the
colour in spirit is usually mottled reddish and yellow.

In the Museum collection are specimens from the Andamans and
from Ceylon.

Nazxia taurus, Pocock.

Nawia tawrus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. V. 1890, pp. 77 and 79.
Nazia tawrus, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 346.

Distinguished by the very long and widely divergent rostral spines.

Carapace pyriform, with the regions well-defined, and the surface,
from the base of the rostral spines, unevenly granular and tubercular
beneath tufts of hair. Among the tubercles three on the gastric region
in the middle line, three ina triangle on the intestinal region, and
three on either branchial region attract attention.

J. 11, 28

“a

220 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

The rostral spines, which are considerably more than half the
carapace in length, are widely divergent—the distance between their
tips being more than three-quarters of their length: the accessory
spine is situated not far in front of the middle.

The prominent supra-ocular eave has a strong sharp spine, and
there is an even stronger and sharper spine at the antero-external angle
of the basal antennal joint, as well as a prominent tooth near the
middle of the outer border of this joint.

The chelipeds are granular: m the male they are equal in length
to the carapace plus four-fifths of the rostrum, and, though slender, are
considerably stouter than the other legs, especially as to the palm,
which is more than twice the length of the fingers—the fingers being
but little curved and therefore but little separated when closed: the
meropodite has a strong sharp spine at the distal end of its upper border.

The ambulatory legs. are slender: the meropodites of all but the
last pair are armed as to the distal end of the upper border with a
spine, which is of conspicuous size in the case of the first pair. ‘Fhe
first pair are markedly the longest, being nearly twice the length
of the carapace measured with the long rostrum, and have the dactylus
extremely long—nearly equal in length to the propodite.

A single male specimen occurs in the collection, having been
dredged off the Andamans in 36 fathoms.

Nazia cerastes, Ortmann.

Nawxia cerastes, Ortmann, in Semon, Zool. Forschungreisen Austral. und Malay.
Archipel., Crust., p. 43, taf. iii. fig. 4.

This species appears to be very similar to Nawia tawrus, with which
it may, perhaps, even be identical. It differsfrom Naaia taurus, com-
paring specimens of the same size and sex, in the following unimportant
particulars :— (1) the rostral spines are less divergent; (2) the cara-
pace, in addition to the granules and tubercles, is armed with several
large spines, of which three on either branchial region and one on the
intestinal region are of conspicuous size, while several in the middle
line on the gastric and cardiac regions are hardly smaller.

In the collection are a perfect male and female from the Andamans.

Nazxia hystrix, Miers.

Navia hystriz, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 60, pl. vi. fig. 4.

Nazia hystriv, R. I. Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V. 1890, p. 79.

Nawia hystriz, Ortmann, Zool. Forsch. in Austral. und Malay. Archipel., Crust,,
p. 43. j

1895. ] A. Alcock —Carcinological Fauna of India, 221

Body closely beset with short knobbed hairs, among which longer
set are interspersed.

Carapace subpyriform, armed with numerous long sharp spies as
follows:—four, arranged in a triangle base forwards, on the gastric
region; one on the cardiac, and one (very large) on the intestinal
region ; one on either hepatic region; two or three on either pterygo-
stomian region; and, finally, on either branchial region three dorsal and
three lateral: between these large spines some spinules and sharp
granules are interspersed. In the male there is a pair of strong spines
on the sternum between the chelipeds ; and each abdominal tergum has
a strong median spine: in the female five parallel rows of spines are
found on the ventral surface, three of which belong to the abdominal
terga, and one on either side to the sternum.

The rostral spimes are short (about one-fifth the length of the
earapace in the male, and rather less in the female), and divergent:
the accessory spinule is found on their inner margin near the tip.

The basal antennal jomt has a sharp spine at its antero-external
angle, and a tooth near the middle of its outer margin. The antero-
external angle of the prominent supra-ocular eave is surmounted by a
sharp spine.

The chelipeds in the female and young male are rather more
slender than the other legs, and are a little longer than the carapace
and rostrum: the palms are slender and subcylindrical, and are nearly
three times as long as the fingers, which are nearly straight and appos-
able throughout. The ambulatory legs are slender, and have very long
slender dactyli: the first pair, which are much the longest, are nearly
three times as long as the carapace and rostrum.

In the Museum collection are specimens from the Andamam Sea
down to 40 fathoms.

Cuortiisinta, Lockington, Miers.
Chorilibinia, Lockington, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Calif., Vol. VII. 1876, p. 69.
Chorilibinia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 45; and * Chal-
lenger’ Brachyura, p. 49.
Chlorolibinia, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 17.

Carapace broadly subpyriform, spinose. Rostrum formed of two
spines which are coalescent in their basal half. The commencing orbit,
which does not afford much concealment to the fully retracted eye, is
formed by a little-prominent supra-ocular eave, and a cupped (and
isolated) post-ocular tooth. The basal antennal joint is broad, has its
antero-external angle more or less produced, and has also a lobe on its

222 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

outer margin, near the base. Merus of the external maxillipeds as
broad as the ischium, and with the antero-external angle produced.

Chelipeds slender; ambulatory legs very long and slender. Ab-
domen of the male consisting of seven distinct segments.

Chorilibinia andamanica, n. sp. Plate V. figs. 2, 2a.

Distinguished from Chorilibinia gracilipes, Miers (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. Vol. IV. 1279, p. 7, pl. iv. fig. 4), (1) by the much less divergent
rostral spines ; (2) by the pair of great spines—one pointing forwards,
the other backwards—on the cardiac region ; (3) by the much slenderer
chelipeds.

Carapace broadly subpyriform, with (1) a median line of tubercles
and spines increasing in size from before backwards, four of the spines —
namely one on the after limit of the gastric region, two on the cardiac
region, and one near the posterior border—being conspicuously large ;
and with (2) on either side a supra-marginal line of spines as follows—
a tooth at the angle of the buccal frame, a large hepatic spine pointing
downwards, and four branchial spines, the last of which directed ob-
liquely backwards is much the largest. Besides these large spines there
are numerous, symmetrically disposed, sharp granules. The rostrum,
which measured from the anterior border of the orbit is about one-third
the length of the carapace proper, ends in two very slightly divergent
spines.

The eyes are short and thick ; and the orbit is formed by a moder-
ately prominent supra-ocular eave separated by a narrow interval from
a broad isolated post-ocular pocket.

The basal antennal joint is moderately broad, and bears two teeth,
one at the antero-lateral angle, the other at the base—the latter inclin-
ing towards the post-ocular pocket.

The external maxillipeds completely close the buccal frame, the
merus being as broad as the ischium.

The chelipeds are not stouter than the legs, and are but little longer
than the carapace (rostrum included): the next pair of legs are con-
siderably more than three times, and the third pair are about three
times, this length ; while the 4th and 5th pairs are very short.

The abdominal segments from the third to the sixth inclusive, are

coalescent.
The sternum between the chelipeds carries a pair of very strong

sharp teeth.
Toc. Andamans.

1895. ] A. Alcock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 223

Ecertia, Leach.

Egeria, Leach, Zool. Miscell. Vol. II. p. 39.

Egeria, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 290.

Egeria, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 654; and ‘ Challenger’
Brachyura, p. 44.

Carapace subpyriform, nearly as broad as long, convex and tuber-
culated. The rostrum consists of two vertically compressed spines of
no great length, which are fused together in half or more of their
extent. The eyes are short. The commencing orbits are formed by a
supra-ocular eave and a post-ocular tooth, the interval between this
tooth and the supra-ocular eave above, and between it and the basal
antennal joint below, being partly closed in each case by a spine. The
basal antennal joint is truncate-triangular ; its antero-external angle is
produced, and there is a second spine behind the middle of the outer
border: the mobile portion of the antenna is visible from above on
either side of the rostrum. The merus of the external maxillipeds is
as broad as the ischium. Chelipeds in the adult male considerably
longer than the carapace and rostrum, and having the palms inflated.
Chelipeds in the female very slender throughout, and a little longer
than the carapace and rostrum. Ambulatory legs extremely long and
slender, the first pair being about six times the length of the carapace
and rostrum: the dactylus in all is remarkably long. Abdomen of
male seven-jointed: of female five-jointed.

Egeria arachnoides (Rumph), Edw.

Egeria arachnoides, Rumph, pl. viii. fig. 4; [and Latreille, Encyc. Pl. 281, fig. 15]
and Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 291; and Neumann, Syst. Uebers., 1878,
p- 19; and Haswell, P. L. S., N. S Wales, IV. 1879, p. 439, and Cat. Austr. Crust.,
p. 11; and Miers Zool. Alert, pp. 182 and 191, and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 44;
and C. W.S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl., XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 44;
and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. ete., VII. 1893, p 48; and J. R. Henderson, Trans.
Linn. Soc. Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 343.

Cancer longipes, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 231, pl. xvi. fig. 98; and Fabricius
Syst. Ent. ii. 466.

Inachus longipes, Fabr. Suppl., p. 358.

Macropus longipes, Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. VI. 111.
Leptopus longipes, Lamk. Hist. An. Sansvert. V. 285; and Desmarest Consid. Crust,
p. 159; [and Guérin, Icon. Reg. An. Crust., pl. x. fig. 3}; and Cuvier, Regne An.
Crust., pl. xxxiv. fig. 1; and Adamsand White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 7; and Stimp-
son, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 216; and A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Zool., XX. p. 109; and M. J. Rathbun, P. U.S. N. M., XVI. 1893, p. 95.

Egeria indica, Leach, Zool. Miscel. II. pl. lxxiii; and Desmarest, Consid. Crust.,
p. 157, pl. xxvi. fig. 2; and Milne-Edwards, Hist Nat. Crust. I. 292; and Adams and
White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 6; and E. Nauck, Zeits. Wiss. Zool. XXXIV. 1880,
p. 41 (gastric teeth).

224 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Egeria herbstit, Milne-Edwards, Hist Nat. Crust. I. 292; and Heller, ‘ Novara’
Crust., p. 4; and Haswell, P. L. S., N. S. Wales, IV. 1879, p. 439, and Cat. Austr.
Crust., p. 12.

Our large series of perfect specimens fully supports Mr. Miers’
conclusion that all the hitherto described species of Hgeria may be re-
garded as identical with the species rather poorly figured in Rumph’s
Amboinische Rariteitkamer.

Carapace subpyriform, or, rostrum excluded, subcircular, its
breadth being equal to its length behind the base of the eye-stalks: the
regions are distinctly delimited, and the surface is uneven and armed
with some symmetrically disposed spines and spinules of which the six
following are very conspicuously large, namely :—in the middle line, one
on the cardiac and one on the intestinal region, and, on either side, a sub-
hepatic and a lateral epibranchial: besides these there is (1) a con-
spicuous set of spinules arranged in the form of a T on the gastric region
—the last in the vertical limb of the T being a distinct spine; and (2)
two series of distant spinules on either branchial region.

The rostram varies somewhat: it is always short, and typically,
consists of two vertically compressed spines which are fused im rather
more than half their extent and have the tips slightly divergent: but
sometimes the fusion is more extensive, or the tips are broken, and the
rostrum then has the form of an emarginate stump. The supra-ocular
eave is surmounted by a small sharp tooth anteriorly.

The chelipeds in the adult male are more than half again as long as
the carapace and rostrum: the merus is a little enlarged distally, and the
palm is inflated and distally enlarged: the fingers, which are half the
length of the palm, are slightly separated at the base when clenched.

The chelipeds in the female are only one-fourth longer than the
carapace and rostrum, and are the slenderest of all the trunk-legs.

The first pair of ambulatory legs are at least six times the length
of the carapace and rostrum, rather more than a third of their extent
being formed by the dactylus: the other legs gradually decrease in
length to the fourth and last, which are about 23 times the length of
the carapace and rostrum. The joints in all are very slender, cylin-
drical, and except fora spine atthe distal end of the wpper border of
the mernus, quite smooth.

Conspicuous on the sternum of the male is a pair of large teeth,
placed between the front legs.

The body and lege are usually covered with am excessively short
fine down: the legs are often banded, sometimes very distinctly, with
dull red.

1895. | A. Aleoek— Carcinological Fawna of India. 225

Egeria investiqatoris, m. sp.

This species closely resembles Hgeria arachnoides, adult males being
compared, but differs in the followiug particulars :— (1) the carapace is
more nearly circular, owing to the greater convexity of the hepatic and
pterygostomian regions; (2) the spines on the carapace, although
almost tho same in arrangement, are markedly larger: (3) the sternum
has a transverse group of spines on every segment ; (4) every abdomi-
nal tergum except the last has a large median spine ; (5) the hiatus
between the post-ocular tooth and the basal antennal joint is scarcely
affected by a small denticle; (6) the chelipeds in the adult male are
23 times the length of the carapace, and have the palm long, very
slender, and cylindrical, and the fingers sharply and evenly denticulated
all along their apposable edge.

The legs are in fragments, but the joints that remain are extremely
long and slender.

Length of carapace and rostrum ww. 2445=29 millim.
Breadth of carapace 33 Aur 24 Pr
Length of male chelipeds aie is 65°5

Loc. Off Ceylon, 32 fathoms.

DocinA, Leach.
Doclea, Leach, Zool. Miscell., Vol. II. p. 41.
Doclea, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 292.
Doclea, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 652.

Body and appendages tomentose, usually very densely so.

Carapace circular, armed at the sides, and often on the dorsal
surface also, with a few spines.

The rostrum consists: of two vertically compressed spines which
are fused together in almost the whole of their extent and are usually
short: it has hence, usually, the appearance of a short flat emar-
ginate beak, hardly breaking the general outline of the carapace. (In
one species — Doclea tetraptera—the rostrum is rather long).

The eyes are very small, and the commencing orbits are formed by
an acute post-ocular tooth and a little-prominent supra-ocular eave.
The antenne are very short and inconspicuous—not reaching to the
end of the short rostrum: the basal joint is short, broadly triangular,
the apex forming a sharp tooth: the flagella are almost rudimentary.

The buccal frame is somewhat arched in front. The external
maxillipeds have the merus rather broader than the ischium, the
antero-external angle being slightly produced.

The chelipeds are short and slender in the female; longer, stout,
with an enlarged and inflated palm, in the adult male.

No. 2,

226 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India.

The abdomen consists of seven segments in the male, and of seven
in the female of all except D. muricata and hybrida.

Key to the Indian species of Doclea.

(1. Rostrum elongate—one-fourth to two-
fifths the length of the carapace proper,
and with the points very widely divari-
cated: the last lateral and the median
posterior spines of huge size............... D. tetraptera.

(i. Two lateral spines
on the branchial
region: no medi-
an posterior
PPINO sae estan decacesl Dyoutse

ii Three lateral

spines on the
branchial region,
the last being
short: a short me-
dian posterior

I. Pterygostomian
regions distinctly

canaliculated ae 2, Rostrum short—

and aft.

(1.

II. Pterygostomian
regions not canal- 4
iculated.

one-sixth the
length of the ca-
rapace proper—4

spine: no spines
on the dorsum of
the carapace.......

. Carapace globu- (i. Tubercles,

and with no mark-
ed divergence of
the tips.

iii. Three lateral
spines on the
branchial region,
the last being,
like the postero-
median spine,
long: a line of tu-
bercles, two of
which are usually
produced to form
spines, down the
middle of the

\_ carapace......... eee

Carapace discoid: 2nd pair of trunk-
legs three to four times the length of
the carapace: a single series of tuber-
cles or spines down the middle of the
carapace......

COREE OHO Eee ee EAR EEE wer wee

not
spines on the ca-
rapace.,

lar: 2nd pair of
trunk-legs hardly
twice the length
of the carapace:
a short series of 2
tubercles or spines
on either bran-
chial region paral-
lel to a long mid-
dorsal series of
tuberclesor spines |

See cer rer ees

li. Spines not tu-
bercles, on the
carapace Peererreteee

D. japonica.

D. canalifera.

D. gracilipes.

D. hybrida.

D, muricata.

1895.] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 227

Doclea ovis (Herbst), Edw.

Cancer ovis, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 210, tab. xiii. fig. 82; and Fabricius, Syst.
Ent. II. 459.

Inachus ovis, Fabricius, Supplement, p. 355.

[Maia ovis, Bosc. I. 256]; and Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. VI. 100.

Doclea ovis, Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 294.

Doclea ovis, Cuvier, Régne Animal, Crust., pl. xxxiii. fig. 2.

Doclea ovis, Adams and White, Zool. ‘ Samarang,’ Crust., p. 7.

Doclea ovis, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XX. 1890, p. 109.

Body and appendages, except the hands and the tips of the dactyli,
covered with an extremely dense soft fur.

Beneath the fur the carapace is almost smooth, its surface being
hardly broken by a median line of pimples on the gastric region; but
its antero-lateral border, on each side, is armed with four sharp teeth
of about equal size—one at the angle of the buccal frame; one, which
has sometimes a tubercle at its base, on the sub-hepatic region; and
two on the front part of the branchial region. The basal antennal joint
has also the form of a tooth, and midway between it and the tooth at
the outer angle of the buccal frame is another tooth. So that, includ-
ing the pointed basal antennal joint, the antero-lateral margin of the
carapace shows six teeth: there is no spine, though occasionally a trace
of a tubercle, on the posterior border,

The rostrum hardly breaks the general subcircular outline of the
carapace: it is cleft at the tip, and, measured at the level of the base
of the post-ocular tooth, is broader than long.

The pterygostomian region is longitudinally grooved. The cheli-
peds in the old male are 1; times the length of the carapace and
rostrum, and are enlarged, especially as to the palm, which is 2 as
broad as long, aud is inflated on the inner side: the fingers also are
stout and meet only in (about) the distal third. In the female the
chelipeds are only about ? the length of the carapace and rostrum, and
are throughout slenderer than the other legs. The 2nd pair of trunk-
legs (first ambulatory legs) are from twice to 2; times the length of the
carapace and rostrum.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments,
and the second segment in the female bears a large median elevation.

A common species in muddy waters in the vicinity of the mouths
of the large rivers of India.

Doclea japonica, Ortmann.
Doclea japonica, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., &c., VII. 1893, p. 46, pl. iii. fig. 4.

The only differences between this species and Doclea ovis are (1)
J. u. 29

228 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No, 2,

that, instead of only two spines on the lateral border of the branchial
region, there are three, the last being the largest and being placed
rather higher up, (so that, including the tooth-like basal antennal joint,
there are seven points on the antero-lateral border of the carapace) ;
and (2) that there is a coarse spine, or blunt tooth, on the posterior
border of the carapace.

I do not think that these differences are of more than varietal
value ; for it is not uncommon in Doclea ovis, after careful denudation,
to find traces of tubercles corresponding to the additional spines of D.
japonica.

In the Museum collection are specimens from the mouth of the
R. Hooghly.

Doclea canalifera, Stimpson.
Doclea canalifera, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 217.

Body and appendages, except the fingers and dactylopodites, cover-
ed with a dense velvet-like tomentum. Carapace subcircular with a
line of tubercles or spines down the middle line, namely, some minute
tubercles (only visible on the denuded carapace), followed by a spine,
ou the gastric region ; a larger spine on the cardiac region ; and a much
larger one still on the posterior border: the antero-lateral border is
armed with four spines, the first bounding the outer edge of the pterygos-
tomian canal, the last, which is rather larger than the spine of the
posterior border, standing near the middle of the branchiostegal border :
in addition, there is a small spine at the outer angle of the buccal frame,
but no spine between this and the basal antennal joint; and there is a
line of extremely faint tubercles, only visible after complete denudation,
stretching obliquely on either side from near the front towards the last
epibranchial spine.

The rostrum, which is hardly longer than the breadth between the
eyes, is sharply and deeply bifid at tip.

The pterygostomian region is longitudinally grooved. The chelli-
peds (in the young male) are slenderer than the next pair of legs, and
are equal to the length of the carapace between the base of the rostrum
and the base of the spine on the posterior border. The secoud pair of
trunk-legs, which are the longest, are a little less than twice the length
of the carapace and rostrum.

Abdomen of the male seven-jointed.

In the Museum are specimens from the mouth of the Hooghly and
from the muddy estuarine coasts of Orissa and of Arakan.

1895. ] A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India, 229
Doclea gracilipes, Stimpson.

Doclea gracilipes, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 216.

Doclea sp. De Man, Mergui Crust., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XXII. 1888,
p. 13.

Doclea andersoni, De Man, op. cit., tom. cit., p. 11, pl. i. fig. 1.

Carapace discoidal, covered, as are also the legs as far only as the
end of their merus or carpus, with a short close fur.

Rostrum, measured from the posterior orbital border, sometimes as
long as broad and about one-seventh the length of the carapace, some-
times twice as long as broad and about one-fourth the length of the
carapace ; deeply cleft, the spines sometimes convergent, sometimes al-
most in contact throughout, sometimes slightly divergent.

Besides a line of four teeth, situated one at the end of the basal
antennal joint, one at the angle of the buccal frame, and one behind each
of these, the antero-lateral margin is armed with four acute curved claw-
like spines, the posterior of which is typically two-fifths to one-third the
breadth of the carapace in length, but may sometimes be only one-eighth
the breadth of the carapace in length; while the three anterior are ty-
pically about one-sixth the breadth of the carapace in length, but may
sometimes be merely tubercles.

In the middle of the posterior border is a great spine as large as the
last spine of the antero-lateral series.

In the middle line of the carapace is a series of tubercles and spines
which are very variable in size: typically only two are prominent,
and these have the form of upstanding spines, one in the gastric
region, the other—much larger—in the cardiac region. Both of them,
however, may be reduced to tubercles, while in front of them and also
between them there may or may not be a line of tubercles.

Except for this median line of elevations, the dorsum of the denuded
carapace is either smooth, or has only a line of extremely indistinct
elevations passing on either side obliquely from near the front towards
the great lateral epibranchial spine.

The chelipeds in the female are rather shorter than the carapace :
in the male they are rather longer than the carapace, and in the adult
male have the palms swollen.

The 2nd pair of trunk-legs are between three and four times the
length of the carapace measured from the base of the rostrum to the
base of the great median posterior spine.

The two spines on the sternum between the bases of the second
pair of legs may be distinct or indistinct.

The abdomen consists of seven distinct segments in both sexes.

230 A. Alcock — Careinological Fauna of India. [No, 2,

In this variable species the constant characters are :—

(1) the discoid (7.e., non-globose) carapace, with elevations only
down the middle line:

(2) the long slender legs of the second pair.

(3) the large size of the spine at the external angle of the buccal
frame.

In the Museum collection are specimens from the Sandheads, R.
Hughli; Mergui; Andamans; and also from Hong Kong, whence the
species was originally described by Stimpson.

Doclea muricata (Herbst), Edw.

Cancer muricatus, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 211, tab. xiv. fig. 88; and Fabricius,
Ent. Syst. IL. 459.

Inachus muricatus, Fabricius, Supplement, p. 355.

[Maia muricata, Bose, I. 255. ]

Doclea muricata, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 295.

Doclea muricata, Adams & White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 8.

Doclea muricata, KH. Nauck, Zeits. Wiss. Zool., XXXIV. 1880, p. 38, (gastric
teeth).

Doclea muricata, C. W. 8S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., XXIII.
1888-89, No. 4, p. 43, pl. iv. fig. 6.

Doclea muricata, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XX. 1890, p. 109.

Doclea muricata, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 342.

Body and legs, except the hands and dactyli, closely covered with
crisp very short velvet.

Carapace subglobular. Rostrum short, distinctly bifid.. Besides
the spine formed by the basal antennal joint, and two denticles at the
outer angle of the buccal frame, the antero-lateral margin is armed with
four spines, the last of which, situated near the middle of the branchi-
ostegal border, is considerably the largest. The carapace is traversed
fore and aft in the middle line by a row of sharp spines, the last of
which, situated on the posterior border, is considerably the largest.
Between the median and lateral rows of spines, on the branchial region
on either side, are two large spines, one behind the other, There are
thus five series of spines upon the carapace, which is otherwise charac-
terized by the distinct delimitation of its regions, and by a sort of fes-
tooning of the border between the median and lateral series of regions.

The chelipeds are slender throughout in both sexes, and are hardly
equal in length to the carapace measured from the base of the rostrum
to the base of the posterior spine: the second pair of trunk-legs are
rather more than twice the length of the chelipeds.

The abdomen consists of seven distinct segments in the male ; —
of four in the female, the 3rd to the 6th being fused.

Ve
et.

1895. | A. Aleock— Carcinological Fawna of India. 231

Of 24 specimens from different parts of India there is not one of
great size, nor a single adult female,

I believe that this species is only the young form of Doclea hybrida.

Doclea hybrida (Fabr.), Edw.

Inachus hybridus, Fabricius, Supplement, p. 355.

[Maia hybrida, Bosc, I. 256]; and Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust., VI. 99.

Doclea hybrida, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, I, 294.

Doclea hybrida, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 7.

Doclea hybrida, Bleeker, Recherches Crust. Ind. Archipel., p. 9.

Doclea hybrida, De Man, Mergui Crust., Journ Linn. Soc., Zool., XXII. 1888,

Pp: 9:
Doclea hybrida, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 342.
? Doclea hybridoidea, Bleeker, Recherches Crust. Ind. Archipel., p. 8.

This species differs from Doclea muricata, only in the following
characters, which, I think, are merely due to age : —

(1) it is much larger ;

(2) the spine of the antero-lateral series is (except in small females)
the smallest, and tubercles are found instead of spines on the dorsal
surface of the carapace, the tubercles corresponding in number and
position with the spines of _D. muricata ;

(8) the chelipeds inthe adult male are nearly as long as the
carapace and rostrum, and have the hands enlarged.

As in D. muricata the female abdomen consists of four segments.

As Fabricius, loc. cit., says of this species compared with D. muricata,
via distinctus videtur.

We have 29 good specimens from different parts of India, all
being large males and egg-laden females. I think that they can only
be the adult stage of Doclea muricata.

Doclea tetraptera, A. O. Walker.

Doclea tetraptera, A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 114
pl. vi. figs. 4-8.

Body and legs, except the hands and dactyli, covered with a dense
stiff fur, so stiff on the trunk-legs as to give their joints, though cylin-
drical, a sharply quadrangular or triangular sectional form.

The circular form of the carapace is a good deal obscured by the
unusual development of the rostrum and of the lateral-epibranchial
and postero-median spines.

The rostrum is from one-fourth to two-fifths the length of the
carapace proper, and ends in two widely divaricated spinules.

In addition to the tooth formed by the basal antennal joint, and

232 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [ No. 2,

to a stout tooth at the angle of the buccal frame, the antero-lateral
margin bears four large spines: of these, one, situated on the pterygos-
tomian region, is turned downwards to assist in forming a pterygos-
tomian canal somewhat similar to that of Doclea canalifera, etc.: of the
other three, which are situated on the branchiostegal region, the last
is by far the longest and stoutest—being from one-third to half the
length of the carapace —and is directed a little backwards and upwards.
Down the middle line of the carapace runs a row of spines, increasing
in size from before backwards to the last, which, situated on the poste-
rior border, consists of two branches, one branch directed vertically
upwards, the other directed horizontally backwards, the horizontal
branch being often half the length of the carapace proper.

On the anterior part of the branchial region, midway between
the middle line and the lateral border of the carapace, is a stout spine,
visible without any denudation.

The chelipeds in the adult male are equal in length to the carapace
and rostrum, and have the hands much broadened, inflated, and very
elegantly carinated along the lower border, and the fingers evenly den-
ticulated but not closely apposable in all their extent. In the female
the chelipeds are not much more than half as long as the carapace plus
rostrum and posterior spine, and are rather slenderer than the other legs,
the fingers also being closely apposable throughout. In young males, of
the size figured by Mr. Walker, the enlargement of the hands is much
less marked than in old males.

The second pair of trunk-legs, which are the longest, are from twice
to 25 times the length of the carapace measured from the base of the
rostrum to the base of the great postero-median spine.

The sternum in the male has a pair of sharp teeth on its first seg-
ment.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven separate joints.

Colours in life: dull chocolate, spines white-tipped, chelipeds ivory
tinged with pink, legs brownish pink with bright red dactyli.

This species, of which we have a very fine old male, two younger
males of different sizes, an adult female, and a young female, appears to
be extremely close to D. calcitrapa, White (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 56;
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX. 1847, p. 61; and ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea,
p: 7, pl. i. fig. 2). It appears to differ from JD. calcitrapa only in the
proportions of the legs, which are slender and very long in the last-
named species.

It may be mentioned that the rostrum and great spines of the cara-
pace are, judging from the state of two of our specimens, liable to be
broken and only very imperfectly repaired again.

Bos.

1895. | A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India, 233

Our specimens all came from the vicinity of the mouth of the River
Hooghly.

Alliance II. Lissorpa.

Hoptopurys, Henderson.
Hoplophrys, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. (2) V. 1898, p. 346.

Carapace subovate (elongate pentagonal), with the regions moder-
ately defined and the surface spinose. The rostrum is composed of two
short, flattened, acute, divergent spines. The commencing orbits are
formed by a supra-ocular eave which has its antero-external angle very
strongly and acutely produced, and which is in close contact with a
slightly excavated post-ocular tooth, only a very narrow fissure being
left between: below, there is no trace of an orbital floor. The eyes
are short, and even when fully retracted the cornea is hardly at all
concealed from dorsal view. The basal antennal joint is very acutely
triangular, the spinous termination being distinctly visible from above:
the very short slender mobile portion of the antenna is exposed. The
antero-external angle of the merus of the external maxillipeds forms
a foliaceous lobe: the merus therefore is broader than the ischium;
the palp is attached to its internal angle. The trunk-legs are strongly
spinose: the chelipeds, even in the adult male, are slender, but still
differ from those of the female in having the fingers more arched and
closely apposable only in the distal half.

The abdomen in the male consists of seven distinct segments; but
in the female of only five—the fourth to the sixth being fused together.

Hoplophrys oatesii, Henderson.

Fs ee oatesii, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 1893, p. 347, pl. xxxvi.
gs, 1-4.

The gastric region of the carapace is prominent, with two curved
rows of spines, the front row (convex anteriorly) consisting of seven
spines of which the middle one is the largest, the back row (slightly
convex posteriorly) consisting of three spines of which the middle
one—the largest of all the spines on the gastric area—is compressed
laterally. On the cardiac area, as well as on the gastric area, are two
spines placed side by side. On either branchial area are three spines
arranged in a triangle, of which the anterior is the largest of all the
spines on the carapace, while the most external, which occupies the
' lateral epibranchial angle, is the most acute and is also unequally bifid.
There are also two or three spinules on the hepatic area. Between the

234 A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

spines the surface is perfectly smooth and polished, although there are
some tufts of stiff clean hairs. ;

The rostrum, which consists of two very acute and slightly diver-
gent teeth, is about one-fourth the length of the carapace proper.

The supra-ocular eave is produced forwards as a very acute spine,
the base of which is surmounted by a secondary spine. The cornea is
surmounted by a spinule. .

The chelipeds have the merus slightly, and the carpus strongly |
spiny, and are equal to the carapace (without the rostrum) in length:
they are almost alike in the adults of both sexes, the fingers only of
the male differing from those of the female in being closely apposable
only in the distal half, mstead of throughout. The ambulatory legs,
which are about equal to the chelipeds and to one another in length,
have the merus carpus and propodite spiny, and the dactylus stout,
claw-like, and denticulated on part of the posterior margin.

In the Museum collection are an adult male and an egg-laden
female taken by myself, off the Ganjam Coast in 15-25 fms., from a
colony of Spongodes. The Spongodes which belongs to a species (I think
new) intermediate in character between &. cervicornis and 8. pustulosa, W.
and §., isone of those with a brilliant white ccenosare and pink zooids,
so that the crabs with their porcelain-white bodies, pink spines, and
pink-banded legs were with difficulty detected.

Dr. Henderson considers the above species to be closely related to
Schizophrys and Microphrys, but it appears to me to be much more
closely related to Pisa and Tylocarcinus.

TyLocarcinus, Miers.

Tylocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 664. (Pisa, Latr.
part.; Pisa, Edw. part.; Milnia, Stimpson part.; Microphrys, Edw. part.)

Carapace tuberculated, pyriform, without lateral spines. The
rostrum consists of two slender slightly divergent spines.

The eye-stalks are short and are retractile, but not to such an
extent as to completely conceal the cornea. The commencing orbits are
formed by a supra-orbital eave, the anterior angle of which is produced
forwards as a spine roughly parallel with the rostrum, and of a strongly
cupped post-ocular process which, instead of being isolated, is in the
closest contact above with the supra-ocular eave and below with the
basal antennal joint. The basal antennal joint, which is of no great
breadth, has its antero-external angle produced to form a sharp tooth,
which is not visible from above: the mobile portion of the antenna,
which is short, is completely exposed.

1895. ] A, Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 235

The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium,
and the palp attached to the internal angle of the merus.

The chelipeds in the adult male are somewhat stouter than the
other legs, have the palm short and enlarged, and the fingers arched
and meeting only at tip: inthe female they are slenderer than the other
legs, have the palm slender, and the fingers closely apposable through-
out. The ambulatory legs are stout, and have the dorsal surface sharply
nodose or coarsely spinose.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments.

This genus, which appears to me to be but slightly distinct from Pisa
(e.g., Pisa corallina), Riss., shows the transition towards Tiarinia in the
next group.

That it should be grouped with Tiarinia and Macrocoeloma, as it is
by Miers (Joc. cit.), I cannot agree, since Tiarinia has complete orbits
and an enormously broad basal antennal joint, which T'ylocarcinus has not.

The type of Tylocarcinus, namely T. styx (Herbst) = Microphrys
styx A. Milne-Edwards, is placed by the latter author (Nouv. Archiv.
du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 247) between Picrocerus and Criocarcinus on
the oue hand and. Hyastenus on the other; and this seems to me to bea
very natural position.

_ ‘Tylocarcinus styx (Herbst).
Cancer styx, Herbst, Krabben, III. iii. 58, pl. viii. fig. 6 (“nur klein”’).
[Pisa styx, Latr. Encyc., X. 141.]
Pisa styz, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 308.
Arctopsis styr, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust, p.10; and A. Milne-

Edwards, in Maillard’s L’ile Reunion, Annexe F, p. 6.
Milnia styx, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. VII. 1862, p. 180.
Microphrys styx, A. Milne-Edwards in Archiy. du Mus. VIII. 1872, p. 247, pl.

xi. fig. 4.

Tylocarcinus styr, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, Vol. IV. p. 14.

Pisa styx, Richters, Mobius, Meeresf. Maurit., p. 141.

Tylocarcinus styx, de Man, Notes Leyden Mus., Vol. III. 1881, p. 94; and
Archiv. fur Naturges. LIII. 1887, p. 228; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. etc.
VII. 1893, p. 62; and Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 349.

Carapace subpyriform and covered with rounded tubercles, among
which the following are distinct :—two in the inter-orbital space; four
in a transverse series on the front part of the gastric region, followed
by three in a triangle; one in the groove between the gastric and cardiac
regions, and three in a triangle on the latter region; two, side by side,
on the intestinal region; and three on the posterior margin. Besides
these there are several on either hepatic region, and many on the bran-
chial regions.

Js EE, Jo

236 A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No 2,

The rostrum, which is between one-third and one-fourth the length
of the carapace proper, consists of two divergent spines fused together
at the base and slightly incurved towards the tip. The anterior angle
of the supra-ocular eave is produced forwards as a sharp spine.

The chelipeds in the’ adult male are equal to the length of the
carapace behind the bifurcation of the rostral spines: they are hardly
stouter than the other legs, except as to the palm, which is short and
inflated: the fingers, which are three-fourths the length of the palm,
are strongly arched, and meet only at the tip.

In the female the chelipeds are not quite as long as the post-orbital
portion of the carapace, are slenderer than the other legs, and have the
palm slender and the fingers closely apposable throughout.

The ambulatory legs are short and stout: the first pair, which are
considerably the longest, are rather longer than the carapace and ros-
trum: the merus and carpus in all are nodose on the dorsal surface,
and the dactyli are strong and claw-like: always in the first pair, and
sometimes in the succeeding pairs, the merus has a row of coarse spines
along its front margin, and the carpus a single stout spine.

Herbst’s figure is either a young male, or, more probably, a female.
The figure given by A. Milne-Edwards (loc. cit.) is very correct; but I
do not see how Miers, who cites this figure with affirmation, can call the
chelipeds in the male slender: they are, lke the other legs, stout, and
the hands are distinctly massive.

In the Museum collection are specimens from Ceylon, from the
Andamans, and from Mergui; as well as an adult male and female from
Samoa obtained from the Museum Godeffroy.

Sub-family IV. MATIN.

Eyes either (1) with orbits, which are either incomplete or com-
plete, but are always complete euough to entirely conceal the cornea,
when fully retracted, from dorsal view; or (2) but partially protected
by a huge horn-like or antler-like supra-ocular spine, or by a large
jagged post-ocular tooth, or by both.

The orbit in the first case is formed in one of two ways: there is
always an arched supra-ocular eave, and a prominent post-ocular spine ;
and either the interval between the eave and the spine is filled by an
intermediate spine which completes the orbital roof; or the supra-
ocular eave and the post-ocular process are in close contact with one
another, and with a process of the basal antennal joint below, so as to
more or less complete the floor also of the orbit.

The basal antennal joint is always very broad, and either has its

outer angle produced to aid in forming the floor of the orbit, or is armed
distally with one or two large spines.

1895. ] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 237
The external maxillipeds have the merus as wide as or much wider
than the ischium, and the palp inserted at the antero-internal angle of
the merus.
The rostrum is formed of two spines, which may be horizontal,
semi-deflexed, or completely deflexed; in the last case the spines are
usually more or less fused together.

The ambulatory legs are of no great length.

Key to the Indian genera.

(1. Supra-ocular (i. The antennnlary
}

eave and interme- flagellum springs,
diate spine very or appears to
: prominent: eye- spring, from with-
me rarer stalks slender and 4 in the orbit,,....... Mata.
either ae curved), wathy the we
pyritorm| or sab cornea elongate | ii. The antennulary
Seat. Cees and. occupying a flagellum arises
ce em position more ven- quite clear of the revern
es 2 : tralthan terminal. (_ orbit..............0.: eer

orbits incomplete
below; but fairly

well roofed in (2: (Garepage py rt-
spied iy ae) Rae eee
pra-ocular eave,’ 2. Supra-ocular

[CHLORINOIDES. |

which has at least eave and interme- ahie lenge gone
its postero-exter- diate spine dis- bi aa Deeg
nal angle pro- tinct, but not very eee ete
duced, (2) by a| prominent: eye- £ sta i R s
post-ocular spine, stalks stout, with4 ACL sazisee sse2ee veneey CHIZOPHRYS.
and (3) by a spine rounded cornez | .. ;
intercalated which occupy a|™ a alee sagen
between (1) and position as much cee oie Be per d
(2). terminal as ven- Sane see aaa
ALE so short as to
hardly break the
general outline of
L the carapace....... CYCLAX.
Alliance 2. StENocronoporpa. (1. Orbits in the form of huge
—Carapace pyriform, often; semi-tubular antlers followed
broadened anteriorly: the by a long isolated post-ocular
orbits either have the form tooth: rostrum vertically
of long semitubular antlers deflexed : buccal frame much
which sheathe the eye-stalk, broader in front than behind. CrrocaRcINus.
but do not protect the eye,
the cornea in retraction being
protected by the base of an |
extremely long and promi-4
nent, isolated, post-ocular
horn; or are reduced to the
form of long outstanding
horns similar to those of the
rostrum : eye-Stalks extreme- | 2. Orbits in the form of long
ly long: the external maxilli- outstanding horns similar to
peds have the external angle those of the rostrum, which
much produced : the rostrum is not deflexed, buccal frame
consists of two long horns. (| quadramgular..........cccesee eee STENOCIONOPS,

238 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No 2,
Alliance 3. Pericer- (1. Carapace oblong: rostrum broadly la-
oIDA.— Carapace- minar, vertically or nearly vertically
usually broadened deflexed : orbits complete, but shallow.. MIcIPPA.
anteriorly by the
outstanding or-| 2. Carapace subcylindrical, the rostrum
bits: the orbits along with the front part of the gastric
are either nearly region vertically deflexed...... ......00 ... CYPHOCARCINUS.
or quite complete
above and below,
being formed by + 3. Carapace more or {i. Rostral spines di-
a strongly-arched { less pyriform: ros- vergent.. ........... MACROCOELOMA,
supra-ocular eave| tralspines distinct
in close contact} from the base, ho-
with an excavated | rizontal or slightly ,
post-ocular lobe,| deflexed: orbits in | ii. Rostral spines
a process of the| the}form of out- parallel and close-
basalantiennal| standing? {tubes ly approximated
joint filling in the | which completely throughout their
floor below. \f:ensheathe the eyes. | extent......... TIARINIA,

Allianee I. Matorpa.

Mara (Lamk.) Edw.

[ Maia, Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans verteb. V. 154 (partim).]
Maia, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. VI. 87 (partim).

Maia, Desmarest, Consid. Gen. Crust., p. 143.

Maia, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 325.

Maia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 655.

Carapace pyriform, with the regions indistinct, the surface closely
granular or spinular, and the lateral borders usually armed with large
spines. The rostrum consists of two rather short, straight, divergent
spines. The basal joint of the antennz is broad, and has both the antero-
external and antero-internal angle produced to form spines: the mobile
portion of the antenna, which appears to spring from within the orbit,
is completely exposed. The eye-stalks are long and curved, and bear
the cornea chiefly on their ventral surface. The orbit is formed by
a prominent supra-ocular eave which has its postero-external angle
produced, by a sharp post-ocular spine, and by another spine between
these two: the eyes are completely concealed from dorsal view when
retracted. The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the
ischium, the palp being attached to the antero-internal angle of the
merus.

The chelipeds are slender, with cylindrical joints and styliform
fingers. The ambulatory legs decrease very gradually in length: the
first pair are not much longer than the carapace and rostrum: the dac-
tyli of all are styliform.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments.

1895.] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 239

Maia spinigera, de H.

Maia spinigera, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 93, pl. xxiv. fig. 4.
Maia spinigera, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 15.
Maia spinigera, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exped. Crust., pt. I. p. 85.

Maia spinigera, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. &c., VII. 1893, p. 51.

Carapace armed with long spines along the antero-lateral borders,
down the median line, and in an oblique series on either branchial
region joining the median to the antero-lateral series. Hxcluding the
pre-ocular and post-ocular spines and the spines between them, there
are four large spines on the antero-lateral border: and there are three
large spines in an oblique series on either branchial region. In the
middle line of the carapace there are in the gastric region two spines,
in the anterior cardiac one, in the post-cardiac one, in the intestinal one,
and on the posterior border a pair. Between these large spines the sur-
face of the carapace is sharply, finely, and evenly granular.

The rostrum consists of two moderately divergent spines, the length
of which is about one-fourth that of the carapace.

The chelipeds are smooth and very slender, and are rather shorter
_than the 2nd pair of trunk-legs: the latter, which are the longest of all,
are about one-sixth longer than the carapace and rostrum. The merus
of all the ambulatory legs has a strong spine at the distal end of its
upper border: all the joints of all the ambulatory legs are covered with
long hairs.

In the Museum collection is a single specimen from the coast of
Beluchistan.

Maia gibba, n. sp. Plate IV. fig. 5.

Very near Maia miersii, Walker (J. L. S., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890,
p. 113, pl. vi. figs. 1-3.

Distinguished (1) by the globose inflation of the posterior (branchi-
ostegal) part of the closely and crisply tubercular carapace, and by the
corresponding declivity of the anterior part, giving the animal a hunch-
backed appearance; (2) by the absence of large marginal spines on the
carapace.

Carapace remarkably swollen in its posterior part, where its
greatest breadth is from about three-fourths (¢%) to seven-eighths
(2) its extreme length with the rostrum; and closely covered with
sharp piliferous tubercles, which, in the male, but hardly in the female,
become spinular in the middle line and along the lateral borders.

The rostrum, which, like the anterior part of the carapace, is some-
what declivous, ends in two acute divergent hairy spines, which in the

240 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No 2,

male are about one-sixth, in the female about one-eighth, the rest of
the carapace in length. The eyes and orbits are just as in M. squinado
(with specimens of which this species has been compared), only the
cornea is relatively very much larger, and almost entirely ventral, in
the present species, and the spine between the spine of the pre-orbital-
hood and the post-orbital spine is nearly as large as either of these.

The antenne are in all respects as in M. squinado, except that
the basal joint is slightly narrower.

The appendages are just as in M, squinado—the legs being short
and hairy and the chelipeds smooth and polished—with the single
difference that the chelipeds are only as long as, and are much slender-
er than the fifth pair of legs, and are therefore very much shorter than
the second pair, which hardly exceed the carapace and rostrum in
length.

Male. Female.

Length of carapace a .» 932 millim. 41 millim.
Greatest breadth of carapace Sie. Oe ais :
Length of chelipeds oe ae hopes er SL dS.
s » 2nd pair of trunk-limbs ... 33°5 ,, AG Tae

Loc. Andaman Sea, 250 fms.

PaRAMITHRAX, Edw.

Paramithraz, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 323.

Paramithrax (Paramithran et Leptomithrax), Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool.,
Vol. XIV. 1879, pp. 655 and 656.

Acanthophrys (partim), A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) V. 1865.
p. 140.

Chlorinoides, Haswell infra; and Miers infra.

Sub-genus Cxatortorpes, Haswell.

Chlorinoides, Haswell, P. L. 8., N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 442; and Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol V. 1880, p. 146; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 17.
Chlorinoides, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 51.

Carapace.pyriform, convex, with the regions indistinct; armed
with some very large acute spines. The rostrum consists of two long
slender divergent horns. The basal antennal joint is just as in Maia,
but the mobile portion of the antenna has no connexion with the orbit.
The eyes and orbits are asin Maza, but the supra-ocular hood has its
anterior angle as well as its posterior angle produced into a spine.
The external maxillipeds are as in Maia, as are also the ambulatory

1895, ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 241

legs. The chelipeds however differ, at any rate in the male, in which
sex they are stouter than any of the other legs, have the palms enlarged,
and the fingers arched and meeting only at the tips, which are not
excavated.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments.

As Miers has pointed out (‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 52),
Chlorinoides may be regarded as a sub-genus of Paramithraz, and is also
closely connected with Acanthophrys aculeatus A. Milne-Hdwards (Ann.
Soc. Ent. France. (4) V. 1865, p. 140, pl. iv. fig. 4). According to Miers,
with whom I entirely agree, if Acanthophrys aculeatus is the type of the
genus Acanthophrys, then Chlorinoides is synonymous with Acanthophrys.

Paramithrax (Chlorinoides) aculeatus, (Edw).

Chorinus aculeata, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. I. 316.

Chorinus aculeatus, Adams and White ‘Samarang,’ Crust., p. 13.

Paramithrar (Chlorinoides) aculeatus, var. armatus, Miers, Zool. H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’
pp. 182 & 193, pl. xviii. fig. A.

Chlorinoides aculeatus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brechyura, p. 53.

Chorinus aculeatus,C. W.S. Aurivillius, Kong]. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., Bd.
XXIII. No. 4, p. 38, pl. ii. fig. 7.

Chlorinoides aculeatus, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1898, p. 345.

Carapace pyriform, convex, smooth, armed with five huge thorn-
like spines down the middle line, and with two even larger spines on the
branchial region: there are also, on either pterygostomian region, two
oblique crests, the anterior with three or four teeth—two of which are
visible in a dorsal view — the posterior with one or two.

The rostrum consists of two large divergent horns, the length of
which is considerably more than half that of the carapace proper.

The orbit consists of a supra-ocular hood, the angles of which
(especially the anterior) are strongly produced, of a bilobed post-ocular
tooth, and of a long spine filling the interval between the two, just as
in Maia spinigera. The basal antennal joint, as in most of the forms
included in this group, has a strong spine at its antero-external, and
another at its antero-internal angle.

The chelipeds in the female are slender, and are only equal to the
post-rostral portion of the carapace in length: as im the male, the merus
has its crest-like upper and lower edges sharply scallopped and the carp-
us is cristate above. In the male the chelipeds are stouter than the
other legs, especially as to the palm, which is considerably enlarged.
The ambulatory legs decrease gradually in length from the Ist pair,
which are equal in length to the carapace plus two-thirds of the
rostrum : the merus in the first two pairs has a very strong spine at the

242 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No 2,

distal end of its upper border ; but this in the case of the last two pairs
is often reduced to a tubercle.

The body and legs in this species are somewhat hairy and are more
or less encrusted with sponges, zoophytes, polyzoa, ete.
In the Museum collection are specimens from the Arakan Coast,

Mergui, and Ceylon.

Paramithrazx (Chlorinoides) longispinus (de Haan).

Maja (Chorinus) longispina, de Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust., p. 94, pl. xxiii. fig. 2.

Chorinus longispina, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 12.

Paramithraxz (Chlorinoides) longispinus, Miers, Zoology H. M. 8. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 517
and 622.

Chlorinoides longispinus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 53.

Chlorinoides longispinus, A. Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 53.

This spceeies differs from P. aculeatus in the following constant

*
characters :—

(1) it is a much smaller species ;

(2) all the spines, including the rostral spines, are elegantly
knobbed at tip ;

(3) in the median line of spines the third—the one on the cardiac
region—is cleft transversely into two from the base ;

(4) the two oblique dentate ridges on the pterygostomian region
are present, but the outermost tooth on the front ridge is
produced to form a long spine ;

(5) the spine at the anterior angle of the supra-ocular hood is
similar in size, form, and direction to the other large spines
of the carapace ;

(6) the rostral spines are less than half the length of the cara-
pace ;

(7) the antero-external angle of the basal antennal joint is pro-
duced to form, not a spine, but an elegantly curved folia-
ceous lobe ;

(8) the meropodites of all the ambulatory legs have the terminal
spine distinct and knobbed at the tip.

This species commonly encrusts itself with a very regular plate-
armour of Orbitolites and rounded fragments of Nullipore, ete.

In the Museum collection are good series from off Ceylon 33-34
fathoms, from the Andaman Sea down to 41 fathoms, and from the

Madras Coast.

1895.] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 243

Scuizopurys, White.
Schizophiys, White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. II. 1848, p. 282.
Schizophrys, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 660 (et synon.) ;
and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 66.
Dione, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 82.

Carapace broadly pyriform, with the surface granular and the later-
al margins strongly spinate. The rostrum consists of two short stout
slightly incurved spines, the outer border of which carries one or two
accessory spines. The orbit is formed by a little-prominent supra-ocular
eave, and a sharply bilobed post-ocular tooth, with a broad spine in the
interval between the two: the eye-stalks are stout and the cornea ter-
minal, not ventral, in position. The basal antennal joint is somewhat
narrowed anteriorly, and ends in two sharp spines—as in the genera
immediately preceding: the mobile portion of the antenna is freely exe
posed. Iu the external maxillipeds the merus is rather broader than
the ischium, and the palp is attached to the antero-internal angle of the
merus.

The chelipeds have the merus and carpus granular or spiny; the
palm long, smooth and slender; and the fingers longitudinally channel-
led in their distal half—this being specially marked in the adult male,
in which also the chelipeds are longer and stouter than the other legs.

The ambulatory legs are stout, have cylindrical joints, and decrease
gradually in length.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments.

Schizophrys aspera, (Hdw.)

Mithraz asper, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 320; and Dana, U. 8.
Expl. Exp. Crust., pt. I. p. 97, pl. ii. figs. 4 a=b.

Schizophrys aspera, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus. VIII. 1872, p. 281,
pl. x. fig. 1; and Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 447; and
Cat. Austr. Crust., p. 22; and Miers, Zool. H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 and 197,
and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 67; and De Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII.
1887, p. 226, and Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 20; and OC. W.S.
Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad., Handl. XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 51; [and
Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat., Napol., III. 1889, p. 179]; and A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, pp. 109 and 1138; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., ete., WII.
1893, p. 57; and J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 346;
and Mary J. Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVI. 1893, p. 91.

Schizophrys serratus, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 2238, fig.; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Vol II. 1848, p. 283, fig.; and Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 16.

Schizophrys spiniger, White, ll. cit.; and Adams and White loc. cit.; and
P Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., p. 15.

Maja (Dione) affinis, de Haan Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 94, pl. xxii. fic. 4; and
Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 15; and Stimpson, Proc.” Ac. Nat. Sei.,
Philad., 1857, p. 218.

J.u. 31

244 A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Mithrax spinifrons, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent., France, (4) VII. 1867,
p. 263.

Mithraxz afinis, F. de B. Capello, Jorn. Sci., Lisb., 1870-71, p. 264, pl. iii. figs.
4, 4a.

Mithraz (Schizophrys) afinis, triangularis (et varr. excipe var. dichotoma)
Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., pp. ll and 13; and Schizophrys triangularis
var. indiea, Richters, Mébius, Meeresf. Maurit., p. 143, pl. xv. figs. 8-14.

Carapace pyriform, its greatest breadth about 5% its length behind
the point of bifurcation of the rostral spines, its surface closely and
unevenly granular, with scattered sharp tubercles in addition. Exclu-
sive of the large unequally-bifid post-ocular spine, the antero-lateral
border is armed with six equidistant spines, the last of which is the
smallest and is situated on a rather higher level than the others: the
posterior border proper is generally beaded, and has its angles pro-
duced and upturned.

The rostrum consists of two stout parallel or incurved spines, the
length of which is from one-fifth to one-sixth that of the carapace pro-
per, and the outer border of each of which carries a strong accessory
spine.

The basal antennal joint ends in two stout spines, and there is a
spine on the sub-hepatic region outside the angle of the buccal frame,
and a sharp denticle in the middle of the inferior border of the orbit.

The chelipeds vary : in both sexes the palm is long — twice the length
of the fingers—smooth, polished, and either quite unarmed, or armed,
at the near end of the upper border, with a spine or with two or three
denticles ; and in both sexes the merus and carpus are either spiny or
granular.

But whereas in old males the chelipeds are stouter than any of
other legs, are more than half again as long as the carapace and rostrum
and nearly half again as long as the 2nd pair of legs, and have deeply
channelled fingers that meet in less than their distal half ; in females
and young males they are not stouter than the other legs, are not quite
equal in length to the carapace and rostrum or to the second pair of
legs, and have the fingers less deeply channelled, and apposable in at
least half their extent.

The ambulatory legs decrease very gradually in length: they have
short claw-like dactyli, and the merus is armed at the far end of the
upper border with a spine or tubercle. The body and legs are hairy,
and the animal frequently protects itself with flat pieces of Nullipore,
&e.

In the collection is a large series of specimens from all parts of the

Indian coast, from Mergui and Tavoy on the East to Karachi on the
West.

1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 245

Schizophrys dama, (Herbst.)
Cancer dama, Herbst, Krabben, III. iv. p. 5, tab. lix. fig. 5.

Mithrazx dama, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 319.
Mithrax (Schizophrys) dama, Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., pp. 11 and 13.

This species differs constantly from Schizophrys aspera in the follow-
ing particulars :—

(1) the carapace is much more elongate, its greatest breadth
being only about $ its length behind the point of bifurca-
tion of the rostral spines ;

(2) the rostrum is rather longer, and has two accessory spines
on-its outer border ;

(8) there is no (ventral) spine on the sub-hepatic region ;

(4) the surface of the carapace is more closely and evenly, but
more bluntly, granular.

The specimens in the Museum collection come from the Straits of
Malacca.

‘Cyciax, Dana.

Cyclaz, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp., Crust., pt. I. p. 99.

Cyclomaia, Stimpson, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, Vol. XXIX. 1860, p. 133;
and A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 235 (et synon.)

Cyclax (Cyclax and Cyclomaia), Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879,
p. 660.

This genus differs from Schizophrys, from which, perhaps, it ought
not to be separated, only in the form of the carapace, and in the de-
gradation and shortening of the rostrum, with which is correlated
a shortening and broadening of the basal antennal joint. (In one
species the legs are slender). The carapace is subcircular; the rostrum
obsolescent and bifid; the basal antennal joint very short and broad, and
armed with a third spine—a very small one, situated on the outer
margin.

Cyclax (Cyclomaia) suborbicularis, (Stimpson).

Mithraz suborbicularis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 218.

Cyciaxz spinicinctus, Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer, in SB. Ak., Wien, XLIII. i. 1861,
p. 304, tab. i. figs. 7-8 : and Richters, in Mobius, Meeresfauna Maurit., p 144.

Cyclomaia margaritata, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VILI. 1872,
p. 236, pl. x. figs. 2-3; and Haswell, P. L. S., N.S. Wales, Vol. 1V. 1879, fp. 441,
and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 21.

Cyclomaia suborbicularis, Ortmann. Zool. Jahrb., Syst., etc., VII. 1893, p. 58.

[Cyclomaia margaritata, F. Muller, Verh. Ges., Basel, VIII. p. 473.]

Carapace subcircular, its surface closely beaded, with some larger
spinules regularly interspersed: the lateral margin is armed with six

246 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

large spines (exclusive of the large curved unequally-bifid post-ocular
spine) the first of which is often bifid: close to the posterior margin,
in the middle line, is a pair of smaller spines.

The rostrum consists of two triangular teeth, which although
broader are not longer than the spines of the lateral margin.

The eyes are of moderate length and are retractile into orbits
formed, as in Schizophrys, Maia, etc., of a supra-ocular eave, a large
post-ocular spine, with another spine in the interval between the two:
the supra-ocular eave has its angles slightly produced and spiniform.

The broad short basal antennal joint ends in two stout eS and
has a third denticle on its outer margin.

The chelipeds in the female and young male are slightly more
slender than the other legs, and are as long as the carapace or as the 2nd
pair of trunk-legs minus the dactylus: they have a long slender smooth
palm, nearly twice the length of the fingers. The ambulatory legs are
hairy, have short claw-like dactyli, and decrease gradually in length.

In the Museum collection are specimens from the Madras coast
and from the Andamans.

Alliance II. Srenocionopoipa.

Criocarcinus, Edw.

Criocarcinus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 331.
Criocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XVI. 1879, p. 661.

Carapace shaped and armed much as in Chlorinoides, but with the
hepatic regions concave as in Micippe. The rostrum consists of two
curved almost vertically deflexed spines, which are fused together in
their basal half. The eye-stalks are slender and of extreme length.
The orbit is formed of a semi-tubular branching supra-ocular hood
which encloses the eye-stalk, and of a long slender post-ocular spine,
against the base of which the eye is retractile: the supra-ocular hoods
have the appearance of a pair of antlers. The basal antennal joint is
broad, and has a strong spine at either anterior angle: the mobile
portion of the antenna is freely exposed.

The buccal frame is narrow behind and broad in front, as in
Micippe; and the merus of the external maxillipeds is broader than
the ischium, and carries the palp at its deeply-notched internal angle.

The chelipeds are shorter, and in the male somewhat stouter but
in the female somewhat slenderer, than the other trunk-legs, which
again are of no great length and decrease gradually from the 2nd pair.

The abdomen consists of seven distinct segments in the male, oe
five in the female.

1895.] A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. 247

Oriocarcinus superciliosus (Herbst), Guérin, Edw.
Seba, III. xviii. 11: Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., I. 2, 1047, No. 45.
Cancer superciliosus, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 227, tab. xiv. fig. 89.
Criocarcinus superciliosus, Guérin, Voy. Coquille, Zool., Vol. II. Crust., p. 19.
Criocarcinus swperciliosus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 332.

Criocarcinus swperciliosus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872,
p. 242, pl. xii. fig. 3.

Criocareinus superciliosus, Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., p. 10, tab. iii.
fig. 6 (vide synon).

Carapace pyriform, broadened anteriorly by the antler-like “ orhits,”
with the hepatic regions sunken, and the other regions fairly distinct :
in addition to numerous pearly tubercles, which are tufted with curly
bristles, the carapace is armed with several large knob-tipped spines,
namely two in the middle line on the gastric region, one in the middle
line on the posterior border, one on either side near the boundary of
the hepatic and branchial regions, and one, directed obliquely back-.
wards, near the middle of either branchial region.

The rostrum consists of two vertically deflexed s ines, the bases of
which are broadened and fused together, and the points of which are
divergent and elegantly curved.

The eyes and orbits have already been described in a general way :
the long semi-tubular supra-ocular hood ends in three diverging tines,
and the long post-ocular spine has its anterior border armed with two
or three denticles.

The external maxillipeds have the outer edge thin and sharp, the
outer edge of the ischium being emarginate, and tbe outer angle of the
merus being produced.

The chelipeds are shorter than the other trunk-legs, and are about
as long as the carapace behind the level of the post-ocular spine. In
the male they are slightly stouter than the other lees, and have the
palm a little swollen: in the female they are slenderer than the other
legs, and have the palm slender and a little tapering.

Of the ambulatory legs, which are hairy, the first two pairs are
slightly the longest, both being rather less than one-third longer than
the post-rostral portion of the carapace: the last two pairs are not
much shorter.

In the Museum collection are specimens from the Andaman Islands.

Srenocronops, Latr.

[Stenocionops, Latreille, R. A., (2) IV. 59.]
Stenocionops, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 337.

“Carapace narrow, uneven, and armed posteriorly with a large
triangular prolongation which covers the base of the abdomen. The

248 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

rostrum is formed of two styliform divergent horns. The supra-ocular
border is armed with a horn similar to those of the rostrum, but
directed more obliquely. The eye-stalks are slender, immobile and
extremely salient; their length is half the greatest breadth of the
body. The first joint of the antenne is much longer than broad, the
second is slender and is inserted beneath the rostrum.

The epistome is nearly square, and the external maxillipeds have
the merus extremely dilated at the antero-external angle, and exca-
vated at the antero-internal angle. The trunk-legs, in the female,
are slender and cylindrical: those of the first pair (chelipeds) are
hardly stouter and are much shorter than the second, which latter
are a little longer than the carapace and rostrum: the others diminish
very gradually in length: all the ambulatory legs have sharp, recurved
dactyli. The abdomen of the female consists of five segments, the
4th, 5th and 6th segments being fused together.” (Hdw.)

Stenocionops cervicornis (Herbst).

Cancer cervicornis, Herbst, Krabben, III. iii. 49, pl. lviii. fig. 2.

[ Stenocionops cervicornis, Guérin, Icon. Regne An., Crust., pl. 8 bis, fig. 3].

Stenocionops cervicornis, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 338.

Stenocionops cervicornis, Cuvier, Regne Animal, Crust., pl. xxxi. fig. 1.

Stenocionops cervicornis, and ? curvirostris, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent.,
France, (4) V. 1865, p. 135 (pl. v. figs. 1-1le.)

Stenocionops cervicornis, E. Martens, Verh. zool. bot. Ges., Wien, XVI. 1866,
p. 379.

[Stenocionops cervicornis, Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat., Napol., III. 1889, p. 177.]

Stenocionops cervicornis, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 343.

*““Carapace uneven and tuberculated: rostral and supra-ocular
“horns slender, very long, and nearly co-equal: two large conical ele-
vations on the sides of either hepatic region: antenne shorter than
the rostrum: chelz finely toothed and a little incurved: legs smooth.”
(Edw. )

Alliance III. Perricrrorpa.

Mictppa, Leach.

Micippa, Leach, Zool. Miscell., III. p. 16.

Micippe, Desmarest, Consid. Gen. Crust., p. 148.

Micippe, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 329.

Micippa, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 661; Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., Vol. XV. 1885, p. 3; and ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 69.

Carapace nearly oblong, depressed, rounded behind, broadened
anteriorly, and ending at a broad, lamellar, more or less vertically >

1895. | A. Aleock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 249

deflexed rostrum, the tip of which is cleft or emarginate. The eye-
stalks are long, and the cornee, which are rather ventral than terminal in
position, can be completely retracted from dorsal and usually also from
ventral view. The orbit is formed by a sharply-arched supra-ocular
eave, which is in contact either with an excavated post-ocular spine or
with an intercalated spine as in Maza, and is partly or entirely com-
pleted below and in front by a process of the broad basal antennal
joint. The mobile portion of the antenna is completely exposed.

The buccal frame is broadened in front: the merus of the external
maxillipeds is broader than the ischium, and has its external angle
expanded and its internal angle notched for the insertion of the palp.

The chelipeds in the adult male are as long as or a little longer
than the carapace, are a little stouter than the other legs, and have the
palm broader than the other joints, and the fingers arched to meet only
at the tip. The chelipeds in the female are slenderer than the other
legs, are about the same length as the carapace, and have slender palms
and almost straight fingers. The ambulatory legs are moderately
elongate, subcylindrical, and have the dactyli not much or not at all
shorter than the propodites.

Abdomen, in both sexes, seven-jointed.

Key to the Indian species of Micippa.

I. Rostrum very broad, ending in four sharp lobes or spines
(i.e, each lobe of the rostrum bilobed)................0...26. IL philyra.

II. Rostrum moderately broad, ending in two long sharp lobes
or spines (i.e., each lobe of the rostrum simple), not
inflexed at tip...........0. ot poacobugndae ond cescpeccceus dlHh wana
III. Rostrum moderately broad, inflexed at tip; ending in two
insignificant blunt lobes, each of which has a small
tooth at its external angle :—

1. Three large pearl-like tubercles embedded
in the posterior margin....................... DM. margaritifera.
2. Twosmall pearl-like tubercles embedded
in the posterior margin, with a group of
small spinules between them............... MU. margaritifera
var. parca.

Micippa philyra, (Herbst.) Leach.

Cancer philyra, Herbst, Krabben, ITI. iii. p. 51, pl. lviii. fig. 4.

Nicippa philyra, Leach, Zool. Miscell., III. 16; and Desmarest, Consid. Gen.
Crust., p. 149, pl. xxii. fig. 2; and Guérin, Icon. R. A., pl. viii bis, fig. 1; and
Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 330; and Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crust.,
p. 15; and A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 289, pl. xi. fig. 2
and Kossmann, Reise Roru. Meer., Crust., p. 6 (wbi synon.) ; and varr. platipes and

250 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

mascarenica, pl. iii. figs. 2-3; and Richters, Mobius, Meeresfauna, Mauritius, p. 143,
pl. xv. figs. 6-7, and var. latifrons, p. 142, pl. xv. figs. 1-5; and Lenz and Richters,
Abh. senck. Ges. XII. 1881, p. 421; and Miers, Zoology H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182
and 198, and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV. p. 6, and ‘ Ghallenger’ Brachyura,
p. 69; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., &c., VII. 1893, p. 59; and J. R. Henderson,
Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 348.

Micippe platipes, Riippell, Beschrib. und Abbild., 24 Krabben Roth. Meer., |
Frankfort, 1830, p. 8, tab.i. fig. 4; and Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 333
(Paramicippe); and Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer., SB. Ak., Wien, XLIII. 1861,
p- 299, tab. i. fig. 2; and De Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIII. 1887, p, 227

(Paramicippe).
Micippe bicarinata, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 16, (sec. Kossmann

and Miers).
? Micippe hirtipes, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp., Crust., pt. I. p. 90, pl. i. figs. 4 a-e;
and Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 218; and Heller, Reise ‘ Novara,’

Crust., p. 3.
Micippa spatulifrons, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872,

p. 240, pl. xi. fig. 3; and Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879,
p. 445, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 24.

Micippa mascarenica, Kossm., Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV.
p- 7, and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 69; and A. O. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.,
Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109; and J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 348.

Micippa superciliosa, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879,
p. 446, pl. xxvi. fig. 2, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 25.

Paramicippa asperimanus, Miers, Zoology H. M. 8. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 517 and 525.

Body and ambulatory legs closely covered by a woolly tomentum.
Carapace with the regions well defined by smooth sulci, the hepatic
regions sunken and pinched in, the surface closely and unevenly
granular: the lateral margins are armed with knob-tipped spinules,
of which there are sometimes as many as six, sometimes as few as two,
on either side.

The rostrum consists of a broad lamina which in the female is
quite vertically, but in males is not so much deflexed, its sides are
gently sinuous, and it ends in four sharp-cut lobes. The eyes are
completely retractile within the orbits.

The basal antennal joint is short and is extremely broad anteriorly,
its greatly produced antero-external angle completing the orbit below
and in front. The mobile portion of the antenna, which is freely
exposed, varies in length and in the form of the flattened 2nd joint
of the peduncle. In some males (var. mascarenica) the mobile portion
of the antenna is half the length of the horizontal portion of the
carapace, and the length of the 2ud joint is rather more than one-third
the breadth of the rostrum at its own point of origin. But in all
ovigerous females, and in certain males, the mobile portion of the
antenna is between one-third and one-fourth the length of the hori-

1895. ] A. Aleock —Carcinological Fauna of India. 251

zontal portion of the carapace, and the length of the 2nd joint is less
than one-third the breadth of the rostrum at its own point of origin—
the joint also being somewhat broadened.

The chelipeds also vary. In certain males, both adult and young
(var. mascarenica partim), they are stouter than the other legs, are
very variably granular, are a little longer than the carapace, have the
hand very variably broadened and inflated, and the fingers closely
apposable only at tip. In all females they are a
little shorter than the carapace, are quite smooth, are rather slenderer
than the other legs, and have slender palms, and fingers that are closely
apposable in the greater part of their extent. In
certain other adult males they are intermediate in condition, approach-
ing more to the female type.

The ambulatory legs are moderately stout and are hairy: the lst
pair, which are the longest, are rather longer than the chelipeds; the
others decrease gradually in length.

Miers’ valuable paper, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV. pp.
6-8 should be consulted. After examining over forty specimens from
the Andamans I adhere to Kossmann’s synonomy and opinion (loc. cit.)

The characters upon which the separation of M. mascarenica from
M. philyra is based are all variable; and I think that we have here to
deal with a case of male dimorphism, such as is known to occur in
certain Beetles, where one form of male is aberrant from the female
type while another form of male resembles the female in certain par-
ticulars: vide Bateson and Brindley, Variation in Secondary Sexual
Characters, P.Z,.S., 1892, p. 585.

Micippa thalia, Herbst.

Cancer thalia, Herbst, Krabben, III. iii. 50, tab. lviii. fig. 3.

Micippa thalia, Gersticker, Archiv. fur Naturgesch , XXII. 1856, p. 109; and
Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 15; and A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv.
du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 288, pl. xi. fig. 1; and Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust.,
p. 8 (et varr.); and Misrs, Zoology H. M.S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 & 198, and ANN. Mae.
Nat. Hist., 1885, Vou. XV. p. 10 (wbi synon.), and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 70;
and [Cano., Boll. Soc. Nat., Napol., III. 1889, p. 179]; and Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst.,
etc., VII. 1893, p. 60; and Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 348.

Micippa thalia (=var. aculeata), de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 98, pl. xxiii.
fig. 3; and Krauss, Siidafr. Crust., p. 51; and Bianconi, Mem. Ac., Bologna, III., 1851,
p. 103, pl. x. fig. 2; and Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., pp. 5 and 8, pl. iii.
fig. 5; and Hilgendorf, MB. Akad., Berl., 1878, p. 786; and Richters, Mébius, Meeres-
fauna, Maurit., p. 142; and Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1885, Vol. XV. p. 11 (ubi
synon.); and De Man, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 20; and Mary
J. Rathbun, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVI. 1893, p. 92.

J. 11. 32

252 A, Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Micippe miliaris, Gersticker, Archiv. fur Naturges., XXII. 1856, p. 110; and
Heller, Crust. Roth. Meer., SB. Ak., Wien, XLIII. 1861, p. 298, pl. i. fig. 1; and
Kossmann, Reise Roth. Meer., Crust., pp. 4 and 8; and Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1885, Vol. XV., p. 11.

Micippa haanii, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 217; and Miers,
Zool. H. M. §. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 517 and 524; and C. W. S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sy. Vet.
Ak. Handl., XXIII. 1888-89, No. 4, p. 52, pl. iv. figs. 1, la; and de Man, J. L. S.,
Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 20.

Micippe pusilla, Bianconi, Mem. Ac. Sci., Bologna, 1869, Vol. IX. p. 205, pl. i.
fig. 1: and Hilgendorf, MB. Ak., Berl., 1878, p. 787.

Micippa inermis, Haswell, P. L. S., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 445, pl. xxvi.
fig. 3, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 24.

Body and ambulatory legs covered with a woolly tomentum.

Carapace with the regions fairly well-defined, the hepatic regions
depressed, and the surface closely and evenly granular. From the
granular surface there usually, but not always, arise several large verti-
cal spines, which are typically disposed as follows:—one on either
supra-ocular hood, two on the gastric region in the middle line, and two
placed obliquely on either branchial region. Any or all of these spines
may be suppressed. The lateral margins are armed with an irregular
series of spines or spinules, and a few spinules may exist on the pos-
terior border in the middle line. -

The rostram is deflexed nearly vertically in the adult female, less
vertically in the adult male, and at an angle of 45° or less in the young
male: it ends in two curved divergent spines.

The basal antennal joint is produced at its antero-external angle to
assist in the formation of the floor of the orbit, but there is a wide
hiatus between this process and the post-ocular spine, so that the floor
of the orbit is incomplete.

The chelipeds in the adult male are as long as the carapace, are
not much stouter than the other legs, and have slender palms, and long
slender fingers which, though nearly straight, are closely apposable only
in their distal half. In the adult female the chelipeds are equal in
length to the post-orbital portion of the carapace, are slenderer than
the other legs, and have tapering palms and minute fingers. The merus
and carpus of the ambulatory legs are sometimes swollen.

In the Museum collection are specimens, representing all the
varieties of this species, from Mergui, Burma, Orissa and Malabar, as
well as from Hongkong and Nagasaki.

This species shows quite as well as M. cristata the close relation
of Micippa to Maia.

1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 253

Micippa margaritifera, Henderson.

Micippa margaritifera, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., 1893, p. 348,
pl. xxxvi. figs. 5-7.

Carapace symmetrically sculptured, closely crisply and finely
granular, and with the hepatic regions deeply excavate: there are three
coarse spinules, disposed in a triangle base outwards, on efther branchial
region, and a denticle at the anterior boundary of the branchial region ;
and on the posterior margin are three smooth polished globules “ exactly
resembling pearls ” inset.

The rostrum is long, vertically deflexed in both sexes, and incurved
at the tip, which ends in two shallow lobes—the outer angle of each
lobe being marked by a spinule.

The basal antennal joint has its antero-external portion greatly
produced to complete the floor of the orbit.

The chelipeds in the male are a little longer than the carapace, and
have the palms broadened and inflated, and the fingers closely apposable
only at the tip. In the female the chelipeds are very much slenderer
than the other legs, are only as long as the post-orbital portion of the
carapace, and have the hand very slender and tapering. The ambula-
tory legs are remarkable for their large obtriangular foliaceous mero-
podites, which in the first pair are specially remarkable, as they are
closely apposable to the front, to form, as in Calappa, a shield.

In the Museum collection are specimens from both sexes from the
Andamans, from Ceylon (34 fms.), and from the Maldives (20-30 fms.).

Micippa margaritifera, var. parca noy. I distinguish, provisionally,
as a variety, two ovigerous females from the Andamans, in which the
middle ‘“ pearl’? on the posterior border is replaced by a group of
spinules, and in which the meropodites of the ambulatory legs are even
more broadly foliaceous,

CypHocarcinus, A. M.-Edw.

Cyphocarcinus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., IV. 1868, p. 73; and
Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., XIV. 1879, p. 664.

Carapace elongate, subcylindrical, with the gastric region greatly
elevated ; the anterior part of the gastric region, along with the front, being
vertically defleced. The rostrum is formed of two little horns, each of
which is sharply bifurcate at the tip, one branch being directed forwards
and outwards, the other being recurved upwards. The eyes are small
and are sunk in small tubular orbits formed in the typical Periceroid
manner. The antenne are small: the basal joint has its antero external
angle separated from the rest of the joint by a deep cleft. The external

254 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

maxillipeds have the merus dilated at both the internal and external
anterior angles. The chelipeds in the female are not longer than the
2nd pair of legs and are hardly stouter. The ambulatory legs have the
dactylus recurved, strongly spinate along the posterior edge — prehensile.
The sternum in the female forms a hollow, the mouth of which is com-
pletely closed by the broad and perfectly flat abdomen.

? Cyphocarcinus minutus, A. M.-Edw.
Cyphocarcinus minutus, A. Milne-Edwards, loc. cit. pl. xix. figs. 7-12.

Carapace elongate, subcylindrical, the lateral borders nearly parallel
in their posterior two-thirds, gently convergent anteriorly. Besides the
greatly elevated and anteriorly deflexed gastric region, there are two
or three slight bulgings on the side of either branchial region, a slight
elevation on the cardiac region, and a median prolongation — overlapping
the abdomen—of the posterior border. The hepatic regions are very
small and are not visible from the dorsal aspect. The supra-orbital
border bears one or two little teeth. The second joint of the antennal
peduncle is much enlarged, the third is clavate, and the flagellum is
hardly to be distinguished from the hairs on the third joint. The
chelipeds in the female are smooth, but the legs are hairy and have the
joints, especially the merus, somewhat broadened. Two adult females,
one from the Pedro Shoal, the other from the Andamans, are in the
Museum collection. The larger of the two is 10 millim. long and has
the carapace deeply encrusted by a colony of calcareous Polyzoa.

Macrocetoma, Miers.

Macroceloma, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 665; and
‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 79.
Entomonys, Miers, Zoology H. M. 8. ‘ Alert,’ p. 525.

Carapace subpyriform, but broadened anteriorly by the projecting
orbits: the dorsal surface unarmed, or tuberculated, or with a few
long spines: the margins without a series of elongated lateral spines,
but often with a strongly developed lateral epibranchial spine, preced-
ed by some smaller spines. The spines of the rostrum are well deve-
loped. The eyes are retractile within roomy projecting tubular orbits,
which are formed much as in Micippa.

The antenney have the basal joint considerably enlarged and armed
distally with one or two spines. The mobile portion of the antenna is
sometimes concealed by the rostrum, sometimes exposed. The merus
of the external maxillipeds is broader than the ischium, and notched
at the internal angle for the insertion of the palp.

1895. ] A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 255

The chelipeds in the male have the palms enlarged, and the fingers
either arched and meeting only at the tip, or not. The ambulatory legs
are rather short.

This genus might, without any unnatural stretch, be included with
Micippoides, A. M.-Edw. (Journ. Mus. Godeffr. I., Crust., p. 254).

Macrocoeloma nummifer, n.sp., Plate IV. fig. 4.

Closely allied to Macrocoeloma concava, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Bra-
chyura, p. 81, pl. x. fig. 2; and to Hntomonyx spinosus, Miers, Zoology
H. M.S. ‘Alert,’ p. 526, pl. xlvii. fig. B.

Carapace rather more than ; longer than broad, with the regions
well-defined : its surface is regularly and sharply tubercular and is arm-
ed with two sharp spines—one behind the other—on the gastric region,
two larger—side by side—on the cardiac region, two still larger—one
obliquely behind the other—on the lateral epibranchial region, and two
very small ones—one behind the other—on the intestinal region.

The rostrum consists of two straight sharp slightly diverging spines,
which are about one-fifth or one-sixth the length of the carapace proper,
and which in the male are slightly deflexed, but in the female are strong-
ly deflexed.

The basal joint of the antennes is broadly obtriangular ; its antero-
external angle is produced to aid in forming the floor of the orbit—this
orbital process having its free margin deeply excised; its antero-inter-
nal angle carriesa stout vertically directed tooth. The orbits, which
are in the form of large deep projecting tubes with jagged lips, are con-
stituted as in Micippa.

The chelipeds are closely and sharply granular as far as the fingers:
in the male they are much stouter than the other legs, are nearly
as long as the carapace and rostrum, and have large broad palms, and
strongly arched fingers that meet only at the tip. In the female the
chelipeds, although not mueh shorter than those of the male, are
hardly stouter than the other legs, and have fingers that can be closely
apposed throughout their extent.

The ambulatory legs are slender: in all the meropodite has its
posterior margin minutely spinulose, and has a spine on the far end of
the upper margin: the first pair, which are the longest, are a little
longer than the chelipeds.

The rostrum carapace and legs are beset with stiff curly hairs.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments.

This species commonly encrusts itself with a plate armour of
Orbitolites, rounded fragments of Nullipore, &c.

256 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [N o. 2,
Loc. Andaman Sea, 17-36 fms, Off Ceylon 34 fms.

‘Male. Adult female.
Greatest length eve «soe yok onl bone, 21 millim.
Oe, breadth eA ee 2 1G.
Length of chelipeds ae fan) WeBber e a ete a

Trartnia, Dana,

Tiarinia, Dana, U. 8. Expl. Exp., Crust., pt. I. p. 109.
Tiarinia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 664.

Carapace subpyriform, somewhat broadened anteriorly, tuberculated,
terminating in a rostrum composed of two moderately deflexed horns
which are in close contact with one another, except sometimes at the
extreme tip.

The eyes are enclosed in tubular orbits formed by a prominent
supra-ocular roof the anterior angle of which is strongly produced
forwards, by a cupped post-ocular tooth, and by a process of the broad
basal antennal joint, all three elements being in the closest contact.
The mobile portion of the antenna is completely exposed.

The external maxillipeds have the merus broader than the ischium
owing to the expansion of its external angle, and the palp inserted in
a slight notch in the internal angle of the merus.

The chelipeds are little enlarged in the male: the ambulatory
legs have the dactylus short and claw-like.

The abdomen in both sexes consists of seven distinct segments.

Tiarinia cornigera, (Latr., Edw.)

[Pisa cornigera, Latr., Encyc., X. 141.]

Pericera cornigera, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 335; and Adams and
White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 18.

Tiarinia cornigera, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Crust., pt. I. p. 110, pl. iii.
figs. 5a-e; and Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 217; and Haswell,
Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 449, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 28;
and Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880, Vol. V. p. 228; and Mary J. Rathbun, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XV. 1892, pp. 243 and 276.

? Pericera tiarata and setigera, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 17.

Tiarinia verrucosa, Heller, ‘ Novara’ Crust., p. 4, taf.i. fig. 3.

Tiarinia mammillata, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. 8S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879,
p. 448, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 27.

Body and ambulatory Jegs with many curly hairs.
Carapace pyriform, the regions well-defined, the surface closely
and very variedly pustular nodular and granular, but with the following
markings fairly constant:—two parallel longitudinal lines of small
nodules between the orbits; a “cross” of larger nodules on the gastric

1895. | A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 257

region, the base of the cross being formed by three pustules; three
pustules arranged ina triangle base forwards on the cardiac region,
behind which are three conical tubercles arranged in a transverse line;
a coarse claw-like tooth at the lateral epibrancial angle.

The rostrum consists of two moderately deflexed spines, which are
parallel, and in the closest contact, either throughout their extent, or to
near the tips, which may then be upcurved and slightly divergent: the
length of the rostrum varies from nearly one-half to one-fourth the
length of the carapace, its usual length is about #ths that of the
carapace.

The antenne have the basal joint broadened and produced to form
the floor of the orbit, the antero-external angle being further produced
to form a coarse spine: the next two joints are broadened and fringed
with stiff bristles: the flagellum is short. The eyes are ensheathed in
orbits which are formed as already described: the supra-ocular eave has
a dog’s-ear form, and the post-ocular tooth is also salient. The cheli-
peds in the adult male are as long as the carapace without the rostral
spines, and are a little stouter than the other legs: the merus is nodular,
most markedly so on the upper surface; the carpus is granular; and the
palm — which is a good deal broadened and inflated—and the fingers,
are smooth and polished, the fingers being arched and meeting only at
tip.

In the female and young male the chelipeds are only as long as the
post-orbital portion of the carapace, are slenderer than the other legs,
aud have the palm slender, the fingers however being arched.

The ambulatory legs are stout, and have strong claw-like dactyli,
the posterior border of which is denticulate; the ischium in all is
swollen, and is more or less nodular on the upper surface; and the carpus
in all is broadened : the first pair, which are considerably the longest,
slightly exceed the length of the carapace and rostrum,

In the Museum collection are forty well preserved specimens from
the Andamans. ©

The closeness of the relation between Tiarinia and Micippa is well
seen in the very young of the above species, in which the carapace is
depressed and is so broad in front as to be almost oblong, and the
rostrum is deflexed at an angle of 45°.

Family Il. PARTHENOPIDAi.

Parthenopiens (part.) and Canceriens cryptopodes, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat.,

Crust., I. pp. 347 and 368.
Parthenopinea, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp., Crust., I. pp. 77 and 136,

258 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. — [No. 2,

Parthenopinea, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. p. 641; and ‘ Challen-
ger’ Brachyura, p. 91.

The eyes are usually retractile within small circular well-defined
orbits, the floor of which is nearly continued to the front, leaving a
hiatus which is usually filled by the second joint of the antennary ped-
uncle. The basal antennal joint is small, and is deeply imbedded
between the inner angle of the orbit and the antennulary fosse.

The antennules fold a little obliquely.

The Parthenopide are divided by Miers into two sub-families,
namely :—

Sub-family I. Parthenopinew ; in which the carapace is sometimes
sub-pentagonal or ovate-pentagonal, more commonly equilaterally-tri-
angular, and sometimes almost semi-circular or semi-elliptical in out-
line; in which the cardiac and gastric regions are usually so deeply
marked off from the branchial regions on either side as to make the
dorsal surface of the carapace trilobed; in which the chelipeds are
vastly longer and more massive than the ambulatory legs ; and in which
the rostrum is either simple or obscurely trilobed.

Sub-family II. Humedoninex ; in which the carapace is, commonly,
sharply pentagonal, with the junction of the antero-lateral and postero-
lateral borders strongly produced; in which the cardiac and gastric
regions are not conspicuously marked off from the branchial regions ;
and in which the chelipeds are of moderate size.

Sub-family I. PARTHENOPINA, Miers.
Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 668,

Key to the Indian genera.

I. Carapace not laterally expanded :—
1. Basal antennal joint very short, not nearly
reaching the inner canthus of the orbit:
fingers of chelipeds very strongly incurved... LAamMBRUS,
2. Basal antennal joint nearly reaching the inner
canthus of the orbit: fingers slightly incur-

7 ls NAA ineb sss! ope anasraesarrninnc bor caceensesonoacod Aca URiTany a dim
II. Carapace more or less expanded to form a vault in which
the ambulatory legs are concealed :—
1. Carapace transversely triangular; greatly
expanded both laterally and posteriorly ...... CRYPTOPODIA.

2. Carapace transversely triangular; expanded
laterally, but not posteriorly: a ridge on the
pterygostomian regiOn...csssecsccresseeseesesseseee LLETEROCRYPTA,

1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 259

3. Carapace transversely oval; expanded laterally,
but not posteriorly: no ridge on the ptery-
SOSLOMIAN VELIOMs ssyseciesces Ulcneeseseceesses+deee) “CHTHRA,

Lamprvs, Leach.

Lambrus, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XI. 1815, pp. 308, 310.

Lambrus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 352.

Lambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 146.

Lambrus, Miers, J. L. 8., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 668; and ‘ Challenger ’ Brachy-
ura, p. 91.

Carapace either broadly triangular with rounded sides and pointed
front, or ovate-pentagonal with front pointed but extremely short: the
surface is granular, or tubercular, or spiny.

The eyes are enclosed in distinct orbits, which have a suture above
and a hiatus below, the hiatus being occupied by the second joint (true
third joint) of the antennal peduncle.

The antennules fold obliquely. The antenne are small: their basal
joint, which is extremely short, and does not reach the front, is wedged
in between the antennulary fossa and the large lobe that constitutes the
floor of the orbit.

The buccal frame is usually quadrangular, but is sometimes a little
narrowed in front; it is completely closed by the external maxillipeds:
the epistome is sometimes very large, sometimes narrow.

The chelipeds are usually of immense size and length, out of all
proportion to the short slender ambulatory legs: the meropodite and
“hand” are usually prismatic, with the borders strongly dentate: the
fingers are much shorter than the palm, and are abruptly curved in-
wards and a little downwards.

The abdomen of the female usually consists of seven segments ; that
of the male of five or six.

Professor A. Milne-Edwards, (Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. pp. 146-
148) subdivides the genus Lambrus into ten sub-genera, the indepen-
dence of all of which, however, is not universally admitted.

The sub-genera at present known to exist in Indian waters are
shown in the following

Key to the Indian sub-genera of the genus Lambrus.

I. Carapace tuberculate, ovate-pentagonal, the rostrum not
breaking beyond the general outline of the body: the
buccal frame a little narrowed in front......csssscsveseres LAMBRUS,

Jig te, 38:

260

lee

III.

1B Ye

A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India.

Carapace strongly carinated or tuberculated, broadly tri-
angular (considerably broader than long), with rounded
sides and a broad but sharp-pointed projecting ros-
trum: no post-ocular constriction: chelipeds with the
arm and hand straight, sharply trigonal, the edges of
these joints, as also the outer edge of the carpus, being
very sharply and stoutly serrated.......c..ss.cscssssecscservecs

Carapace granular or spiny, usually as long as broad, with
a projecting rostrum, and avery distinct post-ocular
Constriction .......++ tevereseveccesress Seve scees teers cececereerceces

Carapace granular, broader than long, and with the postero-
lateral angle produced to form a great blade-like spine.
Pterygostomian region deeply channelled, obliquely, the
channel being closed below by thick fringes of hairs.....

Carapace worn and eroded, broader than long, almost semi-
circular in Outline, with the postero-lateral angle pro-
duced; the rostrum more or less deflexed, and not, or
hardly, breaking the general outline: no post-ocular,
but a fairly distinct post-hepatic constriction: cheli-
peds with the arm and hand indefinitely contorted, not
sharply trigonal; and with their edges, if spinate, irre-
gularly and bluntly so; the carpus quite smooth exter-

[No. 2,

PLATYLAMBRUS.

RHINOLAMBRUS.

AULACOLAMBRUS.

nally : the chelipeds are short for the genuS...............4 PARTHENOLAMBRUS.

Sub-genus Lamerus, A. Milne-Edwards.

Lambrus, A Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust., I. p. 146.
Lambrus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 92, (part.)

Carapace ovate-pentagonal, with the surface granular or pustular
and but little carinate in the adult: rostrum exceedingly short.

Lambrus longimanus, Leach.

? Cancer spinosus longimanus, Rumph, Amboin. Rariteitk., pl. viii. fig. 2.
Cancer macrochelos, Seba, III. xix. 1, 8, 9.

2 Parthenope longimanus, Fabr. Suppl., p. 353.

? Cancer longimanus, Linn., Syst. Nat., II. 1046, 42.
? Cancer longimanus, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii, 2538, taf. xix. figs. 105, 107.
Lambrus longimanus, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XI. 1815, p. 310; and

Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 354; and Cuvier, Regne Animal, pl. xxvi. fig.
1; (and ? Lambrus longimanus, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 30); and
Bleeker, Crust de l’Ind. Archip., p. 17 (nec syn. pelagicus, Rupp.) ; and Miers, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 20, and Zoology H. M. S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 200,
and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 95; and W. A. Haswell, P. L. 8., N. 8S. Wales, Vol.
1V. 1879, p. 449, and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 31; and A. O. Walker, J. L. S., Zool.,
Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109; and de Man. J. L.S., Zool., Vol. XXII. 1888, p. 21 (ubi
synon.) ; and Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 349.

1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 261

Carapace almost oval transversely, and with the surface granular
or pustular. (In the young, besides tubercles, there are some coarse
spinules in five series—a median, and two oblique lateral on either
side.) The lateral borders are spinulate or crenulate anteriorly, spinate
posteriorly, smooth quite posteriorly at the junction with the posterior
border: the posterior border, except for a hook-like spinule at either
end, and two spinules in the middle line, is smooth: there are often one
or two curved spines On the branchial region: the pterygostomian region
is quite smooth, but on the inferior branchial region are a few coarse
spinules, most distinct at the bases of the legs.

The rostrum, which is symmetrically trilobed, is very small, its
length being less than one-twelfth that of the rest of the carapace.

The chelipeds, which are massive, are about four times the length
of the carapace in the male, about 33 times in the female: the mero-
podite is prismatic, or, in transverse section, rhomboidal ; its anterior
and posterior edges are armed with numerous, somewhat curved, spines
—alternating larger and smaller; its upper edge, as sometimes either
upper surface, has a row of spinules ; its lower edge is rounded, and has
a discontinuous series of spinules; its under surfaces are smooth and
polished : the carpus has 3 or 4 sharp thin teeth on its outer margin: the
trigonal palm has twelve or more sharp thin laciniated teeth on its
outer edge—alternately larger and smaller; along its inner edge is a
long series of multicuspid spines; its under edge is finely beaded, and
its under surfaces are almost smooth; its upper surface has numerous
irregularly disposed spinules and granules: the dactylus has numerous
spinules on the outer surface of its broad base.

The ambulatory legs have the merus compressed and spinulate as
to its edges, especially the posterior (inferior) edge: the longest of the
ambulatory legs is hardly longer than the meropodite of the chelipeds.

Colours in life, pale lilac dorsally, white ventrally.

In the Museum collection are numerous specimens from the Madras
coast, from Arrakan and Mergui, and from the Andamans.

Sub-genus PLATYLAmMBRvS, Stimpson.

Platyiambrus and Enoplolambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust.,
I. pp. 146 and 147.
Lambrus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 92 (part).

Carapace carinated or tuberculated, broader than long, broadly
triangular with rounded sides and a broad but acute and projecting
rostrum: no post-ocular constriction: chelipeds with the meropodite
dan palm straight, the former joint prismatic, the latter sharply tri-

262 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. | ENoR23

gonal, the anterior and posterior borders of both joints sharply laci-
niate or serrate, as is also the outer edge of the carpus.
Key to the Indian species of the sub-genus Platylambrus.

(1. Infra-orbital lobe entire and
I. Carapace with three dis- strongly produced at the in-

tinct carinez, one median, and ner (inferior) angle to form
one, oblique, on either side: a great spine plainly visible
chelipeds with their sur- 3 from above on either side of

faces (but not their edges)
for the most part smooth:
ambulatory legs, with few | 2. Infra-orbital lobe deeply
spines, cleft, the inner portion not

. or hardly visible from above JL. carinatus, Edw.

the rostrum....... .....cos0.. LD. prensor.

II. Carapace covered with great mushroom-like or paxilliform
tubercles: chelipeds with their surfaces very strongly
spinate or tuberculate: ambulatory legs strongly
BPINILOTOUS. <.ses0csdocvesceusearrnaesuaruca unsignanavivasses soahe:sasves) | LNeChMMyUBa

Lambrus (Platylambrus) prensor, Herbst.
Lambrus prensor, Herbst, Krabben, II. ii. 170, tab. xli. fig. 3.
Lambrus prensor, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 358.
Lambrus jourdainii, F. de B. Capello, Jorn. Sci. Lisb., III. 1870-71, tab. 3, fie. 6.
Lambrus prensor, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Archiv. du Mus., Vol. VIII. 1872,
p. 260 (foot-note) ; and Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 147 (foot-note).
Lambrus prensor, Walker, J. L. 8. Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109 (name only).

Our numerous specimens correspond exactly with Capello’s figure
and succint and graphic description. M. A, Milne-Edwards at first as-
signed Capello’s species to L. carinatus, Edw., but afterwards to L. pren-
sor, and it is this last authority that I now follow.

Carapace broader than long, broadly triangular with the sides round-
ed: the median and branchial regions are strongly prominent, the former
having three small spinules in the middle line, the latter having each
two oblique granular ridges, one of which is very faint and runs to the
large lateral epibranchial spine, the other of which forms a strong carina,
and runs to the large spine at the postero-lateral angle. The antero-
lateral margin is armed with 7 or 8 nearly equal-sized close-set compress-
ed teeth, behind which, at the lateral epibranchial angle, is a very large
blade-like spine: behind this again, on the postero-lateral border are two
large teeth, the outer of which, at the postero-lateral angle, is nearly as
large as the lateral epibranchial spine; and lastly on the posterior bor-
der are three large curved spines.

The rostrum is acute, concave at base, and slightly recurved at tip:
on either side of the rostrum is seen from above a very strong and
acute spine formed by the prolongation of the inner margin of the
infra-orbital lobe—this lobe is entire.

1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 263

The chelipeds are massive and are about three times the greatest
length of the carapace: their surfaces are almost smooth: the arm
is rhomboidal in transverse section, and the palm is sharply trigonal :
the lower edges of the arm, wrist and palm form a continuous line of
beading: the upper edge of the arm is granular and spinular: the
inner or anterior edges of the arm, wrist and hand are spinate—the
spines growing larger towards the end of the palm, while the posterior
(or outer) edges of the same three joints are very strongly and closely
laciniate.

As usual the spines in all cases have a tendency to be alternately
larger and smaller.

Of the ambulatory legs the merus, carpus and propodus have the
anterior (upper) border strongly and sharply carinate, while the merus
has also the posterior border spinate.

This species is not uncommon along the Orissa coast, from 8 to 23
fathoms.

Lambrus (Platylambrus) carinatus, Edw.

Lambrus carinatus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 358.
Lambrus carinatus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 147 (foot-
note).

Our specimens, which agree with the diagnoses of M. A. Milne-
Edwards completely, are distinguished from those above described as
Li. prensor, (1) by having the mid-dorsal carina formed by three great
compressed teeth ; (2) by the single, and very high and sharply cut
carina on either branchial region ; (3) by the smaller size of the spine
at the lateral epibranchial angle and of the spine, at the postero-lateral
angle, immediately succeeding it; (4) by the form of the infra-orbital
lobe, which instead of being entire, is bilobed—the inner lobe, more-
over, having a rounded apex, and not being visible from above; (5)
by the meropodites of the ambulatory legs having their anterior (upper)
edge serrate, not carinate, and by the carpopodites and propodites
having the anterior edge smooth.

These differences are constant ina series of twelve specimens,
including both sexes.

This species also differs from LZ. prensor in its much smaller size,
three ovigerous females having the carapace 11 millim. in its greatest
breadth (exclusive of spines), while ovigerous females of L. prensor
have the carapace 28 to 30 millim. in its greatest breadth exclusive of
spines.

264 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

[ ? Lambrus (Platylambrus) holdsworthit, Miers.

Lambrus holdsworthii, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV. 1879, p. 19, pl. v.
fig. 3; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 93; and Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., (2) V.
1893, p. 350.

The single specimen that I doubtfully refer, from Miers’ figure and
description, to this species, has a close resemblance to both the species
identified above as L. prensor and L. carinatus. It differs from them
both (1) in having numerous scattered tubercles on the carapace, and
(2) in having the large spine at the lateral epibranchial angle and the
two outer spines on the pustero-lateral margin all of about the same
size. Itresembles LZ. prensor, and differs from ZL. carinatus, in not
having the branchial region traversed by a single sharp-cut carina:
and it resembles L. carinatus, and differs from DL. prensor, in having a
median line (though not a high carina) of three large teeth, in having
the infra-orbital lobe deeply cleft and not exceedingly produced, and in
having the anterior (or upper) edge of the meropodites of the ambula-
tory legs dentate instead of carinate. |

Lambrus (Platylambrus) echinatus, Herbst.

Cancer echinatus, Herbst, Krabben, I. ii. 255, taf. xix. figs. 108-109.
Parthenope giraffa, Fabr., Supplement, p. 353.

[Maia echinatus and giraffa, Bose, I. 250].

Lambrus girauffa, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 85.

Lambrus echinatus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 356.
Lambrus echinatus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 93.

Carapace broader than long, broadly triangular with the sides
rounded : the gastric and cardiac regions are elevated, and are delimited
on either side from the elevated branchial regions by broad and deep
grooves. The eutire carapace is covered, but not very densely, with
large mushroom-like and paxilliform tubercles, the spaces between
which are occupied, but not densely, by short, crisp, upstanding hairs.
The lateral margins are armed with ramose spines, which increase in
size from before backwards: the posterior and part of the postero-
lateral margins are armed with tubercles like those on the surface of
the carapace. The granular rostrum is broad and concave at the base,
and is then suddenly narrowed to form a little peak.

The chelipeds which are from 35 (female) to 3$ (male) the greatest
length of the carapace, are distinguished by having their upper aspect
(edges and surfaces) covered with ramose spines, and their under aspect
covered with great pearly tubercles. The ambulatory legs are distin-

1895. ] A, Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 265

guished by the large and numerous spines on their 3rd, 4th and 5th
joints.

This species is not uncommon off the Orissa coast from 7 to 23
fathoms.

Sub-genus Rurnotamsrus, A. Milne-Edwards.

Rhinolambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 148.
Lambrus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 92 (part.).

Carapace triangular, usually as long as broad, with a broad pro-
jecting somewhat declivous rostrum anda very distinct post-ocular
constriction; surface of carapace very commonly, but not always,
spiny and granular.

Key to the Indian species of the sub-genus Rhinolambrus.
F (i. Chelipeds nearly

three times the
1. Carapace and length of the ca-

chelipeds very rapace and ros-
closely covered trum...... ....... LD. contrarius.
with large rugged +
granules and|ii. Chelipeds not
sharp ramose two-and-a-half
I. Chelipeds stout, spines. times the length
three times to of the carapace
twice or less the and rostrum........ L. longispinis.
length of the cara-
pace and rostrum. (i. Chelipeds three
2. Carapace with times the length
few depressed tu- of the carapace
bercles, or nearly and rostrum........ DL. pelagicus.

smooth: chelipeds 4
with blunt teeth | ii. Chelipeds not

or smooth gra- twice the length

nules. of the carapace
and rostrum ....... L. gracilis,

(i. A single turret on

the cardiac region,
and on either
branchial region :
two large diverg-

1. Carapace at least ae Ee om ee
II. Chelipeds slend- as long as broad: ae ‘ q at a4 2 Betis
er, three-and-a-| large erectturret-{ Posterior border... 4. turriger.
half to five times like spines on the
the length of the carapace.
carapace and ros-
trum.

ii. Two turrets on
the cardiac region,
and two on either
branchial region:
a single spinule
on the posterior
margin...... sesooree DL. cybelis.

2. Carapace broader than long; large
\\ spines of ordinary form on the carapace L. petalophorus,

266 A. Aleock—COarcinological Fauna of India.

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) contrarius, Herbst.

Cancer contrarius, Herbst, Krabben, III. iv. 18, tab. lx. fig. 3.

[Parthenope spinimana, Lamk., Hist. Anim. Sans. Vert., V. 239. ]

Lambrus spinimanus, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 86, pl. iii. fig. 1.

Lambrus contrarius, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 354.

Lambrus contrarius, Bleeker, Recherches Crust. de l’ Ind. Archip., p. 18.

Lambrus contrarius, &. Milne-Edwards, Maillard’s 1’ ile Réunion, Annexe F, p. 10.

Lambrus contrarius, Brocchi, Ann. Sci. Nat., (6) II. 1875, Art. 2, p. 98, pl. xviii.
figs. 166, 167 (o& appendages). ;

Lambrus contrarius, Richters, in Mébius, Meeresf. Maurit., p. 145.

Lambrus contraurius, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880, Vol. V. p. 2380; and
‘ Challenger’ Brachyuragp. 94.

Lambrus contrarius, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc-, Zool., (2) V. 1893,
p. 350.

Carapace, with rostrum, slightly longer than broad, everywhere
covered with jagged granules and spines: the regions are strongly
convex, and, usually, in the middle line, are three or four, and again
on either branchial region, one or two spines of predominant size.
The rostrum is broad, prominent, declivous, and spiny or granular,
both on the upper surface and along the margins. The hepatic regions
are very prominent, and their angle is strongly produced. The orbital
edge is prominent and the post-orbital constriction strongly pronounced.

The chelipeds are about three times the length of the carapace
and rostrum, and are extremely massive, the hands especially: above
they are covered with large sharp jagged spines with rough tubercles
interpersed ; below they are everywhere covered with rasp-like granules,
The ambulatory legs are rather stout for a Lambrus, and have the
merus somewhat spiny along one or both edges.

Colours in spirit, mottled pink, tips of fingers purple-black, ambu-
latory legs banded alternately yellow and bluish pink.

Our largest specimens, a male and a female, are from off Colombo,
263 fathoms, and have a span (of chelipeds) of 290 millim. and 265
millim. respectively.

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) longispinis, Miers,

Lambrus longispinus, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 18; Zoo-
logy H. M. 8. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 182 and 199; and ‘ Challenger ’ Brachyura, p. 93.
Lambrus longispinus, de Man, Archiv. fur Naturgesch., LIIT. 1887, p. 229.
Lambrus longispinus, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109.
Lambrus longispinus, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 350.
Lambrus spinifer, Haswell, P. L. S., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 461,
pl. xxvii. fig. 1; and Cat. Aust. Crust., p. 34. -

Carapace, with rostrum, little longer than broad, its surface covered
with spiny tubercles: There are four prominent spines in the middle —

1895.] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 267

line, of which three are on the cardiac and one is on the gastric region ;
in front ef the latter are two smaller spines placed transversely: on
the branchial regions are some small spines set in two oblique series,
and one large spine. On the antero-lateral margins are about nine
small close-set blunt faintly-laciniated teeth, slightly increasing in size
posteriorly ; on the postero-lateral margin are two large spines; and
on the posterior border, in the middle line, is a pair of spines. The
rostrum is broad, prominent, acute and declivous. The post-ocular
constriction is distinct ; and the hepatic regions are well marked, with
the outer border denticulate. The chelipeds in the male are about 2%
times the length of the carapace and rostrum: they much resemble
those of L. contrarius, the spines being for the most part jagged, and
the tubercles rasp-like. On the anterior (inner) margin of the arm are
10 or 12 spines alternating in size, the last three being very small;
on the upper surface of the arm three spines ave very prominent, as
are three or four on the posterior (outer) edge. On the anterior
(inner) margin of the hand are 7 or 8 spines increasing in size from
behind forwards; while on the posterior margin are numerous spines
—only three or four of which are large. The lower surface of the
arms, wrists and hands is closely covered with large round rasp-like
tubercles. The merus and sometimes the two following joints of the
ambulatory legs, have the margins dentate.

Our single specimen from the Arrakan coast, 13 fms., is plainly
the same as Haswell’s L. spinifer, judging from his figure (tom. cit.)
Both from that figure and from our specimen I should consider the
species to be more nearly related to L. contrarius than to L. validus.

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) pelagicus, Ripp.

Lambrus pelagicus, Riippell, Beschr. u. Abbild. 24 Art. Krabben des Roth.
Meer., p. 15, pl. iv. fig. 1.

Lambrus pelagicus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 355.

Lambrus pelagicus, Riipp. (prob. = afinis, A. M.-Edw.) Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 21.

Lambrus pelagicus, Ortmann, Zool. Forsch. in Austral. u. Malay. Archip., Jena,
1894, p. 46.

Lambrus afinis, A. M.-Edw., Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 261, pl. xiv.
fig. 4.

Lambrus afinis, Haswell, Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 34.

Lambrus affinis, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 93.

Lambrus afinis, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 350.

[Lambrus afinis, F. Muller, Verh. Ges. Basel, VIII. p. 473.]

[Lambrus affinis, Cano, Boll. Soc. Nat. Napol., III. 1889, p. 187.]

Carapace, with rostrum, as long as broad: its regions well delimit-
ed and faintly pitted and pimpled, the furrows between the regions
J. ur. 34

268 A. Alecock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

being smooth and bare—except for a pimple at each of the four angles
of the cardiac region. On either branchial region, above the postero-
lateral angle of the carapace, is a bluntly conical spine. The rostrum
is very broad, and is concave and bluntly pointed: on either side above
the eye is a little eminence which carries a tuft of long silky hairs. The
post-ocular constriction is distinct, as is also the post-hepatic. The
antero-lateral (including the hepatic) margin is faintly crenulated : the
posterior border is quite smooth. :

The chelipeds in the male are three times the loneth of the cara-
pace, but not more than 23 times in the female: the anterior (or inner)
margin of the arm and hand is evenly and bluntly dentate, or crenulate ;
the posterior (or outer) margin in the same joints is as evenly but much
more bluntly and indistinctly dentate, and the lower margin faintly
beaded : the carpus is either quite smooth or has a few nodules.

The ambulatory legs are smooth, rather stout, and are longer than
the hand. In the male near the anterior border of the 6th abdominal
tergum is a strong spine. This is a fairly common species at the
Andamans.

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) gracilis, Dana.
Lambrus gracilis, Dana U. S. Expl. Exp. Crust., pt. I. p. 187, pl. vi. figs. 6 a—-b.
Lambrus gracilis, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 94.

Lambrus deflexifrons, Alcock and Anderson (nec Miers), J. A.S B., 1894, pt. ii.
p- 199.

Carapace, with rostrum, considerably longer than broad; with a
pronounced post-ocular constriction; somewhat rhomboidal in shape:
the regions are extremely prominent, especially the cardiac, which is
capped by a conical tooth, and the branchial, which rises into an oblique
crest terminating posteriorly in a tooth: the hepatic region forms a
prominent tooth, behind which the rounded lateral margins are 6 or 7
toothed: there are two laminar teeth on the posterior border: other-
wise the carapace is smooth. The rostrum is broad, deflexed, and dis-
tinctly trilobed towards the tip.

The chelipeds are not quite twice the length of the carapace and
rostrum; and in the adult are not symmetrical—one, either right or
left, having the hand much larger than the other. In the young the
asymmetry is hardly noticeable. The arm has the anterior (inner) and
posterior (outer) border irregularly armed with compressed blunt —
spines, of which the one at the far end of the outer border is the largest
—pbeing almost foliaceous: the hand has its inner and outer borders
armed in the same irregular way, two or three of the teeth on the outer
border, and one on the inner border being enlarged: the under surfaces

1895. ] A. Aleock— Carcinological Fauna of India. 269

of the chelipeds are quite smooth, but the upper surface of the arm
has an incomplete longitudinal line of beading. The ambulatory legs
are long and particularly slender.

In the Museum collection are specimens of males, ovigerous females
and young, from the Andamans and from off Ceylon.

Lambrus (Rhinolunbrus) deflexifrons, Miers.

Lambrus deflexifrons, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV. 1879, p. 21, pl. v.
fig. 5. Ceylon.

This species, which is not represented in the Museum collection,
is described as follows by Miers :—

““The carapace is strongly constricted behind the orbits, with the
cardiac region very convex, and with an oblique but shallow sulcus on
the branchial regions, and is covered with closely-set small tubercles ;
the antero-lateral margins are unarmed; but there are two larger
tubercles or small spines on the postero-lateral margins. The rostrum
is vertically deflexed, triangular, and granulated above. The basal
antennal joint is very small; the epistoma is large; the sub-hepatic
and pterygostomian regions are not channelled. The anterior legs have
the arm rounded and tuberculate above, with small spines on its
anterior margin; the wrist is tuberculate; the hand with a few
tubercules on its upper surface, the anterior margin armed with about
‘ten, and the posterior with four granulated spines. The under surface
of arm, wrist, and hand is closely granulated. The ambulatory legs are
smooth, and are not compressed and cristate as usual in the genus.

The vertically deflexed rostrum and carapace, devoid of spines on
its surface and anterior margins, and non-compressed ambulatory legs
are characteristic of this species. It seems to be allied to ZL. gracilis,
Dana, a species from the Fijis, in the form of the carapace and legs;
but in that species the carapace has a spine on the cardiac and each
branchial region, and elsewhere appears to be smooth.”

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) turriger, Ad. & Wh.

Lambrus turriger, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 58; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX.
1847, p. 63; and Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 26, pl. v., fig. 2.

Lambrus turriger, W. A. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. 1V. 1879,
p. 449; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 32.

LaMBRUS TURRIGER, Miers, Zootocy H. M. S. ‘ ALERT,’ p. 201; and ‘Challenger’
Brachyura, p. 96.

Carapace, with rostrum, a little broader than long ; slightly granu-
lar ; the regions well-defined and armed with huge, erect or semi-erect,
knob-headed spines, as follows :—one on the gastric region, in the mid-

270 A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

dle line, one on the cardiac region in the middle line, and one on each
branchial region: there is sometimes a little spinule in front of the gas-
tric spine, and one in front of either branchial spine ; and on the pos-
terior border, m the middle line, are two divergent spimes directed back-
wards, The rostrum is broad, concave between the eyes, somewhat de-
flexed, and may be described as trilobed near the tip—since it is there
suddenly truncated and continued in the middle line only.

There is a distinct post-ocular constriction, and the hepatic regions
are well-defined laterally.

The chelipeds are long slender and rugose: the arm is cylindrical,
and the palm subcylindrical, becoming enlarged and trigonal near the
fingers: in the male the chelipeds are from 43 to 53 times the length of
the carapace and rostrum, in the female they are but 3} to 33 times this
length,

The ambulatory fegs are long, very slender, and perfectly smooth.

In the Museum collection are numerous specimens from the Anda-
mans, from the Madras coast, and from off Ceylon at 32 to 34 fathoms.

There are undoubtedly two sorts of males : one sort resembling the
female in having the chelipeds comparatively short, the other sort hay-
ing very long chelipeds.

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) cybelis, n. sp.

This species closely resembles L. turriger, from which it differs
only in the following characters :—

(1) the regions of the carapace are all more elevated, and on the
cardiac region—one behind the other, in the middle line—
as well as on either branchial region, are two very large
semi-erect spines of equal size; while in the middle of the
granular posterior border is a single spinule :

(2) the surface of the carapace, besides being granular, is very
evenly and regularly pitted or reticulated ;

(3) the rostrum, which is nearly one-third the greatest breadth
of the carapace, is more distinctly trilobed :

(4) the chelipeds (which in females and young males are only
3t to 35 times the length of the carapace and rostrum),
though of the same general slender proportions as in L.
turriger, have the hand distinctly trigonal throughout,
and the arm and hand armed with sharp laciniated spines
on the upper aspect.
A young male from off Ceylon, 34 fms., and two probably half-grown
males, and an ovigerous female, from off the Andamans, 41 to 86 fathoms.

1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 271

The characters that distinguish this species are constant through-
out the series, without any modification or variation.

Greatest length of carapace in ovigerous female .,. 15 millim.
Do. breadth do. do. do. vee Lomnillina:
Length of chehpeds in ovigerous female fy 32, morlline:

Lambrus (Rhinolambrus) petalophorus, n. sp.

Carapace of the same general shape as in L. turriger, but broader
posteriorly, where its breadth exceeds its length with the rostrum. The
hepatic region is extremely well demarcated, not by its prominence, but
by its almost vertical outer wall.

The cristiform antero-lateral border, which runs from the angle of
the buccal frame outside the limit of the hepatic region, is festooned by
7 or 8 close-set thin teeth, and there is a strong upcurved spine at the
postero-lateral angle.

The postero-lateral border carries three teeth, the innermost of
which is hardly less prominent than that at the postero-lateral angle:
the posterior border is finely denticulated.

The rostrum, the breadth of which is about 2 the greatest breadth
of the carapace, is elegantly trilobed.

The regions of the carapace are strongly elevated, and have the
surface pitted or reticulated: in the middle line on the gastric region is
a single erect conical spine, on the cardiac region two; and on either
branchial region there is a spine. In front of the gastric spine are two
spinelets, disposed transversely.

The supra-orbital margin is strongly arched, and the infra-orbital
lobe is cut into two elegantly crimped leaflets or petals.

The post-9cular constriction is distinct.

ke chelipeds in the male are four and-a-half times the length of
the carapace and rostrum: the arm is slender and subcylindrical, with
a line of many spinules along both the inner and outer borders, a
broken line of sharp tubercles along its upper surface, and a line of
granules along its lower border, but is otherwise smooth and polished :
the carpus has a few coarse spinules on its outer surface: the hand,
though distinctly trigonal, is long and slender, but is enlarged at the
far end; its inner and outer borders are irregularly and unequally
laciniated, the teeth becoming larger and closer set towards the far
end; except for a line of beading along its lower border and an occa-
sional spinule on its upper surface, its surfaces are smooth and polished :
the movable finger has its broad base denticulated.

The ambulatory legs are very slender and very short—only one-

272

A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. z,

fifth longer than the carapace : except for a line of spinules along the
posterior (lower) border of the meropodite they are smooth.

Greatest length of carapace (male) ... ee 16; millimy
» breadth "3 rae je lS ze
Length of cheliped et di fone =:

Off Ceylon in deep-water.
Colours in spirit: chelipeds and legs purplish white, carapace dull

slaty purple.

Sub-genus AuLaconamBrus, A. M.-Edw.

Aulacolambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust., I. p. 147.
Aulacolambrus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 97.

Pterygostomian region traversed, from the orbit to the afferent

branchial orifice, by a deep channel, which is closed and converted into
a tube by thick fringes of hairs: the lateral epibranchial spine is of
huge size: the edges of the carapace chelipeds and legs are more or
less conspicuously hairy.

II. Carapace broad-

Key to the Indian species of the sub-genus Aulacolambrus.

Carapace as long as broad, with a projecting rostrum and a
distinct post-ocular constriction; its surface closely
covered with rasp-like tubercles: carapace and legs not
conspicuously hairy....++...... “COEnDESOE L. sculptus.

Wee eee eee eereee ferret ereres

(1. Antero-lateral border with large spines
in front of the large lateral epibranchial
spines: spines of inner edge of hand

er than long, its
surface irregular-
ly tuberculate;
rostrum not or
hardly projecting:
no post-ocular
constriction: mar-
gins of carapace,
chelipeds and legs
fringed with re-
markably long
tangled hairs.

strongly curved upwards and outwards..

2. Antero-lateral

border with small
teeth in front of
the large lateral
epibranchial
spines: spines of
inner edge of
hand not curved.

(a.

4%.

No spines in mid-
dle line of cara-
pace, or on bran-
chial regions.......

Some spines in
middle line of ca-
rapace, and on
branchial regions:
Spines on outer
edge of hand very
LOND eanessteake near oe

L. cwrvispinis.

L. hoplonotus.

L. whitei.

Lambrus (Aulacolambrus) sculptus, A. M.-Edw.
Lambrus sculptus, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872,

p. 258, pl. xiv. fig. 3.

Lambrus sculptus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 98.

Lambrus sculptus, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. (2) V. 1893, p. 350,

The carapace is triangular, broad behind, and as long as broad.
The rostrum is triangular, dorsally grooved and declivous, and tapers

1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 273

to a rounded point. The regions are elevated, and the median are
separated from the branchial by deep furrows: all the regions are
closely covered by rasp-like tubercles.

The lateral borders are tubercular, and end posteriorly in a large
spine directed outwards and somewhat backwards.

Internal to this large spine is a much smaller spine; and the pos-
terior border is tuberculate.

The chelipeds are a little more than twice the length of the cara-
pace, with the inner and outer borders serrated, and the upper surface
covered with tubercles like those on the carapace: amid the serrations
five large teeth on the outer border of the hand are very conspicuous.

The ambulatory legs are slender and smooth.

The epistome is sculptured, and is very deeply excavated in the
middle line.

The pterygostomian region is traversed by a canal running
parallel with the buccal frame: the canal is perfectly smooth, and is
closed below, and thus converted into a tube, by thick fringes of long
hairs.

I believe, with Ortmann, that this species is very probably identi-
cal with L. pisoides, Adams and White (‘Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 28, pl.
v. fig. 4), and perhaps with ZL. diacanthus de Haan (Faun. Japon. Crust.,
p- 92, pl. xxiii. fig. 1).

It is a fairly common species at the Andamans and Nicobars.

Lambrus (Aulacolambrus) hoplonotus, Ad. & Wh.

Lambrus hoplonotus, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 35, pl. vil. fig. 3.
Lambrus hoplonotus, A. Milne-Kdwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872,
. 258.
Lambrus hoplonotus, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1879, Vol. IV. p. 22; and
‘ Challenger * Brachyura, p. 98.
Lambrus hoplonotus, Haswell, P. L. S., N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 450; and
Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 33.

Carapace with the outline in front of the huge lateral epibranchial
spine almost semi-circular, the rostrum being extremely short and not
breaking through the general outline. The carapace is granular, and
has the regions well-defined but not elevated.

The symmetrically rounded antero-lateral margin is regularly
festooned with little round teeth of uniform size, and ends at a great
projecting lateral epibranchial spine: behind and internal to this spine
is another small spine: the posterior border is finely granular. The
chelipeds, legs, and margins of the carapace are fringed with long
hairs ; and the pterygostomian region is channelled just asin L. sculptus,

The chelipeds in the male are a little more, and in the female a

274 A. Alcock— Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

little less than three times the length of the carapace: the arms and
hands are depressed trigonal, and the fingers small: the arm has its
inner edge sharply tuberculate, its outer edge strongly 4 or 5-spinate,
its lower edge beaded, its upper surface with a row of 4 or 5 large
granules: the wrist has three strong spines along its outer edge: the
kand has its inner edge sharply 9 to 1l-dentate, its outer edge very
strongly 6 to 8-spinate, with small spinules alternating with the large
spines, and its lower edge sharply and finely beaded. The ambulatory
legs are perfectly smooth.

All our specimens are typical according to Adam and White’s
figure. This species is common at the Andamans.

Lamnbrus (Aulacolambrus) curvispinis, Miers.
?

Lambrus curvispinis, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. lV. 1879, p. 24; and
‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. $8.

This species, which Miers in his latest notice of it considers to be
one of the numerous varieties of L. hoplonotus, resembles the latter
species in every particular except (1) that the rostrum ends in a little
bacillar spinule; (2) that the antero-lateral borders of the carapace
instead of being crenate are powerfully spinate; (3) that the spines
along the inner edge of the palm are strongly hooked upwards and
outwards; and (4) that the inner surface of the arm bears a row of
spinules.

This species, or variety, which is twice the size of L. hoplonotus, is
also very common at the Andamans.

Lambrus (Aulacolambrus) whitet, A. M.-Edw.

Lambrus carinatus, Adams and White (nec Edw.), ‘ Samarang’ Crust., p. 27, pl. v.
fig. 3.

Lambrus whitei, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouy. Archiv. du ues VIII. 1872, p. 260;
and Miss. Sci. Mex. Crust., I. p. 147 (foot-notes).

Lambrus whitei, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 98.

In the form of the carapace, the hairiness of the edges of the lees
and carapace, and in the presence of the pterygostomian canal, this
species almost exactly resembles the two preceding species.

The antero-lateral borders are sharply crenulate and end at a large
outwardly and backwardly directed spine, internal to which is another
largish spine ; while on the posterior border are four largish spines.
The carapace is granular, and in the middle line are two conical spines,
one on the gastric the other on the cardiac region, while on either
branchial region are two similar spines.

The spinature of the chelipeds is, in disposition, similar to that

1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 275

of L. hoplonotus, but the spines, especially those on the outer edge of
the hand, are very much longer, slenderer, and more acute.

Several specimens, including ovigerous females, of this small
species are in the Museum collection, from Arakan ; and from off Ceylon,

34 fathoms.
The figure in Adams and White is an admirable illustration of this

species.

Sub-genus ParTHENOLAMBRUS, A. M.-Edw.

Parthenolambrus, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci, Mex. Crust., I. p. 148.
Parthenopoides, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 672.
Purthenolambrus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 99.

Carapace semi-elliptical or semi-circular, with a nearly straight
posterior margin, the postero-lateral angles being strongly produced.
Chelipeds of no great length, never sharply serrate, and with the arms
and hands indefinitely contorted. The rostrum is more or less deflexed.

Key to the Indian species of the sub-genus Parthenolambrus.
I, Carapace with the hepatic regions very prominent in the
antero-lateral margin :—
1. Carapace broader than long, strongly convex, no-
dular and eroded: chelipeds less than twice
the length of the carapace............sssseeeeeeee DL. tarpeius.
2. Carapace as long as broad, compressed, with crist-
iform edges, its surface almost devoid of gra-
nules: chelipeds more than twice the length
OF The CATAPACE ..c00...ccecesescsercerorscosscessseesess Le, NAYPAG.
II. Carapace with the hepatic regions distinct, but not marked-
ly prominent :—
1, Rostrum almost vertically deflexed: ambulatory
legs dentate, but without true spines..... sssevoeee L. calappoides.

2. Rostrum moderately deflexed, with a prominent
median lobe: meropodites of ambulatory legs
each with three rows of close sharp spines...... DL. beaumontii.

Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) calappoides, Ad. and Wh.

Parthenope calappoides, Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 34, pl. v.

fig. 5.
Lambrus calappoides, Haswell, P. L. 8.,N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 452; and

Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 35.
Lambrus calappoides, Miers, Zoology of H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ pp. 517 and 527; and

‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 101.
Parthenolambrus calappoides, R. I. Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1890, Vol. V.

p. 75.
Carapace almost semi-circular in outline, with an indentation

Jeli eae

276 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

behind the hepatic regions: the regions are well-delimited, but not
carinated or sharply raised; and the surface is granular without any
very large spines or nodules. The rostrum is deflexed almost verti-
cally. The eyes are sunk in deep orbits with swollen margins. The
antero-lateral margins, and sometimes the postero-lateral, are closely
festooned or incised, but in an irregular manner.

On either side of the gastric region is a deep hollow; and on either
side of the front part of the cardiac region is a deep foramen.

The chelipeds in the male are not twice the length of the carapace :
the arm is coarsely spinate along its convex inner border, and the
hand still more coarsely and bluntly spinate along its contorted upper
border.

Ambulatory legs compressed, the 3rd to 5th joints having the
edges irregularly dentate, this being most marked in the case of the
last pair.

Tke animal as a whole has a sort of boiled appearance.

The species is very variable, and owing to frequent and extensive
incrustation with barnacles, foraminifera, etc., is very hard to describe,

In the Museum collection are specimens from the Andamans,
Mergui, Arakan, Ceylon, and Malabar coast.

Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) beaumontii, n. sp,

Very near to Parthenope bouviert and trigona, A. M.-Edw., (v. Rev.
et. Mag. Zool. (2) XXI. 1869, pp. 350-353).

This species comes from deepish water, and is small and very
variable — the adult female, especially, being so unlike the male, that
if it were found apart, it would be considered distinct.

The carapace is semicircular, the curve being broken (1) by the
hepatic regions, and (2) by the projecting middle lobe of the rostrum.
The elegantly curved antero-lateral borders are closely festooned by a
row of thin, sharp, laciniated teeth, the bases of which are fused to-
gether; of these teeth the first three, situated on the hepatic region,
are smaller than the others, which are of equal size, except the last, and
this forms the summit of the salient upcurved postero-lateral angle.
The postero-lateral borders are irregularly serrated, and there is a spinule
in the middle of the posterior border. The regions of the carapace
are very salient and form three cariniform elevations: there is usually,
but not always, in the male, and seldom in the female, a recurved spinule
on the gastric region, in the middle line; and generally in the male,
but seldom in the female, the conical cardiac region is surmounted by

one or two spinules.

1895. ] A. Aleock—Carecinological Fawna of India. 277

The rostrum is trilobed, the small lateral lobes being formed each
of a group of granules, and the larger, projecting, median lobe being
spathulate, smooth, and somewhat deflexed.

The surface of the carapace is somewhat granular and eroded, but
this is often concealed by a glazing of stony alge.

The orbits have the edges finely and evenly serrate. The third
joint of the antennal peduncle is spiniferous.

The segments of the sternum, as also the abdominal terga, are all
deeply cut, and their surface, like that of the external maxillipeds and
pterygostomian regions, is very sharply, closely and evenly granular,

The chelipeds in the male are 23 times the length of the carapace ;
in the female hardly twice that length: in both sexes they are top-
heavy, owing to the distal enlargement of the palm and the great size
of the fingers; they are everywhere granular, but most markedly so
on the under surface: the inner border of the arm and palm, and the
upper border of the movable finger, are irregularly spinulate, the outer
border of the hand may have two or three irregularly disposed blunt
teeth, and that of the arm a few spicules. The ambulatory legs charac-
terize this species, for the meropodites, in all, are compressed-trigonal
with all three edges strongly, sharply and closely spinate; the anterior,
and often also the posterior, margins of the next two joints also are
spinate or dentate.

Male. Female.
Greatest length of carapace vv» 10°5 millim. 9 millim.
= breadth "7 Aad UR ees 9 .
Length of chelipeds : 29 es Dorner.

Loc. Off Ceylon 32-34 fms., and off the Andamans, 41 fms.

Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) tarpeius, Ad. and Wh.

Lambrus tarpeius, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crust., p. 35, pl. vii. fig. 2.
Lambrus tarpeius, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 99. _

Carapace covered with numerous large nodules, and with the divi-
sion into three lobes—a median and two lateral—well-marked. The
hepatic region not only projects very strongly forwards, but is brought
into greater prominence by the fact that the carapace is somewhat
contracted kehind the eyes, and excavated and constricted behind the
hepatic regions themselves: the antero-lateral margins are crenulate ;
the produced postero-lateral angle ends in a rounded lobe-like spine,
and the posterior and postero-lateral margins are irregularly and blunt-
ly toothed.

The rostrum, which is deeply excayated and considerably deflexed,
ends in a blunt point.

278 A. Alecock—Carcinological Fauna of India, [No. 2,

The chelipeds are massive and nodular, but even in the male are
only about half as long again as the carapace,

The ambulatory legs have the 3rd, 4th and Sth joints oompisenel
and irregularly dentate along one or both edges.

Our specimens, which are rather damaged, come from the Anda-
mans to 20 fathoms, and from off Colombo, 263 fathoms.

Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) harpax, Ad. and Wh.

Lambrus harpax, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 25, pl. vi. fig. 3.

Lambrus harpa», Haswell, P. L. S., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 450; and Cat.
Austral. Crust., p. 32.

Lambrus harpax, Miers, Zoology H. M. S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 and 202; and
‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 99.

Male. Carapace depressed semi-elliptical, as long as broad, its
surface almost smooth. The median region is carinated, the carina
bifurcating anteriorly to enclose an elongate-triangular depression
behind the eyes, and carrying a large spine in the gastric region
(at the poiut of bifurcation), another large spine in the cardiac region,
and a much smaller spine in front of the latter.

The lateral margins are cristiform, with a series of crenations and
sutures indicating fused teeth; and the hepatic region is prominent,
with a cristiform edge: the postero-lateral angle is surmounted by an
upturned laciniated tooth, the postero-lateral margins are dentate, and
ou the posterior vorder is a triangular tooth with an obscurely tri-
lobed tip: from the bluntly laciniated tooth of the postero-lateral angle
a carina runs obliquely forwards and inwards onto the posterior part
of the branchial region.

The rostrum is strongly deflexed, and ends in an obscurely and
unevenly trilobed tip. The chelipeds in the male are nearly 23 times
the length of the carapace, and are thin and compressed, with sharp,
almost cristiform, edges: in the arm both the inner and outer edges are
unevenly dentate, and the lower edge faintly granular: the carpus has
the outer edge compressed and crenulate: the thin hand has its inner
edge crenulate, has a curved line of granules on its inner surface, and
some granules on its outer sarface: the movable finger has its upper
edge crenulated at base. The ambulatory legs are compressed, with
the 3rd, 4th and 5th joints cristated above, especially in the last two
pairs: in the last pair these joints have both margins rather strongly
dentated.

Our specimen is from the Andamans.

Miers (Zoology H. M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 202) considers L. sandrockit,

-1895.] A. Alcock—Careinological Fawna of India. 279

Haswell (P. L. 8., N.S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 452, pl. xxvii. fig. 2)
to be identical with this species.

ParTHENOPE, Fabr.

Parthenope, Milne-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 359, (v. synon.)
Parthenope, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 668.

The form and structure of the carapace is somewhat similar to
that of Parthenolambrus ; but the genus is distinguished from Lambrus
by the nature of the so-called basal antennal joint, which is relatively
long, and nearly reaches to the level of the inferior orbital hiatus: the
fingers also are much less turned inwards.

Key to the Indian species of the genus Parthenope.

I. Carapace remarkably rugose or spinose: chelipeds nearly
of the ordinary Lambrus form, and beset with huge
spines: ambulatory legs strongly spinate :—
1. Carapace and chelipeds beset with coarse tuber-
cles and spines: carapace about ? as long as
VOAG erases edagaoG0n00s00"00 PHoudadaccncsaddonsaconbadeod P. horrida.
2. Carapace and chelipeds beset with spines, which
are sharp and laciniate on the chelipeds: cara-
pace only 2 as long as broad ............seceeeeee see P. spinosissima.

II. The whole body and all the appendages beset with delicate
paxilliform tubercles which unite to form a lace-work
or frosting : chelipeds tapering, with long slender spiny
fingers, nearly as long as the palm (sub-genus Partheno-
METUS) Leese sisnseeses HOC OC LOOOUSOC shastene PO SHODOECCOO ANC CE CC IDO TIES " P. efflorescens.

Parthenope horrida, Fabr.

Rumph, Amboin. Rariteitk. ix. 1.

? Seba, III. xix. 6-7.

Cancer horridus, Linn. Syst. Nat. II. 1047, 43.

? Cancer horridus, Herbst, I. ii. 222, tab. xiv. fig. 88.

Parthenope horrida, Fabr., Suppl., 3538.

Parthenope horrida, Leach, Zool. Misc., II. 107.

Parthenope horrida, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 1438, pl. xx. fig. 1.

[ Parthenope horrida, Guérin, Icon. R. A., pl. vii. fig. 1.]

Parthenope horrida, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 360.

Parthenope horrida, Cuy. Regn. An., pl. xxvi. fig. 2.

Parthenope horrida, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p- 255.

Parthenope horrida, Martens, Archiv. fur Naturges., XXXVIII. 1872, p. 86 (note
on habitat).

Parthenope horrida, Miers, Phil. Trans., Vol. 168, p. 486.

Parthenope horrida, Nauck, Z. Wiss. Zool., XX1V. 1880, p. 44 (gastric teeth).

Parthenope horrida, C. W. S. Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak., Handl. XXIII.
No, 4, 1888-89, p. 60.

[Parthenope horrida, F. Muller, Verh. Ges., Basel., VIII. p. 473].

280 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Carapace somewhat pentagonal ; its length not quite ? its breadth ;
its surface deeply eroded, strongly rugose, and sharply tubercular: its
postero-lateral angle much produced outwards: antero-lateral margin
coarsely spinate: postero-lateral and posterior margins granular, the
former with a coarse spine. Rostrum short, moderately deflexed, end-
ing in a blunt inter-antennulary tooth. Orbits circular, deep.

Chelipeds huge, one much larger than the other, the larger twice
the length of the carapace (in the female), covered with large coarse
granular spines.

Ambulatory legs stout, spiniferous; the dactylus smooth: the
meropodite, in all, is compressed-trigonal, with all the edges spinate.

The under surface of the body has a worm-eaten appearance: the
sternum is deeply pitted, with a deep crescentic excavation between the
chelipeds.

The abdomen (of the female) with a series of deep excavations
along either side,

Off Ceylon, 34 fathoms.

Parthenope spinosissima, A, M.-Edw.
Seba, III. xxii. 2 and 3.
Parthenope spinosissima, A. M.-Edw., in Maillard’s l’ile Réunion, Annexe F,

p. 8, pl. xviii.
Parthenope spinosissima, Alcock, J. A. 8. B., 1893, Pt. ii. p. 177.

Carapace in the form of an equilateral triangle, its length only
about % its breadth; its surface strongly rugose, and sharply tuber-
cular and spinate: the antero-lateral borders are armed with large
laciniate spines; the posterior and postero-lateral borders are sharply
spinate: the strongly-produced and spinate postero-lateral angle runs
forwards as a carina onto the branchial regions.

The three lobes of the gastric region are greatly inflated.

The rostrum is vertically deflexed, and ends in a strong sharp
inter-antennulary spine.

The chelipeds are very little asymmetrical, and are beset, nearly
up to the tips of the fingers, with great ramose and laciniate spines.

The ambulatory legs are armed with extremely sharp teeth almost
up to the tip of the dactylus.

The abdomen of the female has a median double series, and on
either side a single series, of sharp spines.

A male and female from the Bay of Bengal, 88 fathoms.

Sub-genus PARTHENOMERUS, nov.

Characterized by the chelipeds, which have a thigh-shaped mero- |

podite, and taper to the fingers, which are nearly as longas the palm,
and are extremely slender.

1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 281

Parthenope (Parthenomerus) efflorescens, un. sp.

Carapace triangular, not quite ? as long as broad; its entire sur-
face, above and below, as also that of the sternum, of the abdomen (in
the female), and of all the exposed appendages—from the eye-stalks
to the last pair of ambulatory legs, covered with a lace-work, or frosting,
formed hy the partial contact of very delicate crisply paxilliform gra-
nules. There are no large tubercles, and, except on the arm hand and
fingers, no spines. On the arm, namely, there are two or three teeth
with acicular tips, on both the lower-inner, and the upper-inner borders ;
on the hand there are three needle-like teeth on the upper-inner, and
three on the lower-inner borders; and the fingers are everywhere beset
with long needle-like spines. The rostrum is nearly vertically deflexed.

Only one cheliped remains in our unique specimen; and it, which
is a little over twice the length of the carapace, has a most curious
tapering form: the meropodite is huge and thigh-shaped, decreasing
in size distally ; the carpus is slenderer than the end of the meropodite ;
and the hand is still slenderer than the carpus: the fingers are long —
nearly as long as the palm—are extremely slender, and, as already
noted, are beset with long slender spines.

A single female, from the Andaman Sea, 36 fathoms.

Cryptopopia, Edw.

Cryptopodia, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 360.

Cryptopodia, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), XIV. p. 669.

Cryptopodia, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 101.

Carapace very broadly triangular, with very large lateral clypei-
form vaulted expansions which completely conceal the ambulatory legs,
and are prolonged posteriorly far beyond the base of the abdomen; a
large space between the gastric and the cardiac regions is triangular
and concave. The rostrum is nearly horizontal, spatuliform and very
prominent. The pterygostomian regions are smooth, not ridged. The
orbits are very small, nearly circular, with a suture in the superior
margin, The epistome is well developed; the antennulary fosse are
narrow and somewhat oblique. The abdomen, in the male, is five-
jointed; the third to fifth segments coalescent. The eyes are very
small and retractile. The basal antennal joint is slightly dilated and
does not nearly reach the internal orbital hiatus, which is filled by the
second joint. The buccal cavity and external maxillipeds are small.
The ischium-joint of the maxillipeds is not produced at its antero-internal
angle; the merus is distally truncated, with the antero-external angle
slightly produced, the interior margin notched below the antero-internal
angle. The chelipeds are nearly as in Lambrus; the merus-joint has a
wing-like lobe on the posterior margin near to the distal extremity ; the

282 A. Alcock—Curcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

palms of the chelipeds are elongated, tricarinated, and dentated (as in

Lambrus) ; fingers short. The ambulatory legs are slender, decrease -

successively but slightly in length, and have the fourth, fifth and sixth
joints more or less distinctly carinated ; dactyli nearly straight.

Cryptopodia fornicata, (Fabr.)

Cancer fornicatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., II. 453.

Cancer fornicatus, Herbst, I. ii. 204, pl. xiii. figs. 79-80.

Parthenope fornicata, Fabr., Suppl., p. 352.

Maia fornicata, Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust., VI. 104.

Oethra fornicata, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 110.

Cryptopodia fornicata, Milne-Kdwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 362 (v. synon.)

Cryptopodia fornicata, de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., p. 90, pl. xx. figs. 2 and 2a;
and (?) Adams and White, ‘Samarang’ Crust., p. 32, pl. vi. fig. 4; and Dana, U. 8.
Expl. Exp. Crust., pt. I. p. 140; and Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857.
p. 220; and Haswell, P. L. 8., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 454; and Cat. Austral.
Crust., p. 87; and E. Nauck, Z. Wiss. Zool., 1880 (gastric teeth); and Miers, Zool.
H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ pp. 182 and 203; and ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 102; and A. O.
Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XX. 1890, p. 109; and J. R. Henderson, Trans.
Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 351.

Carapace broadly triangular, depressed: the antero-lateral margins
more or less laciniated, the posterior and postero-lateral margins
forming one strong curve, the edge of which is either unbroken or
shows very faint traces of crenulation: the surface of the carapace is
in the main smooth, but the triangular depression is a little pitted and
is bounded by lines of granules, the lateral lines being produced well
across the branchial regions. The rostrum is prominent, blunt-pointed,
about as long as broad, and has its edge very faintly crenulate.

The chelipeds are considerably less than twice the length of the
carapace, and have massive sharply trigonal joints, with most of the
edges strongly cristiform; and the fingers are massive and strongly
incurved as in Lambrus: in the arm, the cristiform inner and outer
edges are sharply laciniate, the latter being strongly alate, while the
lower edge is beaded : in the carpus the outer edge only is cristiform:
in the hand both the inner and outer edges are strongly cristiform and
laciniate, the lower edge being crenate.

The ambulatory legs have both edges of the merus raised into
spiniform crests, and the upper edges of the next two joints carinate.

In the Museum collection are numerous specimens from Palk
Straits, Andamans and Persian Gulf.

Oryptopodia angulata, Edw. and Lucas.
Cryptopodia angulata, Edw. and Lucas, Archiv. du Mus., Vol. II. 1841, p. 481,

pl. xxviii. figs. 16-19.
Carapace convex, sharply pentagonal, with all the edges deeply

1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 283

dentated, and all the angles produced to form curved spines; in addi-
tion there is a second spine in front of the spine of either antero-lateral
angle, and the part of the posterior border that is co-extensive with the
abdomen is demarcated on either side by a strong spine. The rostrum ends
inasharp point. The triangular depression of the carapace is very
deep, and the lines which bound it are granular; there is an irregular
patch of granules on either branchial region, and there is a line of
granules passing forwards from the apex of the triangular depression
to the base of the rostrum on either side.

The chelipeds are much as in C. fornicata, with the exception that
the carpus is semi-globular, and that the inner and outer margins both
of the hand and arm are armed with sharp laciniate spines. The
ambulatory legs have the merus simply carinate above, spinate-carinate
below, the carpus and propodite carinate, and the dactylus strongly
carinate on both edges so as to form a swimming blade.

Orissa coast, 20-25 fathoms. Malabar coast, 28 fathoms.

In a large male from the Malabar coast, the carapace is much
more granular; and the chelipeds have the spinature much more acute
and laciniate, and their surfaces—especially the under surface—gra-
nular instead of nearly smooth.

Cryptopodia angulata, var. cippifer, nov.

In this variety the only differences are: (1) that the semi-globular
carpus has a few granules on its upper surface ; and (2) that the tri-
angular hollow in the middle of the carapace is rather deeper, and has
certain large erect definitely-placed spines on the ridges that bound the
hollow, namely,—two close together side by side in the middle line, in
front; one at either branchial angle; and one in the middle line
posteriorly, on the summit of the cardiac region.

These spines are present in six specimens of both sexes, but are
most pronounced in the male.

Toc. Karachi.

The largest specimen, female, has an extreme breadth of carapace
of 45 millim.

Herrrocryeta, Stimpson.

Heterocrypta, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., New York, Vol. X. 1874, p. 102.
Heterocrypta, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 166.
Heterocrypta, Miers, J. L. S., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 669; and ‘ Challenger’
Brachyura, p. 102.
20 30

284 A. Alcock—Careinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

Differs from Cryptopodia in the following characters :—

The posterior border of the carapace slightly overlaps the abdo-
men, but is not distinctly produced ; the lateral clypeiform expansions
are also less produced, so that the legs when even moderately extended
can be seen beyond them.

The pterygostomian and sub-hepatic regions are traversed by a
granular ridge which runs parallel to the antero-lateral border from
the angle of the buccal cavity to the base of the chelipeds.

Heterocrypta investigatoris, n. sp.

Carapace broadly pentagonal; the posterior border almost straight,
and crenulated ; the other borders sharply dentate. The central de-
pression of the carapace is semi-circular and very deep, with the
boundary raised into a carina: the horns of the semi-circle end each
in a boss or mammillary tubercle, from which a carina runs backwards
to the posterior angle of the carapace. The rostrum is very large and
prominent, shaped like a leaf: its surface is smooth: that of the cara-
pace is either smooth or granular—the granules, when present, being
most abundant on the posterior part of the branchial regions.

The chelipeds, which are twice the length of the carapace, have
both the inner and outer edges of the arm sharply dentate (but not
alate as in Oryptopodia), and the lower edge beaded: the carpus is sub-
globular: the hand has both the inner and the outer edges bluntly
dentate, and the under surface closely covered with bead-like granules.

The ambulatory legs have the upper edges of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th
joints sharply carinate: the meropodite also, in the case of the first two
pairs of legs, has a single row of teeth or spines along its lower edge,
and in the case of the last two pairs of legs has a double row of spines
along the lower edge.

Like all the species of this genus, this species is small, the breadth
of the carapace in the largest specimen being 18 millim.

It is not uncommon off rocky parts of the coasts of India up to
and about 30 fathoms. It would seem to be allied to the Cryptopodia
contracta of Stimpson (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 220).

OxrtHRA, Leach.

Oethra, Leach.

Oethra, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 370.

Oethra, A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p. 170 (v. synon.).
Oethra, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 669.

The carapace is regularly oval (transversely), with its surface
strongly rugose, and its antero-lateral edges somewhat upturned, The

1895.] A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 285

rostrum is obsolete, not breaking the general oval outline. The eyes
are small; and the orbits are nearly circular, with two sutures in the
upper border, and a hiatus at the iuner inferior angle, which is filled
by the second joint of the antennary peduncle.

The antennulary fosse are squarish, and are nearly filled by the
large angular basal joint, internal to which the rest of the antennule
folds obliquely,

The basal antennal joint is oblong and angular, and reaches to the
internal orbital canthus: the antennary flagella are rudimentary.

The external maxillipeds completely close the buccal frame: their
inner border is extremely straight and sharp cut: their palp is inserted
at the antero-internal angle of the merus, and folds out of sight.

The chelipeds are about equal in length to the carapace: they
have somewhat the Lambrus form—having sharply prismatic joints
and large inturned fingers, but are concave on the upper surface.

The ambulatory legs are short, and decrease gradually in length :
they are all strongly dentate-carinate, or cristate.

The abdomen of the female (and young male) consists of seven
segments.

Oethra scruposa, L.

[Cancer scruposus, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 4.50. ]

Cancer polynome, Herbst, III. ii. 28, tab. liii. figs. 4-5.

[ Oethra depressa, Lamk., Hist. Anim. Sans. Vert., V. 265. ]

Oethra depressa, Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 110, pl. x. fig. 2.

[Oethra depressa, Guérin, Icon. R. A., pl. xii. fig. 3.]

Oethra scruposa, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 371.

Oethra scruposa, Cuv., R. A., pl. xxxviii. fig. 2.

Oethra scrwposa, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1857, p. 221.

Oethra scrwposa, A. M.-Edw., in Maillard’s Vile Réunion, Annexe F., p. 3; and
Nouy. Archiv. du Mus., VIII. 1872, p. 263.

Oethra scruposa, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1898, p. 351.

[ Oethra scruposa, F. Muller, Verh. Ges., Basel, VIII. 473. ]

(Oethra scrwposa, var. scutata A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Sci. Mex., Crust., I. p.
170, pl. xxxi. fig. 2=Oethra scutata, 8. I. Smith, Amer. Journ. Sci., etc., XLVIII.
1869, p. 120; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1869, Vol. IV. p. 280, is considered by M.
A. Milne-Edwards to be only a variety of the Linnzan type.)

The antero-lateral borders are divided into 6 or 7 indistinct lobes
by deep narrow sutures, each fold being again subdivided near the
edge by a faint crest.

_ The gastric region is extremely prominent, and is divided into two
lobes by a broad longitudinal channel, each lobe being sparsely granular:
the branchial regions are also somewhat convex near their middle, the

286 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

convexities being granular: the rest of the carapace is somewhat con-
cave.

The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are rough: the chelipeds have
the lower edge sharply dentate, and the outer edge of the carpus sharp-
ly dentate: the ambulatory legs have the 3rd, 4th and 5th joints cari-
nate or cristate above, and the 3rd and 5th joints cristate below: the
dactyli are cristate on both edges, and end in little claws.

The abdomen is deeply sculptured.

Inthe Museum collection is a male from the Andamans, and a
female from Ceylon.

Sub-family II. HKUMEDONINA, Miers.
Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 670.

Carapace rhomboidal or pentagonal, with a spine at the junction of
the antero-lateral and postero-lateral borders. Rostrum usually bifid
or emarginate. Surface of carapace nearly flat. Chelipeds of moder-
ate size and length.

Key to the Indian genera of the sub-family HUMEDONINZE.

I. Floor of the orbit not in contact with the front, but leaving
a hiatus which is more or less filled by the second joint
of the antennal peduncle. Chelipeds armed with large
spines: ambulatory legs compressed :—
1. Spine of antero-lateral angle of carapace direct-
OC LOLWALOR cra. encsacateeesccaener aires sigganae noncopiont ZEBRIDA.
2. Spine of antero-lateral angle directed straight
outwards; last pair of legs dorsal in position... HUMEDONUS.

II. Floor of the orbit meeting the front, so as to completely
exclude the antennal peduncle from the orbit: chelipeds
not armed: ambulatory legs not compressed..........sses+0. CERATOCARCINUS.

ZEBRIDA, Adams and White.

Zebrida, Adams and White, ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 23.
Zebrida, Miers, J. L. §., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 670.

Carapace sub-rhomboidal, flattened, with the rostrum formed by
two large, acute, laminar, almost parallel teeth; and with the antero-
lateral angles produced to form two similar laminar teeth projecting
forwards in a plane parallel to the rostrum.

Orbits circular, their inner canthus being filled by part of the
antennal peduncle,

The antennules fold obliquely. The antenne are entirely concealed
beneath the rostrum: their flagellum is well developed; and their
basal joint is longish, reaching to the inner canthus of the orbit.

1895. | A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 287

The chelipeds are stout but short, the legs are compressed, and
both are armed with large laminar spines of the same type as those
that form the rostrum and the antero-lateral margins of the carapace.
The ambulatory legs are subchelate much as in Acanthonyx.

Zebrida adamsir, White.

Zebrida adamsii, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 121; and Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1848,
Vol. I. p. 223; and ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 24, pl. vii. fig. 1.
Zebrida adamsii, J. R. Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool., (2) V. 1893, p. 351.

Zebrida longispina, Haswell, P. L. S., N. S. Wales, Vol. IV. 1879, p. 454,
pl. xxvii. fig. 3; and Cat. Austral. Crust., p. 33.

Body of a light delicate madder pink, the carapace with darker
(liver-coloured) parallel longitudinal bands and alternating streaks, the
legs and chelipeds with broad somewhat oblique cross-bands of the
same darker colour: the median longitudinal dark band, and a band on
either side of it, extend, discontinuously, from the carapace along the
abdomen.

The entire integument of the body and limbs is smooth, hard, and
polished. The chelipeds are stout, with short squat joints: the arm is
trigonal with sharp-cut laminar edges, the upper and lower of which
end in sharp teeth; its broad distal end is also dentate: the wrist is
surmounted by three laminar teeth disposed in a triangle: the hand
has its upper edge raised into a compressed tooth.

Of the ambulatory legs the 3rd, 4th, and 5th joints are strongly
compressed, with the upper edges sharply and acuminately carinate ;
the fifth joiut is enlarged distally, and the strongly recurved dactylus is
retractile against it in the manner of a subchela.

In the Museum collection are a male and female from the coast of
Travancore,

Eomeponus, Edw.

Humedonus, Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., I. 349.
Eumedonus, Miers, J. L. 8., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 670.

Carapace depressed, pentagonal : rostrum large, strongly prominent,
bifurcate only near the tip. Orbits circular ; their internal hiatus occu-
pied by part of the antennal peduncle. Antennules folding obliquely ;
their basal joint of large size.

Antenne entirely concealed beneath the front; both the peduncle
and the flagellum short. Chelipeds more massive than the other legs,
and in the male much longer; armed with large spines. Ambulatory
legs compressed; their third joint cristate; the second pair a little
shorter than the third; the fifth pair dorsal in position. The abdomen
in both sexes consists of seven separate segments.

288 A. Alcock—Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

EHumedonus zebra, nu. sp.

Carapace, in spirit, of a yellow colour, and traversed fore-and-aft
by five broad parallel liver-coloured bands—a median and two lateral :
the median and the inner lateral band on either side being continued
a certain distance on to the abdomen.

The carapace is sharply pentagonal, the antero-lateral angles being
sharp and directed straight outwards.

The rostrum forms a long, broad, sub-triangular lamina bifurcated
near the tip.

The chelipeds in the female are about the same length as the cara-
pace: the ischium has a sharp tooth on its inner border, the merus has
one on its inner and one on its upper margin, the carpus has a very
strong one on its upper border, and the hand has two on its upper
border: the legs have the merus strongly compressed, with the upper
border dentate or cristate, and the dactyli are strongly recurved.

Two ovigerous females from off Ceylon, 32 fms: the extreme length
of the carapace of the larger specimen is 10 millim.

Crratocarcinus, Adams and White.

Ceratocarcinus, Adams and White, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 57, 1847; and ‘Sama-

rang’ Crust., p. 33.
Ceratocarcinus, Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., (Zool.) XIV. p. 670, 1879; and

‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 104.

Carapace sub-hexagonal, about as broad as long, with the dorsal
surface nearly fiat, spinose or tuberculated. The spines of the rostrum
are elongated, acute, and separated by a rather wide interspace, and
there is a well-developed lateral epibranchial spine. The orbits are
small and circular, and the sub-ocular lobe joins the front, so as com-
pletely to exclude the antennz from the orbits. The basal joint of the
antenne is slender and like the greater part of these appendages is
hidden beneath the front. The external maxillipeds are small, the
ischium-joint not produced at its antero-internal angle, the merus
distally truncated, not produced at the antero-external angle, and
scarcely emarginate at the antero-internal angle, where the next joint
articulates. The chelipeds are relatively slender and somewhat elon-
gated, with the joints not dilated, the merus and carpus sometimes
armed with spines; the dactyli acute and shorter than the palms; the
ambulatory legs are slender, with the joints not dilated, the merus
sometimes armed with a distal spine ; the dactyli nearly straight.

Ceratocarcinus longimanus, Ad. and Wh.

Ceratocarcinus longimanus, White, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 57; and Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist., 1847, Vol. XX. p. 62; and ‘ Samarang’ Crustacea, p. 34, pl. vi. fig. 6.
Ceratocarcinus longimanus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 105.

1895. ] A. Aleock—Carcinological Fauna of India. 289

Carapace hexagonal: the spines of the rostrum far apart: lateral
angles of the carapace in the form of stout outstanding spines the tips
of which are turned forwards: a pair of sharp tubercles in the middle
line behind the rostrum—these being tufted with hairs.

Chelipeds stout, about twice the leugth of the carapace and ros-
trum, finely granular, and longitudinally grooved.

A single specimen of this small species, from the Malacca Straits,
is in the Museum Collection.

Appendix to sub-family ACANTHONYCHIN AL.

MEN ZTHIOPS, n. gen.

Closely allied to Mensxthius.

Carapace pyriform, its surface smooth beneath a pubescent cover-
ing. The rostrum consists of two acute slender spines of moderate
length, which are in the closest contact throughout.

The eyes, which are movable forwards but not retractile, are in
great part concealed beneath a large, very conspicuous, laminar supra-
ocular spine. No post-ocular spine. [A spinule is present on the
ventral aspect of the hepatic region of the single species.] The basal
antennal joint is broad; and the mobile portions of the antenne are
visible, from above, on either side of the rostrum.

The external maxillipeds have the merus as broad as the ischium,
and the palp inserted at the antero-internal angle of the merus.

The ambulatory legs, of which the first pair are longer than the
rest, have strongly recurved prehensile dactyli.

The chelipeds in the female (male unknown) are not enlarged.

The abdominal segments in the female appear to be all distinct.

This genus has a superficial resemblance to Oregonia, Dana; but
in Oregonia there is a large post-ocular spine, quite distinct from the
hepatic angle, and the eyes are said to be retractile against this spine.

Mensethiops bicornis, n. sp.

Body and legs tomentose, with additional long scattered sete.

Carapace pyriform, somewhat Achzus-like in shape, there being
a slight constriction behind the eyes, and another slight constriction
behind the hepatic regions: the gastric and cardiac regions very promi-
nent, the branchial regions prominent: the surface, when denuded,
smooth, except for a granular ridge on the pterygostomian regions ; the
hepatic regions are laterally rather prominent, and carry a small spinule

290 A. Alcock — Carcinological Fauna of India. [No. 2,

visible from above, on the ventral aspect of the antero-external angle,
as well as a much smaller spinule on the dorsal aspect. There is also a
spinule, in the middle line, on the gastric region, and one on the cardiac
region, as well as one near the middle of either branchial region.

The rostrum consists of two slender acute spines, which are about
one-fourth the length of the carapace proper, and are in the closest
contact up to the very tips.

The eyes are movable forwards but are quite non-retractile back-
wards, and are in great part concealed beneath a large laminar
supra-ocular spine, which has its anterior angle produced forwards and
its posterior angle produced outwards. No post-ocular spine.

[The spinule on the ventral surface of the hepatic angle is in no
sense a post-ocular spine. |

The basal antennal joint is broad and has its outer edge irregu-
larly wavy, somewhat asin Dana’s figure of Oregonia gracilis (U.S.
Expl. Exp., Crust., I. pl. iii, fig. 2b.); it sharp antero-external angle
is, like the following joints and the flagellum, plainly visible, from
above, beside the rostrum: the mobile portion of the antenna is rather
more than half the length of the carapace and rostrum.

The chelipeds in the female are not stouter than the other legs,
and are shorter than the carapace and rostrum: their palm is nearly
twice the length of the fingers, which meet only at the tip.

The ambulatory legs all have slender joints and a strongly recurved
prehensile dactylus: the first pair, which are the longest, are, in the
female, a little longer than the carapace and rostrum.

A single egg-laden female has the following dimensions :—

Length of carapace and rostrum _.., .. 624+2=82 millim.
Greatest breadth of carapace a 6 cet, (OWOe aes
Length of chelipeds ... aa as i pn eee
Length of first ambulatory leg ae =H A Xt se
Loc. Karachi. 7

The place of the above genus in the ‘“‘ Key to the Indian genera of
the sub-family Acanthonychine ” (pp. 190 and 191 ante), is with Huenia
and Menxthius, from both of which it is easily diagnosed (1) by the
Pisa-like rostrum, consisting of two sharp slender spines in the closest
contact throughout their extent, and (2) by the large antennary flagel-
lum and by the eroded outer edge of the basal antennal joint. It has,
indeed, the closest natural relations with Menzthius.

The unique specimen has only just been received along with the
“Investigator ”’ collections of the season 1894-95.

1895. ] J. C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. 291

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Lambrachzus remifer, o".
» 2. Physachzus ctenurus, ¢; 2a. abdomen of ? x 4; 2b. abdomen of
36 x 4.
» ¥% Physachezeus tonsor, ?
» 4 4a. Grypachzeus hyalinus, ¢.

PLATE IV.

la. Inachoides dolichorhynchus, #*.
2a. Apocremnus indicus, ¢.

Naxia investigatoris, d".
Macroceloma nummifer, ¢.

Maia gibba, ot.

She 80 BOE ss

PLATE Y.

Acheeus cadelli, o.

2a. Chorilibinia andamanica.
Callodes malabaricus, 9.

4a. Paratymolus hastatus, ?.

Pree

On Polarisation of Electric Rays by Double Refracting Crystals.—By Pror.
J.C. Boss, B.a., (Cantas.) B. Sc. (Lonp.)

[Read Ist May. |
Plate VI.

A ray of ordinary light incident on a crystal of Iceland spar is
generally bifurcated after transmission, and the two emergent rays
are found polarised in planes at right angles to each other. The object
of the present inquiry is to find natural substances which would polarise
the transmitted electrical ray. It was thought that the analogy be-
tween electric radiation and light would be rendered more complete,
if the classes of substance which polarise light were also found to
polarise the electric ray. The identity of the two phenomena may
be regarded as established, if the same specimen is found to polarise
both the luminous and electric rays.

As the wave length of an electrical ray is very large compared with
that of visible light, one would think very large crystals, much larger
than what occur in nature, would be required to show polarisation
of electric rays. By working with electric radiations having very

et or

292 J. C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. [ No. 2,

short wave lengths, I have succeeded in obtaining very satisfac-
tory results with crystals of moderate size. These experiments show
that certain crystals are double refracting as regards electric rays, and
that they polarise the transmitted beam. With the help of a rudely
constructed apparatus, I was able last year to detect traces of these
effects. The apparatus has since been improved in detail; it is now
possible to detect the polarisation effects with certainty.

The usual optical method of detecting the bi-refringent action of
crystals, is to interpose the double refracting structure between two
crossed Nicols. The interposition of the crystal generally brightens
the dark field. This is known as the depolarising effect, and is regarded
as a delicate test for double refracting substances. There is however,
no depolarising effect, when the principal plane of the crystal
coincides with the polarisation planes of either the polariser or analyser.
The field also remains dark, when the optical axis of the crystal is
parallel to the incident ray.

A similar method was adopted for experimenting with polarised
electric radiation. The electric ray is first polarised by a wire grating.
A similar grating acts as an analyser. The two gratings are crossed,
and the crystal to be examined is interposed. The Receiver is a
modified form of ‘Coherer’ with its associated Voltaic cell and Galvano-
meter. Brightening of the field is indicated by a throw of the Galvano-
meter needle.

APPARATUS USED,

Radiator.—A small Ruhmkorff’s coil is used for the production of
oscillatory discharges between two small metallic spheres, the diameter
of each sphere being 15 c.m. The choice of a coil to produce electric
oscillation has been a matter of necessity. I obtained oscillatory effects
with ease and certainty by using a small influence machine of the Reple-
nisher type. But in the damp atmosphere of Calcutta, the satisfactory
working of such a machine is a matter of great difficulty, at least for
the greater portion of the year. I had therefore to abandon the influ-
ence machine with regret, and to use a Ruhmkorff’s coil instead. This
coil caused me the greatest trouble. The discharge would of a sudden
cease to be oscillatory ; after a great deal of coaxing it would work
satisfactorily just for a short time. The only coil I could get, was a
badly constructed one, with defective insulation. I made it serviceable
by changing the condenser and improving the vibrator. By looking
to many points of detail I succeeded in making the apparatus work
with fair uniformity for several hours. It must be borne in mind that
the Receiving apparatus also requires careful adjustment.

1895. ] J. C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. 293

Among the possible causes of unsteadiness may be mentioned the
following—

Ist. The current actuating the coil may vary after a time. To
overcome this difficulty a fairly constant battery was made to charge a
small storage cell, and a derived circuit from this cell was led to the
Primary coil.

2nd. The interrupter may have its rate of vibration changed by
heating, wearing out of contact points, and other causes. Any change
in the periodicity of the vibrator is at once made evident by the corres-
ponding change in the pitch of the note given out by the vibrator.

3rd. The sparking balls may have their surfaces roughened by the
disintegrating action of the spark. To avoid this difficulty, the balls
were thickly coated with deposit of gold, and were turned round at
intervals to expose fresh surfaces.

The coil with a storage cell is enclosed, with the exception of a
horizontal tubular opening, inside a metallic box, not dissimilar in ap-
pearance to an Optical Lantern. The interrupter is actuated by turn-
ing a key from outside. The sparking balls are at one end of a brass
tube 25 c.m. long and 5 c.m.in diameter. At the further end of the
tube is the Polariser. Inside the tube is placed a convex lens with the
spark gap at its principal focus. With the help of the lens and suitable
diaphragms, the electrical beam is made approximately parallel. By
means of an Iris diaphragm, the amount of radiation may be varied.

Polariser.—The success of the experiment depends greatly-on the
care with which the Polariser and Analyserare constructed. Fine copper
wire ‘2m. m. in diameter is carefully wound in parallel lines, round
two thin sheets of mica. There are about 25 lines for every cen-
timetre. The mica pieces are then immersed in melted paraffin, and the
wires thus fixed in situ. By cutting round, two circular pieces, con-
taining the gratings are obtained. The mica pieces are too thin to pro-
duce any disturbing effect. The gratings are fixed with wires parallel,
at the ends of a tube 5c.m. long. This Polariser tube rotates inside the
outer end of the tube which sends out the parallel electric beam.

Analyser.—The Analyser is similar in construction to the Polariser.
It rotates inside the Receiving tube, which contains the sensitive sur-
face for detecting radiation.

Receiver—The Receiving apparatus consists of a ‘Coherer’ with a
Voltaic cell and Galvanometer in series. The Coherer is modified from
its usual tubular form. The filings, a single layer thick, are spread over
a large surface. This arrangement secures great sensitiveness. A pair
of insulated wires from the ends of the Coherer, are led out to a distant
dead-beat Galyanometer of D’Arsonyal type in series with a constant

fae

294 J.C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. [No. 2,

cell. The leading wires are shielded from radiation by enclosing them
inside two coatings of tin foil, along the whole length. As an addi-
tional precaution the Galvanometer is also enclosed in a metallic case,
with a slit in front of the Galvanometer mirror. A spot of light refiect-
ed from the mirror is received on a scale. By adjusting the electromo-
tive force of the circuit, the sensitiveness may be increased to any extent
desirable.

When the Analyser and Polariser are properly constructed, and
the two exactly crossed, no radiation will reach the sensitive surface,
and the Galvanometer will remain unaffected. The field is then said to
be dark. But any slight rotation of either Polariser or Analyser, will
partially restore the field, and the spot of light will sweep across the
scale.

MetHop OF EXPERIMENT.

The spark gap 2 m.m. in length is adjusted in a line inclined at
45° to the horizon. The wires of the Polariser are placed at right
angles to this line. The transmitted beam is then plane polarised,
its plane of vibration being inclined at 45° to the horizon. The
Analyser is now adjusted in a crossed position, On starting the
electric vibration, by closing the Ruhmkorft’s coil circuit, the Galva-
nometer remains unaffected. The crystal to be examined is now
interposed with its principal plane vertical.

The Geological Department of India kindly lent me a large number
of crystals for examination, for which I have to express my thanks. .
Out of a large number of experiments, I give below an account of some
typical cases,

Rhombohedral System.—1° Beryl.—The first piece experimented on
was a large crystal of Beryl. It is a Hexagonal prism with basal
planes. The specimen examined has each face 11x5c.m. The three
axes lying in the same plane are inclined at 60° to each other, the
fourth axis which is also the optical axis, is at right angles to the
plane containing the other three. This crystal was optically opaque.

On interposing this block with its principal plane vertical, the
Galvanometer spot flew off the scale. The crystal had thus produced
the well known depolarising action. The crystal was now gradually
inclined till its principal plane coincided with the polarising plane of the
Polariser. There was now no action on the Galvanometer. On con-
tinuing the rotation the Galvanometer at once responded. The spot
became quiescent a second time, when the principal plane coincided
with the polarisation plane of the analyser.

1895. ] J.C. Bose— Polarisation of Electric Rays. 295

The crystal was now placed with its optic axis parallel to the direc-
tion of the incident ray. There was no action on the Galvanometer.
Rotation of the crystal round this axis, did not produce any effect on
the Galvanometer. The field continued to be dark.

2° Apatite.—This specimen exhibited decided double refraction.

3° Nemalite.—This is a fibrous variety of Brucite. This specimen
exhibited a very strong depolarisation effect. It also exhibited certain
interesting peculiarities which will form the subject of a future com-
munication.

Rhombie system.—A large piece of Barytes was found strongly double
refracting.

Triclinic system.—Microcline, a greenish blue crystal of the double
oblique type, exhibited polarisation effect to a remarkable degree.

Regular system.—A large crystal of Rock-salt was taken. This as
was expected did not produce any effect.

Having satisfied myself of the fact that systems of crystals other
than regular, produce double refraction and consequent polarisation of
electrical ray, I tried the action of electric radiation on crystals ordin-
arily used in optical experiments.

I got a fairly large piece of black Tourmaline. On interposing this
with its plane vertical, there was prompt movement of the spot of light.
There was no action on the Galvanometer, when the principal plane coin-
cided with the planes of polarisation of either the Polariser or Analyser.

With ordinary light a piece of Tourmaline of sufficient thickness
absorbs the ordinary, but transmits the extraordinary ray. With the
piece of Tourmaline used in the last experiment I found both the rays
transmitted, but, it seemed to me, with unequal intensities. In other
words, one ray suffers greater absorbtion than the other. It seems pro-
bable that with greater thickness of crystal one ray would be completely
absorbed. I found other crystals behaving more or less in the same
way. lLreserve for another communication particulars of experiments
bearing on this subject.

Lastly I tried an experiment with a crystal of Iceland spar, taken
out of a Polarising apparatus. With this I got distinct depolarising
action.

The above results, with the exception of the last, were obtained
with uncut specimens. Their faces were often rough and irregular.
Better results, were they needed, could no doubt be obtained by judicious
cutting and polishing the faces.

Summary.—lIt will thus be seen that crystals which do not belong
to the Regular system, polarise the electric ray, just in the same way as
they doa ray of ordinary light. Theoretically all crystals, with the

296 A. Alcock — New Species of Oxyrhynch Crab. [No. 2,

exception of those belonging to the Regular system, ought to polarise
light. But this could not be verified in the case of crystals opaque to
light. There is no such difficulty with electric rays, for all crystals are
transparent to them. As a matter of fact, all the above experiments
with one exception were performed with specimens opaque to light.

Explanation of the plate

.. metallic box containing the Ruhmkorft’s coil.

.. position of the sparking balls.

.. position of the convex Lens.

..the Polariser.

.. Iris diaphragm.

.. the Crystal.

..the Analyser.

.. the Coherer.

..the Galyanometer. In practice the Galvanometer is placed
at a greater distance and the leading wires enclosed in
tin-foil.

QOPARTH AA

Description of a New Species of Oxyrhynch Crab of the Genus Parthenope.
—By A. Aucock, M. B., C. M. Z.S., Superintendent of
the Indian Museum.

[Read 8rd July.]

The species here described is a true Parthenope as delimited by
Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., Vol. XIV. 1879, p. 668.

PARTHENOPE INVESTIGATORIS, nN. Sp.

Carapace almost equilaterally triangular, the sides very slightly
curved: its surfaceis deeply eroded and rugose asin P. horrida and
spinosissima, but is almost devoid of the sharp tubercles found in
those species: the antero-lateral borders are slightly crenulate: the
produced postero-lateral angle is rounded and nearly smooth: the
posterior border bears five small eroded lobules avery small one
in the middle line, with two larger ones on either side with
intervening granules. The gastric region is enormously inflated
as in P, spinosissima, and descends almost vertically to the vertically
deflexed rostrum, the latter being fused with the interantennulary

Al ete com | He's fers

JOURNAL

OF THE

BorAtTiC SOCIETY OF BENGAL:

ose sine

Vol. LXIV. Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. III. —1895.

A contribution to the History of Artificial Immunity By Suraeon-
Lipvutenant-CotoneLt Grorce Rankine, M.D.

[Read August, 7th. ]

In these modern times when so much advance is being made in
medicine, in the direction of the establishment of immunity against
various toxic principles by the gradual habituation of the system to
increasing doses of the virus, and then utilising the serum of the blood
of animals in whom immunity has thus been established, for the ‘‘ Vacci-
nation ” as it is conveniently termed of other non-protected animals, in
many cases with complete success, it is not unworthy of us to enquire
whether this is a newly discovered principle or whether it is merely a
revival or development of a principle known to former ages.

The latest development of the principle of antitowine immunity is
the application of the method by which their presence in the serum is
ensured, to snake poisoning.

Dr. Fraser of Edinburgh has found a means of so modifying the
tissues of a non-protected animal, by gradually accustoming the or-
ganism to increasing doses of snake venom, that it not only exhibits
certain resistance to even fifty times the minimum lethal dose, but also
that the serum of the blood cf these immune animals acquires the pro-
perty of acting as an antidote to the snake poison in other animals.
To procure this condition of the blood the usual method is to inject
the venom subcutaneously, but Dr. Fraser has also succeeded in immu-
nising cats by the administration of cobra venom by the stomach, and
itis this special fact which has led me to the consideration of the

J. ul. 38

300 G. Ranking— Artificial Immunity. [No. 3,

methods in use centuries ago for this same purpose: that is to say, for
the prevention or cure of poisoning by snake venom.

We know that centuries ago (about 450 B. C.,) Herodotus wrote
about a people named the Psylli ( pvAdot) living on the shores of the
Greater Syrtis who were said to be masters of a secret art enabling
them to sscure themselves against the bites of venomous snakes.
Another people, the Marsi of Central Italy, are said to have possessed
the power of socharming venomous reptiles as to render them inno-
euous. This power, though chiefly exercised by their priests, is said to
have been possessed in common by the whole nation. Thus Virgil
(4in, vii. 750) writes :-—

Quin et Marrubia venit de gente sacerdos

Fronde super galeam et felici comtus oliv&
Archippi regis missu, fortissimus Umbro:
Vipereo generi, et graviter spirantibus hydris
Spargere qui somnos, cantuque manuque solebat,
Mulcebat que iras, et morsus arte levabat.

Even at the present day their descendants are to be found in and
about Naples, who as itinerant snake charmers, claim to have inherited
the same occult powers as their ancestors.

The Hawwas or Hawis of modern Egypt, also lay claim to these
same powers, so that although it has rather been the custom to regard
this class of people as charlatans and their claims as absurd, it is, in
view of the recent results obtained by Dr. Fraser, of no little interest
to examine a little more closely and try to obtain a clue to the methods
pursued in various ages to procure immunity against snake poison.

Asaslight contribution to this I propose to put forward a fact
which has perhaps not received the attention it deserves, though it is
well known. I allude to an ingredient of the celebrated GL, or
Snake-antidote of Persia.

The composition of this famous antidote is ascribed to Feridin,
king of the Peshdadian dynasty of Persia. The Arab historians how-
ever assert that the best GL the Gyls Gb;3 “the selective anti-
dote’”? was that of ‘Iraq or Baghdad, and that the Khalifah Al
Mutawakkil (232-247 A.H.) was in possession of a by} of such
approved virtue that he was in the habit of causing people to be bitten
by venomous serpents, so that he might display the properties of his
antidote which cured the sufferers on the spot. The proverb in Persian:

dy) Boye 202550 998 Boyy7 G53! GL,IG

While the tiryadg is being fetched from ‘Iraq the snake bitten victim

becomes a corpse.
is of constant application to remedies applied too late.

1895.] G. Ranking — Artificial Immunity. 301

There can be no doubt that this Gb;3 acquired a great reputation
as a certain remedy for snake bite, and although its virtues may have
been exaggerated, there is no reason for attributing to it the quality of
uselessness, so that it really amounts to this, that the ancients were
undoubtedly in possession of a means of counteracting the poison of
venomous snakes.

Up to the present cur position has been very different, in spite of
all the labour which has been expended we have never as yet in
modern times, at least, sofar as the history of medical science goes,
possessed a reliable remedy for-snake bite. The effectual bite of a
venomous snake has meant certain death. Our greatest authority, Sir
Joseph Fayrer, states that after long and repeated observations in India
and subsequently in England, he has been forced to the conclusion that
all the remedies hitherto regarded as antidotes to snake poison are ab-
-solutely without specific effect upon the condition produced by the
poison.

If then the ancients had so much the better of us, it is worth our
while to find what clue to the solution of the problem we can gain from
their practice.

The statements regarding the constitution of this famous Gl,?
are very few and very vague.

But I have happened in the course of reading to light upon a
passage in an Old Arabic MS. in the library of the College of Fort
William, which throws a most interesting light upon the subject, and
tends to corroborate the results obtained by Dr. Fraser. The passage I
refer to runs as follows :—I quote it in full though the part referring to
the etymology of the word (3'4)3 is common knowledge—

{The quotation is from a MS. (No. 194.) called (phys ys (Ocean of
Pearls) of date 937 H. (1530 A.D.) the author being Muhammad ibn-
Yusuf, the physiciaa, of Herat. The MS. bears date 1114 H. (1702
_ A.D.) according to the colophon it is the work of one Hafiz Muhammad
Husain ibn-Hafiz ‘Ali who copied it for his own use. The place where
he copied it is not stated. |

“The word 4,5” writes our author “is a Greek word derived
from the word (327) whichis the name given to that which is veno-
mous among animals, such for instance, as vipers and similar serpents.
It is said that the (32,3 (tirydq) is only so called after the flesh of

vipers has been cast into it, and then only because the viper is one of
the venomous class of animals. One of the learned doctors states that

the word (3,5 is derived in the Greek language from the name given

to biting animals ( Gs¢¥} wly3 ) and venomous animals ( pred cf9d )

302 G. Ranking — Artificial Immunity. [No. 3,

which in their language are called (59375! and also from the name
of the medicine for fatal poisons, because this medicine is of use for
all those kinds of poison. Accordingly it was named (lsy3. The
Arabs corrected this and called it GLI. (The antidote car’ éoxjv.)
The Taj? states that it is only called @by3 because it contains the
slaver (venom) of serpents ( whi sey ). Al Jauhari says, “The
word @b,i is an Arabicised Persian word meaning an antidote for
poisons, the Arabs call wine Gi2y because it dispels grief,” and in the
Talkhis® it is called GL,M! Al-tary4q (with fatha) and ayy! a} les
Tarydq al Fartiq the selective (or discriminating ) antidote ; also sei glyi
Tirydg al Afa‘i and_»sM GL} Tiryaq ul Akbar, the chief antidote. This
is that which restores the spirit of one who is suffering from the effects
of poisonous drugs, to its normal condition. It takes four years in its
preparation, and must not be used before that time has elapsed; it lasts
from four to thirty years: the freshly prepared is efficacious in all cases,
but in from thirty years to sixty yearsit becomes old and weak. The
old 34,3 resembles an old man, and the freshly prepared is like the
youth.

The gM GL (tiryéq ul arba‘) is compounded of four in-
gredients.

The &S4H} SLi (tirydg ul Samdniya) is compounded of eight
ingredients and is far more efficacious than
the @ YiGby (tirydq ul arba‘).

The eile Gk, (tiryaq ul mujdnin) is the name given to the
flesh of hedgehogs, because it is good for
sufferers from epilepsy and melancholia.”

As to the other ingredients of this Gby we have little or no in-
formation. Lane in his Lexicon states, that it contained “ the best sort
of Jew’s pitch,” i.e, asphaltum, also called bo miémid: but the mere
fact that the presence of either the flesh of vipers or their venom was
indispensable shews that this was looked upon as the active ingredient,
and it certainly appears that the administration of serpent venom as a
means of establishing immunity against the bite of venomous snakes
was known centuries ago.

1 (2) wx Onprov
® Key) date 709 H.
(H. .K:)
8 Talkhis fil Lughat, by Abu Hilal Hasan ibn-Abdullah Askeri, died 395 H.

1895. | D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 303

Novicize Indices IX. Some additional Papaveracese.—By D. Pratn.
[Read August, 7th. ]

The account of this natural order in the Flora of British India
(i. 116-119) was published 23 years ago (May 1872). Since that
date a number of forms new to the Indian area have been communica-
ted to the Calcutta Herbarium from the various frontiers of the
Empire. Some of these require to be added to the Indian Flora, not
because they were unknown when the first volume of the Flora of
British India was published—a few of them as a matter of fact are
included in the Flora Indica published by Drs. Hooker and Thomson
in 1855, which included in its purview the area beyond the north-west
frontier comprising Beluchistan and Afghanistan that is excluded from
the scope of the later work— but owing to extension of Indian territory
towards the north-west during the past quarter of acentury. In the
present paper it is proposed to provide diagnoses of those forms in as
nearly as may be the style of the diagnoses in the Flora of British India ;
to obviate the possibility of confusion between the forms now described
and those given in the Flora, keys have been prepared showing the
relationships of all the Indian species in each genus.

To assure himself of the probable validity of the species here pro-
posed as new, and of the accuracy of the nomenclature of those previ-
ously described, the writer has compared examples of each with the
material of the order contained ina number of European collections.
He has also had the advantage of the use of the material in Herb.
Saharaupur kindly placed at his disposal by Mr. Duthie, that in Herb.
Ziirich kindly lent by his friend Prof. Schinz and that in the private
collection of Mr. C. B. Clarke kindly lent by its owner. For facilities
in consulting the public Herbaria at Kew, the British Museum, Paris and
Geneva, the writer has to thank Mr. Dyer, Mr. Carruthers, M. Ed. Burean,
and Dr. J. Mueller respectively ; while for permission to study the mate-
rialin their magnificent private collections, he is deeply indebted to Me
Casimir de Candolle and M. Barbey-Boissier of Geneva, and to M. Drake
del Castillo of Paris. And for assistance and advice most ungrudg-
ingly given during his study of these Indian species, the writer would
wish to thank many friends, but more especially M. Casimir de Can-
dolle, Geneva; M. Ad. Franchet, Paris; Dr. Batalin, St. Petersburg ;
and Surgn.-Captn. Cummins, Army Medical Staff.

The limitation of genera, at all times a subject of discussion, is
particularly perplexing among Thalamifloral orders; the difficulties
that beset the student of Papaveracee in particular are many and
great. A complete review of these difficulties could only be appropriate

304 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraceee. [No. 3

in a revision of the order as a whole. Still even in a partial and more
or less cursory review like the present, it is impossible to avoid an
allusion to some of them; a brief note is therefore added to the syste-

matic account of each genus.

PAPAVERACEA.
Key to the Indian genera (including those newly reported),

* Capsulses opening by short valves or pores :—
+ Stigmas radiating on a sessile disc; (sepals 2, petals 4) 1. Papaver.
+ + Stigmas at the top of a distinct style :—
{ Stigmas discrete above, patent; sepals 3, petals 6,... 2. ARGEMONE.
t £ Stigmas concrete throughout, decurrent; sepals 2,
petals 4 in 2 pairs, or 5-9 in an imbricate spiral 3. MEcoNopsIs.
* * Capsules dehiscing throughout their length; (sepals 2,
petals 4) :—
+ Stigmas sessile :—
{ Stigmas radiating; valves 3-4, pd 2; fruit
without dissepiment nat g ... 4 ROEMERIA.
t t Stigmas prolonged as 2 horizontal arms; fruit with
a pseudo-replum in which the seeds are partially

embedded ... eee -» 5. GLAUCIUM.
+ + Stigmas at the top of a distinct style :—
t Stigmas concrete throughout, valves 3-6 « 6. CATHCARTIA,
t I Stigmas discrete above, valves 2 a: «. 7. CHELIDONIUM,

1. (1.) PAPAVER Liny.
Key to the Indian species (incorporating the new forms).

* Perennial; scapes simple leafless; flowers orange-yellow ;
(filaments subulate; capsule hispid; whole plant

hirsute) . mae «. 1. P. nudicaule.
* * Annuals; sinus Ieapetine leafy ; flowers ceoniee purple
or pink :—

+ Stem-leaves not amplexicaul ; plants usnally hispid :—
t{ Capsules hispid; leaves 2-3-pinnatifid; (flowers
scarlet with dark purple eye) :—
§ Sepals obtuse: filaments dilated upwards ... 2. P. hybridum.
§ § Sepals with horn-like subapical processes;

filaments filiform ... «. 3 P. pavoninum.
t f Capsules glabrous ; leaves 1-2- he hd (filaments
filiform) :—
§ Capsules subglobose stalked; lobes of disc
overlapping eee aa -. 4, P. Rheas.
§ § Capsules oblong sessile; lobesof disc distinct :—
§ Lobes of disc plane and separated by
shallow sinuses... “a 5. P. dubium.
™ § Lobes of disc strongly ridged and Semen
by deep divisions (disc stellate) .. 6, P. turbinatum.

1895.] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraceee. 305

+ t Stem leaves clasping; plants glabrous and glaucous;
(capsules glabrous) :—
t Capsules obovate-oblong, sessile; filaments subu-

late; small plants 6-12 in. high a ... 7. P. Decaisnei.
t ~ Capsules globose, stalked; filaments dilated up-
wards ; tall plants 2-4 feet high ... ... 8. P. somniferum.

The genus Papaver is hardly an Indian one; P. somniferuwm is only known ag
a cultivated plant while, except in a cultivated form, P. Rhwas is hardly known
in India. P. hybridwm is a species widespread in the Mediterranean and Oriental
regions ; P. pavoninum, P. turbinatum, P. Decaisnei are three species common in
the Orient (Asia Minor, Syria, Persia, Afghanistan and Beluchistan) : all four
species are therefore Indian only because, along its extreme north-west border, the
Indian Empire includes a fringe of their natural geographical area. Of the remain-
ing two the Alpine species, P. nudicaule, occurs only in the Hindu-Kush and
Karakoram and is thus not even truly Himalayan, while the temperate species
P. dubiwm is a mere corn-field weed. Even that is limited to the North-West
Himalaya, where it occurs in a form which extends from Southern Russia through
allthe intermediate countries to the area indicated.

1. (1.) Paraver nupicauLe Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. i., i. 507 (1753).

Var. rubro-aurantiacum Misch. ex DO. Syst. Veg. ii. 70 (1821);
Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 2344 (1822) ; DO. Prodr. 1., 118 (1824). P. ero-
ceum Ledeb., Flor. Altaic. ii. 271 (1830). P, alpinum var. croceum
Fisch. §& Mey. Ind. Sem. iii, 44 (1837); Ledeb., Flor. Ross. i., 87 (1842).
P. nudicaule var. croceum Elkan, Monogr. Papav. 17 (1839); Walp.
Rep. i. 111 (1842). P. nudicaule H. f. & T., Flor. Ind. 249 (1855)
Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 107 (1867); H. f. & T. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 117
(1872).

All the Indian wild specimens are referable to this particular variety which
has orange-yellow flowers, dark coloured hairs on the scapes and dark-coloured
sete on the capsules. The geographical area of this variety extends from
Afghanistan, Northern Kashmir and Western Tibet, through Soongaria and along
the Altai range to Mongolia and Northern China.

A remarkably fine cultivated form of this plant is to be found in gardens in
South-Eastern Tibet and in the Chumbi valley. The flowers are sometimes over
3 inches in diam. and though occasionally yellow, are usually dark purple and
look very much like those of P. Rhwas. Some of the Tibet specimens are partial-
ly double-flowered : these were collected in the province of Tsang and communica-
ted to Calcutta by the Lama Ujyen Gyatsko. The Chumbi specimens were obtain-
ed by one of Dr. King’s Lepcha collectors. It is somewhat remarkable that we
have never yet succeeded in obtaining seeds of this plant which might be known
as P. nudicaule VAR. grandiflora. Apparently it does not occur in gardens in
Sikkim.

2. (2.) Papaver HysBRipum Linn.

3. (—.) Papaver pavontinum Schrenk ex Fisch. §& Mey. in Enum.
Pl. nov. Schrenk 64 (1842); leaves pinnatipartite, segments oblong-

306 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracez. [No. 3,

linear incised-dentate sparingly hispid, filaments filiform, sepals hir-
sute with a dorsal conical process under the tip; capsule ovate setose
aculeate, stigma conyex rays 4-6. @0. A. Mey. in Ind. Sem. ix. 35, 82
(1843) ; Bunge, Rel. Bot. Lehm. 16 (1847); Stscheg. Bull. Soc. Mose.
(1854) i, 151; Trautv. Bull. Soc. Mosc. (1860) i. 91; Regel §& Herder,
Bull. Soc. Mosc. (1866) iii. 90; Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 116 (1867);
Osten-Sacken & Rupr. Sert. Tianschan. 38 (1869); Regel §& Herder, Bull.
Soc. Mose. (1870) ii. 248. P. hybridum Kar. § Kir. Bull. Soc. Mose.
(1842) i. 141 non Linn. P. cornigerum Stocks, Lond. Journ. Bot. iv.
142 (1852): HA. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 250 (1855); Walp. Ann. iv. 173
(1857). ‘

PansaB: Peshawar, Vicary! Stewart! Scinpe: Stocks! BritisH
Be Lvucuistan: near Quetta, Sanders! Duke! Lace! Duthie! Appleton !
Distris. Throughout Beluchistan, Afghanistan, Turkestan and Soon-
garia. Lk
Annual, stems slender sparingly branched ; leaves, flowers and habit very like
those of P. hybridum ; the capsules however are smaller while the horned sepals
and the filiform filaments at once easily distinguish it.

4. (3.) Papaver Rua@as Linn. Sp. Pl. ed.i. i. 507 (1758).

Var. typica; stigmatic rays 8-12.

This is an extremely rare plant in India; the only undoubted specimens the
writer has seen were collected by Sir D. Brandis in Chamba, Panjab Himalaya
(Brandis n,. 4336!). Some specimens that may also be referable to genuine P.
Rheas were collected in Kashmir by Dr. T. Thomson. These, however, in spite of
the smaller number of their stigmatic rays, look more like a reversion to type,
after “escape, ”’ of the following variety, than like the European plant.

Var. latifolia; stigmatic rays 12-20. Papaver Rhoeas var. lati-
folia Ham. Mss. in Wall. Cat. n. 8119 (1830). P. Hookeri Baker in
Bot. Mag. cix. t. 6729 (1883). The Surruey Poppy: Journ. of Horticult.

(1886) p. 367, £. 55.
Cultivated in Indian gardens from Scinpe, Stocks! to the Norrs-

West Provinces, Royle! Falconer! Thomson! King ! and Lower Brnaat,

Hamilton ! Hooker ! :

Annual, branched, 3-4 ft. high, covered with spreading hispid hairs; stem as
thick as little finger at base, branches erect and ascending, flowering copiously ;
flowers 2-4 in. across; petals in unequal pairs, crenulate, pale rose to bright
crimson, base wedge-shaped with diffused white to blue-black spot; capsule 4—% in.
diam., shortly stalked, crenations of disk rounded overlapping.

From this description, which applies to the cultivated plant, it will be seen
that there is hardly room for doubt that we have here to deal with only a form
of P. Rheas. The distinguishing botanical feature is the larger number of
stigmatic rays; on the strength of this character Mr. Baker has proposed specific
rank for the plant. This it certainly does not deserve and from the existence of

1895. ] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 307

a very intermediate state in Kashmir it is doubtful if its separation even as a
variety is altogether valid. It is however very easy, even in the Herbarium, to
distinguish this plant from cultivated forms of P. Rhwas proper introduced from
Europe which grow with a luxuriance that equals that of var. latifolia itself. The
form seems to have originated in Indian gardens and is supposed to have only
recently been introduced to Huropean culture. This is however not quite exact,
for the Poppy now known as the Shirley Poppy, which seems to be undoubtedly
the Indian P. Rheas vAR. latifolia, has been in continuous cultivation in Scotland
for over half a century.

Occasional references in Indian writings to the presence of P. Rhwas must be
discounted. In the majority of cases P. dubiwm, not infrequently P. turbinatum,
is the species intended; the idea having become prevalent that the plant which is
really P. Decaisnei is P. dubiwm, not unnaturally the casual observer supposes that
what is really P. dubiwm must be P. Rheas.*

5. (4.) Papaver pusium Linn. Sp. Pl. ed.i., 11. 1196 (1753.).

Var. glabrum Koch, Syn. 30 (1837). P. dubium var. levigatum
‘Elkan, Monogr. Papav. 25 (18389); A. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 250 (1855) ;
Walp. Ann. iv. 176 (1857). P. levigatum M. Bieb. Flor. Taur. Cauc,
ii. Suppl. 364 (1819); DC. Syst. Veg. ii. 78 (1821); Prodr. i. 119
(1824) ; Spreng. Syst. 1. 569 (1825); Reichb. Pl. Crit. iv. 41. t. 533
(1826); C. A. Mey. Verzeichn. Pfl. Cuuc. 175 (1831); Boiss. Flor. Orient.
i. 114 (1867). P. glabellum Svev. ex DC. Syst. Veg. ii. 78 (1821).
P. glabrum Royle. Ill. 67 (1839).

All the Indian specimens of P. dubiwm are referable to this variety which is
distinguishable from the type only by being subglabrous with the few setz on the
scape, the lower surface of the leaves and the sepals, adpressed. In South-Hastern
Kurope intermediate forms connecting this with true P. duwbiwm are plentiful; no
such connecting forms and no examples of true P. dubiwm occur in India. The
geographical area of this variety extends from Southern Russia, the Caucasus and
Georgia through Hastern Asia Minor, Armenia and Persia to Northern Beluchistan,
Afganistan and the North-West Himalaya as far eastward as Garhwal. The figure
by Reichenbach quoted above (Pl. Crit. 533) is made from Bieberstein’s original
examples collected near Odessa; that figured under the same name by the same
author in Flor. German. t. 4478 b. is not this plant.

6. (—.) Papaver TuRBINATUM DC. Syst. Veg. ii. 84 (1821); leaves
]-2-pinnatisect, filaments filiform, capsule elliptic-oblong glabrous,
stigma 6-10-rayed crenations of disc deeply cut, widely separated and
ridged. DC. Prodr. 1. 120 (1824); Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 144 (1867).
P. macrostomum Boiss. § Huet. in Sched. Pl. Huet. (1855); Boiss.,

* In a circular regarding sheets missing from the Wallichian type Herbarium
which is preserved in the rooms of the Linnean Society of London n. 8119 ig
noted as being there unrepresented. This is a mistake; the specimen is present
and in good condition; it has been overlooked owing to its having been inadvertent-
ly glued down along with n. 8120.

J. Il. 39

308 D. Prain—Some additional Papaveracese. — [No. 3;

Flor. Orient. i. 115 (1867). P. Rhceas Wail. Cat. n. 8120 (1830) nec
Linn. P, Rheas? H. f. §& 7. Flor. Ind. 251 (1855).

Kasumirn: common, Falconer! Thomson! Aitchison! at Romoo,
6000 feet, Clarke n. 28543! at Srinagar, 5300 feet, G. Gammie/ culti-
vated or an escape. BrnGau: cultivated, Hamilton! Distris. Yarkand,
Afghanistan, Persia and Armenia.

Annual, branched, 1-2 ft., scapes with adpressed hairs; leaves, habit and
general appearance of P. dubiwm VAR. glabrum (P. levigatum M. Bieb.) and of
b. Rheas var. commutatum (P. commutatum Fisch. and Mey.) but easily distin-
guished from all forms of P. Rhwas by the shape of its capsule which is like that
of P. dubium, and from all forms of P. dubiwm by its deeply lobed, star-like
disc with ridged crenatures. Petals purple with a dark basal eye; capsule % in.
—1l in. long.

The presence of this species in India has been overlooked owing to its having
been mistaken when in flower for P. Rhwas and when in fruit for P. dubiwm. Of
its specific position there is not however any doubt: the Indian plant is exactly that
which forms the type of P. macrostomum Boiss. and Huet. Since the publication
of the Flora Orientalis however very large suites of specimens of P. macrostomum
have been reported. These show that, like its allies P. dubium and P. Rheas,
this is an extremely variable plant and a careful study of all the specimens in M.
Boissier’s own Herbarium, in Herb. Kew and in Herb. Paris has convinced the
writer that P. macrostomwm is not specifically distinct from P. turbinatum, the solitary
specimen of which has the same capsule and disc and only differs in foliage and in
stature from the original specimens of P. macrostomwm. Since the latter species was
proposed all the necessary intermediates have been reported again and again.

8. (—.) Papraver Decaisnet Hochst. § Steud. in Schimp. Pl. Arab.
exs.n. 125 (April 1836); leaves pinnatipartite, segments lanceolate-
dentate, cauline rounded at base and amplexicaul; capsule ovate-ob-
long glabrous, stigma 5-7-rayed. Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 115 (1867).
P. turbinatum Frresen. Mus. Senkenb. 173 (1834) non DO. Papaver
sp. nov. Decaisne, Fl. Sinai. 45 (1835). P. dubium var. Decaisnei
Elkan, Monogr. Papav. 26 (1839). P. dubium var. levigatum H. f. & T.
Flor. Ind. 250 (1855) in part; Aitchison. Journ. Linn. Soc. xviii. 32
(1881) in part. non Elkan.

PanyaB: Rawal Pindi, Aitchison n. 44! Trans.-Indus dist., Stewart !
Scinpe: Stocks! Duisrris. Beluchistan, Afghanistan, Persia, Arabia,
S. Syria.

A glaucescent glabrous annual or rarely a biennial 6-12 in. high, with very short
stems and long peduncles; flowers 1 in. diam., sepals glabrous, petals obovate rose
purple with dark eye; anthers shortly oblong.

The Eastern limit of the geographical area of this species lies just inside the
frontier of the Indian Empire along its whole north-west border. The species has
been associated by Elkan and by most Indian botanists with P. dubiwm var. laeviga-
twm, and the resemblance is indeed often very great. It is however easily distin-
guished by its perfectly glabrous glaucous appearance and by its stem-leayes which

1895. ] D, Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 309

clasp at the base. Some specimens collected by Dr. Stapf in Persia show that occa-
sionally the species may be distinctly biennial.

9. (5.) PAPAVER SOMNIFERUM Linn.

It is of interest, in connection with the theory that the people of China first
learned the use of Opium and first obtained the Opium Poppy itself from India,
to find from a careful examination of specimens of the Poppy cultivated for Opium
in China that are preserved in the magnificent botanical collections of London,
Paris and Geneva, that this Poppy belongs to a race quite distinct from the Indian
plant, more nearly allied to the form of Papaver somniferwm that produces Persian
Opium than to the form that is cultivated in Hindustan. The specimens referred
to come from Yunnan, Szechuen, Hunan and Hupeh. Curiously the only Chinese
specimens of Papaver somniferwm, cultivated for Opium, that are indistinguishable
from the Indian race, which the writer has seen, are in Herb. Calcutta. They were
communicated by Fortune in 1853 and are from the Hastern province of Che-kiang,
not from Central or South-Western China where the Opium Poppy is chiefly
cultivated.

2. (1*.) ARGEMONE Livy.
1. ARGEMONE MEXICANA Linn.

Four of the gatherings issued by Wallich under this name (Cat. Lith. n. 8126)
are really this species, the fifth (8126 H. from Kamaon) is the yellow-flowered Me-
conopsis described by Hooker and Thomson as M. robusta.

3. (2.) MECONOPSIS Vicurer.

Key to the Indian species (incorporating the new forms. )

* Stems, leaves, sepals and ovaries prickly ; stigmas pyramidal
(flowers pale purple, papaveroid, (i.e., petals 4) exception-
ally sanguinarioid, (i.e., 5-8) :—
+ Stems not leafy, radical leaves many persisting ; scapes
radical 1-fld. or pseudo-cymose from agglutination of
scapes, pedicels not or very rarely bracteate, torus
distinctly enlarged ; leaves lanceolate (entire or, rare-
ly, acutely dentate; capsules densely aculeate short
oblong or obovate, twice as long as style)... «. IL. M. horridula.
+ + Stems leafy, radical leaves few vanishing ; flowers in
racemose cymes with bracteate pedicels; torus not
expanded ; leaves oblong :—

{ Leaves irregularly pinnatifid; capsules densely
aculeate, short oblong or obovate, twice as long as

style ... 0d .. 2. M. aculeata.
{ ~ Leaves with sinuate or subentire margins ; capsules
sparsely aculeate long narrowly obconic, five times

as long as style so0 . 3. M, sinuata.
* * Stems, leaves, sepals and ovaries without SE ORICEE ; ee

capitate entire or (in M. primulina) 2-lobed :—
+ Stems leafy :-—

{ Stems often branching, cymes many-flowered rare-

310 D, Prain— Some additional Papaveracee, [No. 3, Br

ly simple; flowers papaveroid, (7.e., petals 4) ;
(tall tomentose or hirsute plants, radical leaves
few, cauline many all scattered; capsules setose) :—
§ Capsules ovate 8—11-valved, style short much
thickened at base :—
§ Flowers yellow :—

< Stems and leaves sparsely crinite

at length glabrescent; cauline
leaves pinnatifid, lobes rounded
acute; sepals sparsely crinite
capsule with few adpressed setae 4. M. robusta.

x xX
x xX

Stems, leaves and sepals hispidly
hairy and densely softly tomen-
tose; cauline leaves coarsely
dentate; capsule densely covered
with ascending setae and close
stellate pubescence ... .. 5 I. paniculata,
§ Flowers white (stems, leaves and sepals
hispidly hairy and densely softly tomen-
tose ; cauline leaves finely toothed) ... 6. M. superba,
§ § Capsules shortly cylindric 5-7-valved, style -
long slender throughout :—
{| Flowers dark fuscous-purple; stems, leaves
and sepals sparsely hirsute with long
hairs as are .. 7. M. napaulensis.
§| § Flowers pale blue-purple ; stems, leaves
and sepals softly densely puberulous ... 8. UM. Wallichis.
t t Stems always simple, cymes few-fid. simple ; flowers
sanguinarioid, (i.e., petals 5-9) ; (purple) :—
§ Radical leaves few vanishing; cauline close-
set on a short stem (psendo-radical) scapes
long: small glabrous or sparsely setose
plants with narrowly ovoid glabrous capsules
and 2-lobed stigmas ... was : .. 9. M. primulina.
§ § Radical leaves many persisting, cauline few
the lower scattered the upper whorled; pedicels
short; tall softly hairy plants with linear-
oblong sparsely hispid capsules ... ... 10. M. grandis.
+ + Stems not leafy scapes numerous radical, (flowers
purple, radical leaves many persisting) :—
t Leaves simple dentate, scapes long, capsules linear-
oblong sparsely hispid; large softly hairy plants
with sanguinarioid flowers, (i.e., petals 5-8) « Ll. VM. simplicifolia.
t t Leaves 2-3-pinnate; scapes short, capsules shortly
obovate glabrous; dwarf perfectly glabrous plants
with sub-papaveroid flowers, (i.e., petals 4 or 5)... 12. M. bella.

Species 1-3 constitute the group Aculeate extending throughout

1895. ] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 311

the Himalayas and Tibet and occurring in Szechuen and Yunnan;
species 4-8, the group Robust peculiar so far as is known to the central
and Eastern Himalaya; species 9 belongs to the group Primuline of
which the remaining known members inhabit Szechuen and Yunnan ;
species 10 and 11 to the Grandes of which the three other known
members occur in Kansu, North Tibet, Szechuen and Yunnan; species
11 is the only representative of a very distinct group the Belle.

The genus includes 2 other groups not represented in India; viz.,
the Chelidonifolis with 2 Chinese and 1 Western European species and
the Anomale with 2 Californian species.

Unlike Papaver, Meconopsis is a characteristically Himalayan genus since 12
species, or nearly one-half of the known forms have been reported from the Himalay-
an region. Only two occur in the Western Himalaya; one, M. aculeata, extending
from Garhwal and Kunawar to Kashmir, overlaps the eastern fringe of the area
occupied by Papaver ; the other, M. robusta, which is perhaps only a condition, and
certainly is at most the representative, of the more widely distributed M. pani-
culata, is confined to Kamaon. It is only when we reach the region from Central
Nepal eastward that we come upon the main body of the genus. In Central Nepal
we find three species, M. paniculata. M. napaulensis and M. simplicifolia ; these we
find in Hastern Nepal and Western Sikkim along with five other forms; I. Walli-
chii, which seems only a local manifestation of M. napaulensis; M. sinuata, a
similar local manifestation of M. aculeata; M. grandis, a local manifestation of M.
simplicifolia; M. horridula, a somewhat variable species widely extended through-
out Tibet and Western China of which M. aculeata and M. sinuata alike appear to be
derivates ; lastly, the exceedingly distinct W. bella. Somewhat further east we come
upon M. superba, a very handsome species that would however appear to be hardly
more than a local representative of M. paniculata ; and M. primulina, a near ally, and
perhaps only the local representative of a Szechuen species, MZ. Henrici.

The region which includes Western and Central China from Kansu to Yunnan
and Haupeh is quite as rich in species as the explored Eastern Himalaya. In
Kansu there are three species; M. quintwplinervia and M. punicea extending to
Northern Tibet, and HW. integrifolia exte:.ding to Szechuen and Yunnan; all three
are near allies of the Sikkim M. simplicifolia. In Szechuen we find six; one species,
confined to the province, is M. Henrici nearly allied to the Himalayan MW. primulina ;
another is aform of the Tibeto-Himalayan WM. horridula; a third is apparently
a form of the Sikkim M. sinuata; a fourth is M. integrifolia already discussed; the
last two are species which are very distinct from the rest and which have no Hi-
malayan representative, but which are very closely allied to each other; these are
M. chelidonifolia, confined to Szechuen, and MM. Oliveriana extending also to
Hupeh, In Yunnan, besides M. integrifolia and aform of the nearly ubiquitous
M. horridula there are two species of the Primuline group, M. lancifolia and M.
Delavayi.* These two species, originally tentatively referred by M. Franchet,
in the absence of ripe fruit, to Cathcartia, are, as their distinguished author has

* Meconopsis lancifolia Franchet M88. in Herb. Paris. Cathcartia lancifolia
Franchet Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxxii. 391 (1886). Meconopsis Delavayi Franchet MSS.
in Herd. Paris. Cathcartia Delavayi Franchet, Bull. Soc, Bot. Fr. xxxii. 890 (1886).

312 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. [No. eas

most obligingly pointed out to the writer, trne Meconopses, the ripe capsules recently
received having valves that are only partially dehiscent. Stiil another possible
species is the plant described by M. Franchet as M. betonicefolia. It may well
be a Meconopsis but the fruit is not ripe and from its evident close affirity to two
Himalayan species that seem undoubtedly referable to Cathcartia this may also
prove to be better placed in that genus. From Hupeh the already mentioned M.
Oliveriana* is the only species as yet recorded; like WM. chelidonifolia it also occurs
in Szechuen.

From what has been said it will be clear that the home of Meconopsis is the
conjoint Himalo-Tibetan and Tibeto-Chinese regions. But while this is the case
there are three species that do not occur within this area and that exhibit a distri-
bution which, even for outliers, is remarkable and peculiar. One species M. cam-
brica, that on which Viguier originally founded the genus, is confined to Western
Europe, where it extends from Portugal to Wales, Cumberland and Strath-Clyde, thus
overlying the western fringe of the Papaver area as M. aculeata overlies its east-
ern fringe. And strangely enough its nearest allies in the genus would seem to be
M. chelidonifolia and M. Oliveriana—precisely the species from which it is fur-
thest separated geographically. The two remaining species M. crassifolia and
M. heterophylla occur in Western America. These are altogether anomalous in
having valves which dehisce like those of Papaver by short subquadrate pores and
in having their stigmatic lobes discrete as in Chelidoniun or in Argemone. More dis-
concerting still is the fact that in the same area there occur two true Papavers, P. cali-
fornicum, and P. Lemmoni, the former with a perfectly normal disc, the latter with an
umbonate one like Papaver stylatum, while all four species are so very nearly related
that it is only by an examination of their ripe capsules that they are to be definitely
separated. It is not therefore surprising that so careful an observer and so great
an authority on Californian species as Prof. E. Greene proposes to treat all four as
congeneric. Whether, as he proposes, all should be treated as Papavers is a matter

* Meconopsis Oliveriana Franchet §* Prain MSS. in Herb. Paris. and in Herb.
Rew. Stems tall copiously branched, setulose below, glabrous above; leaves numer-
ous, lower and middle shortly petioled sparingly strigose on both surfaces as are the
upper sessile somewhat amplexicaul, ovate-oblong pinnatipartite; segments 1-2-
jugate petiolulate ovate pinnatifid, lobes rounded obtuse, terminal segment deeply
3-fid: peduncles numerons slender and sepals glabrous; flowers solitary at the end
of stem and of the many axillary always leafy branches; capsule long cylindrie
4-5-valved, glabrous ; placentas nerviform. .

Cuina: Szechuen, Tchen-kéou-tin, Farges n, 390! Hupeh; Henry n. 6863!

Stems erect 2-3 ft. high, as thick as a swan’s quill at base, flowers 8-12 ter-
minal; buds globose; style very short and thick; capsule including style 13 in.
long, tin. across ; rootstock villous.

This species so closely resembles in all its vegetative characters M. chelidoni-
folia Franchet, that at first it is hard to believe that they can be distinct. The fruit
is however totally different; in M. chelidonifolia the capsule is short, ovate, $in. long,
and } in. across, the style is distinct and slender and the placentas are deeply intruded
as they are in the true Poppies. Another difference is in the colour of the petals
which seem, judging from dried specimens in Herb. Paris, to be purplish ; certainly
they are not bright yellow as in M. chelidonifolia. Both species mach resemble '
Cathcartia villosa.

1895.] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracer. 313

that requires, in the writer’s opinion, further consideration. It is true that in the
genus Papaver, as at present understood, are included a number of forms nearly
allied to P. armenaiacwm which have valves that dehisce like Meconopsis valves
and have stigmas of the normal Meconopsis type, so that they differ from Meconopsis
only in the absence of any style But it does not seem necessary on this account
to propose that we should return to the view adopted by Linnzeus as regards the
European, and by Don as regards the Himalayan species, and speak of all the
Meconopses as Papavers.

Another point of interest in the genus is the number of petals. This is given
in most systematic treatises as 4. In the three species M. cambrica, M. chelidoni-
folia, M. Oliveriana, forming the Chelidonifoliz, this is the case, asit isin the Anomalz
(M. heterophylla, M. crassifolia) and in the Robuste (M. robusta, M. paniculata,
M. superba, M. napaulensis, M. Wallichii). Among the Aculeate, M. aculeata and
M. sinwata would appear to be always 4-petaled, but with M. horridula the ex-
ceptions are quite as frequent as the rule. In M. bella which may have 4 petals
we usually find 5; while in two groups—the Grandes (M. simplicifolia, M. quintupli-
nervia, M. punicea, M. grandis, M. integrifolia) and the Primuline (M. Henvrict,
MW. primulina, M. lancifolia, M. Delavayi)—we by no chance ever find 4 petals ; in all
these species we find, as in Sanguinaria, 5-8 or 9 petals imbricately spirally
arranged. Yet there is no doubt, in spite of this divergence from the characters
usually ascribed to the genus that these species are genuine Meconopses.

§ 1. Aculeatee. Stems, leaves, sepals and ovaries prickly ; stigmas
pyramidal ; flowers pale purple, usually Papaveroid, i.e., with 4& petals ;
(occasionally in M. horridula var. typica ona usually in M. horridula
VAR. racemosa with petals 5-8).

1. (2.) Meconopsis norripuLa H. f. & T.

Var. typica; scapes radical one-fld; leaves membranous entire.
M. horridula H. f. § T. Flor. Ind. 252 (1855) ; Walp Ann. iv. 171 (1857).
Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (1872).

Srxxim: Kongra-Lama, Bomtso and Kan-ka-la, 14-17000 ft.
abundant, Hooker ! Kan-kra-la and Donkia, G. Gammie! Cummins !
Cuumer: at Te-ling, Dungboo! Disrris. Central Tibet (Rockhill!) and
South-Eastern Tibet (Thorold ! King’s Collectors !)

Var. racemosa; some or all of the scapes agglutinated to form a
leafless grooved stem with pseudo-racemose inflorescence and _ bractless
pedicels ; leaves membranous entire or (rarely) dentate. M. racemosa
Maxim. Bull, Acad. Petersb. xxiii. 310 et Mel. Biol. ix. 713 (1876) ;
Forbes § Hemsl. Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiii. [Ind. Sinens. i.] 34 (1886) ;
Maxim. Flor. Tangut. 1. 36. t. 9. £. 1-6 et t. 23. f. 26 (1889).

Srxxim: Ta-ne-gang, Gia-gong and near Cho-la, King’s Collectors !
Lachung, Dungboo! Tankra-la (specimens with deeply dentate leaves),
G. Gammie! Cuoumprt: Sham-chen, Dungboo! Ta-Chey-Kung, King’s
Collectors! Distris. North Tibet (Przewalski!) Central Tibet (near
Lhassa, Dungboo !) Northern Szechuen (Potanin !)

314 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraces. [No. 3,

It is impossible to sustain the specific rank claimed for this form. In the
northern and central portions of the area inhabited by the species the two forms
come from adjacent districts. In Sikkim, the extreme southern limit of its
geographical distribution, the two forms grow intermixed ; all our Calcutta gather-
ings, as well as Hooker’s original ones, show transitions from the one to the other.

[Var. rudis; stems like those of var. racemosa but taller, thicker,
hardly grooved and leafy at the base with the lower pedicels bracteate ;
leaves very thick with subsinuate margins and very sparsely prickly
as are the sepals and stems; capsules small, hardly exceeding in diam.
the much expanded torus. M. racemosa Franchet, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr.
xxxili. 38 (1886) ; Plant Delavay. 41 (1889) vie Maxim.

Yonnan: Li-kiang, Delavay ! a

This plant, united by M. Franchet with Mr. Maximowicz’ M. racemosa, certainly |
differs varietally in the points noted. |

The suggestion made in the Flora Indica and again in the Flor. Brit. Ind. that
M. horridula may after all be no more than an Alpine form of M. aculeata has not,
so far, been supported by the collection of the necessary intermediate forms. On
the contrary the facts of distribution among the members of the Aculeate group
point decidedly in the opposite direction. Althongh M. aculeata has capsules re-
markably like those of M. horridula its torus is not thickened, its leaves are widely
dissimilar, its stem is leafy and its pedicels are bracteate.

2. (3.) Meconopsis acutnata Royle, Ill. 67. t. 15 (1839) ; Walp.
Rep. i. 110 (1842); H.f. §& ZT. Flor. Ind. 253 (1855); Walp. Ann. iv.
171 (1857); Klotesch, Reis. Pr. Waldem. 129 (1862); Hook. Bot. Mag.
t. 5456 (1864); Hf. & 7. Flor. Brit. Ind. 1. 118 (1872). M. Gulielmi-
Waldemari Klotzsch, Reis. Pr. Waldem. 129. t. 36 (1862); Walp. Ann.
vii. 86 (1868). M. napaulensis Jacquem. MSS. in Herb. Paris; Fale.
MSS. in Herb. Saharanpur; nec M. napaulensis DO. Wall. Cat. n. 8122!

It is not possible to accord even varietal rank to the form figured and des-
cribed by Klotzsch as M. Gulielmi-Waldemari.

3. (—.) Meconopsis sinuata Prain; prickly, stem leafy, leaves
oblong-lanceolate, flowers pale blue-purple; capsules long narrowly
obconic, sparsely prickly.

Var. typica ; leaves obtuse with sinuate margins.

Sikkim: Patang-la, Pey-kiong-la and Ney-go-la, King’s Collectors !
Jongri, G. Gammie! Booran: Dichu Valley, Cummins !

[ Var. Prattii ; leaves subacute serrate or subentire.

Szecaven: near Tachienlu, Pratt., n. 525!)

Rootstock stout, fusiform ; stems 1-3 ft. smooth except for the scattered prickles.
Leaves 4-7 in., long petioled, upper cauline sessile. Cymes few-fid., flowers 2-3 in.
diam., pedicels bracteate slender fastigiate in fruit, prickly; petals 4. Capsule ec:
14-1} in. sparsely prickly, ultimately subglabrous; style +~-} in.; stigma small.
Seeds scaberulons hilum slightly crested.

This species has much the habit of M. aculeata of which it appears to be in

1895.] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 315

the Eastern Himalaya the representative form. It has however different leaves
and a totally different capsule with a much smaller stigma. The plant here des-
cribed as vaR. Prattii has leaves quite like those of M. horridula yaR. racemosa
thongh of somewhat thinner texture. But besides having bracteate pedicels it
differs in having an unexpanded torus and a much less aculeate ovary. The cap-
sules of vAR. Prattii are unfortunately not yet ripe but they agree exactly with
those of typical M. sinwata at a similar stage and are totally unlike those of M.
horridula or M. aculeatu at any stage.

§ 2. Robust. Tall often branching ; stems, leaves and sepals hir-
sute or pubescent; ovaries’ setose; stigmus capitate; leaves pinuatifid to
-partite, radical many withering, cauline numerous all scattered; flowers
Papaveroid, i.e., with 4 petals.

4. (4.) Meconopsis ropusta H. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 253 (1855) ;
tall, glaucescent, glabrous or sparsely crinite with soft flexuous spread-
ing hairs, leaves pinnatifidly lobed, lobes rounded acute, tips of
peduncles and sepals sparsely patently crinite; cymes simple, flowers
sulphur yellow, margins of petals crenulate; capsule obovate-oblong
8-ll-valved, sparingly covered with adpressed sub-deciduous sete.
Walp. Ann. iv. 171 (1857). M. nipalensis Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t. 0085
(1866) nec DO. et via H.f. & T. Flor. Ind. & Flor. Brit. Ind. M.
robusta H. f. §. T. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (1872) in part ; excluding
the Nepal plant anI the citation Wall. Cat. 8121. Argemone mexicana
Wall. Cat. 8126 E (1830) nec Linn. Wail. Cat. n. 8124!

Western Himataya: Kamaon, 8-10,000 ft. Blinkworth in Wall.
Cat. n. 8124! 8126 E! and in a third specimen without number in the
Wallichian type herbm.! Nanik, Strachey and Winterbottom ! Chenab
Valley, Stewart! Hillis n. 1362! 1471! near Mussoorie, King! Pindi,
Collett! Palang Gadh, Byaus; above Ramzi ; and Galmar, 10-12,000
ft., Duthie ! |

Stems simple or branched 46 ft high almost 2in. thick at base; cymes
lax-fid. 1-2 ft. long, flowers 2-3 in. across; sepals } in. ; styles thickened at base 4 in
long; capsule, including style, 13 in.

This species, apparently strictly confined to Kamaon though not at all uncom-
mon there, is perhaps only a geographical form, certainly is the western represen-
tative of the next species, from which it only differs in the want of fine pubescence
intermingled with its long hairs, in the somewhat different lobulation of its leaves
and in the margins of its petals being crenulate. Inthe Flora Indica Hooker ay ~
Thomson have cited only the Kamaon locality and only Wallich’s n. 8124, Wid
8126, both of which came from that province, for their species. The description
given, however, of the capsule applies rather to Wallich’s n. 8121 from Nepal which
is cited as equivalent to n. 8124, in the Flora of British India, where the locality
Nepal is also given for the species. But the plant thus included (Wall. Gat. n.
8121) is not the same as the Kamaon one; it is the true M. napaulensis of DC,
[Prodr, i. 121]—the crimson-flowered portion of Stylophorwm paniculatum of @.
Don (Gen. Syst i. 135]—and is not distinguishable from the M. Wallichit var

J. u. 40

316 D. Prain—Some additional Papaveraces. [No. 3,

rubrofusca of Bot. Mag. t. 6760, This plant agrees with M. robwsta im having
hirsute, but not tomentose, stems, leaves and sepals, but differs im having dark-red
instead of yellow flowers and in having a narrower capsule with reddish spreading
instead of adpressed or ascending yellow setze with about half the number of valves
and with a Jonger style slender throughout.

5. (5.) Muconopsts pantcunata Prain; tall stout hirsute with soft
flexnous spreading hairs and densely clothed with a soft substellate
golden-yellow or grey pubescence; leaves linear-oblong or oblanceolate
sinuately lobed, lobes widely-triangular-toothed, cymes paniculate or
simple; flowers yellow, margins of petals entire; capsule obovate-
oblong 8-ll-valved densely covered with ascending subpersistent sete
and with close stellate pubescence.

Var. typica; cymes paniculate, pedicels subfastigiate branched
longer than the leaves even in flower sepals sometimes only puberulous.
Papaver paniculatum D. Don, Prodr. Flor. Nep, 197 (1825). Sty-
lophorum paniculatum G. Don, Gen. Syst. i. 135 (1831) in part only and
as to the yellow-fld. plant cited. Meconopsis napaulensis Walp. Rep. a
110 (1842) not of DO. Meconopsis Wallichii H. f. § T. Flor. Ind. 254
(1855) Walp. Ann. iv.171 (1857); H. f. §& 2 Flor. Brit. Ind. i, 119
(1872) in part only dnd as to the citation Wall. Cat. n, 8123/b; not of
Hook. Polychetia paniculata Wall. MSS. in Herb. Wall. . 8123/b.

Nepan: Gossain Than; Wallich. n. 8.23/b! Sixxim: Jongri, King’s
Collectors! Ling-tu, King’s Collectors! Phalloot, 10,000 ft., King’s
Collectors! Lachung abd Tankra, 11,000 ft., G. Gammie! Bootan:
Tak-poo, Dungbvo !

Var. elutau; cymes simple, pedicels usually solitary, sometimes 2
together, spreading; not or hardly longer than the leaves in flower,
elongating and fasciculate in fruit. Meconopsis nipalensis H, f. & T.
Flor. ind. 253 (1855) ; Hook. f. Ill. Him. Pl. t. 9 (1855); Walp. Ann. ive
171 (1857); H. f. & TV. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (i872): M. neépalensis
Lemaire, Ill. Hortic. iii. 95 (1856) — not M. napaulensis DC. M. Wollas-
tonii Regei, Gartenjl. xxv. 291 (1876) name only. Wall. Cat. n. 8123/a.

CenrraL Himataya: Wallich, n. 8123/a! Sixxkim: Lachen, Hooker !
Natong; Dungboo! Patang-la, King! Jongri, King’s Colleetors ! Singa-
lelah, G. Gammie! Lachung, G. Gammie !

Stems sparingly branched or simple 3-5 feet high, 2-3 in. thick at base ;
radical and lower cauline leaves petioled 6-18 in. long; cymes lax-fid. 1-2 feet long
conspicuous; sepals in VAR. typica }-{ in., in VAR. elata 1 in. long; flowers in VAR.
typica 2 in., in vak. elatu 3 in. diam.; style thickened at base 3 in. long; capsule,
including style, 14-2 in. a? ; ra | a

Except for the more branching habit, the smaller amount of gross pubescence
and the smaller flowers in var. typica there is nothing to separate the two varieties
which pass into each other by many intermediates and are only sustained here in
order the more easily to explain the somewhat complex synonymy which has arisen

1895. ] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraceze. 317

from the inadequacy of the material in European Herbaria. In some cases var.
typica has only a close stellate pubescence and then remarkably resembles IM. Walli-
chii, but even if the colour of the petals has not been noted the ovaries with 10-11-
placentas and the 10-11-lobed stigma, or at a later stage the larger ovate 10-11-valved
capsule with shorter style much thickened below and the altogether different
pubescence of the capsule amply distingnish this from M. Wallichir.

That Wall. Cat. n.'8123/b is D. Don’s Papaver paniculatwm is made certain by
the fact that Don has himself written this name on the type sheet of Wall..Cat. n.
8123/b, which moreover retains the original field ticket on which Wallich has
written the MSS name Polychetia paniculata. D. Don has at the same time
identified n. 8123/b with Meconopsis napaulensis DC.; this identification is quite
‘erroneous; Meconopsis napaulensis forms the red-flowered portion of G. Don’s
‘Stylaphorum paniculdtum whereas D. Don’s Papaver paiiculaium forms the yellow-
flowered portion of G. Don’s Stylophorum paniculatwum. -Hooker and Thomson on
the other hand have assigued the name M. nipalensis to Wall. Cat. n. 8123/a, and .
have referred Wall. Cat. n. 8123/b to M Wallichii in this following Sir W.
Hooker who does not however include Wallich’s yellow-flowered Nepal plant in
his description of the blue-flowered Sikkim one though he cites the sheet itself.
Besides being both, as it now transpires, truly conspecific, neither of the portions
of Wallich’s n. 8128 agrees at all well with the original description of M. napaulen-
sis; that description applies alone among the Himalayan species, to Wall. Cat. n.
8121 anda comparison of that number with the original M. napaulensis in Mr. C.
de Candolle’s “ Prodromus Herbarium” shows them to be identical.

The precise locality of Wall. Cat. n. 8123/a is doubtful. -The original field
ticket is missing ; in the Lith. Cat. list it stands as ‘‘Kamaon?” This citation is
almost certainly wrong; for the species does not occur amongst the plants sent by
Blinkworth from Kamaon, «nd no collector has found it in Kamaon since Blink-
worth’s time. In all probability, Wall. Cat. n. 8128 a, like n. 8123/b, came from
Nepal.

6. (—.) Meconoprsis supersa King; tall stout hirsute with soft
flextious spreading hairs and densely clothed with soft grey pubescence;
leaves obovate oblong ‘serrate; cymes simple; flowers white margins
‘of ‘petals entire; ovary globose 7-ll-valved densely clothed with ad-
pressed sete and with close stellate pubescence.

Bootran: Ho-Ko-Chu, Dungboo!

Stems simple, apparently 6 ft. high, 14 in. thick within 2 feet of top; cauline
leaves sessile amplexicaul 10-20 in. long; cymes rather dense-fid, pedicels 2-3
in each axil; sepals 13-in. long; flowers nearly 4 in. diam.

This véry fine plant is perhaps only a form of M. ‘paniculata VAR. elata; the
chief differences are the larger size of allits parts, the white, not yellow, patals
and the serrate but not lobed cauline leaves. The ovary is exactly like that of
M. paniculata; ripe fruit is as-yet unknown.

7. ‘(—-) Meconopsis NapAutensts DC. Prodr. i. 121 (1824); tall
glaucescent sparsely hirsute with soft flexuous spreading hairs rarely
also thinly substellately pubescent, leaves lobed pinnatipartite or ly-
rate-pinnatisect lobes rounded-oblong ‘widely crenate-dentate ; cymes
simple or paniculate, tips of peduncles and sepals patently hirsute,

318 D Prain—Some additional Papaveracex. [No, 8,

flowers’dark fuscous-purple, capsules subcylindriec or narrowly ovate
4-6-valved, densely covered with harsh sete at first yellow and ad-
pressed at length rufous and spreading or subreflexed. Meconopsis
robusta H. f. & T. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (1872) in part and as to the
Nepal plant cited (Wall. Cat. mn. 8121) not of H. f. & T. in Flor. Ind.
M. Wallichii var. rubrofusea Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t. 6760 (1884). Stylo-
phorum nepalense Spreng. Syst. iv. cur. post. 203 (1827). S. panicula-
tum G. Don, Gen. Syst. i. 1385 (1831) in part only and as to the crumson-
jid. plant cited.

Nepat: Gossain Than, Wallich n. 8121! Thari, in Eastern Nepal,
King’s Collectors ! Sixxim: Tehni-Zen King’s Collectors! Tiamphung and
elsewhere in Jongri, frequent, King’s Collectors!

Stems simple 2-5 feet high, 4-1 in. thick at base; flowers nodding, 3 in. in
diam. ; lower cauline leaves long-petioled ; sepals rather densely crinite but not or
sparsely stellate-pubescent ; petals broadly obovate-oblong ; capsules 3-1 in. with
a slender style 3—% in. long.

The bibliographical relationship of this species to M. robusta and M. paniculata
has been already explained. From both it is readily distinguished by its dark
purple not yellow flowers, by its smaller capsnle with fewer valves and very dif-
ferent sete, and by its much longer slender style. Its association with M. robusta
has been due to both having rounded lobes of leaves and to the twe having very
similar sepals. Its identification with M. paniculata has teen the result of a mis-
apprehension on the part of Mr. D. Don who, of the two-Meconopsis collected by
Wallich in Nepal, has, contrary to M. de Candolle’s explicit statement, selected the
many-valved one as the eqnivalent of the Prodromus species. Mr. G. Don has
attempted to overcome the difficulty thus created by treating these two Nepal
plants, the red and the yellow-fid., as conspecific. This is however impossible for
the botanical relationship of M. naprulensis is, as Sir Joseph Hooker has clearly
shown, in the most recent notice of this species (Bot. Mag. t.6760), with M. Wallichir.
It has many of the characters of that plant but besides having dark-red-, in place
of pale-blue-purple flowers it is easily distinguished by its leaves and sepals being
patently crinite with long hairs and by having very little, usually indeed none,
of the close stellate pubescence that characterises the leaves and sepals of M.
Wallichii where on the other hand there are none of the long hairs of M. napaulensis.
This species has only recently been successfully introduced into Huropean Gardens,
plants having been reared by Mr. G. Wilson in his garden at Weybridge from seeds
sent by Dr. King. It may ultimately be satisfactorily proved that Sir Joseph
Hooker’s suspicion, which the writer shares, that this and M. Wallichu are only
forms of one species, is correct. In that case the name M. Wallichit which has
become familiar in European horticulture will have to give way to the older name
M. napaulensis, which is at present, but qnite erroneously, associated in European
gardens with Wallich’s yellow-fld. species. In the meantime however it is more
satisfactory and less misleading to treat M. napaulensis and M. Wallichii as speci-
fically distinct.

8. (6.) Meconopsts Waxticun Hook. Bot, Mag. +. 4668 (1852) ;
Jard. Fleur. iii. t. 315 (1853) ; Belg. Hortic. iv. t. 18 (1854); Flore des

1895.] D. Prain—Some additicnal Papaveracer. 819

Serres, viii. t. 735 (1855) ; H. f. & T. Flor. Ind. 254 (1855) ; Walp. Ann.
iv. 171 (1857) ; H. f. § T. Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 119 (1872) eacluding in all
cases the citation Wall. Cat. 8123/b and the Nepal locality.

This is the pale-blue-fld. paniculate “ Poppy” familiar to all travellers in
Sikkim. Dr. King’s Collectors have brought it also from Chumbi (Sham-Chen)
and Dr. Cummins has sent specimens to Calcutta from Bootan (Dichu Valley) but
though it thus extends further to the east than the F. B. I. indicates it has not as
yet been collected in Nepal. The plant has long been cultivated in Hurope, seeds
having first been sent home by Sir Joseph Hooker in 1848 and plants having been
reared at Kew by Sir William Hooker who figured and described tke species.
Sir William identified with this the paniculate form of Dr. Wallich’s yellow-
flowered Nepalese species which is often remarkably like this pale-purple-fid. plant,
until ripe fruit is obtained. There is however no possibility of confounding the
capsules of the two—those of M. Wallichit are smaller and narrower with 5-6
valves, with spreading rufous setae anda longer slender style; the yellow-fld. plant
has longer widely-ovate capsules with 8-11 valves, setae that are less patent and
that remain yellow throughout and a shorter style much thickened at the base.
One result of the identification of these two plants has been that the Meconopsis
named in Dr. Wallich’s memory is one that he never collected or distributed.

§ 3. Piimuline. Stems very short simple, leaves and sepals glab-
rescent ; ovaries glabrous (ina Chinese species strigose at apex); stigmas
cleft or 2-lobed ; leaves simple entire, radical few vanishing, cauline nwme-
rous close-set and pseudo-radical; flowers Sanguinarioid 1, e. with 6-9
petals.

9. (—.) Meconorsis primuLtina Prain; almost glabrous, stem
short leafy at the base only, leaves linear-oblong entire acute, radical
few spathulate, all narrowed into short petioles and very sparsely
strigose on both surfaces flowers on a terminal and one to two axillary
scapes pendulous dark violet-purple; sepals 2 glabrous, petals 6-8
imbricate narrowly ovate with a distinct claw; stamens about 50, fila-
ments filiform as long as the ovary, anthers orbicular-ovate golden-
yellow; ovary glabrous 4-carpelled narrowly ovate tapering into a
slender style 5 as long; stigmas 2-partite lobes oblong plqno-convex,
outer convex surface 2-stigmatic.

Bootan: Do-lep, King’s Collectors ! Coumsi1: Sham-Chen, Dungboo! |

Rootstock fusiform 1-4 in. long, neck clothed with old sheaths; leaves 14-23
in. by Lin.; central scape 7 in., lateral 83-4 in.; sepals } in., petals in. long, 4—%
jin. wide, inner narrower; filaments of the outer series often united into petaloid
phyllomes with antheriferous fringe; ovary $ in. long, 3% in. wide, placentas
far intruded and passing up the substance of the style as 2 pairs of approximated
traces, each trace bearing at the base of the style a projecting papilla laterally in-
clined so that the 4 papilla are in 2 pairs alternate with placental traces and style
lobes and opposite the stigmatic cleft, outer stigmatic loops alternate with placentas.
The capsules though apparently full-grown are unripe.

The nearest ally of this species is Meconopsis Henrici, Franchet [Journ. de

320 D. Prain= Some additional Papaveraces. [No. 3,

Botanique v. 19 (1891,] from Szechuen which has more numerous leaves, also close-
set on a short stem and not truly radical, more numerous stouter scapes and rather
larger flowers that though nodding in bud are not nodding when full-blown. WM.
Henrici has however a very different ovary which is depressed globose, strigose in
its upper half and ‘considerably shorter than the style. In M. Franchet’s species
the same peculiar grouping of the filaments of the outer series in flat phalanges
is also sometimes met with but there are no epaulettes of papille on the capsule.
Another species in which the leaves and stems are exactly like those of WM. prim-
ulina is Meconopsis lancifolia Franchet, from Yunnan. This has @ ¢glabrons ‘ovary
and short style and except in wanting the €paulettes and having ‘a less deeply lobed
stiema hardly differs from W. primulina. The flowers too are almost identical but
instead of having a few flowers on long scapes, it has numerous flowers arranged in a
racemose cyme With the pedicels bractless a8 in M. horridula VAR. racemosa, whilé
the sepals are slightly and the stem and pedicels are rather densely strigose.

Another Yunnan species of this group is Meconopsis Delavayi Franchet, ‘of
which the flowers are exactly as in M. lancifolia, M. Henrici ‘and M. primulina but
which has solitary scapes and crowded very long-petioled pseudo-radical leaves with
small spathulate-hastate blades.

§ 4. Grandes. Stemless or with simple stems, leaves and sepals softly
hairy ; ovaries hispid ; stigmas large capitate ridyed ; leaves simple entire
(in the Chinese) or dentate (in the Indian species), radical very numerous
persisting, cauline, if present, few scattered beluw, whorled above ; flowers
Sanguinarioid i.e. with 5-8 petals.

10. (—.) Meconopsts Granpis Prain; softly hairy, radical leaves
tufted numerous ovate-lanceolate coarsely serrate, tapering into a long
petiole ; cauline leaves shortly petioled or sessile; flowers large very
deep blue; ovary subeylindric sparingly cov ered with harsh sis alune
ultimately subdeciduous hairs ; placentas 5, slightly intruded ; style 2 =
the length of ovary ; capsule linear-oblong,

Sixkia: Jongri, in Western Sikkim, very common at 10-12,000
feet, King’s Collectors! Watt n. 5435! G. A. Gammie !

Rootstock stout, clothed with sheaths, neck villous ; ; radical leaves 33-7 in. by
1-2 in. with petioles 6—9 iu. long ; stem 13-8 ft. high leafy, leaves passing into bracts,
the lower 1-3 ena the upper 3-5 collected in a whorl, lowest shortly eerolea
vacant, the next 1-2 with axillary flower-buds: bracts of the whorl subequal 5-6 im,
by 3 in. with 1-2 axillary flowers; main axis terminating in a 1-fld. scape extend-
ing 6-18 in. beyond whorl ; sepals 2 hairy, petals 5-7 imbricate, buds 1} in., flowers
5 in. diam.; stamens @ ; capsules 2} in. long, seeds rugose.

This one of the finest species of Meconopsis in the Himalayas, is evidently, i in
sp'te of its great difference of habit, very closely allied to M. simplicifolia with which
it agrees in having tufted coarsely dentate radical leaves and of which it has exactly
the capsules and the seeds. It is also nearly related to Mevonopsis integrifolia
Franchet [Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxxiii. 389 (1886) et Plant. Delavay 41 (1889) ; ;
Mawim. Flor. Tangut. i. 35 t. 9. f. 7-12 et t. 22. f. 23- -25 (1889) : Catheartia integri-
folia Marim Bull. Ac. Imp. Petersb. xxiii. 310 et Mel. Biol. ix. 713 (1876) ; Forbes §°
Hemsl. Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiii. (Ind. Sinens. i.) 34. (1886) ] which agrees with

M. grandis in having tufted radical leaves and in having a stem that, though

1895. | D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracese. 321

shorter, has also 1-2 scattered leaves below and a whorl of 5-8 bracts with 2-3
axillary as well as a terminal flower above, but which differs in having all the leaves
entire, in having yellow in place of dark purple flowers, and in having a very short
style with a rather larger stigma. Of the two, M. integrifoliais perhaps the more
beautiful species ; both must prove, when ultimately introduced, great acquisitions
to European horticulture. M. grandis seems to be confined to the district of Jongri
but is very plentiful there.

11. (—.) Meconopsis srmeuictrouta Walp. Rep. i. 110 (1842) ;
if jf. & T. Blor. Ind. 252 (1855); Hook. f., Ill. Him. Pl. t. 8 (1855) ;
dll. Hortic. iti. 114 (1856); Walp. Ann. iv. 170 (1857) ; Flore des Serres
xiii. t. 1324 (1858) ; Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 118 (1872). Papaver simplicifol-
ium D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 196 (1825) Stylophorum simplicifelium
Spreng. Syst. iv. cur. post, 203 (1827); G. Don, Gen. Syst. i. 135 (1831).
Wall. Oat. n. 8125.

The species most nearly related to M. simplicifolia is M. quintuplinervia Regel
[Gartenfl. (1876) 291, t. 880, f. b. c. Y d.; Maxim. Flor. Tangut. 34. t. 23. £. 27 (1889) ]
from Northern Tibet and Kansu. WM. quwintwplinervia differs from the Himalayan
species in having entire leaves, filaments sub-2-seriate those of the outer rather
Shorter series being moreover slightly dilated upwards. A second closely allied
species is M. punicea Maxim. [ Flor. Tangut. 34. t. 23. f. 12-21 (1889)] which also
differs from M. simplicifolia in having entire leaves but is further easily distin-
guished from both M. simpli:tfolia and M. quintwplinervia by having much longer
and narrower petals and by having a short globose ovary with a much larger almost
sessile stigma.

§ 5. Bellew. Stemless; scapes, leaves, sepals and ovaries glabrous,
stigmas small capitate ; leaves 2-3-pinnatifid all radical numerous persisting,
flowers sub-Papaveroid, t.e. petals 4 or 5.

12. (—.) Meconopsis Betna Prain, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. \xiii., pt.
2, 82 [ Novicize Indice vii. 71] (1894).

This species is, as already mentioned in this work, very distinct from any
hitherto reported Meconopsis and represents a group not very closely related to any

of the preceding. This also, when ultimately introduced, must prove a great
acquisition to Huropean horticulture.

4. (—.) RGAMERIA Mepik.

Annual herbs with yellow juice; leaves petioled pinnatipartite
with multifid lobes ; flowers in eymes, on slender leaf-opposed pedicels ;
sepals 2, petals 4 violet-purple, with a dark basal eye; stamens nu-
merous; ovary linear, stigmas 2-4-lobed sessile; rays opposite the
many-ovuled placentas. Capsules elongated, 3-4-valved, 1-locular,
dehiscing throughout their length; seeds scrobiculate, without crests.
Species 2; Mediterranean and Oriental.

Key to the Indian Species.

* Capsule uniform, setosé ; filaments: filiform ww. =I. BR. hybrida.
* * Capsule narrowed upwards, glabrous; filaments dilated 2. R. refracta.

322 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. [No. 3,

The area occupied by Remeria is the conjoined Mediterranean and Oriental
regions so that only the merest fringe of their area comes within the limits of the
Indian Empire. Like Pupaver therefore Remeria is not really an Indian
genus. The nearest natural allies of its species are the prickly-capsuled members
of Papaver § Rheades from which they only differ in having valves that dehisce
throughout instead of by pores. By this character Remeria approaches Cathcartia
and that so closely that, as originally defined, Cathcartia differs only from Remeria
in haying crested seeds and differently coloured flowers. A new Cathcartia from
Sikkim, however, agrees with Remeria in both characters ; but for the presence
of a style, not admitted in the original definition, in the species of Cathcartia, that
genus must have been merged in Remeria from which it therefore only differs by
the character that separates Meconopsis from Papaver. The place usually assigned
to Remeria in taxonomic works is close to Chelidonium and Glaucium ; the arrange-
ment is neither natural nor convenient.

1. Ramerts HyBripa DC. Syst. Veg. ii. 92 (1821); leaves pinnati-
fid to -sect ; filaments subulate ; capsule uniformly patently setose.

Var. eriocarpa DO. Syst. ii. 93 (1821); leaf segments oval
oblong, flowers small. R, pinnatifida Boivin in Belang. Voy. Ic. t. 2
(1838). R. orientalis Boiss. Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. li. xvi. 374 (1841); Flor
Orient. i. 118 (1867). R. Schimperi Presl., Bot. Bemerk. 8 (1843).
R. hybrida var. 8. H. f. § @. Flor. Ind. 257 (1855); Walp Ann. iv.
174 (1857).

Norra-West Frontier: British Beluchistan; Hamilton! Duke!
Duthie! Lace! Disrris. (of species) Westward to Spain: (of variety)
Beluchistan, Afghanistan and Persia to Egypt.

Flowers 1 in. in diam. Capsules 1-2 in. long more or Jess copiously setose alike
on placental ribs and valves. The variety hardly differs from the typical R. hybrida,
which in the true Mediterranean region is itself very variable, except in the shape
of the leaf segments and the smaller size of flowers and fruit.

All the specimens from British territory belong to this variety, which Boissier
and others treat as a species. If so dealt with it should however be noted that the
oldest name is not Boissier’s one of R. orientalis, but Belanger’s one of R. pinnatifida.
The oldest name for the species as a whole is R. violacea Medik [Ust. Ann. iii. 15
(1792) ] but that employed by DeCandolle being in more general use I have continued
its employment.

2. Roemer rerracta DO. Syst. Veg. 11. 93 (1821) ; leaves 2-pin-
natipartite segments linear; flowers large filaments dilated ; capsule
narrowed at the tip, glabrous. Delessert, Icon. Select. iii. t. 8 (1823) ;
DC. Prodr. i. 122 (1824). R. rhoeadiflora Boiss. Diagn. ser. i. vi. 7
(1845) ; Flor. Orient. i. 119 (1867). R. hybrida vars. B. y. H. f. & VT’.
Flor. Ind. 257 (1855) ; Walp. Ann. iv. 174 (1857).

Nortu West Hmataya: Badakshan, Giles! Distris. Afghanistan,
Beluchistan, Turkestan, Persia, Armenia.

Flowers 2in. in diam. Capsules 1—2 in. long, without setae on the valves, some-.

times with a few along the placental ribs.

ee ee ae ee ee Se ne ee a

‘
-— + |. 2

1895. ] D. Prain—Some additional Papaveracee. 323

When M. Boissier in 1845 first defined R. rhwadiflora he considered it a species’
apart from R. refracta ; the only character, however, by which he could diagnose his
Species was that its pedicels did not turn down. There is however no character to
separate the two and M. Boissier admits this when in the Flora Orientalis he
includes under R. rheadiflora the solitary gathering (Derbent, Steven!) on which
the species R. refracta was founded! By an oversight, however, he omits to cite the
name that DeCandolle had already given to the specimens of this gathering, or
to merge his own later name init. The writer, who has examined both Steven’s,
and therefore DeCandolle’s, as well as Boissier’s original specimens is satisfied that
Boissier is right in considering the two conspecific. And anote by Stocks, on the
specimen in Herb. Calcutta of the gathering from Beluchistan identified by
Boissier with R. rheadiflora, shows that that botanist had already recognised the
identity of Boissier’s species with R. refracta DC.

5. (—.) GLAUCIUM Tourner.

Biennial or perennial glaucous herbs with yellow juice. Radical
leaves rosulate petioled, cauline more or less amplexicaul incised or
lobed. Peduncles axillary or terminal 1-fld. Sepals 2; petals 4, orange-
yellow convolute, stamens numerous ; ovary linear; stigma 2-lamellate
sessile, lamellae erect, alternate with the placentas and projecting at
each end so as to form conjointly two horizontal arms stigmatic above,
opposite the placentas. Capsule a slender cylindric pseudo-siliqua,
valves dehiscing throughout their length and leaving a pseudo-replum
resulting from union of margins of intruded placentae, in which the
seeds are semi-immersed. Seeds scorbiculate without crests. Species
about 15; throughout the Mediterranean, Oriental and Central Asian

regions.

Key to the Indian Species.

* Pods slender, not much thicker than peduncles, slightly
torulose, contorted or irregularly curved, rarely straight 1. G. elegans.

* * Pods stout, nearly twice as thick as peduncles, not toru-
lose, straight or only slightly regularly bent -. 2. G. squamigerum.
Like Remeria and Papaver, Glauciwm is not a truly Indian genus. The difficulty
of distinguishing satisfactorily the different forms has led in various taxonomic
works to a great diversity of treatment. Inthe Flora Orientalis M. Boissier hag
distinguished thirteen Oriental species; in Acta Hort. Petrop. (1887) Dr. Kuntze
has proposed the extreme measure of reducing all the forms to one very variable
species Glauciwm corniculatum. Doubtless the truth lies somewhere between these
two extremes. M. Boissier was an author of the greatest care and of the highest
judgment and the various forms that he describes are at all events recognisable,
And though it is possible to some extent to justify the view of Dr. Kuntze when the
genus is looked at from the monographer’s stand point, it is not necessary or advis-
able to adopt it when dealing with the flora of a given area. Besides, an examination
of Kuntze’s work does not leave the impression that he appreciates the value, even
for varietal differentiation, of the characters exhibited by the varieties and sub-

Jd. wu, 41

324 D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracez. [No. 3,

varieties which he recognises. Kuntze’s later proposal, that the name Glauciwm,
owing to its similarity to the name Glaua (Primulacee), must give place to another,
is mere pedantic trifling with a subject that has some claim to serious treatment,

1. Guavctum ELEGANS Fisch. § Mey. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. i.
29 (1835); glabrescent, radical leaves obovate-oblong pinnatifid, lobes
shortly ovate crenately toothed ; cauline cordate-amplexicaul broadly
ovate obtusely toothed ; sepals papillose, petals small orange with red
eye; capsule slender, torulose, often contorted, sparingly setose with
spreading prickles, seeds oblong-cylindric curved. H. f. & T., Flor, Ind.
255 (1855) ; Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 120 (1867). G. pumilum Boiss. Ann.
Sc. Nat. ser. ii. xvi. 374 (1841). G. squamigerum Bunge, Rel. Bot.
Lehm. 192 (1847) ; Boiss. § Buhse, Aufzihl. (1860) ; nec Kar. & Kir.

Norru-West Frontier: Kohat, at Mirkhworli, Drummond!
Distris. Afghanistan, Turkestan, and N. Persia to Armenia.

Stems 1 ft. or higher, slender much branched, radical leaves 13-2 in., sepals
4 in. long, buds + in. diam. ; flowers 1 in. diam. ; capsule usually twisted 2-3 in. long,
narrowed (subtorulose) between the seeds.

2. Graucrum squamigeruM Kar. § Kir. Bull. Soc. Mosc. xv. 141
(1842) ; glabrescent, radical leaves lyrate-pinnatifid, lobes ovate wide
toothed, terminal subquadrate; cauline cordate-amplexicaul, broadly
oblong acutely lobed; sepals glabrous, petals orange-yellow; capsule
straight or curved, sparsely setose ; seeds reniform deeply pitted, Regel
§ Herd. Bull. Soc. Mosc. xxxvii. 406 (1864). G. persicum Bunge, Rel,
Bot. Lehm 192 (1847) nee DC. G, corniculatum 4H. f. § ZT. Flor. Ind.
256 (1855) nec Linn. G, luteum var. fimbrillifera Trautv. Bull. Soe,
Mosc. xxxiii. 92 (1860). G. fimbrilligerum Boiss. Flor. Orient. i. 120
(1867).

Norru-West HrmatayaA: Badakshan, Giles! N.-W. Frontier:
Kach, Lace! Nal, Duke! Disteis. Beluchistan, Afghanistan, Turkestan,
Soongaria.

Stems 1 ft. or higher, branching; radical leaves, 2-6 in., sepals $ in. long,
buds 4 in. or less in diam. ; flowers 14-2 in. diam,, petals bright yellow (Aitchison) ;
capsule usually slightly curved, 6-8 in. long ; adpressed aculeate, flattened (scale-like)
setae ultimately suberect.

Glaucium elegans is perhaps one of the most distinct of the forms in this
troublesome genus where all the forms are somewhat variable and seem to pass
one into the other. G. squamigerum, on the other hand, is, so far as Afghan and
Beluch specimens are concerned, most like G. arabicum Fresen. from Sinai, which in
turn much resembles and is perhaps only a geographical form of G. corniculatum,
As represented in Herb. Kew, Herb. Boissier and Herb. DC., G. fimbrilligerwm
Boiss. and G. squamigerum Kur. & Kir. would appear to be specifically separable
but a fine suite of specimens from Turkestan in Herb. Paris shows that they pass
into each other and that it is not possible to separate them even varietally.

1895. ] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveraces. 325
6. (3.) CATHCARTIA Hook. F.

Key to the Indian species (incorporating the new forms).

* Stigma large, style very short; flowers large, stamens
numerous (32); a softly hairy plant with (cordate

lobed leaves and) rounded yellow petals .. L. C. villosa.
* * Stigma small, style distinct, flowers small, stamens defi-
nite (16); glabrescent herbs with narrow pale-purple

petals :—
t+ Leaves hastate-entire to lyrate-pinnatifid; petals
ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, apex subfimbriate .., 2. C. lyrata.
+ + Leaves ovate-lanceolate ; petals lanceolate, acute,
apex entire a ... 3. C. polygonoides.

A purely E. Himalayan genus only separable tegen Meconopsis by the character
of capsule dehiscing by valves from apex to base. As originally described the
genus was supposed to have no style. There is however even in the original species
a distinct, though short, style.

1. Carucartia vitLosa Hook. f. Bot. Mag. t, 4596 (1851); Flore
des Serres vii. t. 686 (1851); Lemaitre, Jard. Fleur. ii. t. 167 (1852) ;
H. f. & T., Flor. Ind. 254 (1855) ; H. f., Ill. Him. Pl. frontisp. (1855) ;
Walp. Ann. iv. 175 (1857); H. f. & T., Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 119 (1872.)

This has been obtained in Hastern Nepal as well as in Sikkim by
Dr. King’s Calcutta collectors.

2. CATHCARTIA LyRATA Ouwmmins §& Prain; glabrescent, rootstock
slender clothed with sheaths; stem slender glabrous ; radical leaves few
early withering, cauline 3-4 from hastate-entire to lyrate-pinnatifid
sparingly hirsute on both surfaces; flowers small, blue, solitary or in
few-fid. cymes; style distinct; stigma small 2-3-lobed; seeds smooth
without crests.

Stxximm Himataya; 13-14000 feet, not common; Ta-ne-da King!
Chiani, Phallut, and Jongri, King’s Collectors ! Tankra, G. Gammie ! near
Gnatong, H. A. Cummins !

Stem 3-10 in. simple or sparingly branched ; leaves 3-1} in. by 4-% in., radical
disappearing, cauline petioles 3-1} in. Flowers 1-3 (usually solitary), sepals glabrous,
buds + in. diam. nodding ; full blown flowers 1 in. diam.; pedicels very slender, petals
narrowly to widely lanceolate rounded or obtuse rarely acute always fimbriate at the
margin. Stamens 16, in 2 rows of 8 each; placentas 2-8, distinctly intruded.
Capsules 14 in. long, very slender, erect, valves membranous.

The complete elaboration of this interesting little species which has puzzled
Indian botanists since 1877 when it was first obtained by Dr. King, is largely
due to the efforts of Surgn.-Capt. Cummins of the Medl. Staff who met with it
when stationed at Gnatong in 1893, and who has assisted the writer in preparing a
description. The ripe fruits show that it is undoubtedly a Cathcartia; the valves
dehisce to the base while the stigmatic rays are opposite the placentas. It
differs however from the original Cathcartia villosa in having ripe seeds without a
crested raphe, in having a distinct style, and a much smaller stigma. It must prove

326 D. Pirain— Some additional Papaveraces. [No. 3;

a welcome addition to western horticulture when ite seeds are at length introduced
to Europe.

3. CATHCARTIA POLYGONOIDES Prain; glabrescent, rootstock slender "
clothed with sheaths ; stems slender strigose; radical leaf solitary per-
sisting long-petioled, cauline leaves 2-3, lower long-petioled upper-
most sessile clasping, ovate-oblong obtuse base cuneate, truncate or
slightly cordate, margins entire or slightly incised crenate, sparingly
hairy on both surfaces; flowers small blueish-white; style distinct,
stigma small 2-3-lobed.

CuumsBi: Sham-chen, Dungboo! Put-lo and Ling-moo-tong, King’s
Collectors !

Stem 6-15 in. simple ; leaves 1}-2 in. by }-% in radical petioles 3 in., lower
cauline petioles 1-4 in. long. Flowers solitary 1 in. diam. nodding, pedicels long
slender ; petals narrowly lanceolate apex acute margin entire ; stamens 16 in 2 rows
of 8 each ; placentas 2-3.

The flowers and unripe capsules of this plant «re so remarkably like those of C.
lyrata that there would seem no room for doubt as to its generic position. But it is
at the same time remarkably like a small form of a plant from Yunnan described by
M. Franchet as Meconopsis betonicaefolia [Plantae Delavayanae, 42, t. 12 (1889) ] of
which it has all the habit and, though on a smaller scale, exactly the foliage. A finak
judgment on both Cathcartia polygonoides and Meconopsis betonicaefolia can therefore
only be given when ripe fruit of both plants has been received. The specific differ-
ences between the two plants are the fewer (16) stamens in the Chumbi plant than in
the Yunnan one, which has 64; the narrower much smaller petals ; and the smaller
ovary and stigma. As regards stigma Meconopsis betonicaefolia more nearly approach-
es Cathcartia villosa, but (like the two species now described) it hasa long style ; it
has also more stamens (64 in 2 rows of 32 each in place of 32 in 2 rows of 16 each as
in C. villosa). The ovary and unripe capsules of Meconopsis betonicaefolia, Cathcartia ¥
lyrata and C. polygonoides are remarkably similar; knowing that one of them is a Cath.
cartia the writer thinks it possible that the other two may eventually prove to be
members of the same genus.

7. (4.) CHELIDONIUM Toorner.

Perennial glaucous herbs with yellow juice. Radical leaves
petioled few erect or many rosulate, cauline few scattered, or 0, floral 0,
or 2 terminal subopposed, or several near apex scattered. Flowers in
fascicled or corymbose cymes. Sepals 2, petals 4, yellow or orange,
convolute, stamens numerous, ovaries linear rarely ovate, 2-(rarely 3—
4)-valved; style distinct stigma 2-lamellate lobes erect alternate with
placentas, sinuses not projecting into arms. Capsule slender cylindric,
rarely ovate, valves dehiscing throughout their length. Seeds shining
smooth or opaque pitted, not scrobiculate, raphe crested. Species 9;
7 Chinese, of which 1 (C. japonicum) extends to Japan, another (CA
majus) occurs also in Japan, Mongolia and Dahuria, extends westward
to Britain and is naturalised in N. America; 1 North American ;
1 Himalayan.

1895,] D. Prain— Some additional Papaveracee. 327

In the Flora Indica (1855) Sir J. D. Hooker and Dr. Thomson founded a genus
Dicranostigma on the Indian species here dealt with. This species (Dicranostigma
lactucoides) was however subsequently referred to Stylophorum by Mr. Bentham and
Sir J. D. Hooker [Gen. Pl. i. 53 (1862) ], by M. Baillon | Hist. iii. 114 (1871) ] and
again by Sir J. D. Hooker and Dr. Thomson [Flor. Brit. Ind. i. 119 (1872)]. More
recently Messrs. Prantl and Kundig have suggested [Engler, Natiir. Pflanzenf. iii.
i. 189 (1891) ] that Dicranostigma should rather be referred to Hylomecon Maxim.
[Prim. Fl. Amur. 36, t. 3 (1858)] a genus founded on a plant that was originally
[Thunbg, Flor. Japon. 221 (1784) ; Seb. §¢ Zucc. Abh. Acad. Muench. iv. ii. 169 (1846) ]
referred to Chelidoniwm, but that wasata later date [Miquel, Prolus. Flor. Japon.
199 (1867)] included in Stylophorum; this genus Mr. Prantl would reinstate.
The view expressed by Prantl and Kundig is undoubtedly more tenable than that
of the other authors quoted ; at the same time if the method of limitation adopted
by them be accepted it would be more advisable to retain Dicranostigma also as a
genus. In any case the name of the conjoint genus suggested by Prantl and Kundig
must be Dicranostigma, not Hylomecon. But the species in question, formerly very
inadequately known, has been recently communicated by Mr. Duthie from Kamaon
(its original locality) and by the collectors of the Calcutta garden from Phari in
the Eastern Himalaya. A study of these specimens and of the material of the
allied groups Stylophorum and Hylomecon, preserved in the national Herbaria at Kew
and at the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, shows however that it is impossible to accord
generic rank to any of them, or to separate them satisfactorily from each other or
from Chelidonium. A detailed review of the species belonging to this widened
Chelidonium will be found in the Bulletin of the Boissier Herbarium.

1. Cuetiontom Dicranostiema Prain. Dicranostigma lactucoides
H. f. § T. Flor. Ind. 255 (1855); Walp. Ann. iv. 272 (1857). Stylo-
phorum lactucoides Baill. Hist. Pl, 11. 114 (1871); A. f. & T. Flor. Brit.
Prd. 4, 119 (1872).

N.-W. Hivataya: Kamaon, Strachey and Winterbottom n. 3! Duthie
nn. 2699! 3819! 5326! Hasty. Himataya: Phavri, King’s Collector !

Nearly allied to Chelidonium Franchetianum Prain [in Bull. Herb. Boiss.
ined.| and C. leptopodum Prain [Glaucium leptopodum Maxim. Mel. Biol. ix. 714
(1876) |, which belong equally to the section Dicranostigma. From both it differs
in haying large stigmatic lobes, softly hairy capsules, and simple cymes. The
section to which these species belong differs from the remaining Chelidonia is having
a glaucioid habit—-~i. e, radical leaves many rosulate, cauline 0, floral apical all scat-

tered.

328 G. King & D. Prain — New species of Renanthera. [No 3,

On a new species of RENANTHERA.—By G. Kina and D. Prain, Royal
Botanic Garden, Calcutta.
[Read July, 3rd.]

Some years ago Lieutenant H. J. Lugard sent to the Calcutta
Herbarium, for identification, some dried flowers and a living plant of
what was evidently a species of Renanthera. The living plant unfor-
tunately soon died in the uncongenial climate of Calcutta; the dried
flowers were, however, sufficient to show that the plant probably
belonged to a species near I. coccinea, Lour. Last year Lieutenant
J.B. Chatterton was kind enough to send several plants of the same
orchid to the Calcutta Garden, which were promptly transferred to the
more suitable climate of the Cinchona Plantation in Sikkim. These
plants flowered a few weeks ago and there is now no doubt that they
belong to an undescribed species which from the resemblance of its
flowers to the extended wings of a brilliantly coloured butterfly we now
name R. Papilio. For a description of the flowers, drawn up from
living specimezs, we are indebted to Mr. R. Pantling, of the Cinchona
Plantation, who has also madea beautiful coloured drawing of the plant.

RENANTHERA Papriio, n, sp. King and Prain. Leaves loriform,
2 to 2°5 in. long and about ‘5 in. broad; their apices blunt and
unequally lobed. Inflorescence 9 to 10 inches long, laxly racemose, or
rarely panicled, on stalks of about equal length or longer, the bracts
small, the stalked ovary about 1 in, long. Dorsal sepal linear-oblong,
contracted below the blunt sub-cucullate apex, ‘75 in. long. Lateral
sepals twice as long as the dorsal, narrowly elliptic, flat, with undulate
edges, the inner margins touching above the slender twisted claws; the
apices sub-acute and divergent. Lateral petals ‘5 in. long, spathulate,
slightly incurved. Lip with acuminate-side lobes each with a small
youuded basal auricle, the middle lobe broadly ovate, concave, its apex
acute and pointing forwards, the base auricled. Spur short and blunt,
with two erect toothed divergent plates near its mouth. Column
minutely ciliate behind the anther; stigma with a thin deflected trans-
parent lip.

Assam.

The colour of the flowers is a brilliant scarlet with a tinge of lake.
The toothed plates of the spur end abruptly at the base of the middle
lobe of the lip and immediately in front of their termination there are
three blunt tooth-like processes. In its habit and the colour of its
flowers the species resembles &. coccinea, Lour., but the flowers are
larger and the lobing of the lip and the shape of the lateral sepals are
very different.

—

:
,

1895. ] G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. 329

On some New Orchids from Sikkim.— By G. Kine and R. Pantie.

The publication, in Sir Joseph Hookev’s Flora of British India, of
his account of the Orchids of the Empire marks an era in the study
of this most interesting Natural Family. Prior to the issue of Sir
Joseph’s account of the group, it was extremely difficult to identify
any Indian orchid that did not happen to have had a figure of itself
published in some horticultural or botanical work. Now the work
of determining the name of a species has been made comparatively
easy ; and the facilities which have thus been provided have stimu-
lated local research. In the present paper we offer to the Society
descriptions of thirty-three new species —twenty belonging to the Tribe
Epidendree, eight to the Tribe Vandex, three to the Neottiese, two to
the Ophrydeex—which have been discovered in Sikkim within the
past few years.

Epidendree.

MICROSTYLIS, Nutt.

Microstyiis Maximowicziana,n. spec. Rhizome 2 to 4 in. long, with
scattered root fibres and bearing a leafy pseudo-bulb 3 or 4 in.
long. Leaves 4 or 5, elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, acute, tapering to the
sheathing base, slightly oblique, 5 to 6 in. long. Raceme about 6 in
long with numerous green flowers nearly ‘2 in. in diam., the stalk of the
raceme 4 to 5 in. long. Floral bracts linear-lanceolate, equal to or ex-
ceeding the stalked ovary. Sepals oblong, blunt, their margins re-
curved, the lateral broader than the dorsal. Petals linear, all reflexed,
the lip hood-shaped; its apex contracted, thickened and slightly
crenate, and with two minute teeth above the pit; the side lobes sub-
faleate, blunt. Arms of the column broad, overlapping and hiding
the anther, the stigma occupying the whole face of the column. Lip
of anther truncate.

Sikkim: On the Mungpoo Cinchona Plantation, alt. 2,000 to 4,000
feet; flowers in July.

The species is self-fertile.

OBERONIA, Lindl.

OBERONIA FALCATA, n. spec, Stems caulescent, tufted, 3 in. long.
Leaves falcate, acute 1 to 2 in. long, and ‘25 in. broad. Racemes almost
sessile, erect, 2 to 3 in, long; the flowers yellowish-green, minute,
very numerous and sub-verticillate. F'lower-bract ovate, erose, equal
to and sheathing the stalked ovary. Sepals broadly ovate, entire, re-
flexed. Petals linear-oblong, blunt, entire. Lip twice as long as

330 G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3,

the sepals, broadly oblong, flat except for a slight depression below the

column; the side lobes short, subulate, spreading; the apex deeply
bifid, the lobes oblong-acute, slightly divergent at their apices.
Column with two fleshy wings. Anther membranous; the pollinia
ovate, flattened and of a dark orange colour.

Sikkim: at Labha, elevation about 6,000 feet? In flower in July.
(Both locality and elevation are however doubtful).

This belongs to same group as O. caulescens, Lindl. and O. Wight-
zana, Lind].

OBERONIA LONGILABRIS, n. spec. Stems caulescent, slightly tufted,
erect, sJender, 2 to 3 in. long. Leaves narrowly ensiform, acute, 1 to
15 in. long, and ‘2 in. broad. acemes slender, 2°5 to 3°5 in. long,
nodding; their stalks ‘5 to 1°25 in., ebracteate. Flowers minute, rather
sparse, green. Bract lanceolate, erose, much exceeding the stalked
ovary, Sepals ovate, entire. Petals linear, blunt. Jip oblong, three
times as long as the sepals, with two small rounded lobes at the very
base, the apical lobes broadly lanceolate, sub-divergent, acute, the
sinus apiculate, the surface of the lip with a lanceolate depression
extending from near the sinus to the column and there becoming
deeper. Column with small stout wings. Pollinia orange.

Sikkim: at Songchongloo, elevation 6,000 feet ; in flower in July.

A species near QO, caulescens, Lindl.

OBERONIA MICRANTHA, n. spec. Acaulescent, height of whole plant
2°5 inches. Leaves narrowly-ensiform, sub-acute, ‘5 to 15 in. long, and
from ‘1 to ‘15 in. broad. Lacemes about 1:25 in. long, on very short
bracteate stalks. Flowers numerous, very minute, verticillate. Bracts
linear-lanceolate, erose, equal to or slightly exceeding the ovary.
Sepals broadly ovate, entire, spreading, minutely papillose externally.
Petals narrower than the sepals, ovate, entire, recurved. Jp in general
outline sub-rotund divided into a basal and apical part by deep lateral
sinuses: the basal part concave, fleshy, its edges almost entire; the
apical part transversely elliptic, thinner than the basal, with an acute
apiculus and irregularly erose-dentate edges.

Sikkim: at Tendong, elevation 6,000 feet; in flower in July.

The nearest allies of this very distinct little species are O. myrt-
antha, Lindl. and O. demissa, Lindl.

OBERONIA PARVULA, n. spec. Acaulescent, not tufted or very slight-
ly so: the height of the whole plant 125 to 2 in. Leaves two or three,
*5 to nearly 1 in. long, and ‘12 to *25 in. broad, lanceolate, acute.
Raceme *75 to 1 in. long, on a slender stalk about half as long. Flowers
very minute, densely crowded, not verticillate. Bract lanceolate, as
long as the stalked ovary. Sepals ovate, entire, the laterals larger

1895.] G. King & R. Pantling — New Orchids from Sikkim. 331

and wider-spreading than the dorsal, and keeled. Petals linear, trun-
cate, shorter than the sepals, entire, pale yellow and transparent
like the sepals. Lip reddish brown, with broad reniform base having
a lateral sinus and a short convergent horn at each side at its anterior
end: the apical lobe broadly oblong, deeply bifid, the lobes lancéolate
and slightly convergent, and the sinus narrow, not triangular and with
a concave emarginate apex. Stigma concave.

Bhotan: at Guru-bathan, at an elevation of about 1,500 feet; in
flower in February.

A very distinct species.

OBERONIA LOBULATA, n. spec. Acaulescent, not tufted. Leaves
about four, large, oblong, sub-acute, 1°25 to 3 in. long, and -4 to °5 in.
broad. Raceme 4 in. long, on a winged ebracteate peduncle about
half as long, much decurved. Flowers distant, minute, green. Bracts
broadly oblong, the apex convex and minutely erose equalling and
sheathing the sessile ovary. Sepals ovate, acute, entire, reflexed ;
the petals similar but narrower. Ip broadly triangular with irregu-
larly erose margins, the apex with a broad shallow sinus and two short
blunt lobes. Stigma convex ?

Sikkim : in the valley of the Teesta, at an elevation of about 1,090
feet ; in flower in October.

Collected only once. A remarkable species with the pollinia en-
cased within the anther cells and not free as is usually the case in the
genus Oberonia.

OBERONIA PRAINIANA, n. spec. Acaulescent, and slightly tufted
Leaves very fleshy, falcate, sub-acute, ‘5 to °75 in. long, and ‘25 in
broad. aceme slender, many times longer than the leaves, erect, 4 in.
long: stalk of the raceme attached to the uppermost leaf, minutely
bracteolate, filiform, about 1 in. long. Flowers of a warm brown colour,
verticillate, very minute. Bract oblong, sub-entire, equal to and em-
bracing the stout sessile ovary. Sepals oblong, blunt, all much re-
volute. Petuls elliptic-lanceolate, spreading, deeply serrate. Lip tri-
angular-oblong with a circular nectar-bearing pit near its base and
under the column, the apex blunt, the margins deeply erose-dentate.
Pollinia 2 pairs, orange-coloured.

Sikkim: in the Teesta Valley, at an elevation of about 1,000 feet ;
in flower in July.

A very distinct species remarkable or the great length of the
slender inflorescence in proportion to the leaves, and for its unlobed but
deeply erose dentate lip.

J. 11. 42

332 -G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3,
DENDROBIUM, Swartz.

DrnproBium CoESPITOSUM, n. spec. Pseudo-bulbs tufted, narrowly

conical, from ‘5 to 1 in. long. Jeuves linear-obiong; the apex sub-

obtuse, minutely and obliquely emarginate, about 1°5 in. lone and *25
in. broad. acemes terminal 1 to 2 im. long, the rachis slender, minutely
bracteolate, 8- to 12-flowered. Sepuls and petals sub-equal, narrowly
lanceolate acute, ‘25 in. long, slightly spreading. Lip slightly shorter,
fleshy obovate-oblong,decurved at the base, otherwise flat, without lateral
lobes, the margins ciliolate near the base; dise much thickened and
deeply 3-grooved ; mentum concave. Anther papillose; pollinia thin.

Sikkim: im the Naru Valley, at an elevation of 6,000 feet; in
flower in June. :

This species belongs to the group Stachyobiwm and is allied to D.
alpestre, Royle, but that species has a lip with incised-serrate lateral
lobes, a small crisped terminal lobe, and a central bi-lamellate dise. It
is also allied, but not so closely, to D. eraeflorum, Griff. .

DENDROBIUM PAUCIFLORUM, n. spec. Stems 2 to 3 feet long, as thick
as a goose-quill, branching, and tapering towards each extremity,
pendulous, smooth when young but slightly grooved when old. Leaves
linear-lanceolate, obliquely aud minutely emarginate at the apex 3 to
4 in. long, and ‘5 to 75 in. broad. Facemes lateral about °5 in. long,
1-4-flowered ; flower-bract ovate, blunt ‘1 in. long. Flowers °75 in.
long. Lateral sepals ovate; the dorsal narrower, blunt. Petals ovate-
lanceolate, ciliolate. Lip *5 im, long, oblong, clawed: basal lobes
narrow, directed forwards, fringed, the part between these lobes much
thickened and bearing on its surface 3 raised lines ; terminal lobe flat,
hispid with no central thickening or lines; mentum with a large
nectar-secreting chamber, its upper (posterior) portion partially
covered by the wings from the sides of the column.

Sikkim above Engo, at an elevation of about 4,000 feet ; in flower
in June.

The flowers are of a golden yellow colour, the sepals and petals
being broadly margined with crimson. The apical lobe of the lip is
spotted with red. Its nearest ally is probably D. sphegidoglossuwm,
Reichb. fil. The position of the basal lobes of the lip is so far forward
that they are really not basal but lateral.

BULBOPHYLLUM, Thouars.

BULBOPHYLLUM CORNU-CERVI, n. spec. Pseudo-bulbs globular, touch-
ing, only ‘lin. in diam. Leaf coriaceous, sub-sessile elliptic or elliptic-
rotund tapering slightly to the base, 1 to 15 in. long and “6 to ‘8 in.
broad. Raceme 1-4 to 1:75 in. long, on a sub-erect stalk rather longer

2’ as re

1895.] G. King & R. Pantling —New Orchids from Sikkim. 333

and stouter than itself and bearing at intervals a few minute bracteoles.
Flowers rather distant, about °25 in. long. Dorsal sepal oblong, blunt,
lying parallel to the column; the laterals broader, flat, with involute
margins. Petals half as long as the sepals, lanceolate, l-nerved (in
fresh flowers). Jip fleshy, sub-rotund with lateral sinuses; the basal
portion thick concave; the anterior portion thinner and much deflexed
so that its upper surface is convex, the edges entire. Column very
short, with stout 2-3-fid arms variable in shape ; mentum flat, narrow-
ing outwards, with a stout raised mesial line which begins as a hook
at the lower margin of the stigma. Anther flat; pollinia small.

_ Sikkim: near the base of the Engo ridge at an elevation of pro-
bably about 2,500 feet: flowering in July.

The sepals of this are green with reddish-brown margins ; the lip
is yellow with a touch of dull red at the base. The nearest ally of
this seems to be D. alcicorne, Par. & Reichb. fil.

ButBoPpHYLLUM CLARKEANUM, n. spec. Rhizome long, about the
thickness of a crow-quill, sending up at intervals of about an inch and
a half, ovoid-globose obtuse pseudo-bulbs °35 to 6 in. long. Leaf nar-
rowly elliptic, slightly notched at the apex, sessile, about 1 in. long and
*5 iu. broad. Scape °5 to 1 in. long, slender, with 3 to 5 small sheaths
2-3-flowered. Flowers *3 in. long, their pedicels ‘2 in. long, borne
at the apex of the scape, Sepals sub-equal, lanceolate-acuminate, their
apices thickened. Petals about one-third of the length of the sepals,
broadly ovate, obtuse, 3-nerved. Lip ovate, acute, decurved, the upper
surface convex with an elongated central pit; the edges thin erose.
Column with long projecting spurs.

Western Dooar of Bhotan; in the Kumai Forest near the Jaldacca
River, at an elevation of about 1,500 feet : flowering in June.

This is allied to B. stenobulbon, Par. & Reichb. fil., but has different
pseudo-bulbs and leaves.

BULBOPHYLLUM CYLINDRICUM, n. spec. Rhizome long, creeping, ‘1 in.
thick, with numerous sheaths towards the apex, bearing at distances
of about two inches cylindric pseudo-bulbs truncate at the apex
and 1 to 1°25 in. long, Leaf narrowly oblong, sessile, blunt, faintly
notched at the apex, 25 to 3 in. long, and *4 to ‘5 in. broad.
Scape about as long as the pseudo-bulb, slender, minutely bracteolate.
Flowers 3 to 5, sub-umbellate, about °25 in. long. Sepals lanceolate,
caudate-accuminate, the dorsal shorter than the laterals. Petals about
one-fourth of the length of the lateral sepals, ovate, Sub-acute, 1-
nerved. Lip oval, blunt, flat, its margins thin, entire, much reflexed.
Column very stout, with short spurs; mentum conical. Anther with
a raised fleshy mid-area, its lip truncate; pollinta divergent,

354 G. King & R. Pantling —New Orchids from Sikkim. — [No. 3,

Sikkim: Mungpoo, at an elevation of about 3,000 feet : flowering
in June.

This is also closely allied to B. stenobulbon, Par. & Reichb. fil. of
whichit has the leaves and pseudo-bulbs, but the flowers are different.
It is likewise allied to B. Clarkeanum.

BULBOPHYLLUM EBULBUM, n. spec. Rhizome ‘15 in. thick, smooth,
bearing leaves at distances of three or four inches. Pseudo-bulbs
none. Leaves with long petioles, the blades oblong-lanceolate, tapering
to base and apex, about 7 in. in length and 1 to 1°25 in. broad:
petiole 15 to 2 in., channelled. Raceme erect, rising immediately
in front of a leaf, many-flowered, about 3 im. long, its stalk
about half as long, bracteate. Flowers rather distant, ‘25 in. long.
Sepals lanceolate, acuminate, (l-nerved ?), the dorsal shorter. Petals
linear-lanceolate, l-nerved, half as long as the lateral sepals. Lip
oblong, stipitate, deflexed from the middle, blunt, entire, longer than
the lateral petals. Column stout, with mentum twice as long as itself
and bearing a large swelling below the stigma. Anther thickened down
the centre, entire. |

Sikkim: at Sivoke, elevation 1,000 feet; in flower in July.

The nearest ally of this is undoubtedly B. apodum, Hook, fil. from
which it is however well separated by the shape of the leaf, and the
non-auriculate lip.

Beisoruyttum Lisreri, n. spec. Psendo-bulbs oblong-ovate, com-
pressed, “35 in. long, arranged alternately and close together ona
thread-like rhizome. Leaf fleshy, linear-oblong; sub-acute, sessile,
1 to 15 in. long. lowers ‘125 in. long, solitary from the bases of both
old and new pseudo-bulbs, and much shorter than the latter, the
shortly-stalked ovary enveloped by several shrivelled bracts. Dorsal
sepal ovate-lanceolate, blunt; the laterals a little longer, cohering
by their lower margins nearly to the tips and forming a kind of trough
in which the lip lies, their margins ciliolate. Petals fleshy, ovate, erose
at the apex, minutely ciliolate in the middle. Zip lanceolate almost
flat, the apex alone slightly decurved, the base constricted into a short
claw, the upper surface with a thickened yellow mesial line. Column
very short, its spurs long, slender, up-curved. The galeate anther
with a filiform attachment to the column.

British Bhotan: at the Rumpti Lake, elevation 1,000 feet: flower-
ing in March.

This remarkable species was discovered by Mr. J. L. Lister, of the
Bhotan Cinchona Association, “who gave it to Mr. Pantling. Itis one
of the most curious in the whole genus. The flowers are of a dull —
lake.

1895. | G. King & R. Pantling —New Orchids from Sikkim. 335
CIRRHOPETALUM, Lindl.

CrirrHopeTALUM DyeErtIanuM, n. spec. Ihizome ‘1 inch thick. Pseudo-
bulbs ovoid-globose, ‘35 to *5 in. long, touching or from °25 to °5 in. apart.
Leaf fleshy, elliptic, blunt, sessile. Scape 2°5 in. long. filiform, pendu-
lous, bracteolate only at the base, bearing 3 or 4 rather distant racem-
ose flowers ‘65 in. long, each with a lanceolate acuminate basal bract
equally the slenderly pedicelled ovary. Dorsal sepal ovate, acute, the
laterals two and a half times as long, linear-oblong, acuminate, slight-
ly oblique, and somewhat incurved at their apices but not cohering.
Petals equal to the dorsal sepal in length, ovate, acute, erose. Lip
narrowly triangular with a deep mesial groove to near the apex. Column
with short up-curved spurs; mentum twice as long as the column.
Anther minutely papillose.

Sikkim: or the summit of Tendong, elevation 7,000 feet; in.
flower in August.

CIRRHOPETALUM SARCOPHYLLUM, n. spec. Rhizome ‘15 in. thick,
bearing at intervals of 3 or 4 inches small flat disc-like pseudo-bulbs,
35 in. in diam. Leaf 4 to 9 in. long, pendulous, very coriaceous, oblong-
lanceolate, sub-falcate, without visible nerves, contracted at the base
to a thick cylindric petiole ‘75 to lin. long. Scape 3 or 4 in. long,
pendulous, with a few equidistant ovate-lanceolate acute sheathing
bracts *25 in. long and bearing at its apex an umbel of 3 to 7 shortly
stalked flowers ‘75 in. long. Dorsal sepal ovate-acuminate °35 in. long,
the laterals narrower, and twice as long, cohering for one-third of their
length, free at the tips, glandular-puberulous. Petals oblong, falcate,
acute ‘2 in. long. Jip tongue-shaped, channelled below. Ovlumn with
slender divergent spurs with a smaller tooth at the base of each: men-
tum stout with two parallel central raised lines. Lip of anther recurved.
Pollinia cuneate.

Sikkim: at Rishap, elevation about 2,500 feet; in flower in Sep-
tember.

The flowers are purplish speckled with yellow.

CHRYSOGLOSSUM, Blume.

CHRYSOGLOSSUM MACROPHYLLUM, n. spec. Pseudo-bulb sub-cylindric,
thin, 6 in. long. Leaf plaited, oval, slightly narrowed at base and apex,
15 in. long and 7 in. broad: its petiole 8 in, long. Raceme about 6 in.
long, many-flowered, its stalk about 12 in. long, sparsely bracteolate :
Flowers *5 in. across, their ovaries *5 in. long, bracts lanceolate, reflexed,
shorter than the ovaries. Sepals sub-equal, the dorsal lanceolate, the
laterals faleate. Petals slightly broader than the sepals, falcate. Inp con-
tracted into a claw at the base, mobile, oblong, abruptly decurved from

336, G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3,

the rounded basal lobes, the apex minutely emarginate and decurved :
upper surface with two bold longitudinal minutely hispid lamellae
running from the base to nearly the apex where they unite. Mentum
half as long as the entire column. Anther with two projecting tri-
angular wings. Pollinia 2, attached to a small viscid disc. }

Sikkim: in the Chel valley, at an elevation of 4,000 feet; in flower
in May.

This differs from any Chrysoglossum known to us in having a wing-
less column. The flowers have an unpleasant smell.

ERIA, Lindl.

EriA FIBULIFORMIS, n. spec. Pseudo-bulbs crowded and often over-
lapping, much depressed, reticulate, *5 in. in diam. Leaves membra-
nous, in pairs, oblanceolate, sub-acute, sessile, the edges minutely
ciliolate, 1:75 in. long. Flowers in pairs, ‘25 in. long, their ovaries
short, sigmoid, sub-campanulate. Sepals united to form a 2-lipped
beaked sac, gibbous at the base. Petals oblong-lanceolate, sub-acute,
obliquely curved, not quite so long as the calyx, their apices connivent
above the very small lip, (1l-nerved ?). Lip half as long as the petals,
clawed at the base, its upper surface concave, the side lobes broad
and rounded, the part beyond them contracted and with laciniate edges,
the apex carunculate, a small retrose callus in front of the basal claw.
Mentum twice as long as the column, tapering downwards. Lostellwm
very large and resting on the two lobes and upper margin of the stigma.
Anther crested and tuberculate, its lip erose. JPollinia 8, barely co-
hering by their minute membranes.

Sikkim: in tropical valleys at the base of the hills, at Sivoke, ke. :
in flower in October.

This belongs to the section Porpax and is allied to E. Lichenora,
Lindl. and FZ. ustulata, Par. & Reichb. fil. Its sepals are united to
form a curious 2-lipped sac, sparsely hispid externally. All parts of
the flower are of a uniform dull red colour.

TAINIA, Blume.

Tarnté Hoowertana, n. spec. Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, tapering up-
wards, 2 to 3 in. long, rising close together from a stout rhizome,
and enveloped in ea which sheaths also the petiole nearly to its
‘apex. Leaf plicate, oblong-lanceolate, tapering much to each end,
12 to 18 in. long and about 3 in. broad, its petiole somewhat shorter.
Raceme about 10 in. long, its stalk about twice as long, glaucous, bearing
two or three sheathing bracts near the base: floral bracts lanceolate,
25 in: long, Flowers about 1 in. long, their ovaries *75 in. Sepals and

1895.] G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim. 337

petals sub-equal, lanceolate, accuminate. Lip oblong with rather large
blunt incurved side-lobes and a dilated sub-reniform apex apiculate in
the centre ; upper surface of the middle of the lip with 3 ridges which,
beginning at the base as lines, pass into converging lamellae towards the
apex; spur blunt, incurved, exceeding the sepals by "12 in. Column
winged. Anther with two bosses.

Sikkim ; in the valley of the Teesta at an elevation of 1,000 feet;
in flower in March.

The colour of the sepals and petals is greenish with brown lines :
the lip is white, and its lamellae are yellow spotted with pink. The
anther is pink and its bosses are dark red. The species is near to 7.
viridifusca. We have dedicated it to Sir Joseph Hooker.

CALANTHEH, R. Br.

CALANTHE TRULLIFORMIS, n. spec. Leaves linear-lanceolate, acute,
sessile, 9 to 12 in. long. Raceme about 9 in. long; its stalk about the
same length, puberulous. Flowers 14 to 18, scattered, about 1 in. in
diam.; floral bracts linear-lanceolate equal to or exceeding the stalked
puberulous ovaries. Dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, narrowly acuminate
°75 in. long; lateral sepals lanceolate, falcate, longer than the dorsal.
Petals linear, acute, shorter than the lateral sepals. Lip sessile, trowel-
shaped, the base entire, the sides irregularly crenate-dentate, not lobed ;
the apex acuminate, entire: the upper surface with two converging
lamelle extending from its base midway to the apex: spur short,
stout; its mouth triangular, its interior bristly. Pollinia in 4 clavate
unequal pairs.

Sikkim: on Mahaldaram Peak: elevation 6,000 feet; flowering in
in July.

A species allied to C. puberula, Lindl. but differing from that
species in having sessile leaves and a lip without side lobes. The colour
of the sepals and petals is brown with a mesial and marginal green
lines. The hp is white, with a triangular pink mark at the base.

Vande.
EULOPHIA, R. Br.

EULOPHIA GENICULATA, n. spec. Leaves about three and a half feet in
length of which the petiole forms one-third, the blade linear-lanceolate,
acute, plicate. Flowering scape about 18 in. long, clothed through-
out with sheathing bracts 1 to 3in. long, and bearing at its apex
a 6- to 8-flowered raceme. Flowers 1 in. in diam., each with a
lanceolate acute bract equalling the sub-sessile, cylindric ovary. Dorsal
sepal elliptic, blunt: the two lateral elliptic-lanceolate, sub-acute.

338 G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 8,

Petals oblong, blunt, shorter than the sepals, connivent over the
column. Lip oblong, with long shallow side-lobes, its body as far —
as the end of the side lobes with three to five parallel thickened
nerves which end beyond the extremities of the side-lobes in a carun-
culate area on the truncate apical lobe: spur geniculate, short. An-
ther with a small 2-lobed lip.

Sikkim: in the valley of the Teesta: elevation about 1,000 feet:
flowering in August.

The sepals of this are brown, the petals and lip pale yellow. The
petioles of the two leaves form a pseudo-stem rather shorter than the
scape, and they are enclosed within two sheaths about 9 inches long.
This pseudo-stem is bound to the scape near its base by two short
broad sheaths which originate from the tuber. The nearest ally of
the species is HL. lachnocheila, Hook. fil.

CYMBIDIUM, Swartz.

Cympipium MunroniAnuM, n. spec. Terrestrial. Leaves stiff, erect,
ensiform, 16 to 20 in. long and °75 in. broad, tapered into a petiole or
not. Racemes stout, erect, about one foot long, about half being stalk,
with two or three distant closely embracing sheaths 1 in. long.
Flowers about 7 or 8, distant, 1 in. in diam., their bracts *25 to ‘35 in. long,
lanceolate. Sepals and petals sub-equal, oblong-lanceolate, acute. Lip
lanceolate (when flattened out), everywhere concave on the upper surface ;
the lateral lobes elongate and shallow, the body with two parallel
smooth lamelle in its centre ending with the side-lobes, the
apical lobe narrow and reflexed. Pollinia 4, plano-convex, the gland
narrow.

Sikkim: in the Teesta Valley on dry knolls: at an elevation of
1,500 feet: flowering in May.

The flowers of this species are sweetly-scented: the sepals and
petals are straw-coloured and each has 5 dotted or streaked lines: the
lip is white except its apical lobe, which is pale yellow transversely
blotched with red. Its nearest ally is OC. ensifoliuwm, Swartz, under
which it appears to be included by Lindley and other authorities. This
Sikkim plant appears to us to differ very materially from the true
Chinese C. ensifolivm. We have dedicated the species to the late
Mr. James Munro, for many years resident in Sikkim, and well-known,
not only as a lover of plants, but as a man of great sincerity, and of
unlimited kindness and hospitality.

CyMBIDIUM SIMONSIANUM, n. spec. Leaves linear, sessile, the apex
acute and sub-oblique: length 3 feet or more: breadth ‘4 in. Raceme
8 in. long, pendulous, shortly stalked, sheathed at the base by large

1895.] G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. 339

imbricate bracts 1 to 2'5 in. long. Flowers about 10 to 12, sparse, their
bracteoles very short. Sepals sub-equal, linear, slightly wider near
the apex, about lin. long. Petals rather shorter than the sepals, con-
nivent round the column. Jip with long shallow erect blunt entire
side-lobes parallel with, and as long as, the column; the apical lobe
ovate, apiculate, deflexed; lamelle of the lip 2, stout, parallel, clothed
with glandular hairs, ending abruptly with the basal lobes but conti-
nued partly into the apical lobe as thickened lines. Pollinia falcately
ovoid, compressed; the gland large,

Sikkim: in the valley of the Teesta: elevation about 1,000 feet.
Assam: locality unknown; flowers in August.

The flowers of this species are sweet-scented: the sepals and
petals are white with a crimson central line; the lip is also white, but
has oblique crimson lines on the lateral lobes, with large blotches of the
same colour on the apical lobe: the column is of a very dark crimson,
and the anther of a pale yellow colour. Specimens of this plant were
sent many years ago from Assam by the late Dr. J. C. Simons, to whom
the Calcutta Herbarium is indebted for numerous contributions of
plants, and for a large number of drawings of orchids. The species is
now dedicated to his memory.

CympBipiuM GAMMIEANUM, n. spec. Leaves linear, slightly narrowed
to the base, the apex acute, 2 to 3 feet long and about °75 in. broad.
Raceme pendulous, about 12 in. long with a stalk about three-fourths
as long, laxly or densely-flowered, the bracteoles minute, the stalk
enveloped in large imbricate sheaths 3 to 4 in. long. Sepals linear-
lanceolate or linear-oblanceolate, 7-nerved, 1°5 to 1°75 in. lone and
about °45 in. broad. Petals linear-oblong, sub-falcate, slightly shorter
than the sepals, 7-nerved. Lip about as long as the sepals, oblong, the
side lobes shallow, elongate, acute, the apical lobe sub-orbicular undu-
late, puberulous, separated from the lateral lobes by a sinus; lamella
of the lip 2, pubescent, parallel, but meeting and ending abruptly with
the side lobes opposite the ciliolate sinus. Column slender, slightly
winged. Capsule 2 in. long.

Sikkim: at elevations of from 5,000 to 7,000 feet: flowering in
September and October. ;

The colour of the flowers in this species is a dirty yellow: the lip
is of a brighter yellow and has brown lines on its side lobes. Indivi-
duals with flowers of a paler yellow are however very common, and
these have usually densely-flowered racemes like C. elegans, Blume;
while the plants with dirty yellow flowers have lax racemes suggestive
of those of C. longifolium, Don. This species, although common in
Sikkim; has hitherto remained un-named. We dedicate it to Mr.

J. 1. 43

340 G: King & R. Pantling—-New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3,

J. A. Gammie, Deputy Superintendent of the Government Cinchona
Plantation in Sikkim, whose work in the cultivation of the medicinal

species of Cinchona and in the local manufacture of Quinine is so well- —

known and so highly appreciated. The species is allied to C. Mastersit,
Benth. and C. affine, Warn.

SARCOCHILUS, R. Br.

SARCOCHILUS RETRO-SPICULATUS, nu. spec. Leafless; the roots large,
numerous and flat. Scape about °75 in. long, bearing at its apex | or 2
green, minutely bracteolate flowers ‘2 in. long. Sepals and petals sub-
equal, linear-lanceolate, wide-spreading, the laterals inserted on the
sides of the lip. ip sessile, linear-lanceolate, the apex with a retrorse
tooth; the base sub-gibbous, side lobes none: the spur globose, its
mouth contracted. Column very short. Pollinia 4: the caudicle short,
dilated below the pollinia, the gland ovate.

Sikkim: at elevations of about 5,000 feet; flowering in June.

A very inconspicuous species, remarkable for the curious retro-
flexed apical spicule-like appendage of the lip.

SARCOCHILUS CREPIDIFORMIs, b. spec. A minute leafless plant with
comparatively large spreading roots. taceme erect, ‘35 in. long, flowers
"15 in. long, bracteate, distichous, opening singly. Sepals sub-equal,
ovate, blunt. Petals shorter than the sepals, lanceolate. Lip sessile on
the column, forming a roundish cup with entire edges, about equalling
the dilated horizontal spur which is pilose just inside its mouth. Column
very short. Anther thin, with a slightly deflexed fleshy lip. Pollinia 4,
all attached to a single thread-like caudicle: gland ovate. Ovary long,
sub-sessile: fruit 1 in. long, cylindric. ‘

Sikkim: in tropical valleys: flowering in September.

The sepals and petals of this curious little plant are greenish, the
lip is white, and the stigma has purple margins, It is named from the
resemblance of the combined lip and spur to a slipper or last.

SARCOCHILUS BIMACULATUS, n. spec. Stem very short. Leaves linear-
oblong, narrowed to the base, sub-falcate, the apex obliquely bifid, 2 in.
long, and 35 in. broad. Raceme stout, °75 in. long, compressed, and
with persistent triangular bracts. Flowers confined to the upper half
of the rachis, distichous, ‘3 in. in diam., sessile. Sepals sub-equal,
evate-lanceolute, apiculate, the laterals attached to the base of the
column, Petals shorter than the sepals, ovate, sub-acute. Iip springing
at right angles from a short mentum, and lying parallel to the column;
its side lobes narrow, elongate, falcate, acute at the apex: apical lobe
triangular, very fleshy and with two flat calli at its base where the side
lobes end: the centre of the body of the lip with larger elongate calli

1895.] G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim, B41

near its union with the mentum. Stigma large. Rostellum small.
Pollinia ovoid, the caudicle oblanceolate ; the gland very small, ovoid.
Capsule 1°5 in. long, triquetrous.

Sikkim: in the valley of the Teesta; elevation about 1,500 feet:
flowering in July.

The flowers are white, with two blotches of brown on the calli of
the lip. They open singly and smell of almonds.

SACCOLABIUM, Blume.

SaccOLABIUM PSEUDO-DISTICHUM, n. spec. ~ Stems slender, 6 to 9 in.
long; slightly-branching. Leaves fleshy, lanceolate, the apex finely and
minutely bifid, ‘5 to -75 in. long, and °2 to -25 in. broad. Pedunele
°35 in. long, sub-umbellately 5- or 6-flowered. Flowers ‘3 in. in diam.
bracts minute. Sepals and petuls sub-equal, oblanceolate-oblong. Lip
with a wide hemispheric spur; side lobes absent; terminal lobe
broadly cordate, blunt, entire, fleshy, coneave, deflexed, quite without
callus. Column very short. Pollinia 2, entire, ovoid-globuse; gland
deeply 2-lobed. ;

Sikkim: at elevations of 6,000 to §,000 feet: flowering time August
to October.

This grows along with S. distichwm Mindl. to which it is closely
allied. As in that species the sepals and petals are greenish or
yellowish with purple spots; the lip in this is yellow, except the
terminal lobe which is orange. The chief distinction between the two is
to be found in the lip which, in this, is entirely without calli of any kind ;
while, in S. distichum, the lip has two large calli situated at its base.
The times of flowering of the two are moreover separated by three
months. yee

Neottiex.
CHEIROSTYLIS, Blume.

CHEIROSTYLIS FRANCHETIANA, n. spec. Jtoots short tubercular. Stem
6 to 9 in. long, the nodes slightly swollen. Leaves few, scattered,
glabrous; linear-lanceolate and much reduced in the flowering plant;
in the young plant ‘25 to ‘35 in. long, ovate and shortly petiolate.
Raceme pubescent, 1- to 2-flowered. Flowers ‘25 to *3 in. long, with
ovate bracts shorter than the ovary. Sepals oblong, curved, con-
nate for one-third their leneth; the dorsal concave, shorter than the
laterals. Petals broad, sub-quadrate, with an oblique central nerve.
Lip slightly exceeding the sepals, abruptly deflexed from a saceate base ;
the limb very shortly clawed, deeply divided into two linear obliquely
sub-acute rather divergent lobes. Column with two pyriform processes

“BC i stn od

342 G. King & R. Pantling—New Orchids from Sikkim. [No. 3,

immediately beneath the rostellum. Anther-beak decurved. Pollinia
sub-obovate, divergent when released from the anther; the caudicle
acuminate and the gland oblong.

Sikkim : above Sureil ; elevation 6,500 feet : flowering in August.

A very distinct species, named in honour of M. Franchet, the
distinguished French Botanist who has so successfully elaborated the
extraordinarily rich collections made by the Abbé Delavay in the
highlands of South-Western China.

GOODYERA, R. Br.

GoopyrrA Hemsieyana, n. spec. Height of entire plant 6 to 10 in.
of which 3 in. are spike: roots few, thick. Leaves 3 to 5, scattered,
unequal, broadly ovate, acute, glabrous like the stem, dark green with
white nerves ‘8 to 1°8 in. loug and ‘5 to 1 in, broad. Flowers sub-
secund, ‘5 in. long, the bracts equalling the ovaries. Sepals 3-nerved,
white with pink lips, the laterals ovate-acuminate, the dorsal oblong-
lanceolate and clothed externally with long sparse hairs. Petals oblong-
lanceolate, falcate, 3-nerved. ip oblong with a sharp tooth at each
side of the mouth of the sub-saccate base; the limb oblong entire,
obtuse, the lamellae scabrid. Column beaked. Pollinia elongate-obovate,
with a short caudicle and a long narrow lanceolate pointed gland.

Sikkim: on Senchal; elevation 7,000 feet: flowering in July.

This differs from G. viftata, Benth., notably by its laxly hairy
sepals, and by the scabrid lamellz of the lip. Dedicated to Mr. W. B.
Hemsley, F.R.S., formerly Assistant for India, now Principal Assistant,
Herbarium, Royal Gardens, Kew.

GASTRODIA, R. Brown.

GastropiA Dyertana, n. spec. Rhizome short, twice as thick as
the stem, horizontal, with slender spreading roots. Stem about the
thickness of a crow-quill, 12 to 15 in. long, bearing sheathing bracts
*S in. long at intervals. Flowers 3 or 4 near the apex of the stem,
5 or “6 in. long, brownish, nodding. Sepaline tube cylindric, glabrous,
the mouth 3-lobed. Petals minute, sub-rotund, entire, inserted on the’
sepaline tube near the bases of two of its sinuses. Dipas long as
the column, but shorter than the sepaline tube, ovate-lanceolate,
clawed, flat with undulate-crenate edges and with 4 parallel thickened
lines from the base to nearly the tip: claw short, and bearing two
sub-globular calli. Column with winged sides, the apex truncate and
4-toothed ; pollinia narrowly and obliquely ovoid.

Sikkim: at elevations of 7,000 feet; flowers in August.

This is allied to G. ewilis, Hook. fil., but that species has smaller

1895. ] G. King & R. Pantling— New Orchids from Sikkim. 343

flowers with fimbriate (or glandular) lateral petals and a lip with 2 long
wing-like central lamelle. This is less closely allied to G. orobanchoides,
Benth., which has erect flowers and a ventricose sepaline tube. It
agrees with G. eluta, Blume, in haying two callosities on the claw of the
lip. Dedicated to Mr. W. T. Thiselton Dyer, F.R.S., C.M.G., C.LE.,
Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew.

Ophrydee.
HABENARIA, Willd.

HABENARIA BIERMANNIANA, n. spec. Height of plant 9 to 15 in.;
tubers cylindric-ovoid, 1°25 in. long, sparsely hairy, Leaves, 4 or 5,
cauline, scattered, amplexicaul, lanceolate, acute, boldly nerved, 2 to 3
in. long. Spike 4 in. long, rather sparsely flowered; bracts linear-
lanceolate, acuminate, exceeding the sessile and scarcely beaked ovaries.
Flowers °3 in. long. Sepals and petals sub-equal ; sepals ovate, lanceolate,
with oblique bases, concave, sub-acute, cohering and, with the triangular-
lanceolate petals, forming a hood from the base of which the lip and
spur projects. Lip fleshy, linear-oblong, tapering slightly to the obtuse
apex, the side-lobes minute and tooth-like ; spur about as long as the
lip, curved, sub-obovate, dorsally compressed. Colwmn arching over
the mouth of the spur. Caudicles slightly shorter than the obovoid
pollinia; gland short, linear-oblong.

Sikkim: on Sinchal; at an elevation of 8,000 feet : flowering in July.

A very distinct species dedicated to the memory of the late Adolf
Biermann, for many years resident on the Government Cinchona Planta-
tion in Sikkim, and who died as Curator of the Botanic Garden,
Calcutta.

HABENARIA CUMMINSIANA, n, spec. Height of plant about 9 in.
Leaves 2 to 4, unequal, crowded in the lower part of the stem with a
smaller one a little below the spike, broadly elliptic to lanceolate, rather
thick, 2 to 3in. long and 1 to lin. broad. Stem angled between the
small uppermost bract-like leaf and the base of the spike. Spike 3 in.
long, rather densely-flowered, bracts longer than the slender beaked
ovaries, their edges ciliolate. Flowers (to the tip of the spur) °75 in,
long. Dorsal sepal ovate °25 in. long; the laterals narrower, wide-spread-
ing, their edges ciliolate, 4 in. long. Petals fleshy, slightly exceeding
the dorsal sepal, triangular, sub-faleate, the inner edge irregularly
crenate near the base, the outer edge entire, the apex sub-acute, the
base truncate. Lip very fleshy, without side-lobes, longer than the
lateral sepals, almost cylindric, abruptly deflexed from the thin flattened
base (? claw), the surface of the cylindric part slightly carunculate :

344 Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3,

spur slender curved, longer than the ovary, slightly compressed laterally.
Column very short: stigmas large, tapering towards the entrance to
the spur. Pollinia cylindric, slightly clavate, rather longer than their
caudicles and attached to them at half a right angle; gland small, sub-
rotund.

Sikkim: at Gnatong; elevation 11,000 feet: flowering in July;
collected by Mr. Pantling and also by Dr. Cummins, Surgeon to the
detachment of troops stationed near the Thibet frontier, to whom we
have dedicated the species.

This belongs to the section Hologlossa anda is allied to H. pachy-
caulon, Hook. fil., but it is perfectly distinct from that species.

Contributions to the Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry, No. I.
Experiments with a Babbler (Crateropus canorus).—By FRANK FInn,
B.A., F.Z.8., Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum.

Not long after my arrival in Calcutta in October 1894, I commenced
some researches on the common ‘“ warningly coloured” butterflies of
the locality, in the hope of supplying some of that experimental proof of
the unpalatability of such species, the insufficiency of which Professor
Poulton (the Colours of Animals, p. 227) so justly deplores. My most
complete experiments were made with the common Babbler Crateropus
canorus, ® representative and abundant insectivorous bird in India,
whose habit of going about in small flocks is indicated by its native
name of “ sat-bhai’’ and the English ones of “Seven Brothers” and
“Seven Sisters.” This bird, asit frequents trees and bushes, though
often feeding on the ground in the open at a short distance from
these, must constantly encounter butterflies in repose; that it often
succeeds in capturing them on the wing I very much doubt, its weak
clumsy flight being certainly most ill-adapted for such a performance.
‘Though it can swallow whole butterflies of considerable size, it often
transfers its prey to one foot, and thus holding it, easily picks off the
wings. In confinement this species speedily becomes tame enough
to feed from the hand, and will eat table scraps, boiled rice, &c., quite
readily. So tame were some birds which I kept, that, when after being
kept about a fortnight (some of them longer) they were released, they
stayed about the compound for about three days, still willing to take
insects from my hands. Thus I had an opportunity of checking the
results of the experiments I had made on them during their incarcera-
tion—a piece of good fortune which has not so far, I believe, fallen to
the lot of any previous experimenter.

1895.] Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. 345

As I intend to make this paper the first of a series, in which I shall
record the results obtained by experiments with several more species of
birds and with insectivorous animals of other groups, I refrain at
present from drawing any general conclusions; such as can be drawn
from the experiments given below will be perfectly obvious to any one
who has studied this subject.

I have much pleasure, however, in here expressing my sincere
thanks to Dr. Alcock, Superintendent of the. Indian Museum, for the
kind interest he has taken in my experiments. To him I owe the ac-
commodation of a. small aviary for some of my birds, and permission
to use the services of the Museum collectors for obtaining insects—
requisites indispensable for successful experiments.

I have also to record my obligations to Mr. L. de Nicéville, and to
Mr. Barlow of the Museum staff, for assistance in naming the insects
herein and after dealt with. —

EXPERIMENTS WITH BABBLERS IN CONFINEMENT. Serres ‘A.

November 11th.—Offered various insects to four Babblers ( Crateropus
canorus) which I had just bought and placed in a large hutch, after
I had given them some boiled rice, which they ate readily. They
seized cockroaches (Periplaneta americana) and Cuatopsilia readily,
squabbling over them, and one ate a Terias whole. They tackled two
Danais chrysippus just as readily, and I thought I saw one swallowed ;
certainly there seemed no difference in their behaviour.

Later on in the day, giving the birds two more Danaids, they
certainly seized and mauled them, but left them for a little while at
any rate; and I found pieces of body and wing from the previous
specimens. But these disappeared later. A Delias eucharis was torn
to pieces, and some of the body at least eaten before my eyes.

November 12th.—The Babblers had still some rice left this morning ;
I took it away and gave them butterflies. I saw Dunais chrysippus
and Delias eucharis mauled and left, while of a specimen of a protect-
ively-coloured species part at least was eaten. Terias to-day was
pecked and left, and even tle common Hesperid and a Catopsilia
pecked about much; and though I believe they were eaten in part,
I could not be quite sure.

November 13th.—This morning the Babblers had no food and were
hungry when I came to them. They took and mauled three Danais
chrysippus, but I saw none eaten ; even one with the wings removed
was left. One of them battered and partly at least ate a skipper.
A larger skipper (Tagiades) was seized, mauled, and apparently eaten,
A Catopsilia had its wings picked and knocked off and was eaten, A

346 Frank Finn — Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3,

Delias eucharis (minus abdomen) was mauled and left. A female
Hypolimnas misippus was taken, and part at least was eaten. The birds
take all butterflies one gives them and batter them a bit. Some of
the Danaids may have eventually been eaten.

Next day I released these Babblers, not having got any very
conclusive results from them. They did not seem very keen on but-
terflies, and were perhaps not healthy. Moreover it was difficult to
observe them in a hutch.

EXPERIMENTS WITH BABBLERS IN CONFINEMENT. Senizs B.

December 11th.—A fresh Babbler confined alone pulled about an
Euproctis moth for a time, but I found it left afterwards. I gave him
separately an abdomen which he had knocked off, but did not see it
eaten.

December 12th.—Babbler appeared to eat a bit of an Huproctis
abdomen.

December 13th.—This saelsees cs with another, and other birds being
now in a small aviary, with } inch-mesh netting, I saw one of them
seize an Huproctis. A Babbler also pulled another of these insects
to pieces, but did not eat it as far as I saw.

December 14th.—A Babbler ate a Papilio demoleus* whole, but did
not eata Danais chrysippus and Delias eucharis, though descending
from his perch to eat a Catopsilia.

December 15th—The birds in the aviary being hungry, I put
in some butterflies. I saw a Babbler eat a Terias. Later on, after
the birds had had some food (meal moistened with water) I put in
more butterflies, and saw a Babbler eat a Danais genutia, D. chrysippus,
and Delias eucharis. Two EHupioctis were eaten by Babblers. Two
Danais genutia were seized and torn to pieces, and part of one was
apparently eaten by the Babblers, which showed some signs of apparent
dislike ; of two D. chrysippus then given, one was torn up and eaten,
and the other torn up and rejected, by a Babbler, which then took and
left a D. genutia and Delias eucharis, and then went and ate some rice.
After this I released the other birds in the aviary, as they had no chance
with the Babblers, About this time I added a third specimen of the
latter.

December 16th.—One of the Babblers took and ate nearly whole,
after much rubbing and pecking, a caterpillar rather larger and much
hairier than that of the Buff-tip (Pygaera bucephala). I think this is
the larva of whose hairs I recently got my fingers full. The bird had

* erithonius auctorum.

1895.] Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. 347

food by it, and had had cockroaches in the morning. Another cater-
pillar, smaller, and covered with long whitish hair, with two pencils of
hair near the head, was untouched.

December 17th.— A Babbler ate an Huproctis readily. The hairy
caterpillar not eaten yesterday was still untouched, so I took it away.

December 18th—The Babblers ate four specimens of Huproctis ;
they were hungry. They ate some Catopsilia and other non-warningly-
coloured butterflies with relish, and ate also three Danais genutia; but
only one of these was eaten directly by one and the same bird, and the
others were evidently not relished much, for the birds ate Papilios* of
equal size much more readily. Specimens of a black beetle with yellow
patches (Mylabris sp.) were taken, and the elytra got rid of, but the
birds did not seem to like the body, and I saw one left,

December 19th. The birds were hungry in the morning, and one
ate a Danais chrysippus readily enough. Then a D. limniace was readily
eaten. An Huploea was also eaten; the bird pecked it about on the
ground much first, seeming especially to attack the yellow anal organ.
A cockroach subsequently put in excited more competition than these but-
terflies, and caused a fight. Several D. genutia and chrysippus were then
turned into the aviary, and two of the Babblers immediately attacked
them. I gave them some Huproctis, and they ate some, I believe all,
of them. By this time, too, they had torn all the Danais to pieces, and
as I saw no bodies lying about, I presume eaten them, though they had
now some plantain (a food they did not relish). In the evening an
Huploea was eaten, though there was food in the cage.

Yesterday, I think, I put the hairy caterpillar which had previously
escaped destruction, in again. It remained untouched for a day, and
next morning I found it dead in the water. The birds seemed never
even to look at it.

December 21st.—Two of the Babblers had been placed in the cage of
a Bhimraj (Dissemurus paradiseus), and this bird put in the aviary with a
Laughing Jackass (Dacelo gigas,) (not used in these experiments ) aud one
Babbler. Another of the hairy caterpillars noted previously (Dec. 16th)
as eaten by a Babbler remained untouched for some time, but afterwards
I found it dead and deprived of its hair, but uneaten. I don’t know which
bird did this. I puta mixed lot of butterflies in the aviary, and saw the
Babbler, which was hungry, three times take and eat a non-warningly-
coloured butterfly in preference to Danais chrysippus and D. genxtia,
which it could easily have caught. Indeed, I saw it take and drop a
D. genutia, and seize and eat a Papilio*® instead. It ate a grasshopper
before any butterflies, At the end of the day two Papilios (one torn)

* Not P. aristolochiz, .

J. um. 44

348 Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3,

and most if not all of the warningly-coloured species were left, though
the Babbler readily ate grasshoppers. Yet, when I gave an Huploea
to the other two Babblers in the cage, one took and ate it whole, though
they had had some grasshoppers, and did not eat some Dunais chr ysipprs
and genutia which I put in, so far as I saw.

Between this last date and January 35rd, I took, with one exception,
no notes on the behaviour of the Babblers. I added during this time
other specimens and had as many as twelve at once. However, I turned
out three of these, and started the next series of experiments with nine
birds, including the three used in the above series of experiments. I
have a note for December 28th, on which date I gave the Babblers a
small black and yellow zygaenid moth, which none touched, though
some evidently saw it. The other birds had been removed.

Before beginning to take the systematic notes which follow, I had
more than once given the birds butterflies, and had seen Danais, &c.,
devoured. I cannot give the exact dates of the experiments following,
but they took place on and after January 3rd of 1895, on consecutive
days for the most part. I have endeavoured to record each day’s ex-
periments separately. One and possibly two, of the present birds were
young, but my notes are not quite clear on this point.

EXPERIMENTS WITH BABBLERS IN CONFINEMENT. Series C.

IT. Putin, in the evening, first some grasshoppers, which were
immediately devoured, then some butterflies (Danais chrysippus, genutia
and limniace, Huploeu, Papilio aristolochiae and some non-warningly co-
loured kinds). The Danainae were most numerous, and all were at-
tacked, but the non-warningly-coloured species disappeared first. How-
ever, all the others but one Danais genutia and the Papilio aristolochiae
were killed and more or less mauled, and some eaten. I saw one bird
take and reject an Huploea, and another eat one. The Papilio aristolo-
chiae was refused four times at least, and sometimes looked at and not
touched. I then took it out. A very worn female specimen of Hlymnias
undularis was one of the first insects seized by the Babblers, as also
were the D. limuiace. There was food in the cage at the time.

Il. The butterflies offered and partly left yesterday had dickippeeee
this morning, with the exception of a few bits of wing, though there was
stillsome food. Inthe evening I put some butterflies (one each of Danais
chrysippus, genutia, and limniace and some other kinds), into an insect
cage, and placing this in the aviary watched the result. One bird went
in and took out a Catopsilia, which seems to be a favourite. Another
(young) went in and took a female Elymnias undularis, though he could
see its mimetic upperside ; but he lostit, The three Danais were the last

1895.] Frank Finn—Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. 349

left. Even two of these were ultimately taken, and I suppose eaten ; I did
not watch the whole process. The other, a D. chrysippus, was at the top
of the cage, and possibly hard to get; I took it out. The young Babbler
took, instead of a Danais genutia, a specimen of Nichitonia xiphia, which
he seemed not to like. However, later on I could only find a few bits
of wing left of all the butterflies I had put in, so I suppose it was
eaten after all. The birds had had some grasshoppers first.

Ill. Puta Danais genutia into the aviary, where a Babbler took
it and ate it whole. A D. chrysippus was taken by a Babbler, which
was pulling off the wings with no great eagerness, when another took
it away and ate the body. An Huploea (rather crushed) was eaten
readily enough, with part of the wings, by a Babbler. I then put
in several D. chrysippus and genutia, and the birds ate them all and
fought over them. I saw one throw up a body two or three times before
swallowing it, A D. chrysippus was first taken when I put in two of
each kind (D chrysippus and D. genutia) dead. The birds had had
some grasshoppers some hours before. Some time afterwards I killed
and put in— .

(a.) One each of Danais chrysippus, genutia, and limniace, Euploea,
and Catopsilia. A bird snatched the D. limniace before I
took my hand away, and the Catopsilia was not, I think,
the next taken. The Huploea was swallowed whole.

(b.) Two D. chrysippus anda large brown species put in; a bird
first took the latter. :

(c.) The same two D. chrysippus were put in together with a
Junonia. Two birds advanced at once and one took the
Junonia, the other a D. chrysippus. The Junonia was
eaten before my eyes, and I saw the other begun upon.

(d.) Ivrepeated this experiment with two D. chrysippus and another
protectively-coloured specimen. ‘his latter was taken by
the first bird which came. About this time I saw a bird
eat the body of a Danais, and soon found two lying about.
The birds pecked but did not seem to care for them.

(e.) I put in a Catopsilia and two D. chrysippus ; two or three
of the birds came at once. One took the Cutopsilia and
another a D. chrysippus.

(f.) Putina Catopsilia and one D. chrysippus. The first comer
took the former, and immediately afterwards the latter
was taken. The Catopsilia was eaten at once withsome
of its wings. The body of the other was eaten after
some rubbing ; I do not know whether the eater was thie
individual which took it.

350 Frank Finn — Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3,

(g.) Put in another D. chrysippus and a small fritillary, Atella
phalanta. A bird took and ate the latter; the former was
unregarded for a little time at least, then a bird took and
ate at least some of it.

(h.) A Babbler took and pulled about a Delias eucharis, but then
left it. Loffereditagain,andit was refused by a bird
or two, though another appeared to eat part of it.

I then put in one Danais genutia, two D. limniace, and several
D. chrysippus, which were immediately attacked as they fluttered about.
All of these last mentioned were soon killed and torn to pieces, and I
saw at least three eaten, though the birds had rice, &c., in the aviary.

IV. The birds had had no insects but-a fly or two when I gave
them (dead).

(a.) Two Danais chrysippus and one Papilio demolews. The latter
was taken first. I took the former away and

(b.) Presented them again with another P. demoleus. Two birds,
one young, went for the Papilio; theolder got it, and then
the other bird took a D. chrysippus.

(c.) Put in two more D. chrysippus and a P. demoleus. <A bird
advanced and deliberately chose the latter,

(d.) Two more D. echrysippus and a P. demoleus were put in.
The latter was taken first.

(e.) Same experiment repeated with same result.

(f.) One D. chrysippus and one P. demoleus put in; first comer
chose the latter.

The birds did not seem to me very eager for the Papitios, though
they so obviously preferred them. All the butterflies were eaten, or at
least torn to pieces, and I saw no bodies lying about. There was rice
in the food-bowl notwithstanding.

V. Offered the Babblers a Papitio aristolochiae; a bird took it
and tore off the greater part of the wings, but left the body. Another
took this and tore off the thorax, and left the abdomen. A Danais
limniace was then eaten, at least most of the body, I think by one of
the individuals which had refused the other,

(a.) Put in the aviary two Danais chrysippus and a Papilio demoleus.
One of the former was first taken, then the Papilio.

(b.) The experiment was then tried with two D. chrysippus and
a Papilio polites.* AD. chrysippus was first taken, then P.
polites by a young bird.

(c.) Two D. chrysippusand a male Llymnias undularis were then
putin. FE. wndularis was taken first and swallowed whole.
These sets of butterflies were put in dead.

* P. pammon auctorum.

1895.] Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Oolowrs and Mimicry. 351

The Babblers then took and left two Papilio aristolochiae, though
by this time all the Danaids and the Papilio polites were more or less
torn up and eaten, the latter all but the wings, I think. One of the
P. aristolochiae was not even killed at first. There was other food in
the cage.

(d.) Offered the birds a Danais chrysippus and a Catopsilia.
Two of them came at once, so 1 was not quite certain; but
I think the latter was preferred.

(e.) Repeated the experiment with two D. chrysippus and one
Catopsilia. The latter was distinctly chosen by the first
comer.

(f.) Repeated the experiment with two D. chrysippus and a
Junonia. The first comer (young bird) took a D. chrysippus,
the second the non-warningly-coloured species.

(g.) Put in a Junonia and one D. chrysippus. One bird took
one and another the other.

A Babbler took a Papilio polites readily. I saw no traces of the
P, aristolochiae about by this time.

(h.) Offered the Babblers a Papilio polites and two Danais chry-
sippus. The two first comers took the latter; but the
former was soon taken.

(7.) A Papilo demoleus and a Danats chrysippus offered. One bird
came, and chose the former; but the Danais was soon taken.

(j.) One Catopsilia and one D. chrysippus were offered. The
former was chosen by the first comer.

There was some rice still left in the vessel at this time,

VI. (a.) Offered to birds, in my hand, one specimen each of
Danais chrysippus, Papilio demoleus, and P. polites. The last named
was taken first, and then the Danais.

(b.) A protectively-coloured butterfly was offered in my hand
to the birds, together with aD. chrysippus. The Danais
was taken first.

(c.) A Danais limniace and a Papilio demoleus were offered; the
latter was taken first.

(d.) A protectively-coloured butterfly (same species as above);
again offered with a D. chrysippus. The Danais was taken
first ; it was nearest to the bird.

(e.) Same experiment repeated with another D. chrysippus; the
Danais again taken first.

(f.) Same experiment repeated; this Danais was also taken first,
though the other species was eaten readily by the next bird.

(g.) A small satyrid butterfly offered with Danais limniace in my
hand, The former was taken first.

302 Frank Finn — Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3,

(h.) D. limniace and Huphina phryne offered. Former taken first,
but latter eaten readily.

(7.) Same experiment repeated. This time Huphina was taken
first.

(j.) Living specimens of Danais chrysippus, D. genutia, and
D. imniace, Euploea, and Delias eucharis, together with two
dead specimens of the last, putin. Many of these were
attacked at once. The birds had no food by them this time.

VII. (a.) Offered to the birds Papilio demoleus and Danais |

limniace, one of each. Former taken first.

(b.) Same experiment repeated with same result.

(c.) Experiment again repeated; same result.

(d.) Same species of Papilio offered with a female Nepheronia
hippia ; the Papilio was taken first. The upperside was of
course exposed and the insects killed, as usual in these
comparative experiments of mine.

The birds had food by them. They ate to-day one specimen of
Nichitonia xiphia. ,

(e.) An Luploea and a Papilio demoleus offered ; the former was
taken first, but the latter swallowed nearly whole.

(f.) Experiment repeated ; Papilio demoleus taken first.

(g.) Experiment again repeated ; same result.

The Papilios were eaten more readily, usually whole, and apparently

more relished.

(h.) Experiment again repeated ; P. demoleus taken first, but the
bird which took it did not seem very eager, and did not
mind another robbing it of its prey. But it had had others,

(i.) Experiment repeated ; Huploea taken first.

(j.) Protectively-coloured species offered with a Danais limniace;
former chosen and eagerly eaten.

Two or three Terias were eaten to-day. A lot of Danais (chrysippus,
genutia, limniace) and Huploea, and a few non-warningly-coloured speci-
mens turned in. All were attacked, but the latter were eaten first, and
with more relish, though some Danainae were swallowed whole.

VIII. (a.) Offered the birds one each of Papilio demoleus and
Danais chrysippus. Both were taken almost simultaneously ; the latter
first if anything.

(b.) Offered, in my hand, one each of a Catopsilia and D. chry-
sippus. Former chosen.

(c.) Offered one each of a Catopsilia and D. genutia. The former
was chosen, though another bird made a dash at the Danais,

(d.) Same experiment repeated ; Catopsilia again chosen.

.
ray
*

1895.] Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. 353

(e) Small brown Satyrid butterfly offered with D. genutia; former
was deliberately chosen.

Some specimens of Huploea, Danais chrysippus, and D. genutia, were
given alive, and immediately attacked by some of the birds.

Two Papilio aristolochiae were tried and left, while some of the
Danainae above-mentioned were being torn and eaten, though some were
still alive or uneaten. The birds had food by them at the time. Later
on offered them —

(a.) A Danais genutia and a brown Satyrid species. The first
comer having a fair field, first took the former, and then
dropped it and took the other.

(b.) Last experiment repeated; two birds came at once, and the
Danais was first taken.

(c.) Offered a Junonia anda D. genutia ; the former was taken first.

(d.) Put in one Catopsilia, one Danais chrysippus, and two Papilio
polites (one mimetic of P. aristolochiae, and the other not),
The first comer deliberately chose the Catopsilia ; the next
looked at the remaining three and turned away; then a
P. polites was taken, and I saw it swallowed nearly whole —
I could not say whether by the same individual. The birds
had food by them. None of the butterflies previously put
in were to be seen. They did not seem very eager even
for Catopsilia.

IX, Offered to the Babblers killed or disabled specimens as
follows :—

(a.) One Danais chrysippus, one Catopsilia. Former taken first.

(b.) One D. chrysippus, one Catopsilia. Latter taken first, by young
bird.

(c.) Same experiment repeated ; Catopsilia taken first.

(d.) Same experiment repeated with same result.

(e.) One Danais genutia offered with one Catopsilia. Latter deli-
berately taken first.

(f.) Ore female of Hlymnias undularis, one Catopsilia. Latter taken
first. The mimic also taken and swallowed whole.

(g.) Papilio demoleus and Danais limniace. Former taken first.

(h.) Same species of Papilio and an Huploea. Papilio taken first.

(i.) D. chrysippus and Papilio polites. Both of these were taken
at once.

(j.) Same experiment repeated. The first comer took neither, the
second Papilio polites.

(k.) Protectively-coloured Satyrid and D. chrysippus. Former taken
first, and swallowed whole.

354 Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3,

(1.) Same experiment repeated. Protective species taken first,

and eaten, by the same bird.

This bird again ate one of this Satyrid; though there were Danais
limniace and chrysippus uneaten in the cage. <A Catopsilia was then put
in, and the same bird took and began upon it, when it was taken and
soon swallowed by another. .

Some Danais genutia and limniace, Euploea, and Delias eucharis
were then thrown in, but though one or two birds pulled them about,
I saw none eaten. The birds were now going to roost. They had had
no insect food before on this day, but a number of cockroaches the
day before.

X. Offered the birds—

(a.) One Danais chrysippus, one Catopsilia. Latter chosen.
(b.) One D. genutia one Catopsilia. Former chosen, by young bird.
(c.) Same experiment repeated. This time the butterflies were on
my hand, held on the floor; a bird swooped from the
perch on the Catopsilia, and took it.

(d.) Same two species offered. Both were taken at once.

(e.) One protectively-coloured specimen, one D. chrysippus. For-
mer deliberately taken.

(f.) One Huphina phryne, one D. chrysippus. Former taken first.

(g.) One Papilio demoleus, one D. chrysippus. Former chosen, but
birds not eager.

(h.) Same experiment repeated. As the first comer was hesita-
ting, and seeming to prefer the D. chrysippus, another
snatched the P. demoleus

(7.) One small protective Satyrid, one D. chrysippus offered. The
first comer in the last experiment deliberately chose the
former, though the Danais was nearer.

(j.) Papilio demoleus offered with Huploea. Latter taken first.

Put in three Huploeas, one Danais genutia, one D. limniace. Last
chosen deliberately by young bird. I threw in two more Huploeas and
two D. limniace. The former were this time seized, but one bird soon
left its prey, and I did not see the other specimen eaten, though I saw
one Eupiloea swallowed whole.

In the afternoon of the following day I released these birds, which,
as observed in the beginning of this paper, still continued about the
place. Thus I was enabled to make the following experiments with them.

EXPERIMENTS WITH BABBLERS AT LIBERTY.

January 16th.— As the birds were hopping about the garden eating
termites, &c., I gave them a number of butterflies, mostly dead or

1895.] Frank Finn— Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. 398

disabled, comprising specimens of Danais chrysippus, D. genutia, D.
limniace, and Huploea, with Papilio demoleus, Huphina phryne, Catopsilia,
Junonia, &c. There was no doubt that these latter non-warningly-
coloured species were preferred to Danais and Huploea. All as far as
I saw were eaten, while though the Danainae were picked at, and I
think one or two of them eaten, I often saw them looked at and then
passed over in favour of a Catopsilia or other palatable species.

I offered two specimens of the female of Nepheronia hippia. The
first one, which was displayed, was passed over by a bird in favour of a
Catopsilia, though the same individual then tried and ate it. The
second specimen, whose wings were half closed, did not seem to be
noticed at first, but on being thrown to a bird it was picked up and
eaten. I saw one bird, eating a Catopsilia, leave it and try a Danats
genutia, and then return to its former prey. I saw one bird try un-
successfully to catch an uninjured butterfly on the wing; decapitated
specimens were caught with some trouble as they fluttered.

This day they four times refused a red, black and white bug
(Dysdercus sp?). I thought Huploeas were least disliked of the unpalat-
able butterflies given.

January 17th— This morning I found lying about wings of the
butterflies rejected overnight ; but these birds may not have eaten the
bodies.

I put out several Danais genutia, which were not regarded with
favour, though one or two were taken. A bird which had left one took
and ate a skipper.

Another protective butterfly was eaten in preference to Danais
genutia and D. chrysippus. A Junonia was eaten readily.

A male Hlymnias undularis was eaten readily.

Two D. genulia were rejected, but a protectively-coloured species
taken.

Some specimens of Huphina phryne were taken readily and eaten.

Two birds tried to catch a D. genutia on the wing.

A bird took a Junonia from my Angers and apparently ate it.

Another protectively-coloured species then taken.

Another attempt made to catch a.flying D. genutia.

Two male specimens of Hlymnias wndularis taken in succession from
my hand.

D. genutia was taken from my hand, but it escaped, and three birds
tried to catch it. :

Another protective species was taken.

A specimen of a protective species was taken, squabbled for, and
eaten.

J. u. 45

356 Frank Finn—Theory of Warning Colours and Mimicry. [No. 3,

A protective species was again eaten; then a male Hlymnias
wndularis, swallowed whole.

A D. genutia was allowed to remain perched on a shrub.

I did not see one Danats at this time eaten, though one D. genutia
was torn up; but I found the body left. Afterwards, however, I saw one
Danais (I do not know which species) eaten, and then a D. genutia; this
latter was thrown up several times. Another was eaten; and then
I had to leave the birds.

January 18th.—The birds were still about, though one seemed to
be missing. I saw some D. chrysippus lying about, left from yesterday.
In the morning I offered the Babblers a large brown moth and a cock-
roach, which were taken. The birds, however, did not seem to wish for
some rice, &c., which I threw out, though such had formed their ordi-
nary food in confinement, and they had eaten some the day before.

In the late afternoon I offered them some butterflies, mostly decapi-
tated, chiefly Danais genutia, but also D. chrysippus, D. limniace, Huploea,
and Delias eucharis. None of these were eaten, as far as I saw, as lone
as other species could be had, and only one, a D. genutia, afterwards,
On the other hand, male Elymnias undularis, Catopsiliea, and other non-
warningly-coloured specimens were readily devoured, and even taken
from my hand, while specimens of D. genutia fluttered about. A male
Nepheronia hippia was taken and eaten. These experiments left not
the shghtest doubt in my mind as to the unpalatability of Danais and
the other “ warningly-coloured”’ forms. Birds would often only look
at them, and soon left them when picked up.

Next day the birds had disappeared, and so. ended my experiments
with this species.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 357

A list of the Butterflies of Sumatra with especial reference to the Species
occurring in the north-east of the Island—By Lionet pr NIcE’VILLE,
F.E.S., C.M.Z.S., &c., and Horratnh Dr. L. Martin.

[Received lst; Read 7th August, 1895.]

The island of Sumatra, with Java, Borneo and Celebes, forms one of
the Great Sunda group of islands. Rather more than half as large as
Borneo and more than twice as large as Java, it is nearly as large as
France. Some 1,070 miles in length, with an average breadth of over
120 miles, it has a total area of about 128,000 square miles, or 8,000
more square miles than are contained in the United Kingdom. Oblong
in shape, with its longer diameter running north-west to south-east,
the island lies between 95° and 106° Long. E., and is almost exactly
bisected by the equator, six degrees north and south of which it extends.
On the west it is washed by the great Indian Ocean with no adjacent
land except a parallel chain of small islands of which Nias is the largest ;
to the east is the shallow Strait of Malacca, with the Malay Peninsula
and the large island of Banka and a few other smaller ones at no great dis-
tance. To the south lies the large island of Java, separated only by the
narrow Sunda Strait; to the north the Nicobar and Andaman chain of
islands seem to form a natural continuation of the enormous volcanic range
of mountains that beginning in the Banda Sea, extends through the
islands of Wetter, Flores, Sumbawa, Lombok, Bali, Java and Sumatra,
and endsinthe Andaman Sea. Throughout the whole length of Sumatra
extends a mountain-system of several parallel ranges, with large central
plateaus or highlands. In this system, called ‘“ The Barisans,” the
highest mountains are mostly volcanoes, which reach an altitude of
about 15,000 feet in Mount Kassoumba. Other lofty peaks are Indra-
pura, 12,255; Lusi, 11,600; Dempo, 10,562; Abong-Abong, 10,000 ;
Ophir, 9,940; Merapi, 9,640; Talang, 8,470; and Salamanga, 6,825
feet. Two of these volcanic cones, Merapi and Talang, are said to be
still active. On the west coast the mountains rise abruptly from the
Indian Ocean, and in consequence there is no alluvial soil on that side of
the island ; whilst on the east coast there are large alluvial plains, abound-
ing in water, and intersected by large rivers. This plain is increasing
every year, being gradually built up by-a broad belt of mangrove-
swamp. In the northern half of Sumatra in the above-mentioned
alluvial belt, between 3°-4° N. Lat. and 98°-100° E. Lon., are
situated the three small Malayan sultanates of Langkat, Deli, and
Serdang (with the butterfly fauna of which this paper deals), that
are world-renowned for the splendid tobacco grown there, which is
almost entirely used for making the outer covers of cigars, The southern

308 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

and western borders of these sultanates are formed by the Barisans,
here named the Battak mountains from the inhabitants of these ranges
being several tribes of anthropophagous Battaks, the aborigines of
Sumatra. The different ranges of the Battak mountains here include
the extensive Toba highlands, which surround the large and for long
mysterious Lake Toba that lies in their centre. North of this lake
is the Karo plateau, inhabited by the Karo-Battak tribe, and forming
the true ‘“ hinter-land”’ of the above-named sultanates. The northern
boundary of this region—as we deal chiefly with this part of the island,
we will call it “our area”—is the mountainous land of the Gayoe
and Allas tribes, who are Mahomedans; to the east les the large
sultanate of Siak. The altitude of the Karo plateau may be estimated
at about 4,000 feet; the highest peaks of the Battak mountains are
Simanabum, nearly 8,000 feet in height, and Sebayak, which is a little
over 7,000 feet.

- Owing to its situation, protected on the south and west by the
Barisans, and with the narrow and quiet Strait of Malacca, beyond
which again is the Malay Peninsula also with a high central range
to the north and east, there isno monsvon in our area, and consequently
neither a true rainy, nor a true dry season; though during thie
south-west monsoon there is a little more rain than usual, say about
18 days in the month, while during the north-east monsoon there are
only Il rainy days in the month. Nevertheless there is a yearly average
rainfall of about 90 inches (2,200 mm.); this, together with a
mean daily temperature of 80°, and an extreme daily range of 12°6°
Fahrenheit, makes a very damp and unhealthy climate, but fits it for a
high development of insect life. The plains of the three sultanates,
the outer ranges of the Battak mountains, and the Battak mountains
themselves, which include the Karo Central Plateau, are the localities
where all the species of Rhopalocera contained in our collections and
enumerated in the following list, have been captured, except a few
from the Gayoe lands and from Indragiri, another Malayan sultanate
south of Siak, and nearly opposite to Singapore.

The plains were formerly entirely covered with large, dense, lofty
primeval forest, but this has had to make way for the miserable tobacco
plant, of which the cultivation began about the year 1865. The
primeval forest once destroyed by fire and the axe does not grow again,
but is replaced by a high-growing and tenacious species of grass,
called ‘“ Lalang” in Malay (Imperata arundinacea, Cyrill.), which
now entirely covers all the ground temporarily unoccupied by tobacco,
The cultivation of the nicotinous plant pays so highly and yearly
so increases in extent, that there is now no forest whatever left in the

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 359

true tobacco districts of Deli— Deli being the name generally used as a
topographical unity for all the three tobacco-yielding sultanates—and
in consequence, as Imperata arundinacea is not liked by any animal,
there have disappeared not only all the interesting pachyderms, but
also all the butterflies whose food-plants are in the forests. Ten or
twelve years ago, or even six or eight, certain species, for instance the
different black and brown Hupleas, were to be found commonly every-
where. But then all the forest had not been cut down; now these
Species are never seen, having retired to the well-wooded outer hills
and mountains, or to the boundaries of the tobacco districts north of
Langkat, and tothe south in Serdang. Only the most common species
which feed on the Graminec, garden vegetables, cocoa-nut palms and other
fruit-trees and on ubiquitous plants remain. So it has become neces-
sary to send our collectors far away out of range of tobacco cultivation.

Revarding the elevations of the different places where our cap-
tures were made, we could generally distinguish four well-separated
ZONES :—

1. The zone of the plains from the sea-board to the elevation of
Namoe Oekor (266 feet), with the subzone of the beach, situated quite
close to the mangrove fence of the coast. Laboean and the Saentis
Estate are localities in this subzone, whereas Mabar (25 feet), Paya
Bakong (40 feet), Stabat (45 feet), Medan, the capital of the Deli
district (50 feet), Selesseh (90 feet), and Dr. Martin’s later station
at Bindjei (100 feet), all belong to this first zone.

2. The zone of the outer hills, beginning some few miles south
of Namoe Oekor and extending to Bekantschan, the elevation of this
district being between 300 and 2,400 feet. Kampong (village) Singha-
pura (725 feet), Namoe Tampis and Namoe Blanka (1,050 feet), are
good localities in thig zone, to which may also be added the villages of
Bohorok and Kepras, situated more to the west in the direction of the
Gayoe country.

3. The zone of the higher mountains which begins south of Be-
kantschan, and ends on the margin of the Central Plateau, with the
frequently-visited valley of the Soengei Batoe (4,125 feet). Between
Bekantschan and Soengei Batoe there is the Bekantschan pass, leading
to the Central Plateau, at an elevation of 4,785 feet.

4. The Central Plateau itself, with no elevation less than 4,000
feet. The Kampongs of Naman, Beras Tepoe, Soekanaloe, and Atjih
Djahé more to the south in the direction of lake Toba, were the spots
where our collectors were most successful.

Two other good collecting places have to be mentioned. The first
is Paya Bakong which is situated quite in the centre of tobacco-land.

360 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Owing to the fortunate presence of an undrainable swamp on either side of
the little Diski river, it still possesses a patch of high forest of several
square miles in extent, in which many of the rarer species such as
Charaxes, Papilio hermocrates, Felder, and P. delessertii, Guérin, have
found an asylum. The second, the often-mentioned Selesseh, lies at a
distance of six miles from Bindjei, and is on the border of tobacco cultiva-
tion and immediately to the west of the village of Selesseh, where there
is splendid continuous primeval forest which yields precious crops of
rare butterflies, especially on the banks of the large Wampoe river.
Our collectors were usually Battaks from the two mountainous
zones ; to Selesseh, however, and other places in the plains we usually
sent two very clever Chinamen. The latter were most zealous if given
some advance of pay, which allowed them to buy some necessary
provisions and the never-to-be-omitted opium. On their return with
their bag of captured butterflies they received the balance of their
monthly salary, together with an extra bonus for any rarer spoil they
may have been fortunate enough to capture. The Battaks received
some rice and salt fish, enough to feed them for a fortnight, before’
leaving for the mountains, but as they are inveterate gamblers, and
will not turn out of their villages till they had lost at some game of
hazard or another every cent they possess, no advance in cash was
given them. When all their money from the fruits of their last expe-
dition was lost, then they asked for a tin box, some butterfly papers
and a net, and moved off with their provisions very slowly and relue-
tantly southwards to the evergreen mountains. Being moreover very
lazy, it was impossible to grant them a fixed salary, so they were paid
solely by results, and by valuation of the captures they brought in. On
their return from the mountains after delivering the insects and re-
ceiving their dollars, they immediately set to gambling, and did not
appear again on the surface so long as a cent remained. All Battak
collectors, even the most intelligent and zealous, lose their interest in
the subject after a certain time, and would return with hardly any-
thing, or a few common and useless species, and in consequence had
to be discharged —a very great inconvenience, as it always takes a long
time to break in a native as a good collector. Of course there was
always lost or damaged many a rare and fine specimen through the
awkwardness of a new collector. A few Gayoe collectors also were
employed, who went farther away to the north and west to the Gayoe-
lands. They brought various species of Charazes largely, Prioneris
clemanthe, Doubleday, Ixias ludekingii, Vollenhoven, Hebomoia borneénsis,
Wallace, Papilio perses, de Nicéville, and P. payeni, Boisduyal, all of
which are very rare or do not occur at all on the Central Plateau. In

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 361

1893 and 1894, Mr. de Nicéville induced three amateur collectors in
British India to send down to Sumatra some of the well-known
Lepcha collectors from Darjiling to Dr. Martin’s care. These men
met with very good success, though at first they were afraid to mix
with the cannibal Battaks and refused to go to the mountains. How-
ever, after giving them a Battak guide and interpreter they went off
to the hills regularly, and did very well there,

A large proportion of the really rare endemic species of butter-
flies found in the island occur only in the mountains, from the lower
slopes of which and from the high Central Plateau, alone, are obtained
the interesting species that are common to the eastern Himalayas
and Sumatra, clearly showing the aforetime continuation of the Asiatic
continent by way of the Malay Peninsula through Sumatra to Java
and Bali, between which latter small island and the equally small island
of Lombok occurs the deep depression in the sea floor which forms
“‘ Wallace’s Line,” dividing the Indo-Malayan from the Austro-Malayan
region. The most remarkable of these species which are common
to the Sikhim Himalayas and the mountains of Sumatra, but which
have not as yet been recorded from the intervening Malay Peninsula
are—

Enispe euthymius, Doubleday.

Pareba vesta, Fabricius, local race vestita, de Nicéville.

Apatura namouna, Doubleday.

Neptis sankara, Kollar.

Argynnis niphe, Linneeus.

Limenitis danava, Moore, local race albomarginata, Weymer.

“ie dudu, Westwood, local race bockit, Moore.

Cyrestis (Ohersonesia) risa, Doubleday and Hewitson, local race
eyanee, de Nicéville.

Castalius ananda, de Nicéville.

Arrhopala teesta, de Nicéville.

Llerda epictes, Godart, local race tla, de Nicéville.

Rapala schistacea, Moore.

3 scintilla, de Nicéville.

Delias belladonna, Fabricius.

Terias libythea, Fabricius.

Huphina nadina, Lucas.

* nerissa, Fabricius, local race sumatrana, Hagen.

Papilio cloanthus, Westwood, local race swmatrana, Hagen.

» payent, Boisduyal.
Cupitha purreea, Moore.
Halpe zema, Hewitson.

362 L, de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

As mentioned above, north-eastern Sumatra does not possess a
well-marked dry- and wet-season, suchas is found over most of the
continent of India, there being no month in the year when it does not
rain ; indeed it is rare for a week to pass without a shower, consequently
there are no dry-season forms of butterflies to be found in Sumatra except
the dry-season form of Melanitis ismene, Cramer (=leda, Linneus, aucto-
rum), which, as also in Java, is found all the year round equally commonly
with the wet-season ocellated form, I. determinata, Butler.

We would especially bring to notice the occurrence in North-
astern Sumatra of a very peculiar endemic form of the female of Papilio
memnon, Linneus. It belongs to the first form group of females of
the species, z.e., the form which has no tail to the hindwing and is
most like the male; the second form is also tailless, but has a large
white patch on the outer half of the hindwing never found in the
first form. This peculiar first form female has the ‘‘epaulettes” (7.e.,
the basal portion of the discoidal cell of the forewing on both surfaces)
almost pure white, faintly tinged only with ochreous, so that it may
perhaps be called cream-coloured. It probably mimics the second form
female of Papilio forbesi, Grose Smith, which also possesses similar
white epaulettes, the first form lacking them altogether, and is
therefore like the male. It may be urged against this theory that
females of P. forbesi are very rare, especially the white-epauletted
second form, Dr. Martin having obtained only two specimens of it.
But this scarcity is probably more apparent than real, both sexes of
P. forbesi occurring in equal numbers, but the males coming down to
the hill streams to drink are caught in large numbers, while their less
thirsty spouses keep only to the thick forest where they escape the
dangers of the butterfly net.

It should be pointed out that de Nicéville is solely responsible for
the nomenclature employed in this paper, and for all statements ap-
pearing in the first person singular, together with the descriptions of
species and sexes ; while Martin, who has lived for 13 years in north-
east Sumatra, is mainly responsible for the notes on distribution in the
island itself, scarcity or rarity, season of occurrence, &c., of the
various species; de Nicéville having but twice visited Bese and
then only for short periods.

The literature of the subject is of course very scattered and frag-
mentary. The following is a list of the principal papers dealing with
the Rhopalocera of Sumatra : —

I. P. C. T. Snellen. Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xx, p. 65 (1877), “ Le-
pidoptera op Sumatra verzameld, voornamelijk in Atchin.” Hnumer-
ates 30 species.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterfiies of Sumatra. 363

II. Henley Grose Smith. Appendix v of “The Head-Hunters
of Borneo” by Carl Bock. English edition, 1881. “ List of Sumatra
Butterflies.” Hnumerates 226 species.

Ill. P. C, T. Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxiii, p. 215 (1890),
“Tajst van Lepidoptera op Sumatra.” Hnumerates 48 species.

IV. Dr. B. Hagen. ‘“ Die Pflanzen- und Thierwelt von Deli auf
der Ostkiiste Sumatra’s.” Separat-Abdruck aus “ Tijdschrift van
het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap.” Jaar-
gang 1890. Leiden.—K. J. Brill. Hnumerates 323 species.

V. P. C. T. Snellen. “ Midden-Sumatra.” Lepidoptera (1892).
Enumerates 104 species.

VI. Dr. B. Hagen. Iris, vol. vii, p. 1 (1894). ‘ Verzeichniss der
von mir auf Sumatra gafangenen Rhopaloceren.” Hnumerates 109 species
in the subfamilies Papilionine, Pierine and Danaine only.

VU. Hofrath Dr. L. Martin. “ Hinige neue Tagschmetterlinge
von Nordost-Sumatra.” Munich, 1895. Pts. I and IJ. Enumerates 9
species.

Besides these papers exclusively on Sumatra butterflies search has
been made for all references to the butterflies of the island in Mr. W.
F. Kirby’s “ A Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera ” up to
1877, and “ The Record of the Zoological Literature” up to 1893, the
date of the last volume published; Dr. A. R. Wallace’s papers on
Eastern Butterflies; Mr. A. G. Butler’s paper on the Butterflies of
Malacca; Dr. O. Staudinger’s ‘ Exotische Schmetterlinge,” and the
Butterflies of Palawan; Herr Georg Semper’s ‘“‘ Schmetterlinge der
Philippinischen Inseln;” and Mr. W. L. Distant’s “-Rhopalocera
Malayana.” It is hoped that the list is fairly complete as far ag
present knowledge goes. The remarks on each species are headed by
the names of the different writers who have recorded the species from
Sumatra. All those species that have not been obtained by ourselves
have an asterisk (*) prefixed tothe name. Dr. Martin is of opinion
that this list cannot be greatly extended, and that it is nearly complete.
I do not agree with him; up to the last month of his stay in the island,
species new to the list continued to be obtained ; besides which, con-
sidering the vast extent of theisland, that it is largely covered with
almost impenetrable virgin forest, that a considerable portion of the
country has never been explored, that it contains a continuous chain of
high volcanic mountains running throughout its entire length which is
almost unknown, and has been crossed from north to south in but few
places, and finally that Dr. Martin’s collectors visited a few favoured
spots only, at most 50 miles apart, I think it almost certain that this list
will some day be increased by an additional 100 species at least. At the

J. um. 46

364 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

same time we may we think point with some little pride to the fact that
it is far larger than any local list which has ever been published except
for certain places in Central and South America, containing as it does some
756 species. Next to it probably in size is de Nicéville’s “ A List of the
Butterflies of Sikhim ” in the Gazetteer of Sikhim (1894), in which 631
species are enumerated. Synonomy for the commoner and better known
species has not been given; but all references to figures of species from
Sumatra and lately described species, as well as synonyms of recent
date have as far as known been entered.

The imperfections of this list are doubtless many, but we would
ask our adverse critics to remember the disadvantages of working in
a tropical climate, and also the many letters that have to be written,
the number of books to be consulted, the many collectors to be
“ caught,” trained, supplied with necessaries and depatched to the collect-
ing grounds, and the time occupied in preparing and conserving the
specimens when obtained, before a list similar to this one can be pre-
sented to, let us hope, an indulgent public.

Family NYMPHALIDA,
Subfamily Danan.

1. Hestia tyncevs, Drury.

H. reinwardti, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 218, n. 3.
H. druyri, 1. ¢., p. 219, n. 6.

Snellen as linceus [sic]. Hagen as lynceus and lyncens [sic].
Grose Smith. Butler, Staudinger. Distant. Moore as reinwardti and
druyri. A common species, occurring from the lower slopes of the moun-
tains to the sea. As usualit is very variable, two of these varieties
have been described by Moore as distinct species occurring in Sumatra.
The dark variety figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay., pl. i, fig. 2,
only comes from places near the mountains and the outer slopes where
the rainfall is far heavier than in the plains, while the lighter specimens
are found in the forests of the alluvial plain, but the two forms gradually
merge the one into the other, and no distinguishing line can be drawn
between them. Specimens of the genus Hestia are nearly always seen
in pairs, and are very fond of flying over the small streams so common
in our forests. They never leave the high forest, probably because
they have a very weak flight, and their enormous tissue-paper-like
wings cannot withstand the wind away from the shelter of the trees.

2. HeEstTiA BELIA, Westwood.

Hagen as linteata, The Sumatran form of this species appears to

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 365

be nearer to the Javan H. belia than to the whiter H. linteata, Butler,
from the Malay Peninsula, but at best the latter is but'a local race of
the former. For many years there existed a single specimen in Dr.
Martin’s collection without locality label, and he nearly despaired of get-
ting it again, when in May, 1894, he obtained all at once in one spot five
specimens from Bandar Quala in Serdang, where no specimen of
H. lynceus, Drury, is ever found, as Mr. Puttfarcken, a very enthusiastic
collector of that place, has noted.

3. Inropsis (Gamana) DAos, Boisduval.

Snellen as Hestia daos. Hagen as I. daos, Horsfield and Moore
[sic]. Butler. Staudinger. Distant. Mr. W. F. Kirby, in “ Allen’s
Naturalist’s Library. Lepidoptera,” vol. i, p. 15 (1894), suggests that
the form of this species occurring in Sumatra may be distinct from the
typical Bornean form. I possess specimens from both islands, and
find that they agree almost exactly. Dr. Staudinger refers to a darker
form of the species occurring in Sumatra and Nias. The former is
normal ; the latter is the Gamana costalis of Moore, and is a distinct
species. In Sumatra J. daos is found not higher than Bekantschan. It
is mimicked by a very beautiful day-flying Moth, probably of the genus
Isbarta, Walker (? I. glauca, Walker, from Sumatra), family Zygeenide.
On “ The Crag’ at Penang, 2,000 feet, I. daos is very common.

4, Dawnats (Radena) vuucaris, Butler.

Grose Smith. A common species of the plains, the female much
rarer than the male. It occurs all the year round, but if there should
be a break in the regular rainfall, as there is sometimes in February
and March, then only worn specimens are on the wing, shewing that
damp weather is necessary for the disclosure of imagines; otherwise
generation follows generation regularly throughout the year.

5. *Danats (Radena) simitis, Linneus.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Mr. Henley Grose Smith is the
only writer who gives both D. vulgaris, Butler, and D. similis from
Sumatra. Mr. Moore restricts D. similis to Hongkong and Formosa.
I greatly doubt its occurrence in Sumatra.

6. *Dawnais (Radena) Juventa, Cramer.

Moore, Semper from West Sumatra. As it is found in Singapore
(Moore), Banka, Java, Labuan, Lombok and Billiton, it is possible that it
may also occur in Sumatra in the south and west. Banka and Java
are only separated from Sumatra by very narrow straits.

‘gles abel es

366 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, [No. 3,

7. Dawnats (Tirumala) sEPTENTRIONIS, Butler.

Hagen. Quite common in the plains and lower slopes of the hills.

8. *Danais (Ztrumala) LimNiace, Cramer.

Hagen. As this species occurs in Burma and the Nicobar Isles, it
is possible that it may also be found in Sumatra, However, as Dr.
Hagen records in his first paper D. limniace and no D. septentrionis,
and in his second paper D. sepfentrionis and no D. limniace, his first.
identification was probably incorrect.

I wish to take this opportunity to record the occurrence of a but-
terfly in Malayana which has been well-named in English “ The Wan-
derer,” but about whose specific name there has of late years been
much contention and confusion, Formerly it was known as Danais
archippus, Fabricius (1793), then as Danais (Anosia) plexippus, Linneus
(1758) ; recently, however, Mr. W. F. Kirby in “ Allen’s Naturalist’s
Library. Lepidoptera,” vol. i, pp. 12 and 19 (1894), has pointed out that
the Papilio plexippus of Linnzeus, and the Papilio archippus of Cramer
[sic, ? Fabricius] cannot apply to this species, and that it should be known
as Danais (Anosia) menippe, Hiibner, described in 1816. But an older
name than this last is Papilio erippus, Cramer (1775), which should ap-
parently be applied to it, unless Danais erippus, described from Brazil,
be considered to be a distinet species from D. menippe, which, however,
Mr. Scudder is not prepared to admit it to be, in which case D. erippus
must be applied to “The Wanderer.” It is certain, however, that
D. erippus is not the typical form, being in fact a local race of D, menippe,,
so that our species must, as Kirby says, be known as D. menippe,
Hiibner. In my opinion the most accurate nomenclature for the butter-
fly would be Danais (Anosia) erippus menippe, Hibner. At any rate the
species here treated has been well figured by Cramer in “ Papillons
Exotiques ”’ on plate cevi, figs. EH, F (1779), from a female example as
Papilio plexippus. Mr. W. F. Kirby has already recorded it from Java,
I now, for the first time I believe, record it from North Borneo, the late
Mr. W. Davison, who was for some years and till his death the Curator of
the Raffles Museum, Singapore, having sent me to see a male specimen
from that island. The Rey. W. J. Holland, Ph. D.,in the Ann. Report Ent.
Soc. Ontario for 1893, notes that he has received single specimens of
Danais plexippus, Linneus, from Borneo and Java, also its occurrence in
the Azores. In Part ii of a new edition of Morris’ ‘‘ A History of British
Butterflies,” p. 72 (1895), it is stated (though the authority is not given)
to have been found in the Andaman Islands. Furthermore, the late
Mr. E, F. T. Atkinson in 1889 presented a female specimen of this

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 367

species to the Indian Museum, Calcutta, which was captured on the
1gth April, 1889, by Mr. C. White, the chief officer on board the Penin-
sular and Oriental S. 8. “ Ravenna” in the Straits of Malacca (which is
at the point where the butterfly was caught only a few miles broad), not
far off the island of Pulo Jara between Penang and Singapore. It is there-
fore not at all improbable that the butterfly flew off from either the
adjacent island of Sumatra or from the Asiatic mainland. I have for
some years past been looking forward to its capture in India proper,
and I think it cannot be long hence before we have evidence of its hay-
ing established itself on this continent.

P.S.—Since the above was in type, I have lighted on an article in
‘‘The Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation,” vol. v, p. 1
(1894), by Dr. F. J. Buckell, entitled “ Danais archippus, Anosia
plexippus, or What,” in which he discusses the question of the correct
name by which “The Wanderer” should be known, and arrives at the
following conclusions :—

‘‘].—The balance of argument is against the claim that the Ameri-
can insect is the plewippus of Linneeus.

2.—The earliest name given to that species was erippus, Cramer,
and, if the ‘law of priority’ is to be pedantically adhered to, this is the
trivial name that must be adopted.

3.—The Fabrician name, archippus, is that by which the species
has been most widely known, and as changes in accustomed nomencla-
ture are to be deprecated, and as, moreover, erippus, Cramer, is a
varietal form found in Brazil, archippus should be retained as the trival
name of the species, and erippus used as the name of the variety.”

As will be seen above, | am unable to follow Dr. Buckell in
his conclusions, priority of nomenclature musé in all cases be strictly
maintained.

9. Dawnats (Limnas) curysippus, Linneeus.

Snellen. Hagen. Moore. Found only in the alluvial plain, all the
year round, but always very local, and restricted to spots where its food-
plant, species of Calotropis and Asclepias, are found in abundance. There,
under a concatination of favourable circumstances, an immense increase
of the species, and thousands of specimens, appear. When an over
population of this nature occurs, all the food-plants are entirely
eaten up by the caterpillars, food gets scarce, and the few butterflies
which reach maturity are very small. It takes a long time to recover,
and not a single specimen may be seen for a year.

Aberration alcippus, Cramer (=alcippoides, Moore). Hagen as var.
alcippoides. Semper as alcippus froma small island near Sumatra

368 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

(Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxiii, pp. xiii and xiv (1880). Alphéraky has figured
this aberration in Romanoff’s ‘“‘ Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéres,” vol. v,
p- 220, pl. xi, fig. 3, female (1889), from Teneriffe. Mr. Moore records
this “species” from Singapore; it is almost as common as D. chrysippus
in the plains of Sumatra. I am unable to consider D. alcippoides,
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 238, n. 3, pl. xxxi, fig. 1, male,
as an aberration even to be distinct from the D. alcippus of Cramer.
It is true that the oblique subapical series of spots on the forewing,
especially on the underside, appears to be somewhat broader in
Oriental than in African specimens (I have, however, only Cramer’s
figure of the African form of D. alcippus to guide me), but all the
other characters given by Mr. Moore to distinguish between the two
forms are so obviously variable even in Sumatran specimens that they
can have no specific value. I hold that D. alcippus is an occasional
aberration or “sport” only of D. chrysippus, certainly not a distinct
species. Dr. Martin during the first years of his residence in Sumatra
from 1882 to 1891, as also Dr. Hagen, never saw D. alcippus, the
first specimens appearing in 1892 near Selesseh, immigrating into
Deli from the north-west. Since that year the true D. chrysippus
has become rarer and rarer, and the aberrational form has become
more and more common. "

10. Danats (Salatura) intermMepta, Moore.

Salatura swmatrana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 242, n. 8.

Moore as sumatrana. Hagen as genutia. Very common in the
plains of Sumatra. It is, I think, a very remarkable fact that
D. plexippus, Linneus,* which is a common species in the Malay
Peninsula, should not be found in Sumatra, but be replaced by D. inter-
media, which latter in the Malay Peninsula is probably only an aber-
ration or “sport” of D. plexippus, but has become fixed as a distinct
species in Sumatra. In my collection from the Asiatic mainland I
have every gradation between typical D. plexippus and D. intermedia.
I am quite unable to find any character by which to separate D. swma-
trana, Moore, from D. intermedia, Moore.

* Mr. W. F. Kirby has recently shewn in “ Allen’s Naturalist’s Library. Lepi-
doptera,” vol. i, p. 19, pl. v, fig. 1, male (1894), that the butterfly which has for the
last fifteen years or so gone underthe name of Danais genutia, Cramer (1779), must
revert to the name by which it was previously almost universally known, viz., Danais
plexippus, Linneus (1758), which latter was described as having a white band
on the forewing like D. chrysippus, Linnzus, a character not found in any
American species of Danais, D. plexippus haying been originally erroneously
described from America.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 369

11. Dawnarts (Salatura) uEGEstppus, Cramer.

Snellen as hegesippus and as melanippus, the latter being a dis-
tinct local race from Java. Hagen as melanippus, var. hegesippus.
Butler as melanippus. Distant as melanippus, var. hegesippus. It
was figured by Cramer from a female specimen from the west coast of
Sumatra. D. intermedia, Moore, is found in the smaller hills bordering
the alluvial plain, and is still to be got at Bekantschan, whereas
D. hegesippus is always found within a moderate distance of the sea.
On the islands of Penang, Singapore and Riau (the latter belonging
to the Dutch) D. hegesippus occurs commonly, while D. intermedia is
decidedly rarer, or wanting altogether.

12. Danats (Bahora) aspasta, Fabricius.

Hagen as crocea; also as aspasia, var. crocea. Staudinger. Dis-
tant as aspasia, var. crocea. I am quite unable to separate D. crocea,
Butler, from D. aspasia, vide Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 13,
(1895). Ihave a large series of these two supposed distinct species
from the typical localities for each, and they are absolutely indis-
tinguishable. D. aspasia may be found in Sumatra all the year
round, but always only singly. In the spots where a blue Heliotrope-
like flower is in abundance, the males of this species wil] occur singly
together with numerous species of Danais and Huplea, but the
females are only found in the forests, and never frequent these well-
_ beloved flowers of their husbands, brothers and cousins.

13. Danats (Parantica) acuaroipes, Felder.

Hagen as agleoides [sic]. Grose Smith as agleotdes [sic]. Stau-
dinger as agleoides [sic]. Distant as agleoides [sic]. The males are very
common in the plains, the females very rare as in the case of D. vulgaris,
Butler. On the wing these two species are hardly distinguishable.

14. *Dawnais (Parantica) GRAMMICA, Boisduval.

Grose Smith. Dr. Martin has never met with this species. Mr.
Moore restricts it to Java, but it may quite possibly occur at the south-
east end of Sumatra, which is only separated from Java by the very
narrow Sunda Strait. It is known to me by Boisduval’s figure only.

15. Dawnats (Caduga) tytioipeEs, de Nicéville.

D. melaneus, Cramer, var. tityoides [sic], Hagen, Die Pflanzen- und Thierwelt
von Deli auf der ostkiiste Sumatra’s, p. 192, n. 5 (1890).

D. (Caduga) tytioides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii,
p. 87, n. 1, pl. K, figs. 1, male; 2, female (1893).

Hagen. Occurs somewhat rarely only on the Central Plateau and

370 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

not below 3,000 feet elevation, not even being found at Bekantschan.
As Dr. Hagen wrongly diagnosed this species by making it a “ variety ”
of D. melaneus, Cramer, which it certainly is not, seeing that it
is a local race of D. tytia, Gray; as moreover, he spelt the name
incorrectly, I refuse to accept his name for the species, though
it is prior tomine. In allcases where a species has been first described
incorrectly as a “variety”? of another species, and is subsequently
proved to be a distinct species, it is optional for the author who so
proves it to be distinct to use the varietal name so given to it ina full
specific sense, or to rename it altogether.

16. Danats (Caduga) Banxstt, Moore.

Caduga banksii, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1883, p. 251, n. 8.

Moore. Grose Smith as melaneus, Cramer. Semper as aglea,
Cramer. Hagen as aglea and melaneus. It is a good local race of
D. melaneus, Cramer, from the eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma,
and the Malay Peninsula. Occurs on the Central Plateau and higher
hills as also in the plains, the specimens from the highest points being
richer and darker in colour than those from a lower elevation.

17. *Eurpt@a (Menama) sBuxtont, Moore.
Menama buxtoni, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 265, n. 5.

Moore. Originally described from Sumatra. Dr. Martin has not
met with any species of this distinct subgenus in Sumatra.

18. *Evrr@a (Menama) mopesta, Butler.

Grose Smith. Originally described from Siam. It is more than
doubtful if two species of the subgenus Menama occur in Sumatra. Dr.
Hagen records quite funnily “ Menama species near loeza.” He does not
appear to know that Menama is a genus of Mr. Moore’s, he treats the
name as specific. The species “loeza”’ is probably intended to mean
Menama lorze, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 265, n, 6, pl.
xxxi, fig, 5, male, from Sandakan, North Borneo.

19. Evurra@a (Tronga) BReMERI, Felder.

Hagen. Butler. A common species in the plains and occurs also in
the lower ranges of the mountains up to 1,500 feet elevation. In
December, 1894, and January, 1895, Dr. Martin obtained hundreds of
specimens from Kepras, a village on the boundary between Langkat
and the independent Battak country, The female is always somewhat
scarce. It may be of interest to note that out of large numbers of but-
terflies of this species there are always to be found a few males which

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 371

have on the upperside of the forewing a short and sometimes even a
quite distinct and longer “ male-mark.” The genus Z’ronga comes into
Mr. Moore’s group A of the Hupleina, which is defined as having “ No
‘sexual-mark’ or scent-producing organ on forewing.” But there are
many exceptions to this definition.

20. Hupim@a (Tronga) moorst, Butler.

Butler. Kirby. Moore. This species may be distinguished from
E. bremeri, Felder, by its smaller size, the duller colour of the upperside of
beth wings, being brown, not black, with all the white spots smaller. It
never shews any traces of a “ male-mark.” It occurs in the plains about
equally commonly as H. bremeri, though it is found also at somewhat
greater elevations in the hills, occurring even on the Central Plateau ;
these latter specimens show only very few white spots.

21. *Huetea (Tronga) weytertsit, Moore.
Tronga heylertsii, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. i, p. 79 (1890).

Moore. Described from Sumatra, but we have failed to recognise
it.

22. Euet@a (Adigama) Matayica, Butler.

Euplea ochsenheimeri, Lucas, Snellen, Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, p. 12, n. 1,
pl. ii, figs. 1, 2, male (1892).

Grose Smith as ochsexheimeiert [sic]. Moore. Snellen as ochsen-
heimeri, Lucas. Hagen as ochsenketwert, Butler and Lucas. Staudinger.
Distant. This beautiful and large species is found only in the deep forests
of the plains, never higher than Namoe Oekor. It flies mostly alone high
over the small openings in the evergreen forests, and is found all the year
round, but never in large numbers, There has been much confusion
regarding the name Huplwa ochsenheimert. Two species have been so
called, one by Lucas in 1853, and one by Moore in 1857, both from Java.
Mr. Moore places his own species in the genus Adiyama, and Lucas’
in Tiruna. There has been no Huplea named ochsenheimeri by Butler,
as stated by Dr. Hagen. To further complicate matters, Snellen figures
#. malayica, Butler, as H. ochsenheimert, Lucas, with which it has
nothing whatever in common.

23. *Kuen@a (Andasena) BevtnDA, Butler.
Euplea belinda, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, vol. xiv, p. 299,
2 (1878).
Butler. Moore. Originally described from Sumatra. We have seen
no Huplea from Sumatra belonging to the subgenus Audasena.
J. ut. 47

372 Lh. de Nicéville & Dr. L, Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

24, *Hurnm@a (Andasena) oropr, Boisduval.

Kirby. Butler asa var. with a query, from Sumatra, Originally
described from Taiti, recorded from Timor by Butler. Very doubtfully

Sumatran.

25. *Kupr.e@a (Betanga) scuerzert, Felder.

Kirby. Originally described from Ceylon. Entirely unknown to us. |

26. Evuptma (Penoa) mMenerriesu, Felder.

Grose Smith. Hagen. Distant. Not very common. Found in the
plains and also on the outer lillsas high as Bekantschan. The female is
much rarer than the male, and often shews a white spot in the discoidal
cell of the forewing ou the upperside. It has in the male a much
smaller ‘“ male-mark” than Z. pinwillii, Butler.

27. Eurie@a (Penoa) pinwittu, Butler.

Hagen as pinwilli, Godardt [sic]. Staudinger. Is very common
everywhere at low elevations, and especially frequents the above-men-
tioned Heliotrope-like flowers. The female is of course much rarer than
the male, and possesses a violet gloss to both wings on the upperside,
which the female of H. ménétriésii, Felder, never has. It has in the
male a much larger “ male-mark ” than in LH. ménétriésiz,

28. *Eupim@a (Crastia) core, Cramer.

A single female recorded from Sumatra by Snellen, the specimen
being probably some species of J'ronga. JE. core is practically confined to
the continent of India,

29. Euria@a (Crastia) pistanrit, Moore.

Crastia distantii, Moore, Ann, and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. ix,
p. 453 (1882).

Euplea distanti, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 32, n. 13, pl. v, fig. 9, male (1882).

Crastia_ distanti, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p, 278, n.5, pl.. xxix,
fig. 6, male.

Moore. Hagen as distanti [sic]. Distant as distanti [sic]. Ori-
ginally described from Sumatra. Never found at the higher elevations
in the hills, and is more plentiful near the sea; especially so in both sexes
on both sides of the Wampoe River near the village of Stabat. It is the
commonest of the brown Hupleas in our area. Both sexes exhibit very
many variations in the shade of the brown colour of both wings. The
male has sometimes absolutely no ‘‘ male-mark ”’ as should be exhibited
according to Mr, Moore’s definition of his group A; there is sometimes

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 373

a small one on the upperside of the forewing in the submedian inter-
space ; sometimes there is a large narrow mark ; sometimes a large broad
mark asin Mr. Moore’s group B. In some hundreds of specimens which
I have examined I have found every intergrade between these four forms,
which goes to prove that in some groups of Hupleas the ‘‘ male-marks ”
cannot be used in even a subgeneric sense. Dr. Hagen as late as 1889
noted that H. distantic is everywhere very common around the feet of
the traveller. It may here be mentioned that all the brown Hupleas:—
bremert, moorei, distuntit and sgyptus (which follows) were all more or
less plentiful in Deli so long as there were forests. But owing to the
cultivation of tobacco all the forests have been cut down, the brown
Eupleas have become rarer and rarer in the true tobacco districts$ but
may still be found as plentifully as in former years only on the boun-
daries of Deli, Langkat and Serdang, where again the forests commence.
Even £. distantit is now decidedly rare in Deli and Langkat proper.

30. *Kupia@a (Crastia) inconspicua, Moore.
Crastia inconspicua, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 279, n. 10.

Moore. Originally described from Sumatra. Uuknown to us.

31. *Eupnaa (Crastia) amymone, Godart.

Danais amymone, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 179, n. 11 (1819).

Crastia amymore, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 279, n. 13.

Butler. Moore. Described by Godart from Amboina, recorded from
China and Cochin China by Moore. Unknown to us.

32. *Hupi@a (Crastia) FeLpDeRI, Butler.

Euplea felderi, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 275, 1. 20.

Butler. The type (a female) was from Sumatra. Recorded from
‘Hong Kong by Moore. Unknown to us.

33. Eortaa (Trepsichrois) LinNz1, Moore.

Trepsichrois van-deventeri, Forbes, A Naturalist’s Wanderings, p. 274 (1885).

Forbes as van-deventeri. Grose Smith as midamus. Snellenas mida-
mus. Hagen as midamus, Hagen also gives “var. mulciber, Distant
[sic]. Butler as midamus. Staudinger as midamus. Distant as midamus.
Moore. The commonest species of Huplea both in the plains and hills in
Sumatra. It is found all the year round and always in fresh generatious.
Of all the species of Euplea it is the most mimicked, in the female by
the female of Elymnias laisidis, de Nicéville; in the male by the third
form of the female of Euripus halitherses, Doubleday and Hewitson ;
in the male by the first form of the female of Hypolimnas anomala,

B74 L, de N icéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Wallace; also Papilio butleri, Janson, in both sexes mimicks both sexes
of this Huplea. The scent of Huplea linnei reminds Dr. Martin of
“Worcester Sauce.” The males are variable; in one variety the spots
on the upperside of the forewing are violet, in another they are white.
These latter specimens would appear to agree with H. mulciter, Cramer,
described by him from China and the Coromandel Coast (the latter
locality is certainly erroneous), but restricted by Moore to the islands
of Borneo and Billiton, My male specimens of T’repsichrois from Borneo
do not at all agree with Cramer’s figure of * Papilio” malciber, having
the spots on the upperside of the forewing very small (much smaller
than in typical HZ. linnzi) and violet, imstead of large and white as
portrayed by Cramer.

34, EvupL@a CASTELNAUI, Felder.

Hagen. Never occurs in Deli, Langkat and Serdang, all the
specimens from Sumatra—about a dozen—in Dr. Martin’s collectien
were caught by his brother, Dr. Friedl Martin, in Asahan, south of our
area; still further south of Asahan, at Indragiri, where Dr. F. Martin
also collected, he failed to get FH. castelnawi. At Penang it occurs
close to the sea-shore, but it flies high and is not easily caught. It is
always solitary, several specimens are never seen together,

35. Evuprtaa (Calliplea) sunus, de Nicéville, n. sp.

Grose Smith as ledereri and mazares. Hagen as lederert. Moore
as lederert. Staudinger as mazares.

Hapirat: N.-E. Sumatra.

Expanse: &, 2°5 to 29; 9, 2°7 to 3:0 inches.

Description: Mats and remaue. Allied to EZ. (Calliplea) mazares,
Moore, from Java, but differing therefrom in having the uprersIpDE of
both wings almost entirely unglossed with purple, while that species has
the anterior two-thirds of the forewing and a small patch in the middle
of the hindwing purple-glossed ; the white, violet-glossed spots on both
wings the same.

E. eunus, de Nicéville, from Sumatra, HZ. mazares, Moore, from
Java, LH. ledereri, Felder, from the Malay Peninsula, and #H. aristotelis,
Moore, from Borneo, can be arranged in a regular series by the extent
of the purple-glossing of both wings on the upperside, HZ. eunus being
the least, 17. aristotelis the most purple-glossed ; the latter, indeed, if I
have correctly identified it, having the whole of the forewing and a
considerable area on the hindwing very rich iridescent purple.

This species is neyer found at high elevations, not even as high as
Bindjei, but always close to the sea. It is very plentiful on

“7

ite —

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 375

the river banks of the Wampoe near Kampong Inei and Stabat,
and is found in company with Danais hegesippus, Cramer, and Eupiea —
distantii, Moore, the Danaingw of the lowest elevations For twelve
years Dr. Martin did not succeed in obtaining a female, only in the last
two years were females found in considerable numbers by the imported
Lepcha collectors from India, but that sex is always much rarer than
the male.

36. Evupie@a (Danisepa) DIocLETIANUS, Fabricius.

Grose Smith as rhadamanthus. Snellen as radamanthus [sic], and
rhadamanthus, Hagen as diochtianus [sic], and rhadamanthus, Hors-
field [sic]. Staudinger as rhadamanthus. Distant. Moore. Mr. Moore
has recently shewn that Fabricius described ‘ Papilio” diocletianus
from a female, and “ Papilio” rhadamanthus from a male of the same
species, so the earlier name applied to the species is here used irrespec-
tive of the sex. Is rather a common species in the plains, and occurs in
the outer hills as high as Bekantschan; the female is always much
rarer than the male. The male is mimicked by Papilio velutinus, Butler,
and also by the first and second forms of Huripus halitherses, Doubleday
and Hewitson.

37. *Kuetm@a (Selinda) eLEuSINA, Cramer.

Snellen records a single male from Sumatra. But for this solitary
identification the species has always been considered to be confined to
Java.

38. Eupiaa (Salpinx) tevcosticros, Gmelin.

Grose Smith as novare. Hagen as novare. Butler as vestigiata.
Distant as vestigiata. Very rare in Sumatra, perhaps commoner in Java
than elsewhere. I have during many years past added to my collection
every specimen of this group of Huplea I could obtain, and now that I
have very extensive material to compare, I find that it is quite impossible
to separate H. leucostictos, described in 1789, H. dehauni, Lucas (1853),
FE. novare, Felder (1862), H. vestigiata, Butler (1866), H. leucogonys,
Butler (1879), and H. lazulina, Moore (1883). The species is obviously
a variable one, the variations which it exhibits are not confined to parti-
cular localities, but are shewn wherever it is found. Mr. Moore in Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, restricts H. novare to the Nicobar Isles and
Tenasserim, H. vestigiafa to Sumatra, #. lazulina to Malacca, H. leuco-
gonys to Malacca, H. leucostictos to Java, and EH. dehaani to Java. All
Eupleas in Sumatra, both the brown and blue ones, even the rare
EH. leucostictos, are exceedingly fond of spots where there is shade from

376, L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

the direct sunlight, especially where there is dead wood, so that they may
frequently be found in the open verandahs of houses near the forest, or
on wooden bridges over rivers, which in Sumatra are almost always
furnished with an attap roof made of palm leaves to protect the wood-
work from the rain. To these places do the Huplewas resort, for a short
time emerging into the sunlight and exhibiting their lovely iridescent
colours, then returning to the favourite spot on wood, where they rest
with folded wings ; this evidently much-enjoyed sport of tke butterflies
continuing the whole day till three or four o’clock in the afternoon,
when the lengthening shadows warn them that it is time to retire to
their resting places in the adjoining forest, where they spend the night,
It was on one of these wooden bridges that Dr. Martin obtained his first
Li. leucostictos.

39. *Euptm@a (Isamia) cHiosb, Guérin.

Distant. Butler.

40. *Eupre@a (Isamia) peseant, Distant.

Distant. Moore. Mr. Distant expresses the opinion that this species
‘“* May be but an extreme variety of EH. chloé,’ Guérin, which latter by
Mr. Moore is restricted to Province Wellesley in the Malay Peninsula.
I am also of this opinion, but keep it distinct for the present, as [
have seen no specimen agreeing exactly with Mr. Distant’s figure and
description of HL. dejeani.

41. *Eurta@a (Isamia) sopnta, Moore.

Originally described from Sumatra by Moore.

42. Evuerea (Isamia) moyprus, Butler.

BE. zgyptus, Snellen, Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, p. 12, n. 2, pl. i, figs. 1-8,
male (1892).

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Kirby. Moore. A rather rare
species in the plains, and found on the lower slopes of the hills as high
as Bekantschan. ‘The female is excessively rare. I have retained this
name for the species of sama (I have been able to recognise only one):
occurring in Sumatra, as so many authors have identified the Sumatran
form of FH. chloé, Guérin (which is the oldest name for the species of
this group) under it. But I am very strongly of opinion that instead
of four species of Isamia as recorded above occurring in Sumatra there
is only one, and moreover, that several other species kept separate by
Mr. Moore should be added to the synonymy.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 377
43, *HKuet@a (Narmada) consimitis, Felder.

Moore. Originally.described from Java. Unknown to us from
Sumatra.

44, Euet@a (Narmada) martini, de Nicéville.

E. (Narmada) martinii, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii,
p. 38, n. 2, pl. K, figs. 3, male; 4, female (1893).

Not uncommon in the higher mountains and on the Central Plateau,
but never below 3,000 feet elevation. In this species both sexes were
almost always brought in equal numbers. It is almost unrivalled in
the male in the rich velvety deep black coloration of its upperside.

45. Eupit@a (Stictoplea) Harrist, Felder.

Grose Smith as tyrianthina. Hagen as thyriantina [sic]. Moore as
tyrianthina, As I can exactly match Sumatran specimens of H. tyrian-
thina, Moore, with Khasi Hill examples of H. harrisit, Felder, I record
the species under the latter name, as it is much the older. H. harrisii
is richly blue-glossed, in spite of Mr. Moore having stated the contrary
in Lepidoptera Indica, vol. i, p. 158 (1891). In Sumatra it is, as this
species goes, fairly constant, though the spots on both wings as usual
shew considerable variation both as to size and number. I possess some
which coincide precisely, spot for spot, and in the extent of the blue
coloration, with Mr. Moore’s figure of Stictoplea crowleyi (1.c., pl. li,
fig. 2, male). For notes on the variability and synonomy of FE. harrisiz,
see de Nicéville, Proceedings Asiatic Society Bengal, 1592, n. 158. In
Sumatra it is found in the alluvial plain and also as high as Bekantschan
and Kepras in the hills. The female is as usual very rare. Dr. Martin
caught his first male specimen under the roof of a wooden bridge over
the Bindjei river near Namoe Oekor,

46. *Hupie@a (Stictoplea) picina, Butler.

E. picina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 280, n. 36, pl. xxx, fig. 1, male.

Butler. Moore. Originally described from Sumatra. Unknown
to us.
47, *Huet@a (Stictoplea) tnconspicua, Butler.

Butler. Moore. Originally described from Sumatra, Unknown

to us.

378 iL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,
Subfamily Saryrimaz.

48. Mycauesis (Satoa) mata, de Nicéville.

M. (Satoa) maia, de Nicéville, Journ. A.S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 1, n. 1, pl. i, figs.
1, male; 2, female (1894).

Grose Smith as maianeas. Snellen as majaneas [sic]. Hagen as
maianeas. Occurs only in the large forest, and never at low elevations,
its region commencing at Namoe Oekor and thence into the hills. It
is always found on or very near to the ground. Very easily damaged,
hardly ever is a perfect specimen obtained.

49. *Mycatnsis (Dalapa) supra, Felder.

Moore. Not rare in Java, unknown to us from Sumatra.

50. Mycaesis (Suralaya) orseis, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Hagen. Snellen. Kirby. Distant. Also a true
butterfly of the high forest, and is the only Sumatran Mycalesis which
has a bluish gloss on the upperside of the wings as so many forest butter-
flies have ina greater or less degree, such as the Celites, Thaumantis, Ama-
thuxidia dilucida, Honrath, and others ; even the Lampides of the forest,
L. saturata, Snellen, DL. elpis, Godart, and L. subdita, Moore, are far
richer and deeper blue than the Lampides celeno, Cramer, of the roads.

51. Mycatesis (Orsotrizena) Mepus, Fabricius.

Hewitson as hesione. Snellen as hesione. Grose Smith as hesione.
Hagen. Distant. Very common in the plains. The dry-season form of
the species found in many parts of Iudia, M. runeka, Moore, is quite
unknown in Sumatra. Dr. Martin has bred it in Sumatra on grass,
from eggs laid by females shut up in glass prune bottles. He considers
that Orsotrizna should be used in its full generic sense, as the larva and
and pupa differ greatly from the larve and pupe of species of Calysisme
and Mydosama which he has also bred from the egg laid in confinement,
the larve of these subgenera also feeding on various species of grass.
M. medus in Sumatra occurs all the year round, generation following
generation in rapid succession. Dr. Martin notes that “ The ocelli on
the underside of the wings possess in this species a quite peculiar glossy
surrounding, which [ know to occur only in the Indian genus Zipetes,

Hewitson.”

52. Mycatesis (Calysisme) Perseus, Fabricius.

Grose Smith as samba and lalassis. Hagen as blasius, vay. lalassis,
Hewitson. M, blasius is the wet-season, and M, perseus the dry-season

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 879

form of one and the same species; the latter is not found in Sumatra.
M. lalassis is confined to Gilolo and Amboina according to Mr. Moore.
Not uncommon in the plains, but occurs less frequently than M. mineus,
Linneus, and M. horsfieldi1, Moore.

53. *Mycaresis (Calysisme) porypecra, Cramer.

Snellen as justina. Butler. Mr. Moore gives the ‘‘ Papilio” justina,
Cramer, which was described from the Coromandel Coast of South
India, as a synonym of M. polydecta, and restricts the species to Eastern,
Central, and Southern India, and Ceylon. As the figure of I. justina
is very similar to the wet-season form of M. mineus, Linneus, while the
ficure of M. polydecta reminds one at once of the recently-described
M. horsfieldii, Moore, it is, I think, probable that Messrs. Snellen and
Butler have incorrectly recorded this species from Sumatra. Dr. Hagen
gives M. justina as a synonym of M. mineus.

54. Mycatesis (Calysisme) minus, Linneeus.

Hewitson. Grose Smith as ostrea. Hagen as drusia, and as mineus,
Butler [sic]. Distant. Mr. Moore considers that both M. mineus and
M. drusia, Cramer, represent the wet-season form of one and the same
species. No dry-season form of it (M. otrea, Cramer, nec M. ostrea,
Westwood, which also equals the dry-season form of M. mineus), occurs
in Sumatra. It is the commonest species of Mycalesis found in the island,
and flies everywhere with M. medus, Fabricius, where there is grass
and a little jungle for it to retire into.

55. Mycauesis (Calysisme) HORSFIELDII, Moore.

Calysisme horsfieldii, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. i, p. 197, pl. Ixvi, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, male,
wet-season form; 2c, dry-season form (1892).

The dry- and wet-season forms of this species differ but little. I
have specimens also from Nias Island and Java. M. mineus, Linneus,
M. perseus, Fabricius, and M. horsfieldii all occur at the same time and
place, so there can be no question of one being perhaps a seasonal form of
the other. Besides, the ‘‘male-marks” of the three species differ con-
siderably, that of the latter on the upperside of the hindwing being very
much larger than those of the other two species. Dr. Martin has bred this
species as well as M. mineus, M. ganardana, Moore, and M. anapita, Moore,
from eggs laid by confined females ; the larval stage of all four heing
very similar and not easy to be differentiated, if mixed together. IM. hors-
fieldii and M. anapita would not eat the common ubiquitous Graminex,
so he had to give them other and rarer kinds of grass. WM. horsfieldii is
common in the plains of Sumatra, the female rarer than the male.

J. 1. 48

380 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterfties of Sumatra. [No. 3,

56. Mycatzsis (Culapa) MNASICLES, Hewitson.

M. mnasicles, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. iit, pl. Mycalesis v, figs. 82, 33, mase
(1864). 3

Hewitson. Grose Smith, Hagen as muasicles [sic]. Distant. Kirby.
Originally described from Sumatra. Rather rare in the forests and ‘in
pepper gardens; not found at so low an elevation even as Namoe Oekor,
somewhat plentiful at Loen Boentoe near the Battak frontier. This
species is the largest of all the Samatran Mycalesis, and small males only
may be equalled in size by very large females of M. mineus, Linneus,
or M. orseis, Hewitson. The shape of the forewing also is very different
from all our other species of the genus.

57. Mycaresis (Martanda) JaANArDANA, Moore.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Distant. Occurs not uncommonty
in the forests of the plains. The large deep velvety black spot — which
isa ‘“male-mark’’—in and around the discoidal cell of the forewing on
the upperside of the male, and the mottled underside of both wings
makes this species of easy recognition. The caterpillars feed only at
night. The butterfly emerges from the pupa very late in the day, not
before two or three o’clock Pp. M., all the other species bred by Dr.
Martin emerged between nine and ten o'clock a.m. It flies mostly at
dawn and the dusk of the evening, and is a good example of the crepus-
cular habits of so many tropical butterflies. .

58. *Mycatesis (Martanda) mncamnpe, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Originally described from Ternate;
Hewitson records it from Macassar in Celebes, Gilolo, Batchian, Ternate,
Sumatra, Malacca and Java; Moore records it from Celebes, Gilolo and
Batchian. It is unknown to us.

59. Mycaresis (Mydosama) ruscum, Felder.

Hewitson as diniche. Snellen. Grose Smith as diniche twice over.
Hagen. Distant as fusca [sic]. Common in the forests at the foot of the
hills and also in the plains, near rivers, and at Stabat. In coloration
it is intermediate between the fuscous and yellow species of Mycalesis.

60. Mycatesis (Mydosama) anarita, Moore.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Common in the
forests of the plains.

61. Mycazesis (Mydosama) marcinata, Moore.
Mydosama marginata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 307.
Moore. Hagen. Originally described from Sumatra. Occurs only

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 381

on the Central Plateau at an elevation of not less than 3,000 feet at
least. Itis quite common where it is found, and is endemic to the
Battak mountains.

62, Mycatesis (Mydosama) pouExrtyi, Elwes.

W. dohertyi, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 261, pl. xxvii, figs. 3, male;
4, female.

Described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula. Dr. Martin obtain-
ed a single male from Selesseh, and later a female from Soeka-
randa, and in 1894 one pair from Bekantschan. It is one of the rarest
butterflies in Sumatra, as in thirteen years’ collecting he only obtained
these four specimens.

63. *Mycannsis (Mydosama) asopHis, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Originally described from Mysol. Recorded also
from New Guinea, Waigiou aad Ternate by Moore. Unknown to us.

64. Mycanesis (Loésa) oroatis, Hewitson.

Hagen as oroatis and wustulata. Mr. F. Moore allows LD. surkha,
Marshall, to stand for this species, in preference to L, fervida, Butler,
which is an older name, being the first published. Colonel Marshall’s
description of M. surkha was read before Mr. Butler’s paper was pub-
lished, but that does not give priority. M. fervida, M. surkha and
M. ustulata, Distant, are allsynonyms of M. oroatis, described from Java.
The first two names represent dry-season, the last two wet-season forms
of one and the same species. The dry-season form certainly does not
occur in Sumatra, it is unknown to me if itis found in Java. WM. oroatis
is somewhat uncommon in the lower hills at Namoe Oekor, Namoe
Tambis, and Bekantschan. It is the darkest of the yellow species of
Mycalesis found in Sumatra. Females are rare.

65. *MYCALESIS MEDUSA.

Grose Smith. This species does not appear to have ever been
described.

66. *MyYCALESIS BOCKII.

Grose Smith. Also apparently nondescript.

It may perhaps be here noted that all the Sumatran species of
Mycalesis are very earth-loving insects, they always keep close to the
ground, which they only leave for higher flights on two occasions, viz.,
during the wedding flight, and when two jealous males meet and fight.
Mycalesis are out on rainy days when there is no sun, and give on such

382 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

days some occupation and consolation to the otherwise disappointed
collector. All the species are very fond of feces of all kinds and of
sweets, and are often very numerous on pieces of sugar-cane which the
natives have thrown away after removing all the sweet juice possible
by mastication or otherwise. They are also very partial to the red saliva
of the betel-chewing natives.

67. Neorina Lown, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Hewitson as Cyllo lowit. Grose Smith. Snellen as Hipio lowis.
Hagen as Hipio lowii. Staudinger. Distant. Kirby. Occurs only in the
lower hills and is not very common, and when caught is nearly always
in a damaged condition. They are very fond of the juice of some forest
trees, which give forth this liquid when the bark is cut or wounded.
Every observer who has seen it flying has noted its strong likeness to
Papilio helenus, Linnzus, This, however, is not a case of mimicry but
of accidental resemblance only, as P. helenus is not a protected butterfly.
Dr. Martin considers that in its shape and habits it is very near to the
genus Melanitis, being only a gigantic form of the genus.

68, AmnNosIA EUDAMIA, Grose Smith.

A. eudamia, Grose Smith, Nat. Wand. East. Arch., p. 275 (1885).
A. martini, Honrath, Berl. Ent. Zeit., vol. xxxvi, p. 439 (1891).

Grose Smith as decora and eudamia. Snellen as decora. Hagen
as decora. The late Professor Westwood originally described the genus
Amunosia, and placed it in the subfamily Nymphaline immediately before
Cyrestis, Kirby and Staudinger retain it in the same position. The
late Dr. Schatz placed it between Stibochiona and Hestina. Dr. Hagen
has struck out an independent course, and places it in the subfamily
Amathusiine, between Lnispe and Clerome. I am of opinion that it
should come into the subfamily Satyrine near to the genus Neorina.
The presence of ocelli in the subfamily Nymphaline is rare, and when
found in such genera as Precis, Junonia, Apatura, Cynthia, Rhinopalpa,
Doleschallia, Kallima, &c., differ in character from the ocelli found in the
Satyrine. The yellow form of female of A. ewdamia agrees strikingly in
shape, facies, and its naked eyes with Neorina hilda, Westwood, the type
of the genus, having the veins of the forewing non-swollen at the base,
and a broad oblique yellow band across the disc of that wing. In these
features it also strongly resembles Melanitis amabilis, Boisduval, from
New Guinea. Ammnosia differs from Melanitis, however, in having the °
second median nervule of the hindwing arising at the end of the dis-
coidal cell, instead of well before the end; in this it agrees with
Neorina. Amnosia differs from Neorina in the direction of the disco-cellu-
lar nervules of the forewing ; and in having the second median nervule of

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 383

that wing arising at the lower end of the cell instead of long before
the end. All the genera of the Amathustine have to my eyes a facies
peculiar to themselves not seen in Ammosia; besides which in all the
genera except Xanthotznia the discoidal cell of the hindwing is open or
only partially closed, in the Satyrinz it is closed entirely, Amnosia
therein agreeing with the latter. The genus at present contains four
species, A. decora, Doubleday and Hewitson, from Java, A. eudamia,
‘Grose Smith, from Sumatra, A. baluwana, Fruhstorfer, from North
Borneo, and A. decorina, Fruhstorfer, from Nias. The male of A. eu-
damia differs from that sex of A, decora in having the oblique blue
band on the upperside of the forewing broader, paler, and of a more
silvery hue. The female of A. ewdamia is dimorphic, one form having
the band yellow, the other having it white ; specimens somewhat inter-
mediate between these two forms, the band being yellowish-white, are
sometimes obtained. Dr. Martin informs me that he has received both
forms of A. decora from Java also. He took the first white females of
A. eudamia ever obtained to Europe in 1889, from them the late Herr
Honrath created the species Amnosia martini, not being aware that
Mr. Henley Grose Smith had already described the species from speci-
mens obtained by Mr. Henry O. Forbes. Dr. Martin captured his first
specimens himself in 1889 in Deli, south of Kampong Roemah Kenang-
‘kong. It occurs also in the forests at high elevations south of Bekant-
schan, in the Battak mountains, and on the Central Plateau, but is by
no means common, as is the Javan species, so Mr. Fruhstorfer informs
us, in suitable localities.

69. Ca1ites EPIMINTHIA, Westwood.

Grose Smith. Hagen. Distant. Kirby. Rare, and occurs in dense
forests only as high as Namoe.Oekor.

70. C«.Lites HUMILIS, Butler.

Grose Smith as ewptychoides [sic]. Hagen as euptychoides [sic].
Very rare, Dr. Martin has obtained two or three specimens only. It
may be known from the C. ewptychioides of Felder, which is apparently
confined to Borneo, by the female being devoid of all ultramarine-blue
‘coloration on the upperside of the hindwing. The pupils of the ocelli
on the underside of all the species of the genus are of a lovely iridescent
blue colour which is only visible in some lights. This is also the case
in the allied genus Ptychandra, Felder, from the Philipines.

71. *Ca.ites NoTHIs, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Hagen. This rare species was described from ‘“ Hast India.”
M. Charles Oberthiir possesses two males and a female, and there is a

384 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

female in the British Museum; these are all the known specimens. Its
precise habitat is unknown.

In Sumatra the species of Celites are inhabitants of dense virgin
forests, are very shy, but settle often, and can only be captured by ap-
proaching them most gently and carefully. They always rest with
folded wings, and are not easily seen on the dark ground covered with
leaves of all shades in the dim recesses of the forest. Their shyness and
the difficulty of discovering and capturing them may be the real reason
why they are so seldom met with in collections. Dr. Martin is of opinion
that Neorina lowii, Doubleday and Hewitson, is a gigantic Melanitis, so
he would call the species of Celites the Melanitis of the forest. Being
true forest insects they exhibit a beautiful glossy blue colour (confer
Mycalesis orseis, Hewitson, ante No. 50).

72. Letne (Nemetis) minerva, Fabricius.

Hewitson as arcadia. Grose Smith as arcadia. Snellen as arcadia.
Kirby. Apparently very rare in North-Eastern Sumatra, Dr. Martin
having obtained one specimen only from the mountains. It is far less
rare in Java.

73. Letras (Debis) mexara, Moore.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Hagen. Semper. Snellen. Common
everywhere in the plains, in the mountains, and even on the Central
Plateau; the specimens from the mountains have the yellowish-red
colour on the upperside of the hindwing more extensive than those from
the plains. The insect is always met with near bamboos, on which the
larva feeds, and is even very common in Bindjei.

74. Lerue (Debis) cHanpica, Moore.

Hagen. Very rare, in the higher mountains and on the Central
Plateau. Dr. Martin has not obtained more than ten or twelve speci-
mens during his long sojourn in the island.

75. Lerae (Debis) pARENA, Felder.

L. darena, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 40, n. 3, pl. K,
fig. 7, male (1893).

Very rare in the Battak mountains, and not found below 3,000 feet
elevation. Dr. Martin wishes to add:—‘I cannot lose this opportunity
to present my compliments to my friend Mr. Lionel de Nicéville for his
extraordinary entomological knowledge and keen insight in having seen
only the drawing of the very different female of Lethe darena in Dr.
Felder’s Reise Novara, Lepidoptera, and from that being able to deter-

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin —Butterflies of Sumatra. 385

mine the first male obtained by me, which I took to him on paying
my first visit to Darjiling, after I had had the animal returned to me
as undeterminable from Berlin. Afterwards I sent collectors especially
to the mountains to obtain females, when de Nicéville’s identification
was splendidly confirmed. As far as I am aware, no specimens from
Java, from whence this species was first obtained, have been recorded
since the female was described by Dr. Felder. LZ. darena is doubtless
one of the rarest, as well as one of the most beautiful, if not the most
beautiful, species in this large genus.”

76. Lerue europa, Fabricius.

Snellen. Hagen as europa and arete. Distant. Occurs in nearly
the same localities as I. mekara, Moore, and has the same habits but is
considerably rarer, especially the female. Dr. Hagen records both
L. europa and L. arete, Cramer, from Sumatra. The latter, according to
Mr. F. Moore, is found in the Sula islands and Amboina only, while
L. arcuata, another allied species described by Butler, is confined to
Celebes.

77. Letue rower, Fabricius.
Snellen. Hagen. A common species, but confined to the Central
Plateau of the Battak mountains.

78. *YPTHIMA CEYLONICA, Hewitson.

Elwes. Unknown to us from Sumatra. It occurs on the eastern
coast of India (Orissa and Ganjam), in South India, and in Ceylon.

79. YPpruoIMA BALDUS, Fabricius.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Hagen as methora, Fabricius [sic]. Elwes.
Probably the commonest species of Ypthima in the plains and found
everywhere. The larva feeds on the same ubiquitous Graminee as
Mycalesis mineus, Linneus. Dr. Hagen evidently followed Mr. W. L.
Distant in Rhop. Malay., who described and figured this species erro-
neously under the name of Y. methora, Hewitson. No species of Ypthima
presents dry-season forms in Sumatra, all are strongly ocellated.

80. YPTHIMA IARBA, de Nicéville.

Y. iarba, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 18, n. 4, pl. R,
figs. 7, male; 8, female (1895).

Very rare, in all Dr. Martin has not obtained more than a dozen
specimens. It is of large size, 16 to 1°8 inches in expanse, and has five
ocelli only on the hindwing, a pair at the anal angle, a pair in the
median interspaces, and a single one in the upper subcostal interspace.

386 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

81. YrprTHimMa PHILOMELA, Johanssen.

Snellen as hiitbnert. Hagen as hiibnert. Distantas hiibnert. Com-
mon everywhere in the plains like Y, baldus, Fabricius. I follow
Mr. Moore in my identification of this species (Lep. Indica, vol. ii, p. 74,
pl. ex, fig. 4, male (1893), which he records from Sumatra. It is of small
size, has six ocelli in pairs on the underside of the hindwing, and has an
inconspicuous patch of androconia on the upperside of the forewing. The
Y. huebneri of Kirby, under which name the present species has apparently
been recorded by three writers from Sumatra, is quite a distinct species,
with no “ male-mark,” and with four ocelli only placed one and three, and
does not appear to occur intheisland. The Y. tabelia of Marshall, from
South India and Burma, of which the type specimen is in my collection, .
appears to me to be the same as Y. philomela of Johanssen. Mr. Elwes
in his monograph of the genus Ypthima places the ‘‘ Papilio” philomela,
Johanssen, asa synonym of Y. baldus, Fabricius, but with a query.
He gives Y. tubella as a certain synonym of Y. baldus. Nowhere does
Mr. Elwes refer to the Y. philomela of Linneus. All Mr. Moore says
about it is that itis quite distinct from Y. hiibneri, Kirby, and has
six ocelli on the hindwing disposed in three pairs (Lep. Ind., vol. ii, p. 81).
I am, therefore, quite inthe dark as to how Y. philomela, Johanssen,
and Y. philomela, Linneus, are supposed to differ. Mr. Moore gives
the Y. philomela of Hiibner as a synonym of Y. huebneri, Kirby.

82. Ypruima panpocos, Moore.

Snellen. Hagen. Distant as corticaria. Occurs in Sumatra only
on the Central Plateau of the Battak mountains at an elevation of not less
than 3,000 feet. Mr. Moore retains Y. corticaria, Butler, as a distinct
species; I quite agree with Mr. Elwes in placing it as a synonym of
Y. pandocus. Mr. Distant treats Y. corticaria as a “ var.” of Y. pandocus.

83. Yrrurma Frascrata, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Distant. Kirby. Elwes. Decidedly
rare, occurs only in the forests of the lower hills rarely at Namoe Oekor,
but never at alowerelevation. Like the species of Mycalesis all the
species of Ypthima are not as fond of the sun as most other butterflies,
and fly on rainy days. They are partial to flowers, and will even go to
high shrubs when in blossom, which Mycalesis will never do,

84. RaGapta cristaA, Hiibner.

Hewitson. Snellen. Hagen. Distant. A common species in the
plains and is found not onlyin the large ana high forests, but also im
young and not very high jungle with the ground covered with grass which

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr, L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 387

it prefers. Often met with in pepper gardens; plentiful at Batoe
Gadjah near the Begoemit river. It hasa very weak flight, often settles,
and is easily captured. It is very variable in both the shade of the
eround-colour of the upperside and the extent of the white on the
underside, some specimens having the white bands fully twice as broad
as others.

85. *Ragapia maxuTa, Horsfield.

Mr. Moore records R. crisia, Hiibner, from the Malay Peninsula
and Borneo, and R. makuta, Horsfield, from Sumatra and Java. I have
an extensive eeries of Ragadias from all these localities, and while these
specimens shew great variation in the colour of the ground and the
respective width of the bands, it appears to me obvious that they all
represent one species. Until the publication of vol. ii of Mr. Moore’s
‘Lepidoptera Indica,” p. 113 (1893), R. makuta was always given as a
synonym of &. crisia, and Mr. Moore in that work does not give his
reasons for separating them.

86. ERiTEs ELEGANS, Butler.

Hagen. The rarest of the three Sumatran species of the genus.

87. ERites ARGENTINA, Butler.

Grose Smith as madura [sic]. Hagen. Somewhat rare.

88. Eritis anauLaris, Moore.

Hewitson as madura [sic], var. The commonest species of
the genus occurring in Sumatra. HH. medura, Horsfield, is confined, as
far as our present knowledge extends, to Java and Palawan in the
Philippines. All the species of Hrites are true forest butterflies, and
they are not only fuund in the large virgin forests, but also in younger
jungle with plenty of grass under foot. At an elevation of 1,200 feet
they disappear. On the wing they remind one of Ragadia, as they also
have a very weak flight, and often settle with closed wings. Itisa
very interesting fact that in such a relatively small area as are the
districts of Deli, Langkat, and Serdang, three quite distinct species of
this rather small genus should be found. (Confer de Nicéville, Journ.
A.-S. B., vol. Ixii, pt. 2, p. 1 (1893).

89. Mbvavitis 1smene, Cramer.

Hewitson as Cyllo leda. Snellen as Cyllo leda. Hagen as ledw and
ismene. Distant as leda and ismene. ‘The dry-season form (csmene) and

wet-season form (determinatu, Butler), occur together at the same time
J. u. 49

888 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

and at all seasons of the year, but are most plentiful in the rainy-season
from October to January in rice-fields, on which the larva feeds, as well
as on certain coarse species of grass. It is delightful to a lepidopterist
who loves insects alive in their native haunts as well as dead, dried, and
pinned in his cabinets to see two males fighting together and flying up
very high into the air, then returning with periodical regular move-
ments to the spots from whence they started. As this happens mostly
after sunset, the silhouettes of the imsects are very sharp and clear
against the golden evening sky of the tropics. In consequence of the
well-known habit of Melanitis to be on the wing before sunrise and after
sunset, it sometimes comes into the lighted open verandahs of the
houses—quite a stranger amongst a crowd of moths and insects of all
orders.

90. MeLANITIs BELA, Moore.

Hagen as suyudana. Semper as swyudana. Decidedly rare, and
has nearly the same habits as M. ismene, Cramer, but prefers small
jungle rather than the borders of fields, gardens, &e. Like Neorina
lowii, Doubleday and Hewitson, it is exceedingly fond of the sap from
certain trees. Dr. Hagen has quite correctly observed that in the early
morning hours M. bela is still earlier on the wing than M. ismene, and
that it has already retired to rest as that species and some Mycalesis
appear. M. bela occurs under two forms :—the one which corresponds
to the wet-season form of the species in India (aswa, Moore), has the
upperside of the wings in the male velvety-black, with the apex of the
forewing but very slightly angulated ; the other, which corresponds to
the dry-season form of the species in India (true bela), has the upper-
side of the wings in the male much paler, of a rusty-brown hue, often
with subapical spots in the forewing on the upperside, with the apex of
the wing strongly angulated. The first of these forms equals M. abdullx,
Distant, the second M. suywdana, Moore. Mr. Moore in Lep. Ind., vol.
ii, p. 137, continues to keep the two last-named species distinct, and
records it from Sumatra under the name of M. suyudana, but as I
possess good series of both from the localities whence they were des-
cribed, I have no hesitation in sinking them both as synonyms of
M. bela.

91. Metanit's ziTEnius, Herbst.

Distant. The rarest species of the genus occurring in Sumatra,
and found only at the higher elevations from 500 to 2,000 feet. In
thirteen years Dr. Martin has obtained a dozen specimens perhaps.

| ae a

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 389
Subfamily ELymMnuna.

92. HELYMNIAS NIGRESCENS, Butler.

Hagen. I have found great difficulty in identifying satisfactorily
the common species of Hlymuias of the undularts group occurring in
Sumatra. Mr. Distant seems to have had similar difficulty with the
Malay Peninsula species, vide Rhop. Malay., p. 61. LH. nigrescens was des-
cribed by Butler from Sarawak, Borneo, both sexes are described and
one is figured, but it is not stated whether that figure was taken from a
male or a female, but probably the latter. I have nothing very like it
from Sumatra or Borneo. Distant figures two female specimens from
the Malay Peninsula, which were presumably compared with the types,
besides which Mr. Butler himself records H. nigrescens from the Malay
Peninsula. Our specimens agree very fairly with Distant’s two figures,
so I have adopted the name he uses forit. The males have sometimes no
blue coloration on the upperside of the forewing whatever, sometimes
there is a more or less complete series of marginal spots, which are most
prominent at the apex of the wing. The hindwing is usually immaculate,
but sometimes there is a marginal series of whitish spots. The female
is very similar to the male, but the ground-coloux ur the upperside is
paler and more reddish, and the blue spots are usually more prominent.
Sumatran specimens of both sexes are frequently smaller and duller-
coloured than specimens from the Malay Peninsula and Borneo. No
orange form of female (H. undularis, Drury, from India; #. tinctoria,
Moore, from Burma; E. fraterna, Butler, from Ceylon; H. discrepans, Dis-
tant, from the Malay Peninsula; and H. protogenia, Cramer, from Java)
is ever found in Sumatra. This species is by far the commonest of the
subfamily occurring in the island, and is found in the plains all the year
round in ever succeeding generations. The larva feeds on the rattan
cane, and doubtless on various species of palms also.

93. *ELYMNIAS LeucocryMA, Godart.

Hagen as leucocyma, Godardt [sic]. This species was described from
males from Java, and is evidently very closely allied to H. undularis,
Drury, from India. May not H. leucocyma be a synonym of LH. protoge-
nia, Cramer? It is doubtful if two distinct species of this group are
found in Java. Dr. Hagen records two species of Hlymnias of this group
from Sumatra, but I have only seen one, which, however, is decidedly
variable, but cannot in my opinion be split up into separate species.

94. KLYMNIAS LUTESCENS, Butler.

Grose Smith as panthera. Hagen. Butler. Distant. Kirby,

ele:

390 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Staudinger as panthera, Fabricius, var. lutescens, Butler. Wallace. Very
rare in the forests of the plains and as high as Namoe Oekor. This
insect is perhaps not really as rare as it appears to be; as it greatly
resembles on the wing a brown Huplea, it probably often from this cause
escapes the notice of the collector.

95. Etymwntas para, Distant.

E. dara, Distant, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xix, p. 50,
n. 86 (1887).

This species was described from Northern Borneo. An allied spe-

cies is the H. albofasciata, Staudinger, fiom Palawan in the Philippine ~

Isles, described in Iris, vol. 11, p. 39 (1889). We have not had the
opportunity of comparing H. dara and EH. albofasciata from typical
localities, but a female of the latter from Palawan kindly sent to me by
Dr, Staudinger agrees exactly with Sumatran specimens of the same sex.
The Burmese species, H. dxdalion, de Nicéville, is certainly distinct
from the Sumatran and Philippine form which we here identify as
HE. dara, but whether it is separable from H. dara from Borneo we cannot
say. It is very rare in Sumatra, and has been brought in from the
Gayoe and Battak mountains from high elevations only.

96. Etymuntas (Melynias) taisipis, de Nicéville, n. sp.

Grose Smith as las. Hagen as lais, Horsfield and Moore [sic].
Wallace as lais. Distant as lais.

Hasirat: N.-H. Sumatra.

Expanse: 3, 2°9 to 3:3; 9, 3°5 to 3°7 inches.

Description: Mate. Very similar to HZ. lais, Cramer, from Nias,
Java, and Borneo. Frmare. In general appearance very similar to the
same sex of H. malelas, Hewitson, from Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam, and
Burma, the wings being greatly elongated, and the forewing on the
UPPERSIDE having the apical half strongly washed with purple.

I possess a single female only of H. lais from Java, from which
the female of TH. laisidis differs in its more elongated forewing
glossed with purple on the upperside. Dr. A. R. Wallace has des-
cribed but not named the Sumatran form of FH. lais in Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1869, p. 325, n. 11. ZH. laisidis occurs nearly always near human
habitations, and Dr. Martin feels sure that the larva feeds on bamboos,
as the females are always seen flying along the bamboo hedges surround-
ing the gardens of Malay houses. It occurs most commonly in Decem-
ber and January, and in some years (1892 and 1893) was unusually
abundant, being seen almost in swarms. In India the allied H. timandra,
Wallace, bas been noted in the Khasi Hills of Assam occurring in

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 391

thousands in some years in a similar manner. In other years LH. laisidis
is very rare, and then found near the sea coast (at Laboean) commoner
than higher up. The female, on the vivid blue coloration of the upper-
side of the forewing of which the species is mainly based, is undoubtedly
a very splendid mimic of Huplea linniei, Moore.

97. Enymnias (DMelynias) ceryxopns, de Nicéville.

E. (Melynias) cerysoides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 22,
n. 7, pl. §, fig. 13, male (1895).

Grose Smith as ceryz. Hagen as ceryx. Occurs only on the
Central Plateau at not less than 3,000 feet elevation, and similarly to
E. laisidis is found in June and July, but chiefly in December and
January. Dr. Martin’s brother, Dr. F. Martin, took it on the southern
extremity of the Toba Lake near Batoe Gadjah, which is higher than
the plateau.

98. Enymyias (Melynias) nrinyss, de Nicéville.

E. (Melynias) erinyes, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 19,
n. 5, pl. R, figs. 9, male; 10, female (1895).

A very rare species found only in the high forest at Selesseh and
up to the lower slopes of the hills at Bekantschan, and in the Battak
mountains in September. Dr. Martin has obtained three specimens
only. It is nearly allied to EH. casiphone, Hubner, more closely to
E. kamara, Moore.

99. Exyuntas (Melynias) poarni, de Nicéville.

E. (Melynias) dohrnii, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. 8oc., vol. x, p. 21,
n. 6, pl. §, fig. 12, male (1895).

This species was described from a single male obtained in September,
1894, at Bohorok near the Battak frontier by Herr M. Ude, the European
collector of Dr. H. Dohrn of Stettin. As Bohorok is on the way to the
Gayoe and Allas countries, it is possible that this Hlymnias may occur
there more plentifully, as these regions are quite unknown. It is allied
to H. patna, Westwood.

100. Exnymnias (Bruasa) sumaTrAna, Wallace.

Wallace. Kirby. Grose Smith as swmatrana and penanga. Hagen
as penanga, Westwood, var. swmatrana. Originally described from
Sumatra. A very rare species, It occurs in March in the forests near the
sea together with Huplea ewnus, de Niceville. The female may be con-
sidered to be one of the rarest butterflies of our region; in all the time
Dr. Martin was in Sumatra he only obtained three specimens, one of

392 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

which he caught himself in a forest near the Saentis Estate, not more
than two miles from the sea.

101. Exyunias (Bruasa) aprisa, Distant.

Very rare in the high forest near Selesseh in July and at Namoe
Oekor. Both sexes are described by Mr. Distant, and the male is
figured. We have seen only seven female specimens. But for the fact
that Mr. Distant describes the male, we wouid certainly have considered
this species to be a dimorphic form of the female of H. swmatrana,
Wallace.

102. Exnymyias (Agrusia) EsacorvEs, de Nicéville.

Dyctis esacoides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 323, n. 2,
pl. H, fig. 2, male (1892).

Exceedingly rare, three specimens only have been obtained, one in
the forest near Selesseh in July, two from the lower hills. All the
rarer species of Hlymnias havea soft weak flight and settle often with
folded wings. They are very fond of shadowy spots and of rest, and
once settled they remain for a long time, leaving their resting places
only when frightened or driven away. As they all rest with shut wings
they are in this position much less conspicuous than when on the wing.

Subfamily AMATHUSIINA.

103. Zervuxip1A AMETHYsTUS, Butler.

Hagen. Kirby. Butler. Distant. Staudinger. Rare; found only
in dense virgin forests like all the rest of the genus not at a lower eleva-
tion than Bekantschan in September. It occurs higher in the hills than
any other Zeuxidia. The female has the macular band on the upperside,
of the forewing ochreous-white.

104. Zevuxipia NICEVILLEL, Fruhstorfer.
Z. nicévillei, Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nach., vol. xxi, p. 196 (1895).

Fruhstorfer. Described as being a local form of Z. doubledaii,
Westwood. The latter was described from a female specimen from
“Tndia,” and is somewhat roughly figured in the Genera of Diurn. Lep.
on pl. lii, fig. 1. Distant figures both sexes and records it from Penang
and Perak. Moore records it from Penang. I have compared both
sexes from Perak with both sexes from Sumatra, and Sumatra females
with Hewitson’s original figure, and can discover no differences what-
ever. Herr Fruhstorfer has recently been to London and has probably
compared his types of Z. nicévillei with the type of Z. doubledaii, so

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 393

on his authority I maintain the species as distinct. In Sumatra Z. nicé-
ville’ is rather more common than Z. amethystus, Butler, and it occurs at
Bekantschan and Selesseh in June and August, and even at Batang
Serangan, still nearer the sea; also in Asahan. The female has the
macular band on the upperside of the forewing violet-white.

105. ™ ZeoxipIA LUxeRII, Hiibner.

Grose Smith as Amathusia [sic] luxerti. Only known to us from
Java, where it is the commonest species in the genus.

106. Zeoxipra (Amazidia) avrevius, Cramer.

Grose Smith as Amathusia [sic] aurelius. Staudinger. Kirby. Dis-
tant. This species was originally figured and described by Cramer from
a female obtained on the west coast of Sumatra. Occurs from Selesseh
to Bekantschan and even higher in May and September; is rarer than
the other species of the genus. The female often measures six and a
half inches across the wings, and is one of the largest-known Rhopalocera
in total wing area. The female has the band on the upperside of the
forewing white. All Zeuxidias are only met with in large high forest
near small streams, on whose borders there are usually some bamboos,
on the leaves of which most probably the larva feeds. They fly rapidly
but settle often,.but always in a dense mass of branches and stems of
bushes, so that they are very difficult to secure. The best way to
collect them is to place rotten plantain fruit (pisangs or bananas) along
the streams they haunt, to which they will come. The males of all
our Zeuwidias are true inhabitants of the forest, and exhibit rich blue
colours on the upperside. When settled with closed wings their very
great resemblance to dead leaves on the underside makes them very
difficult to distinguish amongst the true dead leaves which always and
at all seasons strew the forests in the tropics. In South-East Borneo
(Bandjermassin) all species of Zeuxidia appear to be far commoner than
they are in Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula and Burma. Out of 1,000
specimens of butterflies Dr. Martin received from thence, 200 were
three species of Zeuaidia.

107. AMATHUXIDIA DILUCIDA, Honrath.

Occurs only in high forest in July, and is found up to the elevation
of Bekantschan. Very rare, Dr. Martin obtained five specimens only
in thirteen years ; one pair from Aer Kesoengeiin Asahan. It has the
same habits as Zeuxidia, and is difficult to secure.

108. AMATHUSIA PHIDIPPUS, Johanssen.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Semper. Distant. Hagen. It sometimes

394 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin —Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

does great damage to the beautiful green leaves of the young cocoa-nut
palins, Cocos nucifera, Linneeus, on which the larva feeds, and which after
some while present the appearance of ugly dried-up brushes. The larva
also ate the leaves of other palms in Dr. Martin’s garden at Bindjei, for
instance the African oil palm and the common Palmyra or fan-leaf
palm. The caterpillars live socially when young, but separate after
changing their last skin. They are green with reddish-brown hairs.
The larva of a large Skipper, Hidari irava, Moore, feeds at the same
time on the leaves of Cocos nucifera, and the two species often have a
severe struggle to live together, in which the more robust hesperid,
which secures a shelter for itself by spinning the leaves together, is
generally victorious. The pupa is uniform light green, and hangs per-
pendicularly on horizontal leaves. The butterfly appears most
commonly in December and January, after which time only single
specimens are seen. In the daytime it is only found in places where
there is deep shade, it never ventures out into the open sunlight, but is
most active after sunset, and like Melanitis comes sometimes to the

lamps. In its prediliction for shade it often enters houses and sheds.’

It is a very variable species.

109. AMATHUSIA SCHOENBERGI, Honrath.

A. schénbergi, Honrath, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xxxi, p. 347, pl. vi, fig. 1,
male (1887).

This species was originally described from Tanyong Malim, Perak,
Malay Peninsula. It appears to be a distinct species, while A. ochraceo-
fusca, Honrath, and A. phidippus, var. perakana, Honrath, both from
Perak, seem only to be varietal forms of A. phidippus, Johanssen. It is
the Amathusia of the forest, as it occurs only in high forest from Selesseh
to Bekantschan. As in the forests there are no cocoa-nut trees, that
palm being nearly domesticated, A. phidippus does not occur there, but
is replaced by the far finer and deeper-coloured A. schoenbergi. Dr.
Martin’s Javan collector Saki observed a female of this species deposit-
ing eggs on Areca nibong, which palm only grows in the forest, and there
is not any doubt that the larva of A. schoenbergi feeds on this plant,
round groups of which Dr. Martin always noticed the imagines flying.
It is, however, a very rare species.

110. THauMANTIS opANA, Godart.

Grose Smith. Hagen as klugius. Staudinger. Distant. The com-
monest species of tle genus in Sumatra, next to T. lucipor, Westwood ;
it is found from Bekantschan to Soengei Batoe, and is therefore the
most alpine species of the genus.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 395

111. Taavmantis (Kringana) noureppin, Westwood.

Occurs at the lowest elevations and nearest the sea of all the
species in the genus, as nearly all specimens obtained by Dr. Martin
came from Kampong Stabat, and were caught in forests on both sides
of the Wampoe River. He also obtained one pair as far south as
Asahan.

112. THavumantis (Kringana) Lucieor, Westwood.

The commonest of the three Sumatran species of the genus. It
appears as low down as Bindjei, and is found as high as Namoe Oekor.
Dr. Martin caught his first specimen of this species, a female, in June,
1888, at 7-30 p.m., flying along the white walls of his hospital so
that he could just distinguish it to be a butterfly. In this species the blue
reflections of the male on the upperside of both wings are so richly bril-
liant and powerful that in opening the wings of a closed specimen the
pinchers used are strongly coloured with blue like the wings. All Thau-
mantides are inhabitants of the high virgin forest. They all like shade,
and are on the wing very late after sunset. All are fond of the ripe
fallen fruit of the Sumatran sugar-palm (Avrenga saccharifera) on which
they regale themselves in the shadow of the tree. They rest with
closed wings, and only display their rich blue coloration when on the
wing.

113. *TENARIS BIRCHI, Distant.

Originally described from Singapore. Recently taken by Dr.
Hagen in Mandaheling, a Malay state in Western Sumatra.

114. DiscopHora nEcuHoO, Felder.

Hagen as necho, Felder, var. cheops, Felder. Staudinger as cheops.
Semper as cheops. I described this species as D. dis (Journ. Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 325, n. 3, pl. H, fig. 3, male (1892). D. necho is
a common species, and is found also in Java and Borneo. Semper
records D. celinde, Cramer [should be Stoll] as well as D. necho
from Sumatra. As WD. celinde was described from Java where
D. necho also occurs undoubtedly, it may be that both D. celinde
and D. necho occur also in Sumatra. Amathusia phidippus, Joh-
anssen, is the commonest, and D. necho the next commonest species
of the subfamily in Sumatra. The males are very fond of fre-
quenting feces on roads, from which they fly into the jungle
when disturbed, but return again as soon as danger is past. The females
are much rarer, and only fly in the evening after sunset and then only
very high up in the air, so that they can hardly.be distinguished from

J. u. 50

396 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Melanitis, Amathusia and Thaumantis flying at the same time. Only when
they come down to rest, or to deposit their eggs are they caught. The
larva feeds on different Gramines, Dr. Martin has found them even on
the famous Lalang grass (Imperata arundinacea), and on the sugar-
cane (Saccharum officinale). The larve always keep in pairs, never
more than two together; they rest with the head downwards,
and eat the lower portions of the leaves on which they rest.
The pupa is quite green, and is very similar to that of A. phidippus.
D. necho is not found at a higher elevation than Bekantschan. It is pro-
bable that D. necho, Felder, D. cheops, Felder, and D. dis, de Nicéville,
from Java, Borneo and Sumatra respectively, all represent a single
species, of which the first-named is the oldest.

115. DuscopHora sonpaica, Boisduval.

Hagen. Distant. Dr. Hagen records D. tullia, Cramer, as well as
this species from Sumatra, but according to Mr. Moore, D. tullia is con-
fined to China, especially to Hongkong. In all Dr. Hagen records four
species of Discophora from Sumatra; we know two only. It is found at
lower elevations than D. necho, Felder, not much higher than. Bindjei,
where it is not uncommon near bamboo hedges. The females as usnal
in the genus are much rarer than the males. Dr. Martin obtained his
first female from a pupa which he found near the manager’s house of the
Bekalla Estate under the roof of a small attap shed on the riverside
near a thicket of bamboos. The female is much more beautiful than
the same sex of D. necho, which has only a broad oblique yellow band
across the forewing on the upperside.

116. Entspe euraymius, Doubieday.

Hagen as eutymius [sic]. Sumatran specimens resemble the dark
form of this species found in Assam and Burma which has been named
E. tesseliata by Mr. Moore, but which is certainly not a distinct species,
as it is found in some localities with, and grades imperceptibly into,
the typical form. Its occurrence in Sumatra while apparently absent
from the Malay Peninsula is an interesting fact in geographical dis-
tribution. It is everywhere rare, and in Sumatra is found only on the
Central Plateau, and is occasionally brought in by the Battak collec- .
tors. Dr. Hagen states that he has always obtained this species together
with Limenitis bockii, Moore, which is a curious coincidence.

117. CLEROME ARCESILAUS, Fabricius.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Distant. The commonest species
of the genus in Sumatra as elsewhere.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 397

118. Crerome kira, de Nicéville.

C. kirata, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 344, n. 2, pl. F,
fig. 3, male (1891).

The rarest of the three Sumatran species of the genus, and found
in the same localities as C. arcesilaus, Fabricius. I have no difficulty
in distinguishing the species, though Colonel Swinhoe fails to recognise
it, vide his remarks on C. arcesilaus in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1893,
p. 276, u. 77. The male was chiefly defined by a difference in the
prehensores, but the superior width of the dark bands on the underside
of both wings, and the anal half of the hindwing being very much
darker than the same area in C@. arcesilaus will enable one to distinguish
the species superficially without recourse to an anatomical investiga-
tion. The female has the ground-colour on the underside of both
wings much lighter than in C. arcesilaus, and all the bands consequently
more prominent ; they are also much wider.

119. Cuierome eraciiis, Butler.

Hagen as gracilis. C. gracilis is met with somewhat higher than
C. arcestlaus, Fabricius, and is also rarer than that species. All the
species of Clerome are true insects of the virgin forest, never leave the
ground for a high flight, and prefer to settle on the bare soil or on a
dead and discoloured leaf than on living green leaves or shrubs. They
- rest with folded wings, and fly only for short distances, and then
again settle. No species occurs at a higher elevation than Bekantschan,
nor nearer the sea than Bindjei.

120. XANTHOTHENIA BUSIRIS, Westwood.

Hagen. Grose Smith as Clerome [sic] busiris. Butler. Distant.
Found from Bindjei to Bekantschan. Like Clerome it is a true
inhabitant of the forest, but has a higher and longer flight than
species of that genus and is not so easily caught, as it is always chang-
ing the direction of its flight. It is fond of newly cut ditches through
the forest, along which it may always be found.

Subfamily Acr#1na.

121. Parepa vestira, de Nicéville, n. sp.
Acrza vesta, Snellen (nec Fabricius), Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, p. 18, n. 1
pl. ii, figs. 8-5, female (1892).
Snellen as terpsichore, Linneus [sic], and vesta. Hagen as vesta.
Hasirat: N.-E. Sumatra.
EXpanseE: &, 2°0 to 2°5; Q, 2°4 to 2°5 inches.
Description: Mate and FemaLe. Upversipe, both wings differ

398 L, de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No.3,

from A. vesta, Fabricius, from the Himalayas, Assam, Upper Burma
and Java in having the ground-colour more ochreous (less tawny), and
allthe veins more heavily defined with black. Forewing has a broad
costal black margin reaching the subcostal nervure; the outer margin
has the black border nearly twice as broad, with the marginal series
of spots of the ground-colour obsolete or entirely absent. Hindwing has
the black margin much broader, with the yellow marginal spots very
much smaller. Unpersipz, both wings differ only in having all the veins
more strongly defined with black.

Occurs ouly on the Central Plateau, where it appears to swarm to
the same extent as the allied species does in Sikhim and elsewhere.
Dr. Martin has had the larva and pupa brought to him by his collec-
tors. It flies all the year round, and there is often an over population,
after which it becomes somewhat scarce for a while till it recovers itself
and again becomes common.

Subfamily NympuHaving.

122. ERGonis ARIADNE, Linneus.

Snellen. Wallace. Hagen. Distant. This species may be known
from the one that follows by its richer brighter tawny coloration, by
the outer margin of both wings being much more irregular, and in the
male by the “ male-mark”’ present on the underside of the forewing,
which, in this species, is a solid shining deep black patch reaching
from near the inner margin to the third median nervule. Its larva feeds
on the stinging creeper, Tragia involucrata. The butterfly is only found
in the forest from Bindjei to Bekantschan, and always near its food
plant. It has a low flight, only males when fighting fly high in
the air.

123, Ercouis 1smus, Wallace.

B. iseus, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1869, p. 333, n. 4.

Wallace. Kirby. Hagen as taprobana. Distant. Nearly allied to
but quite distinct from EH. merione, Cramer. The outer margin of both
wings is much more even and regular than in the preceding species,

and the coloration is duller and darker. The ‘‘ male-mark”’ is in a simi- ~

lar position, but is very inconspicuous and consists of a broad line of
modified black scales extending along either side of the veins on the dise
of the forewing on the underside, but not reaching the outer margin nor
the costa. EZ. merione has a quite different “‘ male-mark,” which is similar
to that in FE. ariadne, Linneus. I have specimens of H. iseus from
Myitta in Burma and from Singapore ; Wallace records it from Singapore

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 399

also and Sumatra. The larva feeds on Ricinus communis, Linn., the
castor-oil plant. Occurs everywhere in the plains and all the year
round, mostly near the houses of Indian (Tamil) coolies, who are very
fond of cultivating the castor-oil plant. Its flight is perhaps lower
aud weaker than that of EH. ariadne, Linneus. Dr. Hagen records
E. taprobana, Westwood, from Sumatra, a species confined to South
India and Ceylon as far as our experience goes. It is a very noticeable
fact that everywhere two quite distinct species of Hrgolis occur together.

124. HuryYTeLA HORSFIELDI, Boisduval.

Hagen. Grose Smith.

125. Euryrrena casteLnatt, Felder.

Snellen. Hagen. Grose Smith. Both the Sumatran species of this
genus occur only in forests, and are somewhat rare insects, the female
being the rarer sex of the two, 4. horsfieldii, Boisduval, occurs more
in the plains, from Bindjei to Namoe Oekor; FH. castelnaui at higher
elevations, from Namoe Oekor to Soengei Batoe. The females are
splendid mimics of the two preceding species of Hrgolis, H. castelnaut
mimicking HF. iseus, Wallace, and H. horsfieldii mimicking L. ariadne,
Linneus. Even in the way of flying they closely resemble the flight
of species of Ergolis. Dr. Martin obtained his first female of H. castel-
naut while catching JH. iseus on the same spot in a forest south of
Namoe Oekor. The males always settle with folded wings for greater
protection, and have some predilection for the sandy banks of small
streams running through the forest.

126. EHuripus HALITHERSES, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Hagen as halitherses and eupleoides. Staudinger. The male differs
from typical HL. halitherses in having the marginal dots on both sides
of the forewing restricted more to the anal angle. The female is tri-
morphic, in one form the ground-colour is brown as in typical H. euple-
oides, Felder; in the second form it is indigo-blue; in the third form
it is blue without white patches on both wings and mimics Huplea
linnxi, Moore. The first two forms seem to be mimics of Huplea
diocletianus, Fabricius. As usual, the amount of white coloration on
the wings in the female is very variable, and on that character no
species should be based. One of these inconstant forms has recently
been described by Mr. Distant as H. borneénsis, and seems to be inter-
mediate between H. eupleoides and EH. pfeifferx, both of Felder, from the
Malay Peninsula. This species was, before the forests of Deli and
Langkat fell victims to the triumphal march of the tobacco cultivation,

400 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L, Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

a fairly common insect, of which the males often escaped capture by
being mistaken for a still commoner species of Athyma. Even now on
the frontiers of tobacco-Jand, as at Selesseh, H. halitherses is not rare,
only the females are scarce. The males have a strong short flight
like species of Athyma, whereas the females on the wing mimic different
species of Huplea, having a slow and sailing motion. Dr. Martin pos-
sesses a single male almost without white markings on the upperside
of the forewing, which for a long time he thought represented a second
species, but as he never obtained a second ‘specimen, it is probably an
aberration. LE. halitherses extends from Bindjei to Bekantschan, and
is found only in forests,

127. CupHa ERYMANTHIS, Drury.

Snellen. Hagen. Occurs everywhere all the year round in ever
following generations, Wherever a small piece of forest has been spared,
there this is one of the first Rhopulocera to be found. It is very found of
flowers, but is shy, and has a restless flight.

128. ATELLA sinHA, Kollar.

Snellen as egista. Hagen as egista. Grose Smith. Wallace. Dis-
tant. I have never seen A. egista, Cramer, which was described from
Amboina, and recorded from Amboina, Bouru, Batchian, Morty, and
New Guinea by Dr. A. R. Wallace. A. sinha is the rarest of the Atellas
occurring in Sumatra, is found both in the plains and hills, has a very
quick flight, aud is not easily captured except when settled on a flower or
on a moist spot on a forest road where it can be “ potted” with the net.

129. ATELLA PHALANTHA, Drury.

Snellen. Hagen as phalanta [sic], Horsfield and Moore [sic]. Dis-
tant as phalanta [sic]. Occurs only at low elevations, often very near
to the sea, frequents flowers, and is not easily caught from its shy
restless habits and quick flight. It is very common throughout the year.

130. ATELLA ALCIPPE, Cramer.

Snellen. Hagen. Grose Smith as aruana [sic]. The A. arruana
of Felder, from the Aru Isles (Felder), Mysol (Wallace), is a local race
of A. alcippe. Found in Sumatra at higher elevations than the two
foregoing species, even as high or higher than Bekantschan. Never
seen in Deli, and never on black soil which is so favourable for
tobacco, but as soon as there is red soil, as in Langkat and Serdang,
one may be sure to meet A. alcippe on damp places in forest roads. It
is very common near Selesseh.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 401

131. Crrnosta nypsina, Felder.

Snellen as penthesilea and cyane. Grose Smith as hypsea. Hagen
as cyane. Wallace. The C. penthesilea of Cramer appears to be a
distinct species, and occurs in Java. The C. hypsea of Doubleday and
Hewitson is the Bornean form. C. cyane, Drury, is the Indian form.

132. CETHOSIA CAROLINA, Forbes.

C. caroline, Forbes, A Naturalist’s Wanderings, p. 274 (18835).
A local race of C. methypsea, Butler, of the Malay Peninsula.

133. CrrHosta LOGANI, Distant.

Hagen as logant and biblis. May perhaps be a local race of
C. biblis, Drury, but in the Malay Peninsula both occur together, It
may be noted that Dr. Hagen records both in one paper from Sumatra,
so both may be found there also. C. hypsina and C. logani occur at low
elevations, the latter even close to the sea—Dr. Martin once found
many larve near the Saentis Estate only two miles distant from the
sea— whereas C. carolinsz appears at the elevation of Bindjei, and
from thence to the Central Plateau, those from high elevations being
very richly coloured. All species of Cethosia are forest butterflies,
frequenting both large and small jungle. The always sombre dark
green forest is often made of a gayer aspect by the presence of these
numerous, vivid, and gorgeously-coloured butterflies. Their flight re-
sembles that of the Danainz and is slow and sailing. The larve of
C. hypsina and C. logani live on Passiflora sp., and eat not only the
leaves but also the soft shoots of this creeper. The larva of C. logant
is yellow with black longitudinal stripes, of C. hypsina of a very
rich deep scarlet, broken only on the two median segments, which are
creamy-white. Both Jlarve have composite spines, they live in
societies, and are always found in large numbers. On one occasion
when Dr. Martin was collecting the larve of C. hypsina on a Passion-
Flower with red fruit, he noticed the protective position assumed by
some of the caterpillars which in eating a twig had surrounded it
entirely, so that this bunch of larva even at a short distance looked
like one of the fruits. In breeding a large number of C. hypsina, Dr.
Martin noticed that the males emerged from the pupe one day earlier
than the females. None of the Sumatran species of Qethosia are dimor-
phic in the female, and none of them have dark females as have the
species from India, Ceylon, and Nias.

134. Terinos atiita, Fabricius.

Snellen. Grose Smith. Kirby. Hagen as teuthras, var. delianus,

402 WL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

so named, but not described, in Dr. O. Standinger’s sale list No. xxxiii
(1889). Wallace as viola. Wallace described 7’. viola from Singapore
and Sumatra, but pointed out that the male he described from Sumatra
differed somewhat from his specimen from Singapore. The latter
equals 7. teuthras, Hewitson, teste Distant, the former 7. atlita.

135. Terinos cLaRissa, Boisduval.

Snellen as larissa [sic], Boisduval.

136. Terrinos TEOS, de Nicéville.

T. teos, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 41, n. 4, pl. K,
figs. 5, male; 6, female (1893).

Grose Smith as robertsia. Snellen as robertsit [sic]. Hagen as robert-
sia, var. ? sumatrana, so named, but not described, in Dr. O, Staudinger’s
sale list No. xxxiii (1889) as var. sumatrensis. Wallace as robertsia, local
form A. Thisspecies isa local race of T. robertsia, Butler, from the Malay
Peninsula. Without knowing the habits of the species of the genus
Terinos, one would know from their rich violet-blue coloration that one
has to deal with true inhabitants of large forests, which never go-to
small jungle as the foregoing Cethosice often do. T. clarissa, Boisduval,
is very rare, and no exact locality for it can be given except one
specimen from Bekantschan, as all the specimens procured were brought
in with numerous specimens of TJ. teos, de Nicéville, Dr. Martin not
noticing the difference between these two species till I pointed it out
to him. T. atlita, Fabricius, occurs more in the plains, but not ata
lower elevation than Bindjei and Selesseh, but does not extend higher
than Namoe Oekor. JT’. teos, de Nicéville, commences to appear at the
same places and is found as high as Bekantschan and the lower hills.
The butterflies are very restless, and fly round certain trees, on which
they rest for a moment and then fly off again, so are not easy to
catch, besides which they usually settle high up and fly high too. In
November and December both the common species appear in large num-
bers, while in all the other months they are only procured singly, and are
very worn, so Dr. Martin thinks that they may be only single brooded.
At Namoe Oekor in October Dr. Martin and I caught only worn females,
males being entirely absent, and in December of the same year the
collectors brought in many males and a few fresh females from the same
spot. Otherwise females are always rarer than the males, especially
that sex of JT. atlita. The female of T. clarissa is unknown to us from
Sumatra. No Sumatran species of the genus shew the beautiful whitish-
violet patch on the upperside of the hindwing found in T. teuthras,
Hewitson, and T. roberisia, Butler, from the Malay Peninsula.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 403

137. Cynruia ERororpEs, de Nicéville, n. sp.

C. deione, Distant (nec Hrichson), Rhop. Malay., p. 184, n.1, pl. x, figs. Ab
male ; 2, female (1883).

Snellen as arsinoé. Hagen as arsinoé. Staudinger as arsinoé.
Kirby as arsinoé. Distant as deione.

Hasitat: Malay Peninsula, N.-H. Sumatra, Borneo.

Expanse: 6&, 2°99 to 3'2; 92, 3°7 to 40 inches.

Description: Mate. Upprrsipu, both wings differ from C. erota,
Fabricius, from the Eastern Himalayas, Bhutan, Assam, Burma,
and Java in their darker ground-colour. Forewing differs in the apex
being widely and the outer margin decreasingly infuscated. Otherwise
as in that species. Fremate. Upprrsipe, hindwing differs only in having
the inner of the two submarginal fuscous lines straighter—less lunula-
ted—and continuous. Otherwise as in that species.

Cramer described C. arsinoé from Amboina and the west coast of
Sumatra, but apparently figured it (a male) from the former locality,
my specimens from Saparua in the Moluccas and from New Guinea
agreeing fairly well with Cramer’s figure. CO. dejone, Erichson, was
described from Lugon in the Philippines, the female being figured.
In the male of this species the apex of the forewing on the upper-
side is not infuscated, and in the female the ocelli of the hindwing on
the upperside differ in being almost entirely ochreous, with a very small
instead of a large black centre. C.cantori, Distant, described from a
unique specimen from Province Wellesley, is probably a “sport.”
The males of C. erotoides are common everywhere in Sumatra, and are
found all the year round on forest roads, where they are fond of moist
spots, to which they will always return even after an attempt is made
to catch them. The females are as rare as the males are common, and
are only found in the forest, The males havea strong short flight,
somewhat like that of a Charazes, whereas the females fly more slowly
and sail more. The species is found only as high as Bekantschan.

138. Cyntuia BattaKa, Martin.

C. battaka, Martin, Nat. Tijd. voor Neder.-Indié, vol. liii, p. 338, n. 3 (1893).

This species may typically be known from C. erotoides, de Nicéville,
by its smaller size, darker ground-colour of the upperside, the apex of
the forewing especially being much more infuscated, the basal area
of both wings on the underside is of a deeper red, and the subapical spot
in the upper discoidal interspace of the forewing is always silvery-
white, while in Z. erotoides it is either totally wanting, or, if present,
is small and fuscous; the tail to the hindwing is also shorter. From
Bekantschan to the higher hills and the Central Plateau C. battaka alone

Je T-od

404 , de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

occurs, and it has the same habits as C. erotoides. As Dr. Martin never
obtained the latter species from places higher than Bekantschan, and
never true CO. battaka from places lower than Bekantschan, and as both
species occur quite at the same time, there can be no question here of
seasonal dimorphism. Dr. Martin notes that he is quite sure C. battaka
is a good species restricted to the mountainous regions of our area.
He notes also that he has received some specimens of C. battaka from
Java, but without exact locality, and hopes to hear later at what
elevation they were obtained, as C. erotoides occurs also in that island.
Dr. Martin further notes that he obtained one female of C. battaka,
which differs greatly from the female of the former species, these
differences are pointed out in his original description of C. battaka

(@isc:).

139. ApaTURA NAMOUNA, Doubleday.

Hitherto this species has not been recorded south of Upper Burma,
its re-appearance in Sumatra is most interesting. In our area itis a very
rare butterfly, and is found only on the higher hills at an elevation of
not less than 3,000 feet, and from the Central Plateau and the Gayoe
mountains. The specimens from Sumatra are decidedly smaller than
those from Northern India, but do not otherwise differ. No female
from Sumatra has been obtained.

140. *Aparora pARVATA, Moore.

Grose Smith. This is almost certainly a wrong identification,
A. parvata being restricted to Sikhim and Bhutan. The specimen Mr.
Grose Smith obtained was probably a female of the next species,

141. Apatura (Rohana) sumaTRENSIS, Staudinger.

A. (Rohana) parisatis, Westwood, var. sumatrensis, Staudinger, Iris, vol. i,
p. 80 (1889).

A, parisatis, Snellen (nec Westwood), Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, p. 19, n. 1,
pl. iii, figs. 1, male; 2, male wnderside x 2 (1892).

Snellen as parisatis. Hagen as parisatis. Staudinger as parisatis,
and parisatis, var. swmatrensis. Semper as camiba. The male may be
known from the N.-E. Indian and Burmese species, A. parysatis, West-
wood, by having a small diffused apical ferruginous patch on the up-
perside of the forewing, which is absent from the continental species.
The females of the two species differ but slightly. Like Atella alcippe,
Cramer, this insect only appears on red soil (probably the food-plant
of the larva grows only on that soil), where the males from Selesseh
to the higher hills are not rare, whereas the females are always scarce,

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 405

or apparently so, as they are excellent mimics of species of Irgolis,
and are doubtless often passed over as such by the collectors. The
males like to go to small muddy or swampy spots on the roads, where
they are easily “ potted ” with a net. The females are never seen on
the roads, but fly like Hrgolis through the jungle. The male of this
butterfly does not exhibit any very gorgeous coloration, but nevertheless
it has a beauty of its own owing to the deep velvety-black colour of the
upperside, which is so exceedingly delicate and so like the bloom on a
peach that one never sees an absolutely perfect specimen in a collection.
It is especially common on roads cut through the red hills on the
banks of the Whampoe river, also in Serdang and Padang Bedagei.

142. Apatura (Rohana) arraxgs, de Nicéville.

A. (Rohana) artazes, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 261,
n. 3, pl. N, figs. 3, male; 4, female (1895).

This species is restricted to the Central Plateau, from whence
Dr. Martin obtained his first female specimens in October and December,
1893. As the males are very similar to the same sex of the foregoing
species, they escape the nets of the Battak collectors, and Dr. Martin
only obtained two in thirteen years. Many more females than males
have been obtained. It would be interesting to know if the female is a
mimicker, and if so, what species is mimicked.

143. EvnLacura osterIA, Westwood.

Staudinger. Rare in Sumatra, and occurs only at Selesseh and
Namoe Oekorin July. The female is rather rarer than the male. Both
sexes settle on the underside of leaves with wide-spread wings, and
never fly long distances. It is a common butterfly in the Botanical
Gardens at Singapore.

144, Hustina nama, Doubleday.

Hagen as nama, Boisduval [sic]. Staudinger. Occurs in Perak
in the Malay Peninsula.

145. HESTINA CAROLINA, Snellen.

H. caroline, Snellen, Tijd. voor Hnt., vol. xxxiii, p. 218 (1890); idem, id., Lc.,
vol. xxxvii, p. 67 (1890).

Snellen, Both species of Hestina occur in our area only in the
hills and on the Central Plateau, the lowest elevation at which they
are found (except one male of H. caroline which Dr. Martin caught
near the iron bridge over the Bindjei river at Namoe Oekor) being
Bekantschan. H. caroline flies in May. H. nama doubtless mimics Danais

406 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,

tytioides, de Nicéville, while H. caroline mimics Danais banksii, Moore.
So long as these Hestinas think themselves safe and unobserved their
flight closely resembles that of the Danainxw, but as soon as they
scent danger they assume their proper rapid mode of flight, which
is like that of the males of species of Hypolimnas. So far females of
H. caroline have only been obtained, that sex of H. nama not having
been captured in our area. The two species are undoubtedly distinct,
the differences between them being well pointed out by Heer P. C, T.
Snellen. They are very much rarer than is H. nama in the Himalayas.

146. Herona sumatTrana, Moore,

H. sumatrana, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 308; id., de Nicéville,
Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 5, n. 4, pl. iii, fig. 7, female (1894).

Moore. Grose Smith. Originally described from Sumatra. As
also in all other localities the Sumatran species of Herona is very rare.
In Deli it oceurs from Selesseh to Bekantschan in March, July and
September, but only four or five specimens a year will be obtained
by all our collectors put together. On the wing it looks hke an
Huthalia and has a similar flight, though it has the habit of settlng on
tree trunks which Yuthalias seldom or never do except when sucking up
the juice from a wound in the bark.

147. Precis reuira, Cramer.

Snellen. Hagen.

148. Precis 1a, Cramer.

Hagen. Semper. Both species of Precis are found throughout our
area and all the year round in ever following generations. P. ¢phita,
Cramer, is somewhat the rarer, and is restricted to forests both large
and small, whereas P. ida is found more in open ground, mostly near
houses, in gardens, and in orchards, but never in forest. There are no
intermediate gradations between these tivo species in Deli. They have
a stronger and bolder flight than the species of Junonia which follow.

149. Junonra AtMANA, Linneus.

Snellen as asterie. Grose Smith as asterie. Hagen as asterie.
Distant as asterie. In my opinion J. almana and J. asterie, both of
Linneus, are one and the same species, the former being the dry-
season non-ocellated, the latter the wet-season ocellated form, Only
the latter is found in Sumatra, which accounts for that name being
used by all authors in recording it from the island. As, however, almana
is the older name for the species, it has to be used, though it was

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 407

applied to the dry-season form. It is common in Sumatra on open
grassy places, near houses and ditches, but is never found in the
forest. Dr. Martin once found the larva on a small, low, white-
flowering, labiate plant.

150. JuNONIA ATLITES, Linneeus.

Snellen as laomedia. Hagen as laomedia. Distant. Quite as com-
mon in Delias the preceding species, and found from close to the sea
to the Central Plateau, specimens from the hills being richer in colour
with blacker margins than those from the plains. It is very fond of
water, near which, if it is running in open places or in ditches, it may
always be found,

151. *JUNONIA VELLIDA, Fabricius,

Grose Smith. Kirby. This species occurs only in Australia, as far
as Iam able to ascertain. Its record from Sumatra by the authors
cited is probably erroneous.

152. Junonia ocyaue, Hiibner.

Snellen as orythia [sic] and orithyia. Hagen as orithya [sic]. Sem-
per. Staudinger as wallacei. J. ocyale is a local race of J. orithyia,
Linnzeus, a very widely spread and variable species. I agree with Herr
Georg Semper (Schmett. Philipp., p. 120, n. 142) that J. wallacei, Dis-
tant, described from the Malay Peninsula and Java, is a Synonym of
J. ocyale. Mr. Distant does not venture to say how the two species
are supposed to differ. Hven in a restricted area like Sumatra this
butterfly shows variations within certain limits, and is more pro-
nounced in the female than in the male. Itis found over the whole
of our area, but not too near the sea; it is very fond of small grassy
spots, where it often abounds, and where also the rarer female may be
captured. It is very restless, often settling, but only remaining for a
very short time when it again takes a short quick flight, so that it is
not easily caught. Dr. Hagen reports seeing it in large numbers in
the short degenerated lalang-grass of the Central Platean.

153. Nepris (Rahinda) HorpontA, Stoll.
Grose Smith as hordona [sic]. Hagen. Distant.

154. Nepris (Rahinda) paraKa, Butler.

Grose Smith as peraka [sic]. Hagen as peraka [sic]. Standinger
as peraka [sic]. Dr. Staudinger considers the N. dahana, Kheil, from
Nias island, to be a synonym of this species.

408 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

155. Nepris TIGA, Moore.

Butler. Staudinger as tiga and dorelia. I have a very long suite
of specimens of this species, and after careful comparison have come
to the conclusion that N. dorelia, Butler (1877), N. sattanga, Moore
(1881), and WN. kuhasa, de Nicéville (1886), are all synonyms of N. tiga,
Moore (1858). ‘To this list will probably have to be added Rahinda
[sic] siaka, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 311, described
from Sumatra, as the description agrees exactly with some specimens
of N. tiga I possess from Perak in the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
The variation observable in N. tiga is obviously mainly due to season,
the dry-season form being sparsely banded with black on the underside,
the wet-season form heavily so. Of the three small yellow Neptes,
N. hordonia is the commonest, whereas N. paruka and N. tiga are both
rare, especially the latter. They all occur in large and high forest,
but are most frequently found on the boundaries of the forest, or just
within the borders, where there is considerable sunshine. They are
very weak-flying insects, and are easily captured when at rest with wide
spread wings on the leaves of low bushes and on flowers, WN. hordonia
occurs in the plains up to Bekantschan, the other two prefer higher
elevations, and have been caught as high as Soengei Batoe.

156. Nepris patara, Moore.
N. batara, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 310.

Moore. Snellen as miah. Originally described from Sumatra.
N. batara has been described and figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay.,
p. 444, n. 18, pl. xli, fig. 14 (1886), as N. miah, var., from Perak.
It is very doubtfully distinct from N. miah, Moore. Found only on the
higher hills at Soengei Batoe and the Central Plateau in July, but is
very rare.

157. Neptis sankarA, Kollar.

Excessively rare, Dr. Martin obtained a single male from the
Battak mountains in October, 1894. It is more intensely black and
white than typical N. sankara, but the markings are similar. The
N. amba and N. carticoides, both of Moore, are synonyms of this species,
as probably also is N. amboides, Moore.

158. Nepris THAMALA, Moore.

N. thamala, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, vol. xxi, p. 36, pl. iii,
fig. 1, female (1886).

Originally described from Lower Burma. It is very rare in Sumatra,

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 409

Dr. Martin has obtained three or four specimens only, one of which
from Namoe Oekor is in my collection, taken im October.

159, Nepris viKAsi, Horsfield.

Hagen as vikasi?, Moore [sic]. Butler. Staudinger. A common
species in the plains, but restricted to forest.

160. *Nerpris omERODA, Moore.
N. omeroda, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 571.

Grose Smith as ormeroda [sic]. Originally described from Penang
in the Malay Peninsula. Mr. Distant considers it to be a synonym of
N. vikasi, Horsfield. Mr. Moore describes it as being “a much blacker
_ insect both above and below” than that species. It is unknown to us.

161. *Neperis Harita, Moore,

Staudinger. Itis quite probable that this species does occur in
Sumatra, though Dr. Martin has never obtained it. Though quite dis-
tinct it may easily be overlooked, as it is very similar to N. vikasi,
Horsfield.

162. Neptis angana, Moore.

Is by far the most beautiful Neptis of our area, especially the
underside of both wings, which exhibit very splendid colours. Is
found only in the hills as high or even higher than the Central Plateau,
3,000 feet. Dr. Martin possesses three specimens only, the first ob-
tained in 1894, after twelve years’ collecting.

163. NeEpris LEUCOTHOE, Cramer.

Snellen as aceris. Hagen as aceris. Certainly the commonest species
of the genus in Sumatra, and found almost everywhere all the year round.
N. aceris, Lepechin, of Europe, appears to me to be distinct from the pre-
sent species, as it has the white bands on the underside of both wings
not outwardly defined with black as they invariably are in both the wet-
and dry-season forms of N. leucothoé—the latter form not found in
Sumatra.

164. *Nepris papasa, Moore.

N. papaja, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 570.

Moore. Kirby. The description of this species agrees with speci-
mens I have identified as N. leucothoé, Cramer, the ground-colour of
the underside being “ ferruginous-yellow; markings prominent, black-

410 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

bordered.” It was described from Sumatra. This adds one more to
the twelve synonyms of N. leucothoé given by me in “The Gazetteer
of Sikhim,” p. 1387 (1894).

165. Neptis nata, Moore.

Grose Smith. Hagen. A common species in the plains. Itis a

little variable, in typical specimens the discal white band on the under- —

side of the hindwing ends on the costal nervure, in others it ends on
the first subcostal nervule. I greatly doubt if the N. gononata, Butler,
from Malacca, is distinct from this species.

166. Nepris puryopANA, Moore.

Grose Smith as duryodama [sic]. Snellen. A common species of
the plains in October.

167. *Nepris napiIna, Moore.

Grose Smith as soma. WN. soma, Moore, is a synonym of N. nadina,
Moore. Itis probable that Mr. Grose Smith identified this species
from specimens similar to those which I subsequently described as
N. clinioides.

168. Nepris criniorpEs, de Nicéville.

N. clinioides, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 6, n. 5, pl. i, fig. 8,
male (1894).

Very rare, a few specimens only have been obtained in the
Battak mountains and Central Plateau in June.

169. Nepris susrura, Moore.

Grose Smith. A common species in the low forests.

170. *NeEpris HELIODORA, Cramer.

Hagen. Probably a wrong identification. It was described from
Amboina, and is apparently confined to the Moluccas.

171. Nepris opHiANnA, Moore.

Hagen as ophiana, var.? Very rare, Dr. Martin has obtained a
single specimen. Herr Georg Semper places this species and its allies
in the genus Phedyma, Felder, of which N. heliodora, Cramer, is
the type (Schmett. Philipp., p. 142 (1889). With the exception of
N. sankara, Kollar, N. clinioides, de Nicéville, and N. ophiana, Moore, all
the black species of Neptis are common insects, occurring everywhere
in open places, both in small jungle and in large forest, except N. susruta,

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 411

Moore, and N. nata, Moore, which are restricted to the latter. Of the
Nymphaline the species of this genus are earliest on the wing, and do not
appear at all to mind the leaves being wetted with rainordew. Aftera
shower they will appear immediately, and even fly when there is no sun.
Wherever there are a few trees or bushes along the roads, in gardens,
and in fact practically everywhere they may be found, weakly sailing
about and frequently settling; appareutly highly protected as they shew
no fear whatever.

172. CrrrHocHroa orissa, Felder.

Grose Smith. Hagen. In the male on the upperside of the fore-
wing the first median nervule and submedian nervure, and the subcos-
tal nervules of the hindwing are for some distance on both sides defined
by a fine ochreous line, the veins themselves being black. Occurs only
in forest, but not at high elevations, not higher than Namoe Oekor ;
very common at Selesseh in June and August.

173. CIRRHOCHROA SATELLITA, Butler.

Hagen, The male has no secondary sexual characters. ‘Tt is
rarer than C. orissa, Felder; occurs only in forests, and at still lower
elevations in July. It is weaker on the wing than that species.

174. CrrrHocHroa ciaGcia, Godart.

Snellen. Distant. In the male on the upperside of both wings
the veins where they cross the disc are more or less black, and in the
forewing they are defined on both sides with ochreous for a short
distance on entering the broad black marginal border. Occurs only
at elevations over 1,000 feet, ligher than Namoe Oekor, found at
Bekantschan and Soengei Batoe in May, July, and September. Is the
rarest of all the species of Cirrhochroa occurring in Sumatra.

175. CirrHocHROA BAJADETA, Moore.

Snellen, Hagen. The male has no secondary sexual characters.
Is found everywhere in October in forest, and also in places where a
small piece of the original forest has been left, as does Cupha erymanthis,
Drury. The males are prone to visit damp spots on roads,

176. CrirrHocHrRoa MALAYA, Felder.

Hagen. Wallace. Mr. Distant remarks that “ Specimens will be
obtained of a completely intermediate character between C. bajadeta
and C. malaya.” Ihave seen none such in Sumatra, in fact, C. malaya
appears to me more nearly allied to C. mithila, Moore, than to

J. 1. 52.

412 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No, 8,

C. bajadeta, the male differing from that sex of the former on the
upperside of the forewing in having a broad black marginal border
instead of three waved black lines, and in the hindwing in having the
inner of the three marginal black lines discontinuous instead of con-
tinuous. The secondary sexual characters of the male consists in some
specimens (absent in others) of the fifth subcostal and upper discoidal
nervules of the forewing on the upperside on entering the apical black
margin being defined on both sides by a narrow line of ochreous. It is
much rarer than C. bajadeta, and occurs in the same focalities, but is not
found higher than Namoe Oekor. The female is unknown to us.

177. CirrHocHROA MiTHILA, Moore.

Hagen as aoris. C. aoris, Doubleday and Hewitson, is confined
to the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, and Upper Burma, Dr. Hagen’s
identification probably applies to the present species. It is somewhat
rare, and found in forests at low elevations. The male has no secondary
sexual characters.

178. Crirrmocuroa (Paduca) Fasciata, Felder.

Wallace. Staudinger. Kirby. Semper. I have fully described
the male secondary sexual characters of this species in Butt. of India,
vol. ii, p. 109. It is the smallest and weakest-flying species in the
genus, inhabits forest, and is always somewhat rare. It is found from
near the sea to the mountains as high as Bekantschan. In 1890
Dr. Martin found it unusually plentiful at the Saentis Estate near
the sea, where a flowering tree was daily covered, so long as the
flowers lasted, with this species, and on two occasions he captured
more than forty quite fresh specimens.

179. SripocHIONA KANNEGIETERI, Fruhstorfer.
S. kannegieteri, Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nach., vol. xx, p. 305 (1894).

Snellenas coresia. Grose Smith as coresia. Hagenas coresia. Stan-
dinger as coresia. Kirby as coresia. Originally described from Sumatra
and Borneo. Very near to S. coresia, Hiibner, from Java, (from whence
also Herr H. Fruhstorfer has described S. rothschildi), that species in the
male on the upperside of the hindwing having a series of submarginal
white spots which are abseut in the Sumatran species, and in the
female having a broad white marginal band which im the Sumatran
species is replaced by a series of white spots similar to the male of
S. coresia. Occurs in our area from the lower hills to the Central
Plateau, is not common, and is seldom procured in perfect condition.
The lowest localities where Dr. Martin has caught it are Namoe Oekor

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 413

in Langkat, and Kotta Lembaroe in Deli. It settles on trees not
very high from the ground with widespread wings, and behaves on
the wing like an Huthalia.

180. Hyprontmnas BoLIna, Linneus.

Snellen. Hagen as bolina and jacintha. Wallace. Staudinger as
bolina, var. jacintha. Distant. Extremely variable in the female sex,
many of them being of the form named jacintha by Drury. But none
of the forms described by Cramer from Java which are more or less
richly marked with ochreous on the upperside, such as iphigenia, melita,
alemene, antigone, and proserpina are found in Sumatra. In Deli it is
rather rare, and prefers low elevations, not being found higher than
Namoe Oekor. It is more plentiful near the sea, as at the Saentis
Estate and at Mabar Dr. Martin couid obtain one or two specimens
nearly every day. Only in December, 1892, and January, 1893, it
appeared in large numbers and all varieties of the female near Bindjei,
but in the following year there was not a single specimen to be seen.
It does not frequent forests, but is found on reads, in gardens, and
near houses.

18). Hyportimnas ANOMALA, Wallace.

Grose Smith. Snellen as aztilope. Hagen. Semper. The H. anti-
lope of Cramer described from Amboina appears to be a distinct species,
and is recorded by Wallace from Amboyna, Ceram, and Bouru. In our
area H. anomala becomes year by year more scarce, in correlation with
the disappearance of the forests. It does not occur at higher elevations
than Bindjei, Is a highly mimetic insect, as the males very closely
resemble on the wing the brown species of Huplwa, such as EH. moorei,
Butler, and also settle near forest roads like Hupleas with folded wings.
The female is trimorphic; the first form has the upperside richly
glossed with blue, and mimics the male of Huploa linnxi, Moore ; the
second form is dull brown, lacking the blue coloration altogether, is very
similar to the male, only duller and larger, and mimics the brown
Eupleas ; the third form has along the outer margin of the hindwing on
both the upper and undersides a series of marginal white streaks be-
tween the veins, and may be taken on the wing for H. pinwillii, Butler.

182. Hypouimnas misippus, Linneens.

Snellen. Hagen. Distant. The female in Sumatra is of the

form of dioctppus, Cramer, and isa beautiful mimic of Danais chrysip-
. aT . . . . ee =

pus, Linneus. The form which mimics Danais klugit, Butler, and

occurs in India and Africa, is not found in Sumatra, neither does it

414 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

mimic the white aberration of D. chrysippus, (aleippus, Cramer), which
is found in Sumatra, as it does in Africa. H. misippus is very com-
mon in Sumatra, and abounds in open places, on roads, near houses,
and especially in newly-cnt tobacco fields, where after the tobacco is
cut down and removed there springs up a rich growth of low plants.
Not found at a greater elevation than Bekantschan. Has a wide
range, from Northern Australia and New Guinea on the one hand,
to Florida in the United States of America on the other. Dr. Martin
notes that not knowing the species in Europe and on first arrival in
Sumatra he would not believe his European assistant when he brought
both sexes and said they were male and female of one species. Dr.
Martin dismissed him with an incredulous smile, but the next day he
caught a couple paired, and then knew better.

183. ARGYNNIS NIPHE, Linneeus.

Snellen. Grose Smith. Hagen. Staudinger. Semper. Occurs
only on the Central Plateau, where in some years it is found in large
numbers and where Dr. Hagen captured it. Dr. Martin canght a single
male specimen at ‘Toentoengan in Deli in September, 1888, to which
place this mountaineer may have been carried by a high wind. Su-
matran specimens are never as large as those from Northern India, but
are usually larger than the Javan form (A. javanica, Oberthiir), which
has a richer and darker coloration than the Sumatran form. The
female is rarer than the male, native collectors bring it in the pro-
portion of one to five. (For notes on this species see de Nicéville,
Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 153 (1893).

184, DicHORRHAGIA NESIMACAHUS, Boisduval.

Hagen. Semper. Formerly by no means a rare insect in Deli
and Langhat before the clearing of the forest, and occurred at low
elevations, not higher than Bekantschan. Dr. Hagen before 1882
found it common in Serdang, whereas Dr. Martin, who commenced
to collect in that year, obtained his first specimen in 1887 near a small
river at Soengei Beras, where a small piece of forest was left. Later
it was found to be more plentiful at Selesseh, also south of Namoe Oekor,
and in Padang Bedagei; the Gayoe collectors again brought it in large
numbers, collected in the forests on the way to their homes in the
mountains. It is fond of settling on forest roads with wings only
half open, and has a very rapid flight as its robust structure shews.

185. ParrHenos GAMBRISIus, Fabricius.

Hagen. Wallace. All the species of this genus have a very beauti-
ful and characteristic flight, unlike any other butterfly known to me.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 415

It is very strong on the wing, and flies over high bushes and trees, and
alights on the uppersides of the leaves with open wide-spread wings.
When flying it keeps the wings very level and parallel with the ground,
the tips or apices of the forewings slightly depressed, it flaps the
wings but seldom, and is much given to soaring. The Sumatran form
is the one which has been named P. lilacinus by Butler, and has a patch
on the internal area of the forewing and the basal area of the hindwing
on the upperside marked with lilac. In our area it occurs all the year
round at low elevations, not as high as Namoe Oekor, is not rare, but is
not easy to capture. Is found not only in high forest, but also in small
strips of forest and jungle always accompanying the smaller streams.
Is very fond of and is only found near water. In a boat journey up
the Bedagei River, both banks of which were covered with the flowers
of a snow-white lily, Dr. Martin noticed P. gambrisius settling in
considerable numbers on the flowers ; a beautiful sight for a lover of
nature. At the Batoe Mandi Estate on the high bank of the Wampoe
River are planted a few male papaya trees (which of course bear only
flowers and no fruit), and on these flowers the Javan collector Saki
captured a very fine series of specimens.

186. Lepapgea MARTHA, Fabricius.

Limenitis martha, Butler, Cat. Fab. Lep. B. M., p. 59, n. 1, pl. i, fig. 4,
male (1869).

Lebadea alankara, Horsfield (martha, Fabricius ?), var. swmatrensis, Staudinger,
Ex. Schmett., p. 142 (1886).

Hagen. Butler as alankara and martha. Kirby. Distant. Stau-
dinger as alankara, var. sumatrensis, and martha, var, swmatrensis.
Fabricius described this species from Siam; Butler says the type is
in the Banksian collection at the British Museum, he figures the species,
and records it from Sumatra. Not having any Siamese specimens of
Lebadea to compare with Sumatran ones, I accept Butler’s identification ;
but should the Siamese and Sumatran species be found afterwards
to differ, Staudinger’s name swmatrensis must stand. The genus is a
small one, and contains L. ismene, Doubleday and Hewitson, from Sik-
him, Bhutan, Assam, and Upper Burma, which gradually merges into
L. attenuata, Moore, from Lower Burma, which again meets L. martha,
Fabricius= i. alankura, Horsfield, in the Malay Peninsula, found also
in Sumatra, Java and Banca; another species being LD. paduka (nec
L. panduka, Staudinger), Moore, from Borneo. Butler in Trans. Linn.
Soc. Lond., Zoology, second series, vol. i, p. 565 (1877) gives both
L. alankara and L. martha from Sumatra, it is hardly probable that two
distinct species occur in one island, and, as will be seen above, I consider
those two names to represent one species. In our area it occurs from

416 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Selesseh to Namoe Oekor, and as high as Soengei Batoe; is a true
butterfly of the forest, settles on leaves with spread. wings, and.
has a decidedly weaker flight than Limenitis and Huthalia. The sexes
differ very much in size, the female being always much larger than
the male; often extremely small males are found. Itis not a common
butterfly.

187. LIMENITIS ALBOMARGINATA, Weymer.

L. albomarginata, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 5, n. 3, pl. ii, fig. 2,

male (1887).
L. albomarginata, Martin, Einige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra,

pt. 2, p. 7, n. 7 (1895).

L. hageni, Staudinger, Iris, vol. v, p. 452 (1892); idem, id., Lc., vol. vii, p. 342
(1894).

Padang, West Sumatra, Weymer. Staudinger. This species is
a very distinct local race of the Himalayan and Assamese L. danava,
Moore. It occurs only in Sumatra, and in our area is found only on the
Central Plateau, from whence every year a large number of males
were brought by the collectors, once only a single female, which
Dr. Martin has described (l.c.). As the sexes of this as well as
of other butterflies are produced in about equal numbers, it shews
clearly the skulking habits of the female that it should be so exces-
sively rare in collections, The same sex of L. danava is almost
equally rarely seen in India.

188. Limenitis paRaxa, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Doherty records this species from Larut Hill, Perak, Malay Penin-
sula, and describes L. agneya from the same hill, but found at 3,000 feet
lower elevation (Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lx, pt. 2, p. 176 (1891). JZ. daraxa
is much rarer in our area than the preceding species, and occurs in the
same locality, Never more than two or three specimens are captured in

oue year.

189. Limentsis Bocku, Moore.

L. bockii, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 308.

Moore. Hagen as dudu. Grose Smith as dudu and bockit. Moore
describes this species from Sumatra, and as allied to L. dudu, Westwood,
from North-Eastern India, differing in being smaller, with a broader
transverse white band. The size is unimportant, I possess smaller
specimens of L. dudu than of LD. bockii; but the discal band is certainly
broader, especially so on the forewing. The rarest of all the species of
Limenitis in our area, of which Dr. Martin has received during all the
period he was in Sumatra not more than ten specimens, nearly all of

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 417

which were captured near Kampong Naman and Kampong Beras
Tepoe on the Central Plateau. Mr. Grose Smith’s record of both
DL. dudu and BL. bockit from Sumatra is almost certainly incorrect.

190. Limeniris (Moduza) procris, Cramer.

Hagen. Distant. A common species everywhere, but not found
higher than Bekantschan, as the food-plant of the larva does not grow
at the higher elevations. The butterfly is fond of wet places and feces
on roads, to which it always returns after being disturbed. If pursued
it retires for a short time into the jungle, and settles on the leaves.
It is never met with in large forest.

191. Panprta stnopg, Moore.

Hagen. Is now very rare in Deli at low elevations, occurs in Dr.
Martin’s fruit garden at Bindjei and at Selesseh, but never at a higher
elevation. In the time before so much of the forest had been destroyed
for tobacco cultivation in Deli it was more common, and always shewed
a preference for small forest or the boundaries of large forest, seldom
found within the precincts of the latter.

192. ArHyma PerRius, Linneus.

Hagen as perius, Aurivillius [sic]. Snellen as lewcothoé. Common
everywhere from near the sea and extending to the Central Plateau.
This species also was very plentiful before the advent of the tobacco
cultivation, but is now somewhat rare in those districts. As soon as these
_ are left behind it appears everywhere on roads and the margins of small
forest. It is doubtless a good mimic of our commonest species of Neptis,
N. leucothoé, Cramer, together with which it is always found, and from
which it is not easily differentiated on the wing, but, if pursued, it at
once assumes its stronger and bolder proper Athyma-like flight.
Occurs also at Asahan and in the Gayoe-lands.

193. ATHYMA LARYMNA, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Snellen. The largest of all our Athymas, occurs
all over our area with the exception perhaps of the Central Plateau.
Is decidedly rare, and always found only singly on feces and moist
spots on forest roads. Every year Dr. Martin captured two or three
specimens on the muddy banks of the Soenget Diski River near
Paya Bakong.

194. ArnHyma rpita, Moore.

Grose Smith. Has the same range and occurs in similar places

ah ss

418 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

as A. larymna, Doubleday and Hewitson, but is very rare. In con-
sequence of the beautiful coloration and markings of the underside
it is a conspicuous insect when at rest with folded wings.

195. AtHymMa KANWA, Moore.

Snellen. Very rare, more so than the two foregoing species.
Found from Bekantschan to Soengei Batoe. Dr. Martin has never seen
it on the wing.

196. AtTHYMA pRAvVARA, Moore.

Butler. Distant. A commoner species than those mentioned
above. Occurs in forests in the plains and as high as Namoe Oekor.
It is the smallest of our Athymas, and is easy to recognise by the club- |
like streak with rounded end in the discoidal cell of the forewing.

197. AvHyMA RETA, Moore.

Moore as reta and kresna. Grose Smith as veta and kresna.
Hagen as reta, var. ? Kirby. Distant as kresna. Butler as kresna.
Moore described both A. reta and A. kresna from Sumatra on the same
page and figured both. He figures reta with all the spots and bands
of the upperside pure white ; A. kresna with all the markings pale blue
except the submarginal band of the hindwing which is white. The
markings are precisely similar except that in A. reta they are somewhat
larger. 1 have no hesitation whatever in considering these two suppos-
ed distinct species to be one and the same, the differential characters
given to distinguish them being in my opinion quite non-specific, being
based on characters which are obviously variable. The blue coloration ~
of A. kresna is almost certainly incorrect. In one place Mr. Moore
speaks of the markings as “ bluish-white,” and in another as “ white.”
It is a common species in Borneo, and occurs also in Lower Burma and
the Malay Peninsula. Mr. Moore has suggested that A. subrata, Moore,
may be a dimorphic form of the female of A. kresna = A. reta, the ordi-
nary female of which has reddish markings. I possess only males of
A. kresna, so have no idea what its female is like. A. subrata is quite
distinct from A. kresna, see No. 199, that species being a local race of
A. nefte, Cramer; A. subrata cannot therefore be the female of A. kresna.
Together with A. perius, Linneeus, and A. subrata, Moore, this is the
commonest species of the plains, and is met with on nearly every road
leading through high forest. The pupa is very richly decorated with
gold as usual in the genus.

198. AvrHyMA aBrasa, Moore.
Grose Smith. This rare and beautiful species occurs at Soengei

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 419

Batoe, 3,000 feet, and even higher. It is easily recognised by the fine
white lines before and beyond the large white spot at the end of the
discoidal cell of the forewing.

199. AvHyMA AmMHARA, Druce.

Limenitis selenophora, Snellen (nec Kollar), Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, p. 15,
n. 1, pl. i, figs. 4, 5, male (1892).

Snellen as selenophora. Isa local race of A. selenophora, Kollar,
that species occurring in the Himalayas, Bhutan, Assam, Tavoy in
Burma, and Java. The present species is found in the Malay Penin-
sula, Sumatra, and Borneo. The male differs only from A. selenophora
in having a submarginal or outer-discal pure white macular instead
of a very obscure pale fuscous fascia on the upperside of the hind-
wing. The females of the two species are indistinguishable. It is the
commonest species of Athyma of the higher mountains and the Central
Plateau, especially plentiful in December and January-; found also in
Indragiri.

200. ArHYMA soBRaATA, Moore.

Grose Smith as subrata and nefte. Hagen as nefte. Staudinger as
nefte. Distant. We have here to do with a very interesting group of
species. In Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam and South India the male is much
marked on the upperside with yellow, and is the A. inara of Doubleday
and Hewitson (= inarina, Butler). This species gradually merges in
Burma into A. asita, Moore, specimens absolutely intermediate between
A. asita and A. inara occurring. Further south in the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra, Nias, and Borneo A. subrata (= nivifera, Butler), occurs. The
characters given by Butler to distinguish it from A. nefte, Cramer, hold.
good, so it may be accepted as a good local race. In Java A. nefte
alone occurs. A. rufula, de Nicéville, from the Andaman Isles, and
A. glora, Kheil, from Nias, are distinct species. A. inara and A. asita
have one female only, which is yellow. A. subrata has two females,
the one is yellow, the other is brown. It was described from the brown
form of female, its male is the A. nivifera of Butler. A. nefte is also
dimorphic, one form being yellow the other brown. The two females
of A. subrata and the two of A. nefte cannot be distinguished, the males
alone are different, and the species are kept distinct by me on the
male sex alone. A. rufula appears to have only one form of female.
As noted above, this is a common species of the plains, not occurring
higher than Namoe Oekor. The males are found on forest roads, the
females inside the forest, of which latter the brown form is less rare
than the yellow. The brown form almost certainly mimics Neptis
vikasi, Horsfield, but there is no large yellow Neptzs in our area that the

J. U1. 53

420 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

yellow form could mimic, though, as Doherty has remarked, size is
probably not an insuperable bar to mimicry, as the vertebrate enemies of

insects probably think that insects in the perfect state grow as they do —

themselves, so that our large yellow female Athyma probably does mimic
the smaller yellow species of Neptis, such as N. hordonia, Stoll.

201. Aruyma Assa, de Nicéville.
A. assa, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 42, n. 5, pl. K,
fig. 8, male (1893).
Occurs at the same localities and elevations as A. amhara, Druce,
but is much rarer. It is a beautiful species, of which the first speci-
mens were obtained in 1892.

202. Huraanra (Dophla) perma, Kollar.

Hagen. A very fine, large and rare species which is found from near
the sea to the elevation of Bekantschan. It is, like the rare species of
Charaxes, Prothoé, and also Athyma larymna, Doubleday and Hewitson,
only met with singly or in pairs. Dr. Martin obtained his first pair
in 1887 near Toentoengan at a place in a large forest where a Chinese
carpenter was sawing wood, and the two butterflies were feeding on the
wet sawdust. Dr. Martin possesses specimens from Stabat on the
Wampoe River, and from Boekit Mas on the Besitan River. Heis under
the impression that like a pair of tigers or large birds of prey, which
keep a large area of country solely for their own use and benefit and do
not allow any other individuals of the same species to intrude into this
area, that the above-named large and rare butterflies—but only in the
subfamily Nymphalinew—behave similarly, as there are never found
more than one or two specimens of each over a large area. The reason
for this Dr. Martin is quite unable to explain.

203. Evruaxta (Dophla) punya, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Hagen. Even rarer than ZL. derma, Kollar. Dr. Martin only
possesses two specimens, one from Bekantschan, and one from Kampong
Singhapura, five miles south of Namoe Oekor, so is probably in Sumatra
confined to the outer hills. It is very common in 8.-H. Borneo.

204. Evruaria (Dophla) purus, de Nicéville.

E. (Dophla) eurus, de Nicéville, Journ, A. 8S. B., vol. xiii, pt. 2, p. 15, n. 138,
pl. ii, figs. 3, male; 4, female (1894). .

Of all the Euthalias, this species approaches nearest to the sea,
as Dr. Hagen has captured it near Laboean, and Dr. Martin both sexes
in the forest between the Saentis Estate and the sea. Found not higher
than Bindjei or Selesseh. Both sexes are rare, especially the female.

‘

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 421

205. Eurnauia (Lerias) pirrea, Fabricius.

Hagen. Grose Smith. Butler. Distant. Was a very common
species in Deli before the extension of the tobacco cultivation destroyed
nearly the whole of the forests; it occurred round nearly every house,
and both sexes were easily captured on the kitchen-midden, especially
on discarded fragments of fruit thrown out by the Chinese cook.
Still very common behind the house of the manager of the Tandjong
Djatti Estate, where there is still left a small forest of teak (‘ djatti” in
Malay) trees. Occurs from November to March, never in high virgin
forest, not at a greater elevation than Bekantschan. The female is
called ‘The golden-spot butterfly” by Eurepeans in the Straits Settle-
ments. It settles with wide open-spread wings, at least when feeding.
Dr. Dohrn has bred it at Soekaranda. Males of this species from the
mountains are on the underside of both wings far darker than specimens
from the plains, and a little bluish in hue.

206. Hurnanta (Levias) parpatina, Staudinger.

Symphedra pardalina, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett., p. 154, pl. liv, male [as par-
dalis, Staudinger] (1886).

A remarkable species, the male and female being alike, and very
similar on the upperside to the female of H. dirtea, Fabricius, while the
male of HE. dirtea is entirely different from its female, and is therefore
quite dissimilar from that sex of EH. pardalina, It is very rare, and
occurs only at higher elevations, at Soengei Batoe and on the Central
Plateau, where HL. dirtea is never found.

207. *Burmania (Lexias) cyANnrpaRDUS, Butler.

Dr. Hagen informs us that he has himself captured a male of this
species (which has already been recorded from Borneo) near the Saentis
Estate in Deli, and has obtained females by his collectors from Western
Sumatra.

208. Eornatia (Felderia) cocytus, Fabricius.

Vollenhoven as ludekingii, described from Sumatra, and blumez.
Felder, as mitra described from Sumatraand Banca. Snellen as blumez.
Hagen as blumei, ludekingii, and cocytina. Grose Smith as cocytina and
diardi. Butler as ludekingii. Staudinger as blumet. Semper as ludekingii.
Kirby as cocytina and ludekingii. Distant as cocytina. Five species
of the subgenus Felderia have been recorded from Sumatra by different
writers as enumerated above. To these names might be added
E. stoliczkana, Distant, Z. maclayi, Distant, and EH. puseda, Moore, given
by Mr. Distant in “ Rhopalocera Malayana ” from the Malay Peninsula.

422 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Other probable synonyms are EH. gopia, Moore, EH. godartii, Gray,
described from Sumatra, and #. monina, Fabricius. During the time
Mr. W. Davison of the Singapore Museum was alive he devoted
much time and pains to no purpose in trying to separate into dis-
tinct species the many forms recorded by Mr. Distant from the Malay
Peninsula, and to this end captured many hundreds of specimens
of both sexes, numbers of which he sent tome. Im the forests of
Sumatra this protean species is equally common, and Dr. Martin has
obtained both sexes in large nnmbers. He and I have quite failed ta
split them up into separate species. Dr. Staudinger appears also ta
have succeeded no better. Both sexes are variable, but it is in the
female that the variations are the greater and more puzzling. It is
quite easy to assign names in accordance with described species to the
more conspicuous varieties, but when one comes to arrange large series
of specimens one finds how impossible it is to divide them into separate
species. The only solution of the difficulty in splitting up this species
appears to lie in extensive breeding from the egg. Even supposing
the male primary sexual organs should on microscopical examination
disclose specific differences, the difficulty will only be half got over, as
the question of pairing the females with the males found to represent
distinct species will be quite hopeless till both are bred. I have adopt-
ed the oldest name for the group. Dr. O. Staudinger has taken the next
* monina, also of Fabricius. EH, cocytus
is the commonest species of Huthalia occurring in our area, and is found
everywhere except on the Central Plateau. The males are very easily
damaged, and seldom found in collections in an absolutely perfect state.
The male is doubtless mimicked an the wing by the males of Stibochiona
kannegieteri, Fruhstorfer,

oldest name, which is the “ Papilio’

209. Eurnawia (Felderia) asoxa, Felder,

Snellen. This species was originally described from a female
from ‘Malacca interior” and Borneo; Distant records it from Penang,
Province Wellesley, and Malacca, He figures both sexes, and associates
with the very distinct female a male with the apex of the forewing
rather more produced than in the males of the other species of the
group he retains as distinct species, and with the underside of both
wings unusually dark, with a broad outer pale margin to the forewing.
At the earnest request of Dr. Martin I retain this species as distinct
from FE. cocytus, Fabricius, but it is against my better judgment
todo so, The female is typically very distinct, as it has on the
upperside of the forewing a prominent band of seven sullied white
spots, the anteriormost sometimes divided into two spots, but joined

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 423

in both Felder’s and Distant’s figures; the two posteriormost spots
in the submedian interspace somewhat small, placed one above the
other; between this macular whitish band and the outer margin is a
diffused broad pale blue fascia. I find, however, in my large series of
females of this group, that these apparently good and distinct characters
are not constant, and that it is well nigh impossible to differentiate this
form satisfactorily. Mr. Distant’s sexing of the species is probably
purely guess work, and cannot be accepted finally without some good
proof, such as taking the two sexes paired or breeding both from the egg.
It is possible that H. macnairi, Distant, is a distinct species and is the
same as LH. andersonii, Moore, in which case Distant’s name has a year’s
priority. Dr. Martin notes that H. asoka is the rarest species of the
group occurring in our area, and that it is found at higher elevations
than the others, not lower than Bekantschan.

210. Euraatra (Tanaécia) vikrama, Felder.

Felder. Grose Smith as pulasara. Butler as pulasara. Hagen as
pulasara, var. ? Kirby. Distant. Originally described from Sumatra.
This is alocal race of H. (Tanaécia) pulasara, Moore, from the Malay
Peninsula, but is sufficiently different to be retained as a distinct
species. Not rare in the plains of Sumatra.

211. *Korwatia (Tanaécia) petEA, Fabricius.

Snellen. Grose Smith as palguna. As far as I am aware, this
species is confined to Java, from whence I possess specimens of both
sexes, Mr, Moore has figured the male as “ Adolias” palguna, Moore,
which is a synonym of FH. pelea.

212. *Horsaria (Tanaécia) superciita, Butler.

Grose Smith. Originally described from Penang. Mr. Butler has
figured a male. It is entirely unknown to us.

213. Hurgarra (Tanaécia) PHintia, Weymer.

Tanaécia phintia, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 7, n. 5, pl. i, fig. 6,
male (1887).

Weymer. Grose Smith as aruna. Originally described from
Sumatra. This species is a local race of H. (Tanaécia) aruna, Felder =
“ Adolias” pardalis, Vollenhover, from the Malay Peninsula and Java,
but is easily separable from that species. Rather rare, and only occurs

at higher elevations and south of Namoe Oekor, at Bekantschan and
Soengei Batoe.

4.24 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 38,

214. Euornauia (Tanaécia) MARTIGENA, Weymer.

Tanaécia martigena, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 8, n. 6, pl. i, fig. 7,
female (1887).

Weymer. Originally described from Sumatra. Occurs in the same
localities as the last, and is equally uncommon.

215. HuTHaLia Nicu’VILLEI, Distant.

One of the rarest insects of our fauna, Dr. Martin having obtained
only two specimens during the years he collected in Sumatra, and
Dr. Hagen none at all. Found at an elevation of not less than
8,000 feet. It probably escapes capture by the collectors as it is so
similar in general appearance to H. cocytus, Fabricius, and is thus often
passed over for that species.

216. Eurnatia (————) Kanna, Moore.

Hagen, Originally described from Borneo. Dr. Martin has ob-
tained a few specimens at Selesseh, but it is very rare,

217. Euraatra (————) ELONE, de Nicéville.

BE. (Tanaécia ?) elone, de Nicéyille, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 47,
n. 7, pl. L, fig. 8, male (1893).

Expanse: @, 3:1 to 3:2 inches. i

Descriprion: FemaLe. Differs from the male only in its larger
size, paler coloration on both surfaces, and on the underside in the
absence of the violet suffusion, especially on the hindwing.

A very rare species, found only on the Central Plateau in July and
August. Dr. Hagen obtained this species before Dr. Martin, and sent it
to London for identification, but unsuccessfully ; nor was Dr. Martin more
fortunate in sending it to Berlin for the same purpose somewhat later.

218. Hurnavia Garupa, Moore.

Vollenhoven. Hagen. Staudinger. Whilst all the species of
Eythalia abovementioned, with the exception of JZ. dirtea, Fabricius,
and also all that follow except H.adonia, Cramer, are more or less
inhabitants of the forest, this species appears only near human habita-
tions, as the food-plant of the larva is the leaves of the mangoe tree,
which is always planted near villages and round houses. It is not
found therefore at higher elevations, as that fruit tree even at Namoe
Oekor does not flourish as it does inthe plains. It is most plentiful
in January and February, when the males may be continually seen
pursuing each other from the shade of one mangoe tree to another.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 425

219. HKurHania JAMA, Felder.

Hagen. Dr. Martin possesses three males only of this species, all
from higher elevations south of Bekantschan.

220. EHUTHALIA ERIPHYL#, de Nicéville.

E. eriphylz, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soo., vol. vi, p. 353, n. 7
pl. F, fig. 7, male (1891).

#. delmana, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 287, n. 178.

Found in the Khasi Hills; the Ataran Valley, Meplé and the
Daunat Range in Middle Tenasserim, Burma; and at Bekantschan at
the foot of the Battak mountains in-September, but it appears to be
everywhere rare. The type specimen figured and described by me
appears to be the dry-season form of this species, which is not found in
Sumatra, and is much paler coloured with more prominent markings
than the rainy-season form.

221. .*HUrHALIA ALPHEDA, Godart.

Snellen. Both sexes have been figured by Mr. Moore in Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond., New (second) Series, vol. v, p. 66, n. 6, pl. ij, fig. 4
(1858). As far as I am aware, it is confined to Java, from whence
I have obtained specimens, unless, as seems probable, the H. jama
of Distant, but not of Felder, from Province Wellesley and Malacca, is a
synonym of H.alpheda, in which case it occurs also in the Malay
Peninsula (Rhop. Malay., p. 119, n. 4, pl. xiv, fig. 8, male, pl. xv, fig. 4,
female (1883).

222. HurHania aGnis, Vollenhoven.

Adolias agnis, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent., vol. v, p. 202, n. 27, pl. xii, fig. 2,
female (1862).
Euthalia agnis, Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeit., vol. xxxix, p. 245, pl. xviii, fig. 8, -
male (1894).
| Recorded from Java by Vollenhoven and Fruhstorfer. In Sumatra
it is only found in the Battak mountains from June to August, and is
very rare.

223. EuTHALIA MERTA, Moore.

Grose Smith. Originally recorded from China by Mr. Moore, but
probably in error. It is found in the Malay Peninsula and at Selesseh
in Sumatra, but is excessively rare everywhere.

224. WurHaia Saku, de Nicéville.
E. sakii, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 9, n. 8, pl. iii, fig. 3,
female (1894).
The type is unique, and Dr. Martin says came from Selesseh.

426 L. de Nicévilie & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

225. *Horwartia parta, Moore.

Hagen. Originally described from Borneo. Unknown to us.

226. EvuTHatia? zicuRi, Butler.

Originally described (but not figured) from Sarawak in Borneo.
Distant describes and figures it from Malacca, but neither figure or
description exactly agrees with Butler’s description of the species.
Nor do our Sumatran specimens agree much better with the type or
the Malacca example. We have here to do either with one very
variable species, or several local races. A considerable series from
various localities is required to settle the point. In Sumatra it is
exceedingly rare, Dr. Martin has obtained two or three specimens only:
from the mountains.

227. EurHaria anosta, Moore.

Hagen. Everywhere rare throughout its considerable range of
habitat. Dr. Martin possesses a single specimen from Kampong Singha-
pura, south of Namoe Oekor, captured in April, 1891. Besides this
specimen Dr. Martin caught another himself at Ayer Panas, 18 miles
inland from the town of Malacca, and near the spot where Dr. A. R.
Wallace, F.R.S., captured the type of Prothoé calydonia, Hewitson,
and a third in April, 1895, at the lower end of the Jibi Kola, near
Darjiling, in the eastern Himalayas, all these specimens from widely
separated localities are precisely similar.

228. HuTrHALIA LUBENTINA, Cramer.

Hagen as lubentina, Horsfield and Moore [sic]. A rare species in
Sumatra as elsewhere. Occurs at higher elevations in Sumatra, at
Soengei Batoe and in the Gayoe mountains. Dr. Martin obtained one
pair at Kotta Lembaroe in Deli in 1888.

229. EvuTrHALIA ADONIA, Cramer.

Vollenhoven. Hagen as adonia, Horsfield and Moore [sic]. Grose
Smith as adoma [sic]. Staudinger. Very rare, Dr. Martin has obtained
a single female. It seems to occur at the same elevations and localities
as EH. garuda, Moore, and the larva probably feeds on the same tree
(mangoe). The specimen now in Dr. Martin’s collection was caught
by himself on a small mangoe tree behind the Chinese merchant’s house
near the Battak resthouse in Bindjei town. He saw a second in
June, 1894, also on a mangoe tree in the garden of the Loboe Dalam
hospital, but as he was on duty, he could not secure it. He has never
seen a male.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, 427

230. Evraatta (Nora) ramapa, Moore.
Hagen. Not very common, found from Selesseh to Bekantschan.

231. Huraaria (Nora) pecorata, Butler.
Originally described as Adolias decoratus from Singapore, and both
sexes figured by Butler.

232. Huraatta (Nora) Eran, de Nicéville.

E. (Nora) erana, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 46, n. 6,
pl L, figs. 1, male; 2, female (1893).

Snellen as salia. Hagen as salia. The H. (Nora) salia of Moore
is quite distinet from the present species, and is confined to Java, from
whence I possess both sexes. WH. erana is very near to LH. decorata,
Butler, but the much less extent of the bronzy-greenish (in some speci-
mens purplish) coloration, and the greater width and purer whiteness
of the inner macular band of the hindwing on the upperside will at
once distinguish the males of the two species. Together with LH. deco-
yata it is found in both large and small forests, and at no very great
elevation, Neither species is rare.

233. *Huruarra (Nora ?) taverna, Butler.

Hagen. Grose Smith. The male is figured in colours by Mr.
Distant from Malacca, the female in black and white from Penang. We
have been unable to recognise it from Sumatra. Distant’s figure of the
male has much more the appearance of a female than of the opposite sex.
The Bornean form I have named EH. (Nora) lavernalis.

234. PYRAMEIS CARDUI, Linneeus.

Snellen. Hagen. Grose Smith. Semper. This cosmopolitan
butterfly occurs only on the grassy plains of the Central Plateau, often
in large numbers. Dr. Martin only once met with a specimen in the
plains near Toentoengan in June, 1888, where it might have been car-
ried by one of the sudden storms known locally as “Sumatrans.” The
late Herr Honrath, to whom Dr. Martin sent specimens of this species in
a letter, at a meeting of the Berlin Entomological Society drew atten-
tion to the conspicuously small size, the much darker than normal
coloration of the upperside of the hindwing, and the unusually large
white triangular spot present on the underside of the hindwing of

the Sumatran form.
235. *PYRAMEIS SAMANI, Hagen.
P. samani, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 359, (1894).

Dr. Hagen described this species from a single torn example
J. 1. 54

428 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

obtained in the Karo hills. It is near to P. dejeanit, Godart, from Java.
Dr. Martin has seen the specimen, which seems to represent a very
good though rare species, as his Battak collectors never succeeded in
capturing it. It will probably be found more Oe ee when the
mountains of the Gayoe- and Allas-lands are explored.

236. VANESSA BAITAKANA, de Nicéville, n, sp.

Hapsirat: N.-E. Sumatra.

EXpaNsE: &; 2°5; 9, 2°6 inches.

Description: Mave and FeMALe. Nearest to V. perakana, Distant,
from the Malay Peninsula, from which it may be known by the discal
blue band on the uprersipe of the hindwing beimg much broader, in-
vading the discoidal cell; in the type of V. perakana, now before me,
which is a female, it is much narrower, not nearly extending to the cell.
The Javan agrees with the Perak species in this feature.

Occurs on the Central Plateau and the high mountains which
surround it in May and December, but is very rare, as Dr. Martin has
not obtained more than eight or ten specimens during his residence in
Sumatra. Dr. Hagen has recently caught it in South Sumatra on
Mount Kaba, 5,200 feet, a voleano near Mount Dempo, which is also a
volcano.

237. SyYMBRENTHIA HIPPOCLUS, Cramer.
Hagen as hyppoclus [sic]. Staudinger as hyppoclus [sic}.
238. SYMBRENTHIA CoTANDA, Moore.

Hagen as hypselis, Godardt [sic]. Staudinger as hypselis. I consi-
der that the trae 9. hypselis, Godart, is confined to Java; the Indian,
Burmese, Malayan Peninsula and Sumatran form being S. cotanda,
Moore=S. sinis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi,
p. 357, n. 10, pl. F, fig. 9, male (1891).

239. SyMBRENTHIA HYPATIA, Wallace.

S. hypatia, Fruhstorfer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. lv, p. 125, pl. iii, fig. 4, male (1894).

Hagen. Distant has figured this species from Perak, and Fruhstor-
fer from W. Java, both from males, but neither figure is good. The three
Sumatran species of Symbrenthia are fairly common on suitable spots,
and are thus distributed :—§. hippoclus, Cramer, occurs nearest to the
sea, but extends over the whole of our area up to the Central Plateau.
S. cotanda, Moore, first appears south of Namoe Oekor, Dr. Martin took
his first specimen near Kampong Singhapura, S. hypatia is first met
with at the elevation of Bekantschan ; both the last-named species extend

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 429

to the Central Plateau, They like low and small forest, or open places
in large forest, and settle on roads and also on the leaves of shrubs and
low-growing plants with open wings. Dr. Martin has bred &. hippoclus
on the Rameh plant (Urticacex); the larve live socially, five or six
together, in a single leaf with its edges joined by silk strands so as to
make a shelter. The pupx are somewhat similar to those of Vanessa
artice, Linneus, the ‘Small Tortoishell Butterfly” of Kurope, and like
the species of Vanessa and Pyrameis the newly-emerged butterfly emits a
pigmented fluid of a red colour. The larve are common in Novem-
ber and December, the butterflies are very plentiful during the first
months of the year, but all the remaining months of the year they
are only seen sporadically and rarely. It appears possible that
S. hippoclus is single-brooded, and that some surviving examples live
throughout the year and propagate the species the next season. The
second (white) form of female which occurs in Java is not found in
Sumatra. All the species of Symbrenthia are on the upperside of the
Wings very similar to the small yellow species of Neptis, which they
may perhaps mimic when at rest, but their flight is totally different,
being excessively rapid, so that it is almost impossible to follow them
with the eye.

240. RHINOPALPA POLYNICE, Cramer.

Hagen. Semper as polinice [sic]. Kirby. Staudinger. This
species was deseribed and figured by Cramer from a male from the west
coast of Sumatra. R. fulva, Felder, described from Malacca, is an
absolute synonym, specimens from Assam, Burma, and the Malay Pen-
insula being indistinguishable from Sumatran ones. ’ The Javan species,
R. elpinice, Felder, is quite distinct. &. polynice is found only in large
forest, and occurs all over our area except in the higher mountains and
on the Central Plateau. The males are fond of feces on forest roads;
the females are very rare and seldom seen in collections. Perhaps they
escape capture by their coloration being very different from that of the
males, as on the wing the female closely resembles a common Cirrhochrea.

24). CyYRESTIS NIVALIS, Felder.

C. nivea, Zinken-Sommer, var. interrupta, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxiii,
p. 217 (1890).

Grose Smith as nivea. Snellen as recaranus, Westwood ( = xivea,
Zinken-Sommer, teste Snellen), and as nivea, var. interrupta. Hagen
as nivea. Staudinger as névea var. nivalis, and nivalis. C. nivalis is a
good species, and is found commonly in Burma, the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra and Borneo, and differs from C. uivea, Zinken-Sommer, from

430 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No, 3,

Java “In not having a continuous fuscous [costal] margin to the fore-
wing on the upperside, and in the greater amount of ochraceous colora-
tion near the anal angle of the hindwing on the upperside.” (Distant).
Found in Sumatra from near the sea to Soengei Batoe on forest roads,
where it settles with wide-spread wings on moist places and by the side
of small pools; if pursued it settles on the underside of leaves by the
roadside. On the wing when flying rapidly along a forest road in search
of moisture it may easily be taken for a pierine butterfly. All the
butterflies of this genus in India are well named “The Map” from
their characteristic markings and coloration. :

242. CyREsTis IRM&, Forbes.

C. irmz, Forbes, A Naturalist’s Wanderings, p. 274 (1885).

C. mznalis, var. swmatrensis, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett., p. 183 (1886).

Forbes. Staudinger as manalis, var. swmatrensis. Semper as
meenalis. JI have redescribed this species in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc., vol. vi, p. 3858, n. 11 (1891). It occurs in the hills of Perak
in the Malay Peninsula at 3-4,000 feet elevation. C. mznalis, Erichson,
is a distinct species, and is found in the Philippine Isles. From the
point where O. nivalis, Felder, no longer occurs, at Soengei Batoe
and on the higher mountains and the Central Plateau, this beautiful
and very distinct species is found commonly throughout the year. It is
somewhat smaller than C. nivalis. The Battak collectors report that
it comes down to the small hill streams in crowds with numerous
Pierine to suck up the moisture.

243. CYRESTIS PERIANDER, Fabricius.

Grose Smith. Standinger. This beautiful species occurs only
on the western boundary of our area at higher elevations. Herr M. Ude,
the European collector of Dr. H. Dohrn, took some thirty specimens
near Bohorok in May, 1894. Dr. Martin obtained his first specimens
from Kepras in January, 1895, and also a single example, perhaps a
straggler to the south-east, from the Karo mountains in December, 1894.
Dr. Martin has caught it himself on the Penang Hill, or “The Crag.”

944, CYRESTIS THERESA, de Nicéville.

C. therese, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 18, n. 14, pl. v,
fig. 8, male (1894).

Dr. Martin obtained a single specimen in May, 1893, from the
forest near Selesseh, caught by a very clever and intelligent Chinese
collector. Mr. de Nicéville recognised it at once as a species new to
science, and at Dr. Martin’s request named it in honour of H. R. H.
Princess Therese of Bavaria, who is well-known by her valuable

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 431

works as a scientific traveller. As Dr. Martin almost simultaneously
received a large consigument of butterflies from §.-E. Borneo (Band-
jermasin), and amongst them a considerable number of this species,
we were surprised to find that it had not already been described from
that island. It is probable that it previously stood in collections as
the really very distinct C. lutea, Zinken-Sommer. The late Pro-
fessor Westwood appears to have been of opinion that the yellow male
of C. lutea has a white female. I have never seen a female of that
species, though the male is excessively common. Even Dr. Staudinger
has no female in his unrivalled collection so he writes to me. . therese
stands in his collection under the MS. name of ©. thyonneoides, from
Borneo.

245. Cyrestis (Chersonesia) RAHRIA, Moore.

Hagen as rahria, Westwood [sic]. Staudinger as rahria, Westwood
[sic]. A common species in Burma, the Malay Peninsula, Nias,
Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. The name rahria is a MS. one of
Westwood’s; as Moore figured it (though he did not describe it), the
species is properly Moore’s.

246. Crrestis (Chersonesia) INTERMEDIA, Martin.

C. intermedia, Martin, Hinige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra,
pt. 2, p. 4, n. 5 (1895).

247, Cyrestis (Chersonesia) PrRAKA, Distant.

Always a rare species, I possess specimens from the Daunat Range,
Tenasserim, Burma; Perak in the Malay Peninsula; and Bekantschan
and the Battak mountains of Sumatra taken in July and October. Dr.
Martin has specimens from Jaya.

248. Cyrestis (Chersonesia) NICEVILLEI, Martin.

C. nicévillei, Martin, Hinige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra,
pt. 2, p. 4, n. 6 (1895).

Rare, occurs only in the Battak mountains in May and July. It is
a very distinct species, the coloration of the upperside is of a very rich
and deep orange, and the fourth pair of black.lines counting from the
base of the wing on the upperside of the forewing is twice broken, a
unique character in the subgenus.

249. Cyrustis (Chersonesia) CYANEE, de Nicéville.

C. (Chersonesia) cyanee, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii,
p- 49, n. 8, pl. L, figs. 6, male; 7, female (1893).

A local race of C. risa, Doubleday and Hewitson, found from

432 —L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Kumaon to Assam and in Burma, also recorded from Java. Dr. Martin
in “‘Hinige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra,” pt. 2, p. 7,
(1895), records C. cyanee from Burma, but probably in error, as far as
I know it is confined to N.-H. Sumatra. All the species of Chersonesia
in Sumatra occur only in forests, and unlike true Cyrestes never go to
roads or moist places, but keep to low bushes and rest on the underside
of the leaves, They fly weakly and are easily captured. Nearest to
the sea, plentiful near Laboean, appears C. rahria, Moore. Higher up,
from Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan, oceurs the small C. peraka, Distant,
From Bekantschan to the Central Plateau fly C. cyanee and C. nicévillet,
Martin. C. intermedia, Martin, is confined to the North-Western limits
of our area, as all the specimens were obtained from the Gayoe col-
lectors. O.rahria and C. cyanee are the common species, OC. peraka
and QO. intermedia are very rare, and the most beautiful and distinct
C. nicévillei is the rarest of all.

250. Katcima BuxtToni, Moore.

Snellen as paralecta. Hagen as paralecta. Both sexes of this
species were originally described from Sumatra; it occurs also in the
Malay Peninsnla at Perak and Sungei Ujong, and again in Borneo,
The apex of the forewing in the female is not produced into a long
point in this species as it is in many others. I was incorrect in stating
in the Gazetteer of Sikhim, p. 146, n. 226 (1894) that the Sumatran
Kallima like the Javan K. paralecta, Horsfield, has a yellow-banded male
and a bluish-white-banded female, both sexes being alike in this parti-
cular. When writing the paragraph in question, I had yellow males
and bluish-white females only from Sumatra, so came to the perhaps
natural conclusion that the phenomenon which is unique in the Javan
oceurs also in the Sumatran species. Since then I have obtained both
sexes of both the Sumatran species of Kallima, and find that the
opposite sexes of each are alike. KK. buxtoni is always a rare insect in
Deli, occurring from Selesseh to Bekantschan. It is very fond of
imbibing the sap from wounded trees. The Malay and Javan collectors
call it ‘‘Koepoe Bandera, the Flag Butterfly,” as its red and blue
colours resemble the same colours in the Dutch tricolour.

251. Kairma sprripiva, Grose Smith.

K. spiridiva, Grose Smith, A Naturalist’s Wanderings, p. 274 (1885); K. spiridion,
Grose Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Ex., pl. Kallima i, figs. 1, 2, male (1892).

Grose Smith. Fermate differs from the male only in the hindwing
on the upperside being paler, more brown; and in the forewing having
the apex produced into a somewhat short point, half the length of that

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 433

found in the female of K. knyvettit, de Nicéville, from Bhutan, which is
a closely allied species. Occurs at higher elevations than K. buztoni,
Moore, from Bekantschan to the mountains which surround the Central
Plateau in April and July ; is also rarer than the yellow species. Both
are found only in large forest.

252. DoLESCHALLIA PRATIPA, Felder.

Snellen as bisaltide. Hagen as bisaltide and pratipa. Distant
doubtfully from Sumatra as bisaltide. The Sumatran form agrees
exactly with the one from the Malay Peninsula which has been des-
eribed by Felder as D. pratipa. Whether it should be known by the
older names of D. bisaltide or D. polibete, both of Cramer, I am not
prepared to say, as several of the species of this genus are so variable
that to define their limits seems the more difficult the greater number
of specimens one obtains, more especially as the variations do not appear
to be confined to geographical areas. The female of the Sumatran form
agrees very fairly with Cramer’s figures C and D of pl. cii of. Pap.
Ex., which also appears to have been taken from a female, and is named
“ Papilio” bisaltide from “Surinam,” a probable lapsus calami for
Sumatra. But I have no specimen agreeing exactly with that figure.
The Himalayan, Assamese, Burman, South Indian, Ceylonese, Anda-
manese and Nicobarese form is fairly constant, and is usually identified
as D. polibete, originally described from Amboina. Hagen records two
species of the genus from Sumatra, but this is almost certainly incorrect.
D. pratipa in Sumatra flies from near the sea to the elevation of
Bekantschan, but not higher, and is found in forests and also near
houses which are surrounded by fruit trees and small jungle. The
females are much rarer than the males. The latter are especially partial
to settling on old weod, and are commonly found resting on or flying round
wooden bridges on forest roads. Dr. Martin has frequently noticed
them resting on wooden bullock carts left on jungle roads, to which they
return again and again if disturbed. Dr. Hagen bred it at Laboean,
the larva feeding on the Jack-tree ( Artocarpus integrifolia, Linneus).

253. CHARAXES (Hulepis) preLeHis, Doubleday,

Hagen. Kirby as concha. The C. concha of Vollenhoven was des-
eribed from Padang, Sumatra, and is a synonym of this species. Next
to QO. kadenii, Felder, this is the most beautiful species of Charazes
found in Samatra. It occurs from near the sea to the elevation of Be-
kantschan, but not higher. Though it is met with everywhere over a large
area it is never as plentiful as are OC. dolon, Westwood, and (C. eudamippus,
Doubleday, in Sikhim in the beds of streams in the spring. As the

434 lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,

Gayoe collectors brought this species in some.numbers, it may perhaps
be less rare in the north of Sumatra. No female has been obtained.
The male is fond of feces on forest roads; also small pools and moist
places on roads, especially if there are any Pierinz assembled to suck
up the moisture, with whom the big Charazes always associates, In such
spots will be found sitting in the hottest sun perhaps half a hundred or
more Catopsilias and Appias hippo, Cramer, and amongst them one
Charaxes delphis, numbers of similarly-coloured butterflies evidently
affording mutual protection. Dr. Martin’s Javan collector Saki in conse-
quence of this characteristic used to call C. delphis the “‘ Koepoe Raja,”
because it sat amongst the Pverine like a Raja surrounded by his
followers. (C. delphis is not restricted only to big jungle, but is found on
roads far from the forest, if only there are assembled the protecting
Pierine, Dr. Martin notes that in 1886 he gave up collecting for
some time, till in August, 1887, when on his way to pay a medical
visit at the Kloempang Estate, he saw at five o’clock in the evening a
fine specimen of C. delphis, which was seeking a comfortable night’s
lodging under the roof of a tobacco shed. As Dr. Martin was on
horseback he could not catch the butterfly, but on shewing it toa
passing Chinese coolie this man was so clever as to kill it without any
damage by throwing a piece of wood at it. Dr. Martin took it home in
his note bock, and from that day commenced a new collection on pins,
which is now in the Royal Museum at Munich, and of course includes
this specimen which instigated his commencing to re-collect, and to
which may also be due the production of this paper.

254. *CuHaraxes (Hulepis) scurerpert, Godart.

Dr. Hagen informed Dr. Martin that he obtained this rare species
from his Gayoe collectors. It would appear that the north-western
boundary of our area is the head-quarters of the genus in Sumatra,
as the Gayoes always brought in three or four times as many speci-
mens of Charazes as the Battaks did. C. schreiberi probably does occur
in Sumatra, as it is certainly found in the Malay Peninsula, Java and
Borneo. It is singular, however, that Dr, Hagen should have omitted
it from both his papers. Dr. Martin picked up from the ground two
forewings without body of this species in Fort Canning in the middle
of Singapore. It is most remarkable how frequently the only record
we have of this species is from single wings picked up in a similar way.
It would seem to be that 0. schretberi is greatly persecuted by birds.

255. Cuaraxes (Hulepis) Kapentt, Felder.

Dr. Wallace obtained the first known specimen of C. kadeniwt in

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 435

Western Java at a high elevation in 1861, and very appropriately called
it “ The Calliper Butterfly,” since when only very few specimens have
reached Europe. In 1889 Dr. Martin found only one old and worn
specimen in all the larger German collections when visited by him,
which specimen is now in the Berlin Museum. The first in Sumatra
was obtained from the Central Plateau in 1892, where alone it is
found, and although Dr. Martin offered a special bonus of a dollar for
every further specimen, only seven in all were brought in. Nearly all
were captured on the feces of Karbouw buffaloes, deposited on the
sandy river banks where the buffaloes used to drink, Herr H.
Fruhstorfer was sent to Java by the late Herr Honrath to collect
Rhopalocera, but with special instructions to look out for C. kadenit,
but he was not successful in getting it. Since then a retired non-
commissioned officer of the Dutch Indian Army settled in Java, Heer
C. E. Prillwitz, has captured eight specimens in Preanger.

256. CuHaraxes (Hulepis) atHamas, Drury.

Snellen. Hagen as athamas and samatha. Mr. Moore described
C. samatha from Tenasserim, and afterwards recorded and figured it from
Ceylon. It isa synonym of C. athamas, which latter is without doubt
the commonest of all the Charazes in Deli, occurring from near the sea to
Bekantschan and Soengei Batoe ; females are very rare. The males are
very fond of moist places and feces, to which they will always return
after being disturbed ; when frightened they retire temporarily to the
leaves of the higher trees well out of reach, and settle with folded wings.
On the wing they are not easily differentiated from the Pieringx, only
their flight is very much stronger and more rapid.

257. CHARAXES (Huiepis) HEBE, Butler.

Grose Smith. Butler. Staudinger. Kirby. Distant. Originally
described from Sumatra.

258. Cuaraxes (Hulepis) moort, Distant.

Hagen.

259. CHaraxes (Hulepis) ratysus, Felder,

We have here to do with three very difficult species, or perhaps we
may say two, as C. jalysus appears to be fairly constant, though I am
not at all sure that it will not hereafter be found to gradually merge
into the two previously-named species. C. jalysus has the greenish-white
areas of both wings on both sides the largest of the three. C. moori
appears to be best distinguished from QO. hebe by having the inner

J. 1. 55

436 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L, Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

edge of the broad outer black margin to the forewing on the upperside
straight and even, ending sharply on the inner margin of the wimg at
some distance from the inner angle, in C. hebe the inner edge of the
band is much waved, it does not end sharply on the inner margin, and
it often ends at the anal angle instead of extending along the inner
margin for some distance as it always does in C. moort, The width of
the outer black border to the hindwing on the upperside is very vari-
able, but it appears to be usually broader and better defined in C. moort
than in C. hebe, in which latter species it is sometimes reduced to a double
series of black spots (as in Butler’s figure) being the remnants of incom-
plete ocelli. The width and extent of the greenish-white areas on the
underside are excessively variable in the two species, and as far as I can
judge from my large series of specimens from the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra, Java, and Borneo, present no specific characters. Herr Rober
in Ent. Nach., vol. xx, p. 290, and vol. xxi, p. 63 (1894-95), has
been at the pains to define the athamas, hebe, and jgalysus groups of
Charaxes, and describes many new species, with which we have to
deal with O. heracles, Réber, from Borneo (in his first paper), and
from Borneo and Deli in Sumatra (in his second paper), supposed to
be a local race of C. moori; and C. albanus, Rober, from Deli, Sumatra,
supposed to be a local race of OC. hebe. These two species have been
described from most inadequate material, and are in my opinion ab-
solute synonyms of C. moort and C. hebe respectively. Considering
the many bad species that have been created in the C. athamas group,
it is extraofdinary that Herr Réber should have evolved a similar
chaos in the OC. hebe group. In the C. athamas group he describes
from single female examples C. fruhstorferi from South Java, and
C. phriaus, also from Java, while admitting that he has never seen the
female of the most common of all the species of the group, C. athamas,
Drury. In his first paper he puts 0. hebe and C. moort in one group,
in his second paper he makes two groups of them. In his first paper
he gives C. hebe from Sumatra, in his second he gives the Sumatran
form of C. hebe a new specific name, though the species was originally
described from Sumatra, and names the Javan form of C. hebe—C. java-
nus. Mr. Fruhstorfer in Ent. Nach., vol. xxi, p. 197 (1895) has de-
scribed still another Charazes from North Borneo of the moort group,
which he has named C. sandakanus.

The three foregoing species are all much rarer than C. athamas,
but are quite similar in their habits. C. hebe and &. moor occur at
lower elevations in the Battak mountams from Selesseh to Bekantschan,
whereas CO. jalysus was mostly captured by the Gayoe collectors in the
forests west of Langkat leading to their country. We have seen no
females of either of these species.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 437

260. CHaraxes ECHO, Butler,

Originally described from Singapore, recorded from Borneo by
Druce. Itis one of the rarest insects in our area, as two specimens
only have been captured, both in high forest near Selesseh. It is
smaller and darker than the allied C. fabius, Fabricius, of India and

Burma.

261. Cuaraxes (Haridra) BORNEENSIS, Butler.

_Grose Smith. Distant. Like C. delphis, Doubleday, and C. galysus,
Felder, except a few specimens from the Battak mountains, has only
been captured in the forests west and north of Selesseh, by the Gayoes
while collecting gutta percha. Dr. Martin possesses one specimen
taken in Asahan in 1891, We have not seen its female.

262. CHARAXuS (Haridra) purNroRDI, Distant.

This species was originally described from Sungei Ujong in the
Malay Peninsula from a single male. An allied species is OC. nicholii,
Grose Smith, described from Burma, and figured in Rhopalocera
Exotica, vol. i, pl. Charazes 11, figs. 1, 2, male (1887). I possess a
single specimen of this very rare species caught by Colonel C. T.
Bingham in October, in the bed of the Kaukareit stream at the foot
of the Daunat Range, Tenasserim, which differs from the figure of
C. micholit in its larger size, the ocelli on the upperside of the hindwing
larger, within which from the costal nervure to the first median
nervule is a waved black line, anteriorly prominent, posteriorly be-
coming obsolete. C. durnford: is very rare in Sumatra, rarer even
than C. kadenw, Felder, as Dr. Martin obtained only five specimens.
Occurs in heavy forest on the lower ranges and outer spurs of the
Battak mountains, where Dr. Martin in 1888 captured his first male
specimen at Roemah Kenangkong, now in the royal collection at
Munich. Dr. Hagen took a male in ]891, at Bandar Quala in Serdang.
In 1892 Dr. Martin received a female from a Battak collector, which is
larger and duller coloured than the male, the whitish-violet markings
on the upperside of the hindwing of greater extent, and the tails
longer.

263. CuHaraxus (Haridra) Harpax, Felder.

Hagen. Snellen as polyxena. Moore. It was originally described
without habitat; and has been recorded from Lower Burma, the
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo. C. polyxena, Cramer, was
described from a male from China, and is the oldest name of all the
tawny group of Charazxes. C. harpax is found in Sumatra from the

438 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,

sea (Paya Bakong) to Bekantschan. It occurs in every forest, where it
is especially partial to feeces and moist spots. It is a very variable
insect as regards the extent of the black coloration on the upperside of
the forewing, and the colouring of both wings on the underside.
Some of our specimens agree very well with Mr. Moore’s figures of
C. corax, Felder, in Lep. Ind., vol. ii, pl. clxxv (1895). This species
is restricted by Mr. Moore to Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam and Burma.
Other specimens agree very closely with the figures of C. hieraz, Felder,
given on the next plate of Mr. Moore’s work above mentioned, and re-
corded by him from Assam only. Of the three names, harpaz, coraz, and
Iierax, the last is the oldest. It is more than probable, however, that
the species will hereafter stand as C. baya, Moore, originally described
from Java, which is still older, and with the description of which (it has
never been figured) some of our specimens agree very closely. The
females are very rare; Dr. Martin possesses two only. The tails are
much longer than in the male, and somewhat spoon-shaped, one specimen
in Dr. Martin’s collection has two tails, one each at the terminations
of the first and third median nervules.

264. Cuaraxes (Haridra) aristociton, Felder.

Originally described without locality, but found in the eastern
Himalayas, Assam, Burma, the Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra. Our
specimens agree better with Mr. Moore’s figures of CO. desa, Moore,
Lep. Ind., pl. clxxii, from Lower Burma, but I am not prepared to
admit that species to be distinct from C. aristogiton. Occurs only
at the higher elevations, from Bekantschan to the Central Plateau,
is not very common, and is not at all variable as is C. harpax, Felder. The
underside of both wings is of a richer and darker red than in specimens
from Sikhim. No female has been obtained.

265. CuHaraxes (Haridra) pisranti, Honrath.

Originally described from Perak and Sarawak (Borneo). It is
perhaps a local race of C. marmazx, Westwood, from the eastern Hima-
layas, Assam and Burma, but may be instantly known from it by the
basal half of the costa of the forewing on the underside being pure
snow-white instead of concolorous with the rest of the wing. Occurs
in Middle Tenasserim of Lower Burma, and in Sumatra in the forests of
the plains, at Paya Bakong and at Selesseh, perhaps not higher than
Namoe Oekor. It is a rare species, and we have not seen its female.

266. ProrHor catyponta, Hewitson.

Originally described from Malacca. Two local races of this splendid

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 439

butterfly have recently been defined, P. belisama, Crowley, from Tonghou,
Central Burma, and P. chrysodonia, Staudinger, from Davao, S.-H.
Mindanao, in the Philippine Isles. In Sumatra P. calydonia is found
only in forest from Selesseh to Bekantschan and higher, and is rare as it
always is everywhere. Dr. Martin took his first specimen, the first
known from Sumatra, in October, 1888, near Kampong Roemah
Kenangkong on a wounded tree where it was sucking up the juice.
Since then he has obtained eight other specimens. As above mentioned
(p. 420, n. 202), there may be found over a large area of forest only one
pair of this strong-winged butterfly, which likes to keep to the higher
trees, quite out of the reach of the net, but is fond of feces and strong
smelling things such as carrion, to which it is often attracted and caught.
From Wallace’s account of the capture of the type specimen of the species
at Ayer-panas in Malacca it is known how closely this insect keeps to one
place, even to the same tree. It was on the fourth day, after having
missed it the three previous days, and on the very same tree, that
Dr. Friedl Martin caught his first specimen at Aer Kesoengei in Asahan.
P, calydonia settles with the head downwards on tree trunks, and
makes while feeding the same rotating movements of the hindwings as
is done by many Lycenide.

267. Prornor anGceLica, Butler.

Grose Smith as franckii. Hagen as frankii [sic], Godardt [sic].
Wallace as franckit. Distant. Semper. The true P. franckii, Godart,
is confined to Java. Occurs in Sumatra in the same localities and
elevations as P. calydonia, Hewitson, but is not so rare; settles also on
tree trunks with its head downwards.

Family LEMONIIDA.

Subfamily LisytHaina.
268. LiBYTHEA MyRRHA, Godart.

Hagen as myrrha, Godardt [sic]. Found in forest from Selesseh
to Soengei Batoe, and is not very common. It is fond of settling with
folded wings on wet sand on the banks of small streams.

269. LipyTHEA NARINA, Godart.

The L. rohini of Marshall is a synonym of this species. Occurs in
Sumatra near to the sea, as Dr. Martin obtained his first specimen near
Kamborg-house between the Saentis and Mabar Estates in May, 1890.
Found also at Selesseh, but does not extend higher than Namoe Oekor,
and is very rare.

440 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, [No. 3,
‘Subfamily Nemzosiina.

270. ZeEMEROS ALBIPUNCTATA, Butler.

Hagen as flegyas. Staudinger. Distant.

271. ZeMEROS EMESOIDES, Felder.

Hewitson. Grose Smith as Temeros [sic] emesoides. Both species
of Zemeros are found chiefly in forests on the flowers or red fruits of
some shrub of medium height, on which they feed. They rest with half
open wings. Both species are very delicate, and it is almost impossible
to obtain a perfect example of either for the cabinet. Z. albipunctata,
Butler, is much the commoner, and is spread over the whole of our area ;
whereas Z. emesoides is much rarer, does not occur near the sea, and is
found from Selesseh to Bekantschan.

272. Stipoces NyMpuHipiA, Butler.

Hagen. Found only on the Central Plateau, and is rare even there,
as in all Dr. Martin has only obtained six specimens in thirteen years.

273. TaxiLa THUISTO, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Hagen. Grose Smith. Distant, Rare in Deli, occurs
in forests only from Selesseh to Bekantschan,

274. TaxiLA HAQUINUS, Fabricius.

Hagen. Staudinger. Hewitson as drupadi. The “ Hmesis” dru-
padi of Horsfield, described from Java, is a synonym of this species.
Very common in the forests of the plains, abounded in April and May,
1894, near Selesseh. Both the species of Taxila are fond of the same
shrub frequented by the two species of Zemeros.

275. LaAxtTaA DAMAJANTI, Felder.
Snellen. Staudinger as tanita. For remarks on DL. tanita, Hewit-

son, see de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 22 (1894). It
appears that Staudinger’s tanita = damajanti.

276. LaAxivTa LYCLENE, de Nicéville.
L. lyclene, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 21, n. 17, pl. ii, fig. 10,
male (1894).
Hewitson as felesia. Hagen as telesia. Grose Smith as telesia.
Staudinger as ¢elesia. Kirby as ¢elesia. Distant as telesia. This is a
local race of T. telesia, Hewitson, from Borneo,

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 441

277. LaxrraforPHna, Boisduval,.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. All the species of Lawita are of weak
flight, and found in forests only. Owing to their very delicate structure
and colours, perfect specimens are very scarce. J. lyclene,de Nicéville,
is the commonest, and occurs in the plains, very plentiful near Selesseh
together with 7. haquinus, Fabricius. L. damajanti, Felder, is less
common from Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan. JL. orphna is decidedly
rare, and is found from Bekantschan to the Central Plateau.

278. ABISARA SAVITRI, Felder,

Hewitson as susa and savitri. Hagen. Grose Smith as susa.
Staudinger. The “Sospita”’ susa of Hewitson is a synonym of this species,
and is so given by Hewitson himself.

279. ABISARA AITA, de Nicéville.

A. aita, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 49, n. 9, pl. L,
fig. 10, male (1893).

Hasitat: N.-H. Sumatra.

ExpansE: 9, 2°15 inches.

Descriprion: Femats, differs from the male in being slightly larger,
the ground-colour of the UPPERSIDE of both wings is dull ferruginous in-
stead of dull hair-brown, tle two discal bands of the forewing are wider
and more prominent, and the white area of the hindwing is rather
larger. UNnpmrsipe shews the same differences as are found on the
upperside.

The two species of Abisara with tails are rare, and are some-
what stronger on the wing than the other species of the subfamily.
A, savitri, Felder, belongs to the forests of the alluvial plain, whereas
A. aita is only found at high elevations, from Soengei Batoe to the
Central Plateau. Dr. Martin first received the latter from his Battak

collectors in July, 1893.

280. ABISARA KAUSAMBI, Felder.

Hewitson. Hagen as echerius, var. kausambt. Butler as Albisara
[sic] kawsambr. #Distant. A distinct species, the male of which has
two pale bands crossing the disc of the forewing on the upperside,
the outer of which is anteriorly developed into a somewhat broad
whitish fascia. The hindwing on the upperside shews two apical
and two anal black spots. It was originally described from the Malay
Peninsula ; I possess specimens from Perak, Jelebu and Singapore, also
in the Malay Peninsula, and from Sumatra and Borneo.

44.2 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

281. ABISARA KAUSAMBIOIDES, de Nicéville, n. sp.

A. kausambi, Distant (nec Felder), Rhop. Malay., p. 189, n. 2, pl. xviii, fig. 10,
male (1883).

Hasitat: Penang and Perak in the Malay Peninsula, N.-H. Suma-
tra, Nias.

ExpansE: o, 1°8 to 1°9 inches.

Description: Mare. Uppersipe, both wings rich dark prune-coloured,
beautifully glossed with dark purple in some lights, much more so than in
either sex of A. kausambi, Felder; without markings. UNpersIDE,
both wings of the same rich prune-colour as on the upperside, but with-
out purple reflections. Forewing with the usual pair of discal parallel
narrow pale purplish lines, which widen out somewhat on nearing the
costa ; a narrow submarginal whitish line from the anal angle, becoming
obsolete beyond the middle of the wing. Hindwing with the usual pale
discal band, three apical and two anal black spots each bearing outward-
ly a fine white line, between these spots in the median interspaces are a
pair of pale lunules, a submarginal narrow dark line, inwardly defined
with a very fine white line.

I have described this species as new with some reluctance, as
the butterflies of this group of the genus Abisara are obviously very
variable, these variations being apparently not confined in some cases
to geographical areas, so that the numerous names which have already
been given to many of these varietal forms are by no means easy to
allocate. There are, however, obviously two species of Abzsara of this
group occurring in the Malay Peninsula and N.-E. Sumatra, the
males of both being easily separable. A. kausambi, Felder, is much
ornamented with whitish bands and black spots on the upperside, while
A. kausambioides is entirely plain and unmarked; the ground-colour
of the latter is also much deeper. The females of the two species
I am unable to differentiate. Mr. Distant’s figure and description
of the male quoted above evidently applies to the present species, and
do not at all agree with Felder’s description of the male of A. kau-
sambi.* A. kausambioides is perhaps nearest to A. prunosa, Moore, from
Ceylon, but that species has the male normally ornamented with pale
bands and black spots on the upperside. The two non-tailed Abisaras
are not uncommon in N.-E. Sumatra, A. kuwsambi occurring near the sea
(Loboe Dalam) to Namoe Oekor, while A. kausambioides is found from
Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan. Both are of very delicate structure,

* See the last paragraph on p. 324 of Butt. of India, vol. ii. When writing
this I possessed but two male Abisaras of this group from the Malay Peninsula, one
each represents A. kawsambi and A. kawsambioides: from this small material I did
not dare to describe a new species.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 443

and quickly get rubbed and worn. All the butterflies of the subfamily
keep close to the ground, and rest with half-opened wings.

Family LYCAINID Ai.

282. GerRYDUS GIGANTES, de Nicéville.

G. gigantes, de Nicéville, Journ. A.S. B., voi. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 23, n. 19, pl. v,
figs. 1, male; 18, female (1894).

Dr. Martin obtained the type of this species in October, 1892, from
the mountains caught by the Battak collector Si-Ketjap, and later on
Dr. Martin took several specimens himself at Namoe Oekor in August
and November, so this fine and large species probably occurs from the
latter place to the Central Plateau. On the wing it greatly resembles
some species of Pierinx, and will certainly when flying be always taken
by collectors for an insect of that subfamily. It is found also in Penang,
and is the largest and most distinct species in the genus. More than
half the surface on the upperside in both sexes is pure chalky-white.

283. GERYDUS sYMETHUS, Cramer.

Grose Smith. Hagen. Occurs everywhere from near the sea to
the elevation of Namoe Oekor, even near houses, in orchards, and in
cocoa-nut plantations. Itis common every year at Bindjei in November
and December.

284. GerrRypus GALius, de Nicéville.

G. gallus, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 25, n. 21, pl. v, fig. 11,
female (1894).

The figure of this species has not been well reproduced, the ochreous
and ferruginous mottlings of the underside not being shewn at all.
The white band on the upperside of the forewing is also shewn too
narrow. It differs from G. symethus, Cramer, in many particulars, but
chiefly in having no whitish colour within the oblique discal white
band on the upperside of the forewing, whereas in G. symethus the
base of the wing up to the discal band is bluish-grey instead of brown.
It is rare near Selesseh, but is more plentiful in the lower hills and
outer spurs of the mountains.

285. Gerrypus siacsi1, Distant.

The G. gopara, de Nicéville, is probably the same species. It is
nearly as common as G. symethus, Cramer, but is found at a higher ele-
vation, from Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan. °

J. u. 56

444, L. de Nicéville & Dr. lL. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

286. Gurypus zinckEentl, Felder.

I possess one female example from Sumatra which agrees with

typical Javan specimens of this species. It may be known by the
white area of the forewing on the upperside occupying half the sur-
face, its outer edge straight; in G. symethus, Cramer, and G. gallus,
de Nicéville, the pure white area is much smaller, and is confined to

the disc, not reaching the base of the wing, with its outer edge very.

irregular.

287. Gerypus GmxTuius, de Nicéville.

G. getulus, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 24, n. 20, pl. v,
fig. 12, female (1894).

On the upperside the forewing is precisely similar to that of
G. zinckenti, Felder, but the hindwing differs in that instead of being

dull fuscous throughout, half the surface is white, with a prominent

fuscous disco-cellular line. On the underside it hardly differs from

G. biggsti, Distant. It is rare, I have seen three females only taken in
July and October near Bekantschan.

288. GeErRYDUS BOISDUVALI, Moore.

Very rare, I possess one female only from Sumatra, which is cer-
tainly this species.

289. Geryrpus azsa, de Nicéville.

G. gesa, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 26, n. 10, pl. 8,
fig. 16, male (1895).

May be known from all the described species in the genus by the
upperside being immaculate in both sexes. The underside is very
similar to that of G. biggsii, Distant. It is found from Bekantschan
to the Central Plateau in January, March and July. 5;

290. *Gerrypus zyMna, Doubleday and Hewitson,

Grose Smith as Miletus zymna. The type of the genus Miletus
is ‘ Papilio” polycletus, Linnzeus, from the Moluccas. Mr. Druce has
monographed the genus in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 179, but
unfortunately uses the name Hypochrysops, Felder, for it, of which
““Thecla” anacletus, Felder, also from the Moluccas, has been fixed
by Mr. Scudder as the type, and which species is congeneric with
Miletus polycletus. I may note here that a female example of M. celis-
parsus, Butler, described from Nias Island, off the west coast of Sumatra,
has been obtained on Penang Hill (“The Crag”) by Mr. A. R. Adams,
and will almost certainly be hereafter obtained in the island of

.1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 445

‘Sumatra which lies between Nias and Penang. I may remark also
that I wrote blindly in Butt. of India, vol. iii, p. 21, when I sug-
gested that the genus Miletus belongs to the Gerydus group; at the
time of writing 1 had seen no specimen of true Miletus. Previous
writers had used Miletus and Gerydus for symethus, Cramer, which led me
astray. ‘‘ Miletus” zymna would appear to be a true Gerydus, but as
it was described from Ashanti, is not likely to be found also in
Sumatra. The nearest Sumatran species to which it is superficially
allied is G. gxtulus, de Nicéville.

291. PAaRAGERYDUS HORSFIELDI, Moore.

Grose Smith as horsfeldi [sic]. Hagen. Very common everywhere
over the whole of our area. Very variable in size, some females being
much smaller than the average of males. Also variable in the colora-
tion of the underside, some Sumatran specimens approach very closely
to P. taras, Doherty, from Burma, but none of them have “the apex
[of the forewing so] widely tinged with rufous-brown” as in that

species.

292. PARAGERYDUS PANORMIS, Elwes.

Allotinus panormis, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 619, pl. xliii, figs. 8,
male; 9, female.

Rare, but. occurs at Bekantschan in February, August, September
and November, so probably generation follows generation at short
intervals. May be recognised at once by the apex of both wings
on the underside being greatly infuscated. I have placed it in the
genus Paragerydus rather than Allotinus, as it has the upper discoidal
nervule of the forewing origiuating well beyond instead of at the apex

of the discoidal cell.

293. Paracerypus pztus, de Nicéville. ‘

P. pxtus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 269, n. 7, pl. O,
fig. 12, male (1895).

A very distinct species from Bekantschan and at higher eleva-
tions. Flies in February, March, and again in November.

294. PARAGERYDUS PORTUNUS, de Nicéville.

P. portunus, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p..27, pl. v, fig. 14,
male (1894).

‘The very dark colour of the underside will suffice to distinguish
this species; Sumatran specimens are even darker than typical ones
from Java, the ground-colour being pale ferruginous instead of pale
ochreous, with dark ferruginous mottlings. Is commoner than the

446 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

preceding species in May and September in the same localities. All
species of Gerydus and Paragerydus are shade-loving butterflies, and
never venture into the direct rays of the sun. With the exception of
the three common species, G. symethus, Cramer, G. biggsw, Distant, and
P. horsfieldi, Moore, they are only found in deep forest, mostly restlessly
flying round the buds of not very high bushes. They are rather
weak on the wing, but disappear immediately in the forest if pur-
sued. Both genera can be instantly distinguished by the structure of
the legs in both sexes, and both possess three or four minute whitish
or ochreous spots on the costa of the forewing on the upperside.
These are very prominent in P. pxetus, de Nicéville, and P. horsfieldt,
Moore, less so in P. panormis, Elwes, and just visible only in P. portunus,
de Nicéville.

295. ALLOTINUS NIVALIS, Druce.

Occurs throughout the year in forest near Selesseh, but is
rather rare.

296. ALLOTINUS ALKAMAH, Distant.

Distant. Found from Namoe Oekor to the Central Plateau, but is
always rare. I donot yet possess specimens of A. subviolaceus, Felder,
from Java, to compare with Burmese, Malayan Peninsula and Sumatran
specimens of A. alkamah. It is I think probable that the latter is only
a synonym of the former.

297. ALLoTINUS aPus, de Nicéville,

A. apus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 27, n. 11, pl. 8,
fig. 17, female (1895). :

Two female specimens only have been obtained at Bekantschan in
February, 1894.

298. *ALLoTiNnus masor, Felder.

Hagen. Originally described from Celebes. We have not seen any
species from Sumatra agreeing with Felder’s description and figure. It
is probable that Dr. Hagen identified A. apus, de Nicéville, with this
gpecies, as superficially they are somewhat similar.

299. Locanra MALAYIcA, Distant.

Originally described from Sungei Ujong in the Malay Peninsula.

300. Locgania sriwa, Distant.

Originally described from Malacca in the Malay Peninsula.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 447

301. LoaganraA MARMORATA, Moore.

Originally described from Elphinstone Island in the Mergui
Archipelago of Lower Burma.

302. Logania Luca, de Nicéville.

L. luca, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 28, n. 24, pl. ii, fig. 18,
female (1894).

Found in Burma (Rangoon, the Daunat Range and Ataran Valley
in Tenasserim), in the Malay Peninsula (Perak), and in Sumatra.
This is the species referred to by Doherty under Logania massalia in
Journ. A. S. B., vol. Ix, pt. 2, p. 37, n. 10 (1891), as being undescribed
from Perak. The general colour of the ground on the underside is
brownish-ochreous or pale ferruginous, The figure has been badly re-
produced, as it shews the apex of the forewing far too acute.

303. Loganta massaLia, Doherty.

Described from Margherita in Upper Assam. I possess specimens
from the Daunat Range in Tenasserim, Burma, from Singapore cap-
tured by Dr. Martin, and from Sumatra and Java. The ground-colour
of the underside is quite different to that of L. luca, de Nicéville, being
white speckled with blackish and ochreous, instead of pale ferruginous.
The males of both these species have a small round white spot in the
. middle of the disc of the forewing on the upperside, the hindwing
throughout concolorous with the forewing, both being dull purplish-
fuscous. A list of the known species of the genus will be found in
Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiui, pt. 2, p. 29 (1894). The Loganias are true
inhabitants of large forest, and fly like Gerydus round the buds of low
bushes, but are decidedly quicker on the wing than they. L. malayica,
Distant, and ZL. sriwa, Distant, occur all the year round in the forests
of the plains, and do not go much higher than Namoe Oekor. Both
species remind one when flying of a common lycenid, such as Cyaniris
or Catochrysops. Li. marmorata, Moore, L. luca, de Nicéville, and
L. massalia are found at higher elevations beginning with Namoe Oekor,
and occur mostly in the first months of the year, January and Febru-
ary. In 1893 and 1894 Dr. Martin caught a pair of L. marmorata
in cowtt in January in the forest south of Namoe Oekor. The white
patch on the upperside of the forewing not reaching the base of the
wing will at once separate L. massalia from L. marmorata and B. luca.

304. ZARONA PHARYGOIDES, de Nicéville.

Z. pharygoides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. v, p. 208, pl. E
fig. 8, male (1890). ;

The type specimen was from Johore in the Malay Peninsula. Dr.

448 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Martin obtained only two males of this rare species at Bekantschan in
March and May. —

305. PoritTra suMATRa, Felder.

Felder. Butler. Grose Smith. Kirby. Distant. Originally des-
eribed from Sumatra. A very distinct and easily recognised species
which shews but little variation. Occurs in the Battak mountains.

306. PoriTIA ERYCINOIDES, Felder.

Grose Smith. Hagen. Felder originally described and figured a
male from Java, Hewitson described and figured the female as P. phra-
atica from Singapore, the latter being black on the upperside marked
with orange. I have a good series of both sexes from Java, which
agree with Sumatran ones from the Battak mountains.

307. PoritrA pLevRATA, Hewitson.

The type of this species was from Singapore. The male may be
known from P. erycinoides, Felder, by having the apical half of the fore-
wing on the upperside black and unmarked instead of heavily marked
with blue. The female of P. plewrata is marked with blue in some
lights, green in others. Occurs in Sumatra at Bekantschan.

308. Poritia promuLA, Hewitson.

Originally described froma female from Java. Dr. Martin possesses
female specimens which agree very well with Hewitson’s figures and
description.

809. Porrira PHILOTA, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Originally described from
Sumatra, where it occurs at Selesseh and in the Battak mountains. It
is found also at Pahang and Johore in the Malay Peninsula. The
female is unknown. The male is easily distinguished by the very
dark colour of the underside, Mr. Hewitson calls it “ rufous-brown, un:
dulated throughout with paler colour.” I would describe the ground-
colour as fuscous, the macular bands very close together, dark ferru-
ginous in colour, outwardly defined with black.

310. Porrrta PLATENI, Staudinger.

’ P. plateni, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 104, pl. i, fig. 8, male (1889).

Originally described. from two males from Palawan in the
Philippine Isles. It is a most distinct species, all the bands of the
underside present in every Poritia are in this species broken up into well-
separated spots, The Poritias in the male sex have perhaps on the

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 449

upperside the most brilliant coloration of all the oriental Lycende.
They are forest animals, and appear very early in the day as soon as
the sun has dried the leaves of the higher bushes or small trees, on
which they settle for the sunny tropical forenoon, leaving their favourite
perch for a high flight from time to time, but always returning to the
same spot. They may be found on the wing before seven o'clock in the
morning, but disappear at noon, after which hour they are never seen.
In Sumatra LZ. erycinoides, Felder, and L. pleuruta, Hewitson, are found
in the plains, the other species are caught on the outer ranges of the
hills from Namoe Oekor to Soengei Batoe. No species is really common,
though P. sumatre, Felder, and P. philota, Hewitson, are somewhat less
rare than the others. They fly all the year round, but are more common
from June to August. The females of all the species are very scarce
and are seldom seen in collections. A Battak collector in Dr. Martin’s
service named Similir was particularly clever in getting Poritias, and
obtained nearly all the specimens in Dr. Martin’s collection. He asked
for a pair of forceps to reverse without damage the wings of those
specimens which died “inside out ” as itis often the annoying habit of
many small butterflies to do.

311. SriwiskInA PHALENA, Hewitson.

8. phalena, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 270, n. 8,
pl. O, fig. 23, female (1895).

Originally described from a male from Singapore; it occurs also
in the Patkoi Hills of Upper Assam (= Massaga hartertii, Doherty),
the Katha District of Upper Burma, and in N.-E. Sumatra, taken at
Toentoengan in the compound of Dr. Martin’s house by Lieut. Ernst
Hartert. I have described and figured the female. Dr. Martin obtained
a second male specimen in May, 1894, from the Battak mountains. |

-312. Sriskina PHARYGE, Hewitson.

8. pharyge, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 361, n. 12,
pl. F, fig. 11, female (1891).

Originally described from a male from Borneo, I figured and des-
eribed the female. It occurs also at Perak and Penang in the Malay
Peninsula; at Renong in Western Siam; and Herr M. Ude, Dr. H.
Dohrn’s collector, obtained a pair at Bohorok in Eastern Sumatra, in

September, 1894.
313. Sriskina pavonica, de Nicéville.

&. pavonica, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 28, n. 12, pl. 8,
fig. 18, male (1895).

Near to S. pediada, Hewitson, from Mergui in Lower Burma and
from Singapore. Found in the Battak mountains of Sumatra very rarely.

450 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

314. Sriskina proxtma, de Nicéville. 3

S. prosima, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soo., vol. x, p. 29, n. 13, pl. §,
figs. 19, male; 20, female (1895).

Near to S. potina, Hewitson, from Burma and the Malay Peninsula.
A single pair of this species is in Dr. Martin’s collection, the male ob-
tained by Herr Ude at Bohorok in Kastern Sumatra in September.

315. Simiskina pRocotEs, de Nicéville.

8. procotes, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soo., vol. x, p. 32, n. 14,
pl. §, fig. 21, female (1895).

Near to S. potina, Hewitson, from Burma and the Malay Peninsula.
Described from a single female taken in July at Bekantschan. The
remarks regarding Poritia given above apply equally well to the genus
Simiskina. With the exception of S. prozima, de Nicéville, of which
Dr. Martin took a female in April, 1890, very near the sea at the
Saentis Hstate, all occur in the outer mountains higher than Namoe
Oekor. All the species are very rare, but appear to occur more fre-
quently from June to August.

316. Pirgaecorps HyLax, Fabricius.

Snellon as Plebejus [sic] hylax. Hagen. Staudinger. In large
forest, also wherever a small piece of jungle is left in young forest,
will P. hylax be found flying so quickly that the eye of the collector
cannot always follow the little animal. In shadow it is soon lost to
view, but becomes visible again when passing one of the errant sun-
beams of the forest. It prefers low elevations and occurs throughout
the year.

317. Prruaecors MaARIa, de Nicéville.

P. mariz, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 30, n. 26, pl. iv,
figs. 2, male; 9, female (1894).

Occurs from Namoe Oekor to the Central Plateau where P. hylaz,
Fabricius, is no longer found. Dr .Martin obtained the types in Septem-
ber, 1893, from Bekantschan. It is nearly allied to, but quite distinct
from, P. fulgens, Doherty, from Margherita in Upper Assam, the only
other species in the genus yet known which has the male of a brilliant
blue on the upperside. When flying in the sun it looks like a sapphire
taken to wings.

318. *Prrnecors pionisrus, Boisduval.

Grose Smith. This species is, as far as I know, confined to the
Papuan region.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 451

319. Una usta, I)istant.

Hasirat: Cachar; Myitta and the Daunat Range, Tenasserim,
Burma; the Malay Peninsula ; N.-E. Sumatra.

HxpansE: 9, ‘95 of an inch.

Duscriprion: Femate. UPpersipe, forewing with the costa, apex,
and outer margin broadly brown, the posterior half of the discoidal cell
to the inner margin delicate cerulean-blue, which becomes slightly
darker towards the base of the wing. Hindwing brown, with the ex-
ception of a linear spot in the outer half of the discoidal cell, which is
covered with bluish scales. UNDeERsIDE, both wings as in the male, only
somewhat paler. Cilia grey-brown. Abdomen on the underside yellowish-
white.

Found in Sumatra at Bekantschan and in the Battak mountains
from whence the unique female described above in Dr. Martin’s collec-
tion was captured in December, 1894, It is never common, but is more
plentiful on the river banks at Soeugei Batoe in August and September
than elsewhere.

320. NEOPITHECOPS ZALMORA, Butler.

To the synonyms of this species already given in Butt. India,
vol. ili, p. 53 (Pithecops dharma, Moore ; Parapithecops gaura, Moore;
and Neopithecops horsfieldi, Distant), may now be added Cupido talmora
Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 348, n. 4, from Borneo (this
species appears to be a MS. name of Mr. Butler’s which was never
published), and Plebeius lucifer, Rober, Iris, vol. i, p. 61, pl. iv, fig. 5
(1888), from the Aru and Key Isles, of which Herr Rober has kindly
sent me a specimen from Aru. In Sumatra it is found over our whole
area, in the plains (Stabat) and in the mountains (Bekantschan), but
is never as common as P. hylaz, Fabricius. The female, says Dr. Mar-
tin, possesses on the upperside of the forewing beyond the discoidal
cella faint blue patch similar to that in the same sex of P. mariz,
de Nicéville.

321. Spaueis NuBILUS, Moore.

Originally described from the Andaman Isles. It may be known
from the common Indian and Ceylonese S. epius, Westwood, by the
discal spot on the upperside of the forewing in the male being ochreous
instead of whitish; the female of S. nwbilus is marked like the male, in
S. epius the female has the disc of both wings on the upperside more or
less whitish. S. nubilus is also found in Burma, Java, and Borneo. Mr
Moore has incorrectly recorded S. epius from Mergui, Lower Burma,
the species should be S. nubilus, which occurs in Burma as far north

Jerk on

452 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,

as Chittagong. In Sumatra it is very rare, Dr. Martin has only seen
three specimens during his long stay in the island, two taken in October
in the forest near Namoe Oekor, and one in forest near Selesseh in .
January. Perhaps S. nubilus escapes being caught by its small size and
dull coloration, and by its resemblance to the common Paragerydus
horsfieldi, Moore.

322, TarakaA HAMADA, Druce.

Rare, found only at higher elevations south of Bekantschan and
Soengei Batoe.

323. ‘T'ARAKA MAHANETRA, Doherty.

Originally described from Padang Rangas, Perak, im the Malay
Peninsula. Hxcessively rare, and found in Sumatra only in the deepest
forest. Dr. Martin possesses three specimens, a male from near
Selesseh taken in June; and a pair from Bekantschan, the male taken
in September, the female in July.

224. Muraispa MALAYA, Horsfield.

Snellen as Plebejus [sic] malaya. Hagen. The Sumatran form is
typical, the hindwing being tailed. It is not common, but is found all
over our area. The males may be captured on small puddles on the
forest roads ; the females are very rare, and are only met with singly
in the forest on flowers and shrubs. Found in Namoe Oekor from July
to September.

325. Cyanrris AKAsA, Horsfield.
Grose Smith. Hagen. Not uncommon in the Battak mountains.

326. Cyaniris cosszA, de Nicéville.

C. cossea, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 271, n. 9, pl. O,
figs. 14, male; 15, female (1895).

Occurs at Namoe Oekor commonly,

327. CyYANIRIS coryTHus, de Nicéville.

C. corythus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 273, n. 10,
pl. O, figs. 16, male; 17, female (1895).

Not rare in the Battak mountains in September and December.
328. Cyanriris puspa, Horsfield.

Hagen as cagaja [sic]. Snellen as cagaya. Sumatran specimens
have the merest trace of white sprinkling on the upperside of both

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 453

wings in the male, thereby agreeing with O. lambi, Distant, from the
Malay Peninsula and Nias, and CO. cagaya, Felder, from the Philippines.
I cannot, however, regard C. lambi as anything but a synonym of
C. puspa, that species being very variable, and in the Himalayas em-
bracing a form inseparable from C. lambi.. C. cagaya, Felder, as figured,
has the black bordér to both wings on the upperside somewhat narrower
than in Javan specimens of Q. puspa, from whence it was first described.

329. Cyanrris cARNA, de Nicéville.

O. carna, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soo., vol. ix, p. 274, n. 11, pl. O,
fi. 18, male (1895).

The rarest of all the Sumatran species of the genus. ‘ The infus-
cation of the costa and apex of the forewing on the underside”’ is not
always present, but the other characters given in the description will
suffice to distinguish this species from its allies.

330. CYANIRIS MUSINA, Snellen,

{. musina, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 275, n. 12, pl. O,
fig. 19, male (1895).

A very common species in Sumatra. I haye not been able to obtain
_typical specimens of this species from Java to compare with Sumatran
examplen.

831. Cyanreis pracrpa, de Nicévilie.

Not very common in Sumatra.

332. Ovyaniris camEna, de Nicéville.
C. camenz, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soo., vol. ix, p. 278, n. 14, pl. O,
fig. 22, male (1895).

The commonest species of the genus occurring in Sumatra.

333. Cyantris LimBatTus, Moore.

Also common.

334, Cyaniris MeL@NA, Doherty.

Originally described from the Tenasserim Valley, Burma. Very
rare in Sumatra, Dr. Martin has obtained two or three specimens only
in the Battak mountains. Of the ten Sumatran species of Cyaniris,
only two occur in the plains, C. cossea, de Nicéville, and C. puspa,
Horsfield, all the others are found in the mountains at high elevations
from Soengei Batoe to the Central Plateau, and on the Plateau itself.
C. akasa, Horsfield, and C. corythus, de Nicéville, are somewhat scarce,

454 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

C. carna, de Nicéville, and O. melena, Doherty, are very rare, whilst
the four remaining species are very common and brought in by the col-
lectors in large numbers. The males only are caught on wet spots on
roads and onthe sandy banks of small hill streams; the very scarce
females can only be taken in the forest, where they are looking for and

ovipositing on the food-plants of the larve, or feeding on the flowers of
certain Composite.

335. *“CYANIRIS HARALDUS, Fabricius.

Grose Smith as Lycsenopsis ananga. Distant. Butler. Kirby as
haraldus and ananga. I have never seen this very rare species. Its
record from Sumatra is probably correct, so striking a butterfly is not
likely to have been wrongly identified, The Lycsenopsis ananga of Felder
is a synonym of C. haraldus. I think it probable that the genus Lycx-
nopsis is valid, at any rate the type species is a very different-looking
animal to all the species of Cyaniris known to me.

336. ZizeRA Lystmon, Hiibner.

Hagen as karsandra.

337. ZizERA GAIKA, Trimen.
The rarest species of the genus occurring in Sumatra as elsewhere.
338. Zizera otis, Fabricius.

Snellen as lysizone. Hagen as lysizone. All the three Zizeras fre-
quent only open grassy spots, and are found near houses and on fallow
land. Z. lysimon, Hubner, is very common in the plains, and is nearly
ubiquitous, especially so on the flowers of a wild species of thorny
Spinacia (Amarantus spinosus, Linneeus), and on the small yellow flowers
of a very common species of Portulaca. Z. gaika, Trimen (named after
a Zulu chief, so Mr. Trimen informs me) is found in the same localities,
but is very rare; Dr. Martin took it in his garden at Bindjei. Z. otts is
found on the Central Plateau, and near Battak villages in the mountains.

339. AZANUS ASIALIS, de Nicéville.

A. asialis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 33, n. 15, pl. 8,
fig. 22, male (1895).

Described from a single example caught in the Battak mountains
in July, 1894.

340. LycH#NESTHES EMOLUS, Godart.

Hagen as Pseudodypsas [sic] bengalensis.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 455

341. LycmnestHes Lycenina, Felder.

Both species of this genus inhabit the plains, and do not occur at
the higher elevations. They are common in May near Selesseh on
forest roads. J. lycxenina is the rarer of the two species, and Dr. Mar-
tin obtained no female of either.

342. NIpHANDA TESSELLATA, Moore.

Hasitat: Penang, Malay Peninsula; N.-E. Sumatra.

Expanse: <o, 1°5 inches.

Description: Mate. Uppersipe, both wings dark shining purple,
with a narrow anteciliary black thread. Hindwing with a round mar-
ginal black spot in the first median interspace. Unpersipg, both wings
marked as in the female, but the ground-colour much darker.

The specimen described above was caught by Dr. Martin in his
fingers on the Penang Hill in December, 1892, resting on a flower. In
Sumatra he has obtained one female at the Saentis Estate, very near the
sea, in April, and a second at Namoe Oekor in August.

343. EvERES ARGIADES, Pallas.

Snellen as parrhasius, Hagen as parrhasius. It has been described
by Herr N. Kheil from Nias as Plebeius polysperchinus. In Sumatra it
is common at low elevations in October and November; as usual the
males on roads, the females on flowers in small jungle. In his valuable
work on the Rhopalocera of Nias Island, Herr Kheil calls Polyommatus
beeticus, Linneeus, the “ carduz” of the Lycenidx, but LH. argiades better
deserves that epithet as it has a still greater range, occurring in North
America under a slightly modified form (as H. comyntas, Godart), which
P. beticus does not do. Dr. Martin notes that Huropean specimens of
E, argiades have the spots on the underside of the wings somewhat more
prominent than in Sumatran examples.

344. NAcCADUBA MACRUPHTHALMA, Felder.
Originally described from Pulo Milu, one of the Nicobar Isles.

345. NacapuBA PavANA, Horsfield.
Originally described from Java.

346. NacaDUBA KERRIANA, Distant.

Originally described from Malacca and Singapore, occurs also in.
Burma.

347. NAcADUBA sp.

I possess a single female of a species allied to this group, ie., it

456 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

has the basal area of the forewing on the underside unmarked, while
all the species of Nacaduba enumerated below have an additional basal
striga, while all those above named lack this striga; but as the females
of all of them are known, the present species cannot appertain to any of
them. I refrain from describing it until I have obtained the opposite sex.

348. Nacapupa aTraTa, Horsfield.

Grose Smith. This species=N. prominens, Moore.

349. NacapuBA HERMUS, Felder.

This species = N. viola, Moore, = P. unicolar, Rober, Iris, vol. i,
p- 66, pl. v, fig. 4, male (1888), described from Hast Celebes, Coram,
and the Key Islands, of which Herr Réber has sent me a male from Ceram.

350. NacapuBa ANcyrA, Felder.

Hapsirat: Amboina (Felder); Hast Pegu (Hlwes); Hast and South
Celebes, the Aru Isles, Ceram (féber); Palawan; Batjan; Celebes;
Cooktown, N.-E. Australia (Staudinger) ; Philippine Isles (Semper); S.-H.
Borneo, Java, Engano, ? Nicobar Isles (Doherty) ; N.-E. Sumatra; Celebes;
Yamna, near Humboldt’s Bay, North New Guinea (coll. de Nicéville).

ExpansE: 92, 1:2 inches.

Description: Fematyu. Urrersipe, forewing plumbeous ; with a large
metallic iridescent silvery-blue discal area, which reaches into the
posterior half of the discoidal cell, and occupies the base and inner
margin of the wing. Hindwing plumbeous, but the basal two-thirds
overlaid with blue scales; the veins defined with black ; the outer margin
has a broad black border with its inner edge-lunulated between the veins,
bearing a series of marginal black spots between the veins, each spot
outwardly defined by a fine anteciliary thread, inwardly by a white
lunule, except the two larger anal spots which are inwardly crowned
with ferruginous ; a very fine black anteciliary thread. Unpersrpe, both
wings as in the male. Ovtlia white. Tail black, tipped with white.

Described from a single example from Sumatra. It has all the
appearance of a female of the genus Catochrysops, te which genus this
species bears a strong superficial resemblance. It has _ several
synonyms, Nacaduba aberrans, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1892,
p- 626, pl. xliv, fig. 6, male; Plebeius subfestivus, Rober, Iris, vol. i,
p- 64, pl. iv, fig. 33, male (1888); Nacaduba pseutis, Doherty, Journ.
A. S. B., vol. Ix, pt. 2, p. 182 (1891); and Dr. O. Staudinger and
Herr Georg Semper both suggest that the Cupido almora of Druce, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 349, n. 14, pl. xxxii, fig. 7, male, from
Borneo, is also a synonym, which is probably correct, but I cannot

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 457

say for certain, as the upperside is alone figured and that very badly,
while the description of the underside “‘ Very pale brown, streaked and
mottled with white. Hindwing with two black spots at the anal angle
as above” is quite inadequate to distinguish the species.

851, NacapuBa NANDA, de Nicéville.

N. nanda, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soo., vol. x, p. 34, n. 16,
pl. S, fig. 23, male (1895).

3852. NacapuBA NELIDES, de Nicéville.

N. nelides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 280, n. 16,
pl. O, fig. 24, male (1895).

353. NacapuBA NoruIA, Felder.

Hagen as nora. The Lycsna nora, of Felder, from Amboina, has
tails, and almost certainly equals N. ardates, Moore. WN. noreia is
typically tailless, and was described from Ceylon from a female. I have
seen the type at Vienna, and it is what I have called the tailless form of
N. ardates. N. noreia occurs typically in Sumatra. What I consider to
be its female, and of which we possess many specimens (all of them to
my eyes are obviously females, though Dr. Martin disputes the fact, as
_he says he has taken them sucking up moisture on damp spots on the
roads, a habit quite unknown to female Lycsenidx, being confined to the
males), is very curiously marked on the underside, having the ground-
colour ochreous-yellow or luteous, in both wings with a very prominent
marginal series of black spots, those in the forewing of equal size
throughout, in the hindwing counting from anteriorly backwards the
first and the sixth larger than the rest; within this series of spots is
another submarginal obscure fuscous series; no basal or discal markings
to both wings whatever. Dr. Martin proposes to call this ‘species ”
Nacaduba lutea, and has described it in a paper published in Munich
entitled “‘ Hinige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, pt. 1,
p. 1, n. 1 (1895), and I have figured it from a female in Journ. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, pl. S, fig. 24 (1895). In Sumatra also occurs
typical N. ardates, which is tailed. This I hold to be a dimorphic
form in both sexes of N. noreia. Its female is most variable, some
forms of it from Burma in my collection being marked almost exactly
as in N. lutea, Martin, the basal and discal markings being almost
obliterated. I have not seen any females of true N. ardates with tails
from Sumatra. The Plebeius kupu, Kheil, from Nias = N. ardates, Moore.

354. NacapuBaA DANA, de Nicéville.

If the species of Cyaniris are more restricted to higher elevations,

458 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

the greater number of Nacadubas occur in the plains at low elevations:
From the Central Plateau N. nelides, de Nicéville, alone occurs, while
N. pavana, Horsfield, and N. atrata, Horsfield, are found on the outer
hills. All the other species occur in the plains. WN. macrophthalma,
Felder, N. kerriana, Distant, N. nanda, de Nicéville, N. nelides,
de Nicéville, and WV. dana are rare, the rest are more or less common.
All Nacadubas are very fond of water, the males are usually captured
sucking up this element on damp spots; the females are rare in all the
species, and never come to water.

355. *NacADUBA PERUSIA, Felder.

Snellen. Originally described from Amboina. It is quite pro-
bable I think that this species will be found to be a synonym of
N. atrata, Horsfield, which species appears to have been unknown to
Dr. Felder.

356. JAMIDES SIRAHA, Kheil.

Plebeius siraha, Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 30, n. 91, pl. v, fig. 35, male (1884).

Snellen as Plebejus [sic] plato. Hagen as bochus. Originally
described from Nias. It is a very distinct species, the male having the
lovely metallic steel-blue coloration on the upperside of the forewing
reduced to less than half the surface; in J. bochus, Cramer, from
India and Ceylon, that colour occupies more than two-thirds the surface.
J. straha is figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay., p. 222, n. J, pl. xxi, figs,
19, male; 16, female (1884), as J. bochus, var., from Province Wellesley.
In Sumatra it is found all over our area, but is rare everywhere.
Dr. Martin has specimens taken in February, April, October and
November, and he caught a male at the door of his hospital at Bindjei
on a flowering creeper (Pharbitis nil, Chois.).

357. LAMPIDES CELENO, Cramer,

Snellen as celeno and agnata. Grose Smith. Hagen as celeno and
malaccanus. This species is better known under the name of L. elianus,
Fabricius. The ZL. malaccanus of Rober, and ZL. agnata of Druce are
both synonyms.

358. Lampipes cLeopus, Felder.

Originally described from Luzon in the Philippine Isles. LZ. pura,
Moore, described from the Mergui Archipelago in Lower Burma, but
which occurs also in Assam, Upper Burma, and Nias Island, is a

synonym of L. cleodus. In Sumatra it is found at Selesseh and in the
Battak mountains.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 459

359. Lamprmpes saturata, Snellen.

Lycena satwrata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxv, p. 137, n. 3 (1892).

Originally described from Java, but not figured. I am not quite
sure of the identification, it is difficult to identify species of this genus
without good figures. It is one of the commonest species of Lanpides
in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java; I possess a very long
suite of specimens of it from all these places.

360. LamepipEs TALINGA, Khelil.
Plebeius talinga, Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 29, n. 86, pl. v, figs. 32, male; 33, female
(1884).
Lampides talinga, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 39, n. 18,
pl. 8, figs. 27, male; 28, female (1895).
A very small and quite distinct species. Originally described from
Nias, and is very common in Sumatra.

361. Lampipes ELPIS, Godart.

Snellen. Hagen as elphis [sic], Godardt [sic].

362. *LAMPIDES KANKENA, Felder.

Snellen. Originally described from Kar Nicobar. I have seen
the type specimen, a male, at Vienna. In the Indian Museum, Calcutta,
are a pair of specimens from Nankowri, one of the Nicobar Islands, and
I possess males from Nias Island and the Philippines. Its occurrence in
Sumatra is not at all improbable, It is a very distinct species, has the
stris on the underside arranged as in L. elpis, Godart ; the male on the
upperside is of a very pale silvery-blue.

363. LamMpipEes KONDULANA, Felder.

Originally described from Kondul Isle, one of the Nicobars. I
have seen the type in Vienna. In coloration the male is similar to that
sex of the three preceding species, but the black border to the wings
on the upperside is reduced to a marginal thread, On the underside
the striz are as in the two last-named species. I possess specimens
from Nacondam Island, the Nicobar Isles, Burma, the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra and Java. The “ Cupido” cerulea, Druce, from Borneo, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1873, p. 349, n, 13, pl. xxxii, fig. 6, male, is almost
certainly a synonym of this species.

364. Lamprpes suspita, Moore.

First described from Mergui in Lower Burma. Is not uncommon
in Sumatra at Namoe Oekor and in the Battak mountains.
de Ir oS

is
>

460 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin--. Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

8€5. LAMPIDES MARGARITA, Martin.

L. margarita, Martin, Einige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, pt.
2, p. 9, n. 8 (1895).

Occurs very rarely at Bekantschan and in the Battak mountains.

866. *LAMPIDES SUIDAS, Felder.

Hagen. Originally described from Luzon in the Philippines, from
whence I possess specimens. We have not obtained it in Sumatra.

367. LamerIpES BocHIDES, de Nicéville.

L bochides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 367, n. 16,
pl. F, fig. 15, male (1891).

Rare, has been obtained at Selesseh and in the Battak mountains.

368, Lamprpes abput, Distant.

Very rare in the Battak mountains. Originally described from a
unique female from Malacca in Dr. O. Staudinger’s collection, which I
have examined at Dresden. The male, which is of a peculiar shade of
metallic green on the upperside, is the L. marakata of Doherty, deserib-
ed from Padang Rangas, Perak, Malay Peninsula, in Butt. India, vol.
iii, p. 174 (1890).

369. LAMPIDES LUCIDE, de Nicéville.

L. lucide, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 33, n. 29, pl. v, fig. 3,
male (1894). g
Excessively rare, Dr. Martin has only obtained a few specimens in
the Battak mountains, of which four males are in my collection. All
the Sumatran Lampides, with the exception of one species, are true
forest butterflies, which greatly enliven and cheer the gloomy evergreen
primeval forests by the vivid and brilliant coloration of their wings.
So perhaps they to some extent compensate for the observed poverty of
blue flowers in the forest which has been noted by many writers.
L. celeno, Cramer, like species of Nacaduba, Catochrysops, Hveres and many
other Lycenide, is found on wet spots on the roads. JL. lucide, the most
distinct of the Sumatran Lampides, occurs only on the Central Plateau.
L. margarita, Martin, L. bochides, de Nicéville, and L. abdul [recte abdula,
and so given in the Index to the plates of Mr. Distant’s book] are found at
higher elevations, from Bekantschan to the Plateau; while the remaining
species are inhabitants of the forests of the alluvial plain. J. celeno,
L. saturata, Snellen, L. talinga, Kheil, D, elpis, Godart, and L. kondulana,
Felder, are common ; IL subdita, Moore, L. cleodus, Felder, and L. bochides
are scarce; while L. margarita, L. abdul, and L. lucide are very rare.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin —Butterflies of Sumatra. 461

All the Lampides are very restless and quick on the wing, and never
settle for a long time, consequently from the denseness of the plant-
growth in the forest are not easily captured.

370. CATOCHRYSOPS sTRABO, Fabricius,

Hagen as strabo, Fabricus [sic] and kandarpa. Staudinger as
kandarpa. The C. kandarpa of Horsfield is a synonym of C. strabo.

371. CATOCHRYSOPS LITHARGYRIA, Moore.

First described from Ceylon, but found also in Assam, Burma,
the Andaman Isles, and the Philippine Isles.

372. CarocHRysops cNEJUS, Fabricius.

Snellen. The three species of Catochrysops in Sumatra occur at
the lower elevations, and are not found higher than Bekantschan. The
males of C. strabo, Fabricius, and C. lithargyria, Moore, are very com-
mon on roads, where they act as miniature scavengers, but the females
must be sought for in gardens or small jungle. The males of @. strabo
in particular occur in large numbers, thirty to fifty specimens, on the
margins of puddles, and form beautiful violet patches of colour on the
sunny roads. C. lithargyria is a little rarer than C. strabo, and may
be considered to be a good species, Dr. Martin noting that he possesses
females probably of this species which differ slightly in the shade of
blue on the upperside of both wings from undoubted females of C. strabo.
C. cnejus is quite as common as C. strabo, but is seldom found on roads
as it prefers gardens in which the common Chinese bean ( Vigna sinensis,
Savi.) is cultivated, on the flowers of which the larva feeds. The
figures of C.strabo and C. cnejus in Distant’s Rhop. Malay. are not good,
being far too reddish in shade on the upperside. The widely distributed
C. pandava, Horsfield, which is common at Singapore, and is the most
plentiful of all the Nicobarese butterflies, is strangely enough apparently
absent from Sumatra.

373. CAsTALIUS ROosIMoN, Fabricius.

Grose Smith. Hagen.

374. CasTALIus ANANDA, de Nicéville.

First described from Sikhim, occurs also in Assam, Upper Burma,
Orissa, and South India.

375. Casratius prion, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Distant.

462 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterjlies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

376. CasTaLius roxus, Godart.

Hagen as roxus, Godardt [sic]. Staudinger.

377. CastTaLius ELNA, Hewitson.

Widely distributed, found in North-Eastern and Southern India,
Burma, the Andaman Isles, the Malay Peninsula, and Java. OC. rosimon,
Fabricius, C. ethion, Doubleday and Hewitson, C. roxus, Godart, and
O. elna occur in the plains and outer hills south of Bekantschan and
Bohorok. C. rosimon, C. rowus,and C. elna are found on roads and grassy
places such as forest tracts overgrown with high grass, and settle with
folded wings on the ground if moist, or on the tops of flowering
Graminex. OC. ethion keeps more to low shrubs, and is found inside the
forest. CO. ananda, de Nicéville, is only found in the forest on certain
bushes in February and March. Dr. Martin took it, also in March and
April, at Singla below Darjiling in the Western Himalayas only on
certain trees, but I have caught the male in the same place on the wet
sand in the beds of streams. The female of C0. ethion, which has no
blue coloration on the upperside of both wings, is so far quite similar
to the male of C. rowus, our most common species, but the markings of
the underside will instantly distinguish them. C. elna, the largest of our
Oustalius, is decidedly rarer than C. rosimon, C. ethion, and C. roxus;
C. ananda is the rarest of all, and found only at the higher elevations,

378. PonyomMatTus Beticus, Linneus.

Snellen. Hagen. Distant as bexticus [sic]. This widely-spread
butterfly occurs in Sumatra near the sea, as Dr. Martin has taken it at
the Saentis Estate and at Loboe Dalam on the flowers of the common
kidney bean (Phaseolus vulgaris, Linneeus), and also very high in the
mountains at Soengei Batoe and on the Central Plateau, but it is never
found in the intermediate area. Dr. Martin is quite unable to account
for this fact, which has also been observed by Dr. Hagen, who has
taken P. beticus near Laboean on abandoned Indigo plants, and
believes that the butterfly was imported to this very low elevation
from Singapore when the Malays first introduced the Indigo plant from
thence.

379. *CUPIDO ZTHERIALIS, var.

Hagen. Iam unable to trace this species.

380. *Lyc#NA AUGUSTA.

Grose Smith. I have failed to discover this species also.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 463

3881. *Lycmnopsis CYLINDE, Boisduval.

Grose Smith. Originally described from Dorei, New Guinea.
Unless the type of this species still exists in M. Charles Oberthiir’s
collection, it will be impossible to identify it from Boisduval’s short
description.

382. AMBLYPODIA NARADA, Horsfield.

Hagen. Grose Smith as anitu. The A. anita of Hewitson was
originally described from Siam, and is the common Indian and
Ceylonese species. The coloration of the male on the upperside of both
wings is more purple than blue, and it is not found south of Burma.
A. narada is rich deep blue, and occurs in the Malay Peninsula. In
Sumatra it is by no means common in the forests of the plains, and
Dr. Martin possesses other specimens from Asahan and Indragiri. Dr.
Martin notes that he has some very small examples of both sexes with
a broader brown margin to the upperside of the forewing, and the
markings of both wings on the underside more prominent, than in
typical specimens.

383. Iraora rocHANA, Horsfield.

Originally described from Java. The I. boswelliana of Distant,
described from Penang and Singapore, is a synonym of this species.
Dr. Martin remarks that the male has three tails. As figured by
Horsfield and Moore in Cat. Lep. Mus. E.1.C., vol. i, p. 44, n. 68,
pl. ia, fig. 10, male (1857), there are only two.

384. Iraota nita, Distant.

Hasirat: Malacca ( Distant); N.-E. Sumatra.

Expanse: 6, 1'4 to 1°6 inches.

Description: Mare. Urpersipe, both wings black, with rich pur-
ple markings. Forewing with a streak occupying the middle of the
discoidal cell for its whole length; two short streaks in the median inter-
spaces, a very large one in the submedian interspace bisected by the sub-
median fold, not reaching the outer margin; a short streak at the base
of the sutural area. Hindwing with the disc purple divided by the black
veins; the costa and abdominal margin rather broadly pale fuscous;
tails two, of equal length, short, narrow, black tipped with white.
UnpERSIDE, both wings coloured and marked as in the female. Antenne
black, the tip of the club above gamboge-yellow, beneath also of the
same colour, but gradually merging into the ferruginous colour of the
middle and base of the club. Head with two white lines across the
face, the orbits white. Palpi with the apex black, the base white.
Abdomen above black, beneath whitish.

464 WL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

After all, this species turns out to be a true Jraota, though it
is somewhat aberrant, as both sexes have two tails (in I. rochana the
male has two [Dr. Martin says three] and the female three tails; in
I. timoleon, Stoll, and allies the male has one and the female two tails),

and the shape of the wing differs also somewhat from typical Jraotas,

in both sexes. The neuration, however, is quite normal. In Sumatra
both the species of Ivaota are rare, the males even more so than the
females. Dr. Martin took the first male of I. rochana, Horsfield, a very
large specimen, measuring 1°7 inches, at Namoe Oekor in August, 1892,
and the first male of J. nila near Bekantschan in October, 1893. We
have other specimens taken at Selesseh in July, and in the Battak
mountains in September.

385. SURENDRA AMISENA, Hewitson.
Grose Smith. Hagen,

386. SURENDRA FLORIMEL, Doherty.

Originally described from Lower Burma.

387. *SurReNDRA VIVARNA, Horsfield.

Hagen. Originally described from Java, from whence I have a
good series of both sexes. S. amisena, Hewitson, and 8S. florimel,
Doherty, both occur at low elevations in the forests of the plains, the
former is very common near Selesseh, the latter much rarer. The males
of the two species must be differentiated by the markings of the under-
side of the wings. In habits they resemble those of the following genus.

388. ARRHOPALA CENTAURUS, Fabricius.

Butler. Distant. Occurs in the sultanate of Indragiri.

389. ARRHOPALA AGNIS, Felder.

Grose Smith. Hagen. The shade of coloration of the upper-
side of the male is more variable in this species than in any other
known to me; in some specimens it is almost pale blue, and there is
nearly every gradation to be met with till deep purple is reached complet-
ing the series. It is acommon species, and is found in Burma, the
Malay Peninsula, and Nias; in Sumatra it occurs at Selesseh and in the
Battak mountains.

390. ARRHOPALA ACE, de Nicéville.

A. ace, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 329, n. 6, pl. H,
fig. 13, male (1892).

Originally described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula. I possess

—

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 465

a single example from the Battak mountains of Sumatra. Itis a very
distinct and easily recognised species.

391. ARRHOPALA ADOREA, de Nicéville.

A common species at Bekantschan and in the hills.

392. ARRHOPALA ATOSIA, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Hagen. Grose Smith. Butler. Kirby. Distant.
Originally described from Sumatra. A common and easily recognised
species.

393. ARRHOPALA AMPHEA, Felder.

Originally described from Luzon in the Philippines. It is near
to A. abseus, Hewitson, but the male may be known from the same
sex of that species by having the purple coloration of both wings on
the upperside nearly twice as extensive.

394. ARRHOPALA AROA, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Butler. Kirby. Distant. Originally
described from Sumatra, and is probably La commonest species of the
genus found in the island.

395. *ARRHOPALA ATRAX, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Probably incorrectly identified, as it is strictly
confined to India as far as I am aware.

396. ARRHOPALA ADATHA, Hewitson.

A fairly common species in Sumatra.

397. ARRHOPALA PSEUDOMUTA, Staudinger.
Amblypodia pseudomuta, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 125 (1889).

Arhopala raffesti, de Nicéville, Butt. India, vol. iii, p. 248, n. 803, pl. Frontis-
piece, fig. 136, male (1890).

I possess only one specimen of this species from Sumatra.

398. *ARRHCPALA AGESILAUS, Staudinger, var. masor, Staudinger.
Amblypodia agesilaws, Staudinger, var. major, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 128
(1889).

Staudinger. Described typically and figured (J. c., pl.i, fig. 17,
male) from Palawan in the Philippine Isles, and the var. major from
Malacca and Fort de Kock in Sumatra, It appears to be very close to
A. pseudomuta, Staudinger. We have failed to recognise it.

466 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

399. *ARRHOPALA ANUNDA, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Originally described from Borneo, but unknown to us.

400. ARRHOPALA TEESTA, de Nicéville.

Found at Selesseh and in the Battak mountains. It occurs in Java
as well as in India, and may be the same species as A. turbata, Butler,
from Japan.

401. ARRHOPALA APIDANUS, Cramer.

Grose Smith. Distant. Not rare. As usual with this species,
the female in Sumatra is more frequently met with in collections than
the male.

402. ARRHOPALA DIARDI, Hewitson.

Grose Smith as capeta. Found in the Battak mountains. The
“ Amblypodia” capeta, Hewitson, described from Sumatra, is the female
of A. diardi, of which Hewitson described the male only. The species
has a wide range, being found in Assam, Siam, the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra, and Java.

403. ARRHOPALA AZINIS, de Nicéville.
A. azinis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soo., vol. x, p. , n. 20, pl. T,
fig. 31, male (1896).

Described from a single male in Dr. Martin’s collection taken at
Bekantschan in March, 1894.

404. ARRHOPALA AzATA, de Nicéville.

A. azata, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. ,n. 21, pl. T,
figs. 32, male ; 33, female (1896).

Occurs also in Perak in the Maiay Peninsula; in Sumatra it has
been taken in March, July, and November.

405, ARRHOPALA ANTHELUS, Doubleday and Hewitson.

This fine species occurs at Selesseh in Sumatra, and I possess speci-
mens also from Java. The males from Sumatra are of a deeper shade
of blue on the upperside of both wings than typical specimens from
Burma, while Javan specimens are normally coloured.

406. *ARRHOPALA ANARTE, Hewitson.

Hagen. Grose Smith as anartes [sic]. Kirby. Distant. This
species doubtless occurs in Sumatra, though we have never met with it.
It is found in Burma, the Malay Peninsula, and Borneo.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, 467

407. *Arrmopata AuxnstA, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Kirby. Originally described from Sumatra, but we
have not met with this fine species. A. auzea, de Nicéville, from Java,
is a local race of A. auvesia.

408. ARRHOPALA BUXTONI, Hewitson,

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Staudinger, Distant. Originally des-
eribed from Sumatra, where it is found at Selesseh.

409. ARRHOPALA FARQUHARI, Distant.

Snellen as ewmolphus. Hagen as eumolphus. Grose Smith as
eumolphus. The A. euwmolphus of Cramer was described from the Bengal
Coast, so it appears best to retain that name for the Hastern Himalayan,
Assamese, and Chittagong Hill Tracts form. Its female is the
A. bupola of Hewitson. The female of A. farquhari is probably the
A. mazwelli of Distant. Snellen suggests that A. atosia, Hewitson, is the
female of the Sumatran form; in this I cannot agree with him, vide
Butt. India, vol. ii, p. 242. I possess a long series of A. adonias,
Hewitson, from Java from whence it was originally described. All
my specimens appear to be females, and as the markings of the
underside agree closely with those of A. ewmolphus, A. farquhari,
A. helienore, Doherty, and A. horsfieldi, Pagenstecher, I am inclined to
believe that its male is a green species which does not appear to differ
at all from the same sex of A. farquhari, though the Javan female
(true A adonias) is of quite a different shade of colour on the upper-
side of both wings, being a pale silvery blue, to the deep purple colora-
tion of the female of the true A. farguhari from Burma, the Malay
Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo. In Sumatra A. farquhari is found
at Bekantschan and in the Battak mountains.

410. ARRHOPALA 1ROGON, Distant.
Originally described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula. Very
rare in both-sexes, but the female seems to be more often met with than

the male.

411. ARRHOPALA HORSFIELDI, Pagenstecher.
Amblypodia horsfieldi, Pagenstecher, Jahr. des Nass. Ver. fir Naturk., vol. xliii,

pp. 99, 106 (1890).
Arhopaia basiviridis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 373,

n. 21, pl. G, fig 22, male (1891).
Originally described from East Java by Pagenstecher, and from the
Malay Peninsula and Borneo by myself. In Sumatra it is found in the

Battak mountains.
Jit, 59

468 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

412. ARRHOPALA ANNIELLA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Singapore froma male. From super-
ficial appearances only one would say that the A. artegal of Doherty
from Mergui in Lower Burma is a synonym of this species. Against
this is the fact that Doherty described his species from two male speci-
mens, while the description and figure agrees with the female of
A. anniella. In Sumatra A. anniella occurs in the Battak mountains.

413. ARRHOPALA SINGHAPURA, Distant.

Originally described from Singapore. Dr. Martin writes to me
that he possesses this species from Sumatra, that it is a good species,
and is very different from A. anniella, Hewitson, as it has a blunt and
broad tail tipped with white, and is a smaller insect. On the underside
A. anniella has white scales which are entirely wanting in A. singhapura,
of which also the metallic green markings near the anal angle of the
hindwing are largely different and more prominent, also shaped differ-
ently to those in A. anniella. The markings on the underside of
A. singhapura are also much nearer to those of A. diardi, Hewitson,
than to those of A. anniella. Till I received this note from Dr, Martin
I thought that A. singhapura might bea synonym of A. anniella, Distant
having figured the female of the former and the male of the latter.

414. *ARRHOPALA rNoRNATA, Felder.

Grose Smith. I have failed to recoguise this species from any
locality.

415. *ARRHOPALA PERIMUTA, Moore.

Grose Smith. This is a very distinct and easily recognised little
species, and Mr, Grose Smith is not likely to have wrongly identified
it. I have no record except the above of its occurrence south of
Mergui in Lower Burma.

416. ARRHOPALA MORPHINA, Distant.

Very rare, found in the Battak mountains only. It is one of the
most beautiful and distinct species in the genus, and was originally
described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula.

417. ARRHOPALA OVOMACULATA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Sumatra. It occurs in the Battak
mountains rarely in August,

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 469

418. ARRHOPALA AGHSIAS, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Originally described from Borneo. I possess one
example only from Sumatra. Hewitson describes four discal spots
on the underside of the forewing, but he figures five, while my
specimen has six.

419. ArRRHOPALA ANILA, de Nicéville.

A. anila, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. ihe, ee
(1896).

I have thus named the variety a of Hewitson’s A. agesias, as I
see no reason why it should not be a quite distinct species. It occurs
in the Malay Peninsula, at Namoe Oekor in Sumatra in August, and in
Borneo.

420. ARRHOPALA METAMUTA, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Butler. Kirby. Distant. Originally described
from Sumatra, where it does not appear to be at all a common species.

42], ARRHOPALA HYPOMUTA, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. If I have correctly identified this species, it is
common in Sumatra.

422. ARRHOPALA AMPHIMUTA, Felder.

Hagen. I possess one male specimen from Sumatra, which I
identify a little doubtfully as this species,

423. ARRHOPALA ANTIMUTA, Felder.

Snellen. A common species. It has no tail, and is easily recog-
nised from A. atosia, Hewitson, which is tailed, by this feature. Both
species have a patch of differently-formed scales in the middle of the
forewing on the upperside in the male.

424. ARRHOPALA DAVISONII, de Nicéville.

A very common species in Sumatra as elsewhere.

425. ARRHOPALA AVATHA, de Nicéville.

A. avatha, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. SP) OS gyn es
pl. T, fig. 34, male (1896).

Differs from A. davisonti, de Nicéville, in having the black margin
to both wings on the upperside in the male twice as broad,

470 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. (No. 3,

4°96. ARRHOPALA ASIA, de Nicéville.

Arhopala asia, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 333,
n. 9, pl. U, fig. 16, male (1892).

Originally described from the Malay Peninsula. I possess several
male specimens from Sumatra which agree with the type.

427. ArrHopaLa (Acesina) Ammon, Hewitson.

Oviginally described from Singapore. Occurs in Sumatra in the
Battak mountains,

428, Arrgopata (Mahathala) amerta, Hewilson.

Hagen. Not uncommon; as usual, the females are more often met
with than the males. This genus is the one most largely represented in
Sumatra, which may perhaps be its head quarters, though the Malay
Peninsula may possibly possess quite as many species. All are found
in forests, but nevertheless their more or less metallic blue, purple,
and green colours are not at all-conspicuous and they do little to
enliven the somber depths of the forest, as the restless species of
Lumpides do. Arrhopalas never come to smal] streams or damp spots
on roads to suck up the moisture, or to flowers, they hardly ever fly
unless disturbed, and as they always settle with folded wings, of which
the undersides present only dull brown, grey, or dull purple colours,
little is seen of them. ‘They rest on leaves of shrubs of moderate
height, and never fly for any length of time or to a distance, feeling
themselves much more secure when at rest. ‘I'bere is therefore only
one way to see and capture them, and that is to walk through the
underwood and disturb them by beating the bushes and low trees, and
thus to cause them to fly. The following species are found only in the
mountains at high elevations:—A. azinis, de Nicéville, A. azata, de
Nicéville, A. teesta, de Nicéville, A. anthelus, Doubleday and Hewitson,
A. ovomaculata, Hewitson, A. ammon, Hewitson, and A. morphina,
Distant. All the rest occur in the plains. A. centawrus, Fabricius, so
common elsewhere, we have never seen in Deh, but Dr. Friedl Martin
took a single specimen at the Gading Hstate in Indragiri, south of Siak,
in November, 1894. The rarest species are A. amphea, Felder, A. annt-
ella, Hewitson, A. diardi, Hewitson, and A. morphina, Distant. Of the
three metallic green species none is common, but A. farquhart, Distant,
is less scarce than A. horsfieldi, Pagenstecher, whereas A. trogon,
Distant, is the rarest of the three, Dr. Martin in thirteen years’ collect-
ing having obtained only two specimeus.

429. Cureris mALAyica, Felder.
Hagen. Originally described from Malacca.

1895.1] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 471

430. CureEtis msopus, Fabricius. .
Originally described from the Hast Indies.

431, CuReETIS FELDERI, Distant.

Originally described from Province Wellesley and Sungei Ujong in
the Malay Peninsula.

432. CURBETIS SPERTHIS, Felder.

Hagen. Originally described from Malacca, We have followed
Mr. Distant’s identifications of these four species, as we have specimens
from Sumatra‘which agree with his descriptions and figures of them,
Whether they are all distinct, or how many of them are so, we are not
prepared to say. The males are far more commonly met with than the
females ; which latter have the upperside of the wings orange bordered
with black, never with the orange colour replaced by white, the more
usual form of the Indian species.

433. CURETIS INSULARIS, Horsfield,

A well marked, easily identified, and probably valid species origi-
nally described from Java.

434, *Curetis BuLis, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Snellen. Typically not met with by us in Sumatra.

435. *CURETIS BARSINE, Felder.

Hagen. Originally described from Amboina. Not met with by us
in Sumatra. All species of Cwretis in Sumatra occur at low elevations
with the exception of CO, malayica, Felder, which is found in the moun-
tains as well as in the plains.. The males usually rest with closed
wings on leaves near small streams, never fly for long distances, and
do not go down to wet spots on roads very often, though the males are
sometimes so found. The females are occasionally only caught in the
forest. Their flight is so rapid that they can hardly be followed with
the eye, butif they settle ou the upperside of a leaf with closed wings
their silvery-coloured underside at once betrays them, but if they are
frightened they settle on the underside of the leaves, where they are of
course invisible.

436. *ZeepHyRUS ABSOLON, Hewitson.

Z. absolon, de Nicéville, Journ, Bomb. Nat. Hist, Soc., vol. ix, p. 291, n. 23,
pl. P, figs 33, male; 34, female (1895).

Recorded by me from West Java; recently captured by Dr. Hagen

472 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

on Mount Kaba, 5,200 feet, in South Sumatra. He saw seven or eight
specimens, but caught only one male, which Dr. Martin has seen.

437. Iterpa ma, de Nicéville, n. sp.
Hagen as epicles, Godardt [sic].

Hasitat: Battak mountains, N.-E. Sumatra.
ExpansE: o, 14to 15; 9, 1°5 to 16 inches.

Description: Mane. Uppersipe, forewing differs from typical
I. epicles, Godart, from Java, in the iridescent deep purple colour being
of greater extent, approaching much nearer the costa and the outer
margin; never with a diffused yellow patch beyond the end of the dis-
coidal cell. Hindwing with the purple coloration of greater extent
also, the orange lunules on the margin greatly reduced in size and
fewer, confined more to the anal angle. Unpersipr, both wings as in
I. epicles. Femare. Uppersipe, forewing differs from typical I. epicles
in having the orange area much larger, almost reaching the base of the
wing. Hindwing differs in having a very large continuous orange
area occupying the outer half of the wing, instead of a series of con-
joined broad marginal lunules, with sometimes a small indistinct
diffused orange patch on the disc. UNpERSIDE, both wings as in the
male.

It is possible that ‘‘ Thecla” phenicoparyphus, Holland, described
from Hainan Island, (the type being said to be a male but probably
actually a female) is the name which will have to be applied to the
Western Chinese and Indian form of I. epicles, as from the figure and
description of the type of that species, the orange areas on the upper-
side of both wings appear to be of about the same extent; the fore-
wing, however, has the orange area (though it is variable in extent)
always less than half as large as it is in true I. epicles. I. ila differs
from both in the female by the orange area on the upperside of the
hindwing occupying fully half the surface instead of being confined to
a marginal band.

I. ila is not very common on the Central Plateau, but occurs
throughout the year, as there are specimens in Dr. Martin’s collection
taken in every month. I have described it from a long series of
both sexes.

438. DacaLaNa vipuRA, Horsfield.

Grose Smith. Hagen. Distant. Occurs in the plains and on the
outer hills. Is common at Selesseh in April. The collectcrs brought
in perbaps five or six males to one female.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 473

439. Camena cippus, Fabricius.

I have caught this species at Selesseh in October, but it is very
rare in Sumatra, as Dr. Martin possesses only one other specimen taken
in July also near Selesseh.

440, CAmENA cotys, Hewitson.

Originally described from Nepal. It is very rare in Sumatra, I
possess two males only. Probably often overlooked owing to its strong
superficial likeness to the more common Dacalana vidura, Horsfield.

441, CAMENA CRETHEUS, de Nicéville.

C. cretheus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 294, n. 24,
pl. P, fig. 35, male (1895); idem, id., l. c., vol. x, p. ,»n. 24, pl. T, fig. 35,
female (1896).

Very rare, occurs in the Battak Mountains of Sumatra in March,
and in Western Java. Easily recognised by the base of the costa of
the forewing on the underside being yellow,

442, ApHnmus LoniTa, Horsfield.

Grose Smith. A common species, spread over the whole of our
area with the exception of the Central Plateau; the males on roads, on
the margins of forest, and also on grassy places; females somewhat
scarcer, They are very fond of executing the rubbing and revolving
movements of the hindwings observed in many of the Lyceenide.

443, *Apunmus syamA, Horsfield.

Staudinger. As this species occurs in the Malay Peninsula and in
Java, it is almost certainly found also in the intervening island of
Sumatra, though we have never met with it.

444, *APHNEUS VULCANOS, Fabricius.

Hagen. Occurs commonly in Java, and is almost certainly to be
found in the south-east of Sumatra, which is only separated from Java
by a narrow and shallow strait.

445, APHNEUS HIENDLMAYRII, de Nicéville.

A, hiendlmayrii, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 38, n. 33, pl. v,
fig. 5, female (1894). ;
Very rare, only three female specimens have been obtained in
March and August at Selesseh. The male still remains to be dis-
covered.

474 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

446. TasurtA BURBONA, Hewitson.

Myrina burbona, Hewitson, Il. Diurn. Lep., Lycenide, p. Supplement 24,
n. 66, pl. Supplement iiia, fig. 95, female (1878).
Charana datoe, Martin.

Hewitson. Hagen as jalindra. Staudinger as jalindra. Grose
Smith. Originally described from Sumatra. It is a local race of
T. jalindra, Horsfield, from Java, J’. indra, Moore, from India, and
1’, tarpina, Hewitson, from the South Andaman Isles. The male of the
Sumatran race has the black border to the forewing on the upperside
narrower than in the allied species. Dr. Martin described the male,
Hewitson the female. Only a few males obtained in forest near
Selesseh in April, May and June ; no female.

44.7, *Tayuria LONGINUS, Fabricius.

Staudinger. Found on both sides of Sumatra—in Java and in
the Malay Peninsula—so it is almost certain to occur in Sumatra
also.

448, TayurtA MANTRA, Felder.

From Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan; is rarer than the species
which next follows.

449. TaJURIA TRAVANA, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Distant. Staudinger. Kirby. Butler. Originally
described from Sumatra and Borneo. Common ai low elevations in
Sumatra.

450. Tasuria TurRA, de Nicéville. °

T. tura, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 301, n. 27, pl. P,
fig. 39, male (1895).

Found very rarely in August in the Battak Mountains of Sumatra,

and in Western Java.

451, Tasurza tyro, de Nicéville.

T. tyro, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 302, n. 28, pl. P,
fig. 40, female (1895).

Occurs rarely in Burma and Sumatra.

452. *Tasuria 1s£us, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Kirby. Originally described from Sumatra and

Sarawak in Borneo. We have seen no specimen of it from Sumatra.
See remarks below, No. 458.

f
y

ae 4]

> >

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, 475

453. Tasuria tHRIA, de Nicéville.

T. thria, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. , n. 26, pl. T,
figs. 38, male; 39, female (1896).

Found in Tenasserim, Burma, and the Battak Mountains south
of Bekantschan, Sumatra, in March, May and July. It is rare, and
may easily be distinguished from its allies by the male being entirely
black on the upperside of the forewing.

454. TAaJURIA BLANKA, de Nicéville.

T. blanka, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. Ilxiii, pt. 2, p. 39, n. 34, pl. iv,
fig. 4, female (1894).

Two females of this very rare species have been obtained in the
higher mountains ; the type specimen in October, 1893.

455. TasuriA DONATANA, de Nicéville.

Originally described from Burma. Two male specimens only
have been obtained in March and July at Bekantschan at the foot
of the Battak mountains in Sumatra. This species is quite distinct
from the Celebesian species, TZ. orsolina, Hewitson, to which it is
nearly allied.

456. Ops oayaEs, de Nicéville.

O. ogyges, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 298, n. 26,
pl. P, figs. 36, male ; 37, female (1895).

Originally described from Maulmain in Burma. Very rare, Dr.
Martin obtained one male specimen in the Battak mountains in Sep-
tember, 1894, which I have not seen.

457. Ops MELASTIGMA, de Nicéville.

In O. ogyges, de Nicéville, the “‘ male-mark” on the disc of the
forewing on the upperside is indistinct, and can be seen only in certain
lights. In O. melastigma it is exceedingly prominent, quadrate, and
dingy black or fuliginous in colour. It is very rare in Sumatra, Dr.
Martin possesses a single male taken in the Battak mountains in
December.

458. BRITOMARTIS CLEOBOIDES, Elwes.
B. cleoboides, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 306, n. 1 (1895).
Messrs. Grose Smith and Kirby have both recorded Tajuria isseus,
Hewitson (see No. 452) from Sumatra, but probably the specimens so
identified should be the present one, which has only recently been
described. The true ‘ Iolaus” iseus, the type specimen of which was
‘e J. 1 60

476 . de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

probably from Sumatra (Hewitson gives Sumatra and Sarawak as the
habitat of I. iszus on page 44 of Ill. Divrn. Lep.), is a Tajuria. It
was described from a male, its female being probably the T. relata of
Distant. Hewitson in Supplement page 10 of the above-quoted work
described a male I. isseus (which I identify as Britomartis cleoboides,
Elwes), from Borneo, and said, incorrectly as [ believe, that his first
description and figure instead of applying to a male should be to a
female. To sum up:—“ Iolaus” iseus, and Tajuria relata, Distant,
stand as Tajuria isseeus, Hewitson, male and female, from the Malay
Peninsula and Sumatra; while Hewitson’s second figure of “ Iolaus”
isceus in the supplement of his book, which is also taken from a male,
stands as Britomartis clevboides, Elwes, from Burma, Sumatra, Java
and Borneo. It is rare in Sumatra, found in June and July at Selesseh.

459. Briromartis BuTo, de Nicéville.

B. buto, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 308, n. 29, pl. P»
fig. 41, female (1895).

Occurs in Burma and Sumatra; described from a single example
from each locality.
460. Suasa surssa, de Nicéville.

8. suessa, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 337, n. 14,
pl. H, figs. 8, male; 9, female (1892).

Originally described from the Malay Peninsula. Found very rarely
in the Battak mountains from Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan in Decem-
ber and January, and again in July.

461. *THAMALA MARCTIANA, Hewitson.

Butler. Kirby. Grose Smith. Originally described from Sumatra,
and Sarawak in Borneo, but not obtained by us. It almost certainly
occurs in Sumatra, as it is found in the countries on both sides of it.

462. HypoLyc®Nna ERYLUS, Godart.

Hagen as erylus, Godardt [sic]. Common at low elevations and
throughout the year. The female is very rare.
463. HypoLycHNA THECLOIDES, Felder.

Staudinger. Very rare, only two specimens obtained, both females,
one at Selesseh, the other in Indragiri in February.

464. HypontycxNa sipyLus, Felder.

I possess a single worn female example from Sumatra which

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, 477

appears to represent this species. It occurs also in Celebes and Amboina,
the allied H. tharrytas, Felder, being found in the Philippines.

465. Cuitarta TorA, Kheil.

C. tera, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 311, n. 31, pl. P,
fig. 43, female (1895).

Originally described from Nias; occurs also in the Malay Penin-
sula in Perak, in Sumatra at Selesseh and Bekantschan, and in Borneo.
It flies in every month in the year in Sumatra; the males are found
with different species of Nacaduba, &c., on wet spots on roads.

466. CuHtLiaria mMerGuIA, Doherty.
_ Originally described from Lower Burma. Found in Sumatra
from Bekautschan to the higher Battak mountains in the last three
months in the year, but is a rare species.

467. CHLIARIA AMABILIS, Martin.

C. amabilis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 309, n. 30,
pl. P, fig. 42, male (March, 1895); Zeltus amabilis, Martin, Hinige neue Tagschmet-
terlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, pt. 2, p. 11, n. 9 (October, 1895).

Found in Java. In Sumatra it flies from Selesseh to Bekantschan
in June, July and August. Rare, Dr. Martiu has obtained five or six
specimens only.

468. Ze.ttTus Erouus, Fabricius.

Hagen. Grose Smith. Found all over our area and is everywhere
common, the males on wet roads, the females much scarcer and flying
in the jungle. Dr. Martin has made the same observation that I did
fourteen years ago when I first saw this butterfly alive (Journ. A. S. B.,
vol, 1, pt. 2, p. 59, n. 105 (1881) that “The male when flying over
small puddles of water reminds one very much of a common blue-bodied
dragonfly.” .

469. Nerocueritra amrita, Felder.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Occurs in the mountains south
of Bekantschan in July. We have never seen a male, and the female
is rare.

470. NrocueritRA NAMOA, de Nicéville.

WN. namoa, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 41, n. 86, pl. v,
fig. 9, male (1894).

Described from a unique male captured in the Battak mountains

478 —s«L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

in May, 1893. Since thena second specimen was obtained in December,
1894, at the same locality by a clever Battak collector named Sinobar.

471. NEOCHERIIRA NISIBIS, de Nicéville.

N. nisibis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 316, n. 33,
pl. P, fig. 45, female (1895). :

Described from two females, one each from the Malay Peninsula
and Sumatra. :

472. Turix Gama, Distant.

This is a very remarkable genus, the male having a somewhat

genera Dacalana and Arrhenothrix, It occurs rarely in Sumatra from
Selesseh to Soengei Batoe in May, June and July. The males vary in
size from 1°45 to 1°75 inches.

473. Manto MARTINA, Hewitson.

M. martina, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 314, n. 34,
pl. P, fig. 44, female (1895).

Originally described from Borneo, but is found also in Burma, the
Malay Peninsula and Sumatra. Occurs at low elevations as high only
as Namoe Oekor from February to July and again in October.

474. Jacoona anasusa, Felder.

Hitherto known only from the Malay Peninsula. The female
has still to be discovered. Very rare, only two specimens obtained in
thirteen years, both at Selesseh in May.

475. NEOMYRINA HIEMALIS, Godman and Salvin.

Hagen. With the exception of Arrhopula agnis, Felder, this is the
largest of our Lycenide. Very rare, as it flies very high and quickly in
the forest. Dr. Martin once saw a specimen flying across a small open
grassy patch from one piece of forest to another. Its flight was so
rapid that its long tails were nearly invisible, and at first sight
it gave the impression of being a specimen of the smaller white
Catopsilia (C. pyranthe, Linneus). It is found over the whole of our
area, with the exception perhaps of the Central Plateau. Dr. Martin
has specimens from the Gayoe-lands, Selesseh, Deli and Asahan. 1+ is
probably less rare in the western part of our area, as at Padang Tjer-

min in Langkat an amateur collector obtained some ten specimens in

one year,

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 479

476. TicHerrA AcTE, Moore.

Common from Namoe Oekor to the Central Plateau throughout the
year.

477. CHERITRA FREJA, Fabricius.

Hagen as freya [sic]. Grose Smith. Still commoner than the
foregoing species, and occurs in forest only over the whole of our area. .

478. Rirra aurea, Druce.

R. aurea, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. , n. 80, pl. T
fic. 45, female (1896).

Found in large forest near Selesseh, Namoe Oekor, and from Ban-
dar Kwala in Serdang in March, April, May and June. The female
is much rarer, and lacks on the upperside the splendid orange gloss on
both wings. The silky ‘‘ male-mark ” of this species closely resembles
that organ in Biduanda cinesioides, de Nicéville, No. 486 below.

479. HoraGa HALBA, Distant.

Originally described from Penang. It occurs from Selesseh to
Bekantschan, and in the months of March, July and October. Very
rare, as Dr. Martin has not obtained more than four specimens in thir-
teen years.

480. CATAPGCILMA ELEGANS, Druce.

Grose Smith. Hagen. Common throughout the year over the
whole of our area with the exception of the higher elevations, and found
not only in forests, but also near roads, and settled on small bushes.
Dr. Martin has never seen this butterfly on the wing in the morning, it
appears very late in the day, at one or two o’clock p. ma. The males are
very fond of fighting, but return always with great exactitude to the
leaf from which they started to do battle with the foe, which is usually
another male of the same species.

481. SEMANGA SUPERBA, Druce.

Hasirat: Borneo (Druce) ; Malacca, Malay Peninsula (Distant) ;.
N.-E. Sumatra.

Expanse: 6, 1:1 inches.

Description: Mate. Uppersipe, both wings differ from those of
the female only in having the purple area considerably larger, more
shining and richer in shade. Forewing with the apex more acute and
the outer margin more convex than in the female. Hindwing lacks the

480 IL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No, 3,

discal orange band of the female; the wing is also narrower and the
outer margin straighter. UNpersibdE, both wings as in the female.

Grose Smith. In Sumatra it occurs rarely in the Battak mountains -

and at Selesseh in July, August and October.

482. BmpUANDA THESMIA, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Staudinger. Distant. Very common in the forests
from the plains to the elevation of Bekantschan, and occurs all the year
round. Both sexes rest on the buds of some moderately high shrub,
with the head mostly downwards. It occurs exactly in the same locali-
ties and is quite as common as Marmessus moorei, Distant, which it
greatly resembles. If one species mimics the other it would be difficult
to say which is the model and which the one that copies it.

483. *BIDUANDA ESTELLA, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Both sexes originally described
from Sumatra. As Hewitson does not mention any secondary sexual
characters in the male, and the inner margin of the forewing as des-
cribed and figured is straight instead of bowed outwardly, it is more
than probable that it does not come into the genus Biduanda, as that
genus possesses male secondary sexual characters, but in the absence of
specimens I do not know where else to place it.

484. Bipuanpa sczvA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Singapore. In Sumatra it is found only
in the mountains at higher elevations, where it flies throughout the
year, as Dr. Martin possesses specimens from every month. It must
be very common under favourable conditions, as one collector once
brought in a consignment of sixty specimens. The female is very rare.

485. BIpDUANDA NICEVILLEI, Doherty.

First discovered in Burma. Very rare in the Battak mountains,
Dr. Martin possesses three females only taken in January, March and
December. Dr. Martin thus describes his specimens, the female being
hitherto unknown. ‘“ Fremate. ExpanseE: 1°35 inches. Uppersipn,
forewing brown, in the middle somewhat brighter, more reddish. Cilia
dark brown. Hindwing with two subanal black spots, somewhat con-
fluent, bordered inwardly by a large pure white area which occupies
the posterior half of the wing; a fine anteciliary black line. Cilia
white. Tails three, white. UNbeERsIDE, both wings as in the male.”

486. Bipvanpa crnesioipes, de Nicéville.
Originally described from the Malay Peninsula. Is not as rare as

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 481

the foregoing species, but is much rarer than the two other Biduandas.
Found in the Battak mountains in January, April, July and December.
The male has a very conspicuous sexual mark on the upperside of the
forewing.

487. Marmessus mooret, Distant.

Hagen. Staudinger. Distant. Snellen. One of the commonest
lycznids of the forest of the plains and outer hills, and flies throughout
the year. Superficially very similar to Biduanda thesmia, Hewitson,
not only in coloration and form, but also in habits. Mr. Distant has
figured on pl. xliv, fig. 11 of Rhop. Malay. a very small female of this
species as a variety. Such dwarf forms in both sexes are not at all
rare in Sumatra.

488. MarMmessus Borspuvattt, Moore.

Dr. Martin possesses a single pair which appertains to this species,
as they have a large discal orange patch on the upperside of the fore-
wing. They were taken in the Battak mountains in February.

489. *MarMessus RAVINDRA, Horsfield.

Hagen. Grose Smith, As this butterfly is found in Nias and
Java, it not improbably occurs in south-eastern Sumatra also.

490. Eooxynipes THARIS, Hiibner.

Grose Smith. Moderately common in the low forests at Selesseh
and Namoe Oekor, and occurs throughout the year. It is rarer than
B. thesmia, Hewitson, and M. moorei, Distant.

491. Loxvura atymMNnus, Cramer.

Hagen.

492, Loxura cassiopeta, Distant.

Hagen. Originally described from Perak in the Malay Peninsula.
Both the species of Lowwra occur throughout the year at low elevations
not much higher than Namoe Oekor in forest or its margins. They

have a short and jerky flight, and are weak on the wing, never flying
for long distances. ’

493. Yasopa pita, Horsfield.
Grose Smith. Hagen. Originally described from Java.

482 . de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

494, Yasopa pirang, de Nicéville.

Y. pitane, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 50, n. 10,
pl. L, fig. 5, male (1893).

The female of this species still awaits discovery. Both species of
Yasoda occur only at high elevations, Y. pita, Horsfield, in March,
October and December at Soengei Batoe, Y. pitane only on the Central
Plateau in March and August. Both are really and actually rare
butterflies. .

495. ARAOTES LAPITHIS, Moore.

Found from Selesseh to Bekantschan, and is moderately rare in
forests from March to August. On the wing its habits are like those
of M. moorei, Distant, and, as the white band on the underside of the
forewing is not seen when resting with closed wings, is often taken
for that common species, and thus escapes being captured.

496. SITHON NEDYMOND, Cramer.

Grose Smith as nedymond and chitra, Hagen as nedymond and chitra.
Staudinger. Kirby. Distant. S. nedymond is the male and 8. chitra,
Horsfield, the female of one and the same species. Occurs over the
whole of our area, aS we possess specimens from Stabat, Selesseh,
Namoe Oekor, and from the Battak mountains, taken from March to
August, and October to December. In primeval forest on low bushes,
mostly resting on the underside of leaves. S$. nedymond and S. chitra
are always taken at the same time and in the same localities, though
we have never succeeded in getting them paired. The species is far
less rare than it was formerly believed to be.

497. DruporIx EPIJARBAS, Moore.

Moderately rare in forests from Selesseh to Bekantschan, the
female much rarer than the male. Males differ greatly in size, from
1:2 to 1:7 inches. Flies from March to August and again in December.

498. Zrnasea pistorta, de Nicéville.

A rare butterfly here as elsewhere, Dr. Martin has only four
specimens, three males and one female, the latter captured in January,
the former from June to August. Occurs from Namoe Oekor to

Soengei Batoe.

499. RapaLa DELIOCHUS, Hewitson.

A very rare species. I caught a single maleat Selesseh in October.
Dr. Martin possesses a few of both sexes from Selesseh to Bekantschan

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 483

taken in May, June, July and October. The males vary greatly in
size, the smallest measures ‘95 of an inch, the largest 1:35 inches.
The markings and coloration of the underside remind one of those of
Lampides, which is considered to be a protected genus, and may perhaps
to some extent account for the scarceness of specimens of R. deliochus
in collections, as they are passed over for the common species of
Lampides which they may mimick.

500. Rapata RHa@cuS, de Nicéville.

R. rhecus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 319, n. 35, pl. P,
fig. 47, male (1895); idem, id., l.c., vol. x,p. , n. 27, pl. T, fig. 40, female (1896).
Taken at Bekantschan and in the Battak mountains, where this
fine species is fairly common in May and July, rarer in March, April
and October. The female on’the upperside is somewhat marked with
red on both wings, on the inner margiu of the forewing, and near the
anal angle of the hindwing, an unusual feature in this genus.

501. Rapana scurstacea, Moore.

A few specimens only from Selesseh taken in May and June.

502. RAPALA SCINTILLA, de Nicéville.

Hitherto known from Sikhim only. Its occurrence so far south
is very interesting. It is quite a distinct species, which can always
be discriminated in both sexes by the peculiar coloration of the under-
side alone, though as regards the male the restriction of the blue
gloss to the upperside of the hindwing best distinguishes that sex.
In Sumatra it is commoner than R. schistacea, Moore, and is found
from Selesseh to Bekantschan from March to June.

503. RapaLa orsEIS, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Distant. Originally described
from Sumatra, certainly the commonest species of the genus, and
found from Bindjei to Soengei Batoe throughout the year.

504. *RapaLaA CHOzEBA, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith as var. chozeba. Hagen as Deudoryx [sic]
chozeba. Kirby. Originally described from Sumatra. We have failed
to recognise it. It is very near to R. orseis, Hewitson.

505. Rapaa Nissa, Kollar.

Only two females taken in the Battak mountains in October, 1893.
J. u 61

484 lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

506. RapaLa ABNORMIS, Elwes.
R. abnormis, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 642, pl. xliv, fig, 2, mate.
Originally described from the Karen Hills, Burma. A very rare

species with the underside quite uniquely marked. Three specimens
from the Battak mountains in July.

507. RAPALA PHERITIMA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Borneo (Sarawak). It is recorded by
Moore in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 528, from Tounghoo in Burma,
Singapore, and Sumatra, but not from Borneo, from whence the type
came. Dr. Martin obtained a single pair in Indragiri in Eastern
Sumatra in February.

508. RapaLa rHoporis, de Nicéviile.

R. rhodopis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. , n. 28,
pl. T, figs. 41, male; 42, femule (1896).

Occurs rarely in the Battak mountains in March, May, July, August,
and September, and again in December. Also one male taken at
Selesseh.

509. RapaLa rHoDA, de Nicéville.

R. rhoda, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. , n. 29, pl. T,
figs. 48, male; 44, female (1896).

Described from a single pair obtained in the Battak mountains in
February.

510. Rapana surrusa, Moore.

Originally described from Burma, found alsoin Assam. Rare in
Sumatra, Dr, Martin possesses only two females, and I three males and
two females taken at low elevations.

511. *RapaLa MELAMPUS, Cramer.

Snellen as Deudoryx [sic] melampus. Hagen as Deudoryx [sic]
melampus. As Heer P. C. T. Snellen has recorded this species in two of
his papers on the butterflies of Sumatra as well as Dr. Hagen, there can
be no reasonable doubt that it occurs in the island, though we have not
met with it.

512. Rapata JARBAS, Fabricius.

Next to R. orseis, Hewitson, this is the commonest species of the
genus in Sumatra at low elevations, not higher than Namoe Oekor.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 485

Occurs not only in forest, but also in gardens and near houses. It
often flies very late in the afternoon, Dr. Martin has taken it between
5 and 6 P.M.

513. RAPALA XENOPHON, Fabricius.

Distant. Much rarer than BR. jurbas, Fabricius, and occurs at a
higher elevation from Selesseh to Bekantschan. We have specimens
taken in March, July, and December only.

514. Rapata pomitia, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Dr. Martin obtained a single female in November at
Kepras. It is a most aberrantly-marked and coloured species.

515. BINpAHARA PHOCIDES, Fabricius.

Very rare in Sumatra, Dr. Martin in thirteen years having obtained
only three males and one female in February, May, and July. Only
from higher elevations in the Battak mountains. Distant’s figure of
the species (Rhop. Malay., pl. xx, fig. 25, female) is an exceptionally
bad one. The males vary greatly in size, the smallest measuring 1°35,
the largest 1:75 inches; Dr. Martin’s only female taken in February
measures 1°6 inches.

516. Binpanara sucriva, Horsfield.

One male only, taken in the Battak mountains in July. It is on
the underside of both wings very similar to the same sex of B. phocides,
Fabricius, but it has on the upperside of the hindwing a blue band
extending along the margin from the apex to the third median
nervule, and increasing in breadth posteriorly. The occurrence of this
species recorded from South India, Ceylon and Java, together with
B. phocides, Fabricius, (which has no blue band in*the male), recorded
from Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam, Burma, the Andaman Isles, the Malay
Peninsula, and Nias, in North-Eastern Sumatra is a very interesting
fact. Mr. W. H. Miskin records B. sugriva from Cape York in North
Australia, the Solomon Islands, and the Aru Islands, but in my opinion
these specimens are probably not typical, but represent distinct local
races.

517. *SrytHusa nasaka, Horsfield.

Grose Smith. Originally described from Java, so that it is quite
possible it occurs also in Sumatra though we have not met with it,
especially as it is found again in Northern India.

486 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3.

518. Sinruusa amBa, Kirby.

Originally described from Malacca, occurs also in Burma.

519. SrinruHusa MALIKA, Horsfield.

S. malika, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiti, pt. 2, p. 43, n. 87, pl. v,
figs. 18, male; 6, female (1894).

Snellen. Grose Smith. Kirby. This species and S. amba, Kirby,
occur in the mountains rarely at higher elevations south of Bekant-
schan. Of §. amba Dr. Martin possesses specimens taken in April and
May, and again in July and August, and S. malika in March and April,
June and July, and October and December, so of the former there may
be two, and of the latter three generations in the year,

Family PAPILIONIDA.

Subfamily Pierivaz.

520. Leprosita xIpH1A, Fabricius.

Snellen as nina. Wallace as nina. Hagen as nina. Distant.
Very weak and slow on the wing, and behaves exactly as the European
Leptidia (= Leucophasia) sinapis, Linneeus, does, flying near the ground
and seldom settling. It has been well named ‘“‘The Wandering Snow-
flake.” Occurs in open places in forests or on their margins, from
Selesseh to Bekantschan, rather rare than common, occurs ail the year
round except possibly in June, from which month Dr. Martin does not
possess any specimens with dates.

521. *Derias ninus, Wallace,

Hagen as ninus and dione. Staudinger as dione. Originally des-
cribed from Mount Ophir, Malacca, Malay Peninsula. Dr. Hagen
records it from the Karo mountains. We have not met with it. Accord-
ing to von Mitis (Iris, vol. vi, p. 100, n. 5 (1893), D. aglaia, Linneeus, is
an older name for D. dione, Drury, that species however being confined
to the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, and China. Von Mitis
restricts D. ninus to the Malay Peninsula,

522. *DELIAS PARTHENOPE, Wallace.

Hagen. Mitis. Originally described from Singapore and Borneo.
Not obtained by us. Dr. Hagen says it is found only on the alluvial
plain near the sea, is the only butterfly of the mangrove forest, and
is even sometimes observed at sea.

' 1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 487

523. *Devias EGIALEA, Cramer.

Wallace. Snellen. Staudinger. Kirby. A Javan species, which
may perhaps occur at the south-eastern end of Sumatra.

524. Derias ToBAnANA, Rogenhofer.

D. tobahana, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xlii, p. 571, n. 1
(1893); id., Mitis, Iris, vol. vi, p. 102, n. 13, pl. ii, fig. 1, female (end of January,
1893).

D. derceto, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 557, n. 12
(23rd April, 1893) ; idem, id., 1. c., vol. viii, p. 52, n. 12, pl. L, fig. 4, male (1893).

Rogenhofer. Hagen. Originally described by Herr Rogenhofer
and I from Sumatra. Found only on the Central Plateau in the Toba
and Karo districts, where it is by no means common, and strange to say,
-the males rarer than the females. Dr. Martin has specimens taken only
in March, May, June, July, and September. It is of very delicate struc-
ture, and seldom seen perfect.

525. DeLiASs BELLADONNA, Fabricius.

Pieris chrysorrhea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Piérides, p. 6, n. 3, pl. ii, fig. 4, male
(1865).

Kirby as chrysorrhea [sic]. I do not propose in this place to
discuss the innumerable forms of this species which have been
described and named, of which von Mitis enumerates seven “ varieties”
besides the type, and has omitted two others, D. hearseyi aud D. boylex,
both of Butler. To these names I have to add the “ Pierts”’ chrysorrhea
of Vollenhoven, described from the mountains in the interior of
Sumatra. This species does not appear to have ever been properly
understood, even von Mitis in his recent Monograph of the genus
does not put it in the same group as D. belladonna. The figure differs
from our specimens of D. belladonna from the Battak mountains in
having the white areas on the upperside of both wings, but especially
of the hindwing, larger and more or less coalescing. The figure does
not show the ckaracteristic yellow spot at the base of the hindwing
on the upperside owing to the way the specimen drawn was set, the
costa of the hindwing being broadly covered over by the forewing.
The non-perception of this spot is probably the cause that the species
appears never to have been recognised until now, combined with the
fact that D. belladonna in none of its forms was ever suspected to
occur in the region of the equator. The vast stretch of country between
Assam, the most southernly point hitherto known for D. belladonna,
and Sumatra has however been partially bridged over by the discovery
of the butterfly by Capt. E. Y. Watson in the Chin and Shan Hills of

“

488 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8, -

Upper Burma, and by Colonel C. T. Bingham at the top of Mooleit
mountain and at a lower elevation in the Daunat Range, both
in Middle Tenasserim, Burma. The Burmese and Sumatran speci-
mens in our collection quite agree, and would probably be called
var. amarantha, Mitis, by the describer, who gives Daryjiling as the
habitat of that form. In Sumatra it is very rare, occurring only at
Soengei Batoe and on the Central Plateau, Dr. Martin in thirteen
years collecting only obtained ten specimens, of which seven were
captured in June and July, and one each in January, March, and October.
All these specimens shew but little variation in colouring and markings.
The single female Dr. Martin possesses has the ground-colour slightly
lighter than in the male, more brown than black, the spots on both
wings are larger and more yellow, in the male they are whitish, and
the anal area is pale yellow instead of dark yellow as in the male.
Dr. Martin gives the expanse of his male specimens as 1°8 to 2°4, of
the female 2°3 inches, hence they average somewhat less than specimens
from the Eastern Himalayas. Since the above was in type I have seen
Heer P. C. T. Snellen’s note on this species in Tijd. voor Ent.,
vol, xxxviii, p. 26 (1895), in which he calls P. chrysorrhwa a small local
variety of P. belladonna.

526. Deias auauce, Butler.

Snellen as belisama. Hagen as belisama, and belisama, var. glauce.
Wallace as belisama. Staudinger as belisama. Kirby as belisama.
Grose Smith. The true D. belisama of Cramer, is, I believe, confined
to Java, while D. glauce takes its place in Borneo and Sumatra. It
is common on the Central Plateau round the Battak kampongs, where
it.frequents the red flowers of the “ Datap” trees (Hrythrina indica,
Lam.), according to Dr. Hagen. Dr. Martin has obtained a few
specimens also from Soengei Batoe and even from Bekantschan, where
they may perhaps have been carried by one of the frequent heavy
storms that occur in the mountains. The female is very melanic in its
colouring, as the white areas on the upperside of both wings in the
male are very greatly reduced in the female. It occurs most commonly
from May to July, but it flies in every month in the year.

527. DeE.LIAS HYPARETE, Linneus.
?

Hagen. Wallace. Common over the whole of our area, even on
the Central Plateau, mostly in orchards near houses, as the species
of Viscum on which the larva feeds grows very frequently upon fruit-
trees, especially on Anonacex. If flies throughout the year, but is most
abundant in May. The larva is yellow and hairy; the pupa is dark

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 489

yellow with deep shining black (as if varnished) spots. The males
are very fond of flowers, on which they settle with closed wings like
an Euplea. It is almost certain that all the species of Delias feed
in the larval state on Viscwm and Loranthus which are found everywhere,
and as there are species of Loranthacee occurring also on Rhizophores
(Mangrove trees) on the sea beach, the strange fact which has
been observed by Dr. Hagen that D. parthenope, Wallace, is the only
butterfly found in the Mangrove forests, is explained.

528. DeELIAs SINGHAPURA, Wallace.

Hagen. One female only obtained near Selesseh in June, 1894.

529. Detas DANALA, de Nicéville.

D. danala, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii, p. 51, n. 11,
pl. L, fig. 9, male (1893).

D. karo, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 33, n. 61, pl. i, fig. 4, male (1894).

Hagen as karo.

530. Dertias Hacent, Rogenhofer.

D. hageni, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xlii, p. 572, n. 2,
(end of January, 1893) ; id., Mitis, Iris, vol. vi, p. 113, n. 75, pl. iii, fig. 5, male
(1893).

D. datames, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii, p. 557, n. 10
(23rd April, 1893) ; idem, id., 1. c., vol. viii, p. 53, n. 13, pl. L, fig. 8, male (1893).

D. simanabum, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 34, n. 638, pl. i, fig. 3, female (1894).

Hagen as hageni and simanabum. Both D. hageni and D. danala,
de Nicéville, occur only at the elevation of Soengei Batoe and on the
Central Plateau ; they are most numerous from June to August, during
the other months of the year but few specimens have been obtained.

531, PRIONERIS CLEMANTHE, Doubleday.

Hagen. Rare in our area, a few specimens only from near Selesseh
including one of the excessively rare females. Like Hebomoia borneénsis,
Wallace, it is more common on our western boundary, as the Gayoe
collectors have brought in males in large numbers, Flies from January
to June, but is most abundant in February.

532. PRIONERIS HYPSIPYLE, Weymer.

P. hypsipyle, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 12, n. 10, pl. i, fig. 1, male
(1887).

Hagen as hypsypule [sic]. My female differs from the male only
in the forewing being blunter, less produced at the apex. Dr. Martin

490. LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

and I have obtained a single example each of this sex. The male is.
somewhat variable, in some specimens more than half the discoidal cell
on the underside of the hindwing is black, with a very small basal
vermilion patch, while in others there is no black coloration in the cell
at all, and the vermilion patch is very large. Intermediate examples
occur between these two extremes. Both sexes are quite distinct from
the Javan P. autothisbe, Hiibner. The males are very common, quite as
common as are Hiposcritia pandione, Hiibner, and H. cardena, Hewitson,
all through the year at Soengei Batoe and on the Central Platean,
where in every month hundreds of males are brought in by the collectors.
Both sexes mimic Delias glauce, Butler. Dr. Martin thus describes his
female example, which was taken in March, 1893 :—‘‘ Mimics the same
sex of D. glauce, Butler. The outline of the forewing is quite rounded
like that of a Delias, and the costa of course is not serrated. The base
of the costa of the forewing on the upperside has two minute sulphur-
yellow streaks which in the male are black. The upperside of the
forewing has a more bluish and the hindwing a more reddish and
transparent colour than in the male. The white spots at the apex and
on the outer margin of the forewing both above and below are very
much reduced, the inner series entirely wanting except the anteriormost
spot, the outer series consisting of five spots, in the male there are six,
which are indistinct, obsolete, and whitish. The underside of both
wings is duller than in the male.”

533. CATOPSILIA CROCALE, Cramer.

Hagen as crocale (1775), catilla (1779), and pomona (1775).
Wallace as alemeone, Cramer (1777). Grose Smith. Butler. Distant.
This is the largest and commonest species of Cafopsilia occurring
in Sumatra. Most authors retain QO. catilla, Cramer, as a species
distinct from C, crocale. I have bred both species from found
larve (not from the egg laid by a known female in confinement,
which is practically the only conclusive test of the distinctness of
species), and have failed to discover any differences in the larva and
pupa of the two supposed distinct species. My opinion is that O. crocale
is extremely variable, and that the variations noted are not due to
seasonal causes. Dr. Martin does not agree with me that we have here
to deal with one protean species, but maintains that there are really
two quite distinct species. At his request I give below his reasons for
this conclusion. I may add that I have carefully examined a very large
mass of material in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and
my own, and find that the distinctive characters on which Dr. Martin
relies to separate them are all quite inconstant. and entirely break

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 491

down, the black antenne of O. crocale being sometimes found with the
ocellated underside of OC. catilla, and vice versa. The restriction of the
yellow coloration of the upperside of both wings of the male to the
basal area, or its equal diffusion over the whole surface, correlated with
the presence or absence of the ocelli on the underside, is also quite
an unstable feature by which to distinguish the two species. Dr. Martin
writes :—

“‘T am quite unable to follow Mr. de Nicéville in his amalgamation
of C. crocale and C. catilla, and am forced to keep them separate for the
following reasons :—

“. crocale, the far commoner species, occurs in Sumatra on roads,
near houses and gardens, and is never found in the forest. It some-
times appears in large numbers, in which case the larve are very
destructive, as in January, 1893, near the Poengei Estate, five kilometers
north of Bindjei, they destroyed in a short time a fine plantation of
young iron-wood trees, Cassia florida, Vahl., valued at least at $ 3,000,
by eating up all the leaves and suffocating the plants. All the grass
and every low shrub near this murdered plantation was covered with
the pupe, and after the butterflies had emerged, the whole place looked
as if there was a heavy snow-storm in progress, the air being full of
large flakes of snow. I took there many hundreds of specimens of both
sexes, but amongst them was not a single C. catilla. This seems to
me to be an abundantly conclusive fact. The antenne of C. crocale are
black in both sexes, and the males have the underside of both wings simply
yellow and white of a washed-out shade. The tuft of hair on the inner
margin of the forewing is whitish. There are two forms of the female
of C. crocale:—I1, the form figured by Distant in Rhopalocera Malayana,
pl. xxv, fig. 12, without any yellow colour near the base of both wings
on the upperside; Sumatran specimens are even somewhat darker
than Distant’s figure, and show on the upperside of the hindwing
four or five submarginal black lunules, this form being the rarer one.
II, the commoner form is brighter, not so black as the first form, the
basal half of the upperside of both wings is nearly as yellow as in the
male, the black markings on the costa, apex, at the end of the discoidal
cell, and the outer margin of the forewing on the upperside are sharper
defined. ©. crocale is enormously common, and occurs throughout
the year; the males are fond of flowers, and especially of the Hibiscus
rosa-sinensis, Linnzeus, to the deep crimson cups of which they present
a beautiful contrast when settled. The larva feeds on the leaves of the
above-mentioned Cassia florida, and sometimes in company with Catopsilia
pyranthe, Linneus, on Cassia alata, Linneeus, and is of a yellowish-green
or yellowish-brown colour, with a lateral blackish-brown streak. The

J. wm 62

492 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

pupa, suspended by a white median girth, is green with a yellow
lateral streak and a very pointed head.”

*C. catilla is found only in the forest, the males on forest ronda
on wet spots together with Dycenidze and Papilionine, but they form
the larger number of such congregations, and often occur in such large
crowds that dog-cart horses get frightened on approaching one of these
white spots on the road, which all at once flutters up into the air with
an audible sound. If driven away from these favourite spots, they fly
rapidly in Indian file up and down the forest roads, and fall in again
on the same spot when the danger is passed. C. catilla appears never
to be a destructive insect as is CO. crocale at times. The antenne in
both sexes are distinctly red. The male has on the underside of both
wings at the termination of the discoidal cell some red spots, one in
the forewing, two in the hindwing, the latter with silvery centres.
The sexual tuft of hair is of a darker shade of yellow than in C. crocale,
and the whole colouring of the underside is of a dull, silky, or leather-
like gloss. There is also on the underside of the forewing a somewhat
obscure reddish band, commencing near the apex of the wing, and
extending towards the middle of the inner margin, ending on the
second median nervule. C. catilla also has two forms of female :—I,
the form figured by Distant on pl. xxv, fig. 15, which exhibits nu-
merous varieties as regards the extent of the reddish-brown colour
on the underside of both wings, there being all gradations from speci-
mens with very little red to quite dark ones. II, the second form is
on the upperside of both wings pale sulphur-yellow, and not dark
yellow as in the first form, and the costal and marginal black spots
on the upperside of both wings are not so distinct; on the underside
there is never any reddish-brown colouring. This form is the rarer,
I have always obtained one of it to five of the other. I am
entirely ignorant of the larva, pupa, and food-plant of C. catilla;
but as the larval stages of the two other Catopsilias occurring
in Sumatra, C. pyranthe, Linneus, and C. scylla, Linneus, which
I know very well, differ only slightly from those of C. crocale, it
may be anticipated that the early stages of C. catilla also possess the
same characteristics. C. crocale, C. pyranthe, and C. scylla I bave bred
on different species of Cassia, so also C. catilla will probably be found
some day in the larval stage feeding on a Cassia growing in the forest.”

534. CaATOPSILIA PYRANTHE, Linnzus.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Wallace. Hagen as pyranthe, philippina
and chryseis. Distant as chryseis, The form of this species found in
Sumatra has in both sexes on the upperside of the forewing a broad

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 493

outer black margin, this form being the C. chrysets of Drury. It is
quite typical throughout the Malay Peninsula, but when it reaches the
latitude of Burma it gradually merges into typical C. pyranthe, which
latter is found all over India and Ceylon. It is not seasonally dimor-
phic in Sumatra as it is in India. In our area it is found only at low
elevations, not higher than Namoe Oekor, where it is local owing to
the presence or absence of Cassia alata, Linneus, the food-plant of
its larva. As this tree is very partial to swampy ground, and even
grows in swamps with brackish water, C. pyranthe occurs very near
the sea, and flies all the year round. It has only one form of female,
but it is variable, some specimens being much more melanic than
others. The larva is quite green, without the lateral brown streak of
C. crocale, Cramer. The pupa has a blunt rounded head, not a pointed
one as in C. crocale.

535. Caropsinia scynLa, Linneeus.

Snellen. Grose Smith. Hagen. Kirby. Distant. Wallace.
Dr. B. Hagen informed Dr. Martin that this species was net at all rare
near Medan, the capital of the Deli district, from 1879 to 1882.
Dr. Martin had never seen it in the plains, and had received a few
specimens only from the Central Plateau from Battak collectors. In
Penang and Singapore on the mainland of Asia it is always very com-
mon in gardens. So Dr. Martin would hardly believe Dr. Hagen
that C. scylla belonged to the fauna of the plains of Sumatra, especially
as Dr. Martin never saw or obtained any specimens from 1882 to
1894. Suddenly in August and September of the latter year, after
nearly twelve years interval, C. scylla appeared everywhere in Deli
and Langkat in suitable places such as gardens and fallow-land near
houses where Cassia sophera, Linneeus, the food-plant of the larva,
grows. Since then C. scylla belongs to our fauna, although it is the
rarest of all our Catopsilias, and we would call attention to the in-
teresting fact that a butterfly has disappeared for twelve years from
a spot in every way apparently suitable for its existence, and has again
reinstated itself by immigration from the south-west (the Battak and
Gayoe mountains) or from the east (the Malay Peninsula over the
shallow Straits of Malacca). The larva is dark velvety-green, with
a yellowish-white lateral streak, and some very minute black spots
on each segment anterior to the streak, the whole surface delicately
ringed or indented like a leech. The pupa has a pointed head like
that of C. crocale, Cramer, but is shorter and more convex than the
slender pupa of that species.

494 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No.3

536. UpAIANA CYNIS, Hewitson.

Pieris cynis, Hewitson, Ex. Butt., vol. iii, pl. Pieris viii, fig. 54, male (1866).

Udaiana pryeri, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 301 (1885).

Udaiana androides, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 32 (1894).

Hewitson. Wallace. Butler. Kirby. Distant. Hagen as cynis
and androides. Originally described from Sumatra, I have a large
series of both sexes of this species in my collection from three
distinct localities, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra and Borneo. In
all of these they present exactly similar and parallel variations. The
males have the underside of the hindwing (1) entirely pure white,
(2) with the base sprinkled with greenish-fuscous scales, (3) with the
base heavily marked with a broad black band, beyond which, crossing
the disc of the wing but not reaching the costa or abdominal margin, is
a fuscous rather broad line or fascia, and every gradation exists be-
tween these three forms. The latter form is the U. pryert of Distant,
described from North Borneo. The females vary greatly in the extent
of the development of the fuscous coloration on the upperside of both
wings, in the palest form, which has been named U. androides by Hagen,
this is hardly more extensive than in the male, while every gradation
exists until the darkest form figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay.,
pl. xxvi, fig. 6, is reached. In the case of U. cynis, U. pryeri, and
U. androides I am sure we have to do with one protean species only. In
this Dr. Martin entirely agrees with me for the reason that he has
caught all three forms at the same time in the forest near Selesseh.
U. cynis is found exclusively in the forest and throughout the year, but
only at low elevations not higher than Namoe Oekor. The males some-
times come to wet spots on roads together with Catopsilia catilla,
Cramer, and species of Verias; the females are captured on the green
flowers of a low creeper in the forest. U. cynis never occurs in the
black-soil-forests of Deli, but as soon as the red-soil-forests of Langkat
and Serdang are entered there it appears at once.

537. TErRIAS HARINA, Horsfield.

Hagen. Wallace. This is the true Terias of the forest, where it is
found somewhat rarely frequenting flowers together with species of
Zemeros and females of Lycsenide. It is found throughout our area,
with perhaps the exception of the Central Plateau, and flies throughout
the year.

538. TrRIAS LIBYTHEA, Fabricius.

Snellen as brigitta. Hagen as brigitia, var. drona, and drona. The
“Papilio” brigitta of Cramer was described from “ La Céte de Guinée.”

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 495

It is treated by Trimen as a purely African butterfly. The original
figure does not at all agree with the original figure of T. drona, Hors-
field = 7. libythea, Fabricius, as it has no black border to the hindwing
on the upperside. Watson in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii,
p- 515 (1894) says that 7’. drona as identified in the British Museum has
the “marginal band of hindwing evenly narrow throughout.’’ This is
incorrect, as a glance at the original figure will show, at the costa it is
broad, fining away to nothing at the anal angle. Butler states in
Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvii, p. 221 (1886) that
the unique specimen described by Horsfield is a female. I doubt
this, I should say it was a male, as it is clear yellow on the upperside;
were it a female it would have a heavy sprinkling throughout of black
dots. It therefore agrees in this character with 7’. libythea, which is
defined by Watson as having the “marginal band of hindwing broad
at apex and narrow at anal angle.” Butler in Cat. Fab. Lep. B. M.,
p. 227, says that 7. lébythea is “an unspotted variety of Horsfield’s
T. drona.”’ From a careful examination of my series of Terias of this
group, it appears to me that 7. libythea (following the identification
of this species in the British Museum) is the dry-season form, with
T. rubella, Wallace, as a synonym, and 7’. drona the wet-season form,
with T. senna, Felder, as a synonym, of one and the same species.
The wet-season form (7. drona) alone occurs in Sumatra. In Sumatra
it is found only on the Central Plateau of Tobah and Karo, and even
there is not very numerous and occurs only at certain times. Though
the collectors were instructed always to catch this species when they
could, they only brought in specimens in December and January, when
it appears to be common, and in May and July, when it appears to be
rare, and not a single one in any other month, so the species in
Sumatra would appear to be double-brooded.

539. 'TrriaAs TILAHA, Horsfield.

Hagen. Sumatran specimens have a reniform mark at the end,
and a W-shaped mark at the middle of the diseoidal cell of the forewing
on the underside. The female is paler on both surfaces than the male,
of a lighter more gamboge-yellow colour, with the marginal band on
the upperside of the hindwing twice as broad, narrow at the apex, very
broad at the anal angle, and extending on to the disc on either side of
the submedian nervure. It is the rarest Terias of our area, found
throughout the year on the outer mountains and also in the plains, as
several specimens have been obtained at Selesseh, though Dr. Hagen
says that it is not found below an elevation of 500 feet. In 1887 Dr.
Martin took a specimen at the-Terdjoen Estate very near the sea. It

496 lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

must be more common in the Gayoe-lands, as the Gayoe collectors
always brought it in largely.

540. Terrias sari, Horsfield.

Wallace. Distant. This species is well figured by Distant, and
by Snellen in Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. i, figs. 8, 9, male (1892),
as I’. hecabe, Linneus, var. two. The Sumatran is absolutely identical with
the Indian form. Both sexes have a double line at the end and a small
linear marking at the middle of the discoidal cell of the forewing on the
underside. The female is of a paler yellow colour than the male, with
the marginal band on the upperside of the hindwing twice as broad
throughout its length, posteriorly inwardly diffused and powdery.
4'. sodalis, Moore, described from the Mergui Archipelago in Lower
Burma, the types of which are in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, is a
synonym of T. sari. Moore says his species is smaller than T. sart,
but we have Sumatran specimens quite as small, but the marginal band
on the upperside of the hindwing in both sexes is certainly somewhat
narrower in both sexes of 7’. sodalis than in T. sari, but this very
poor character is not in my opinion sufficient to separate the two

specifically.

541. Tertas Tosa, de Nicéville, n. sp.

Hasitat: N.-E. Sumatra.

Expanse: &, 1°2and 16; 2, 1°6 inches.

Description: This species has been well figured by Snellen in
Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. i, figs. 10, 11, female (1892), as
1. hecabe, Linneus, var. one. It appears to be allied to 7. sari, Hors-
field, and has in both sexes a double line at the end, and two (instead
of one) small markings towards the base of the discoidal cell. Like
T. sari, it has the cilia of both wings black. It differs, markedly,
however, from that species in its much smaller size; its very pale
primrose colour (T. sari is dark yellow) ; in the very large apical brown
patch on the underside of the forewing of ZT. sari reduced to a small
linear brown band, and the oblique brown marking at the outer
angle of J’. sarz altogether absent. The “ male-mark” in this form is
short, broad, and very prominent. The female is even paler yellow than
the male, being almost as white as in the same sex of YT. harina,
Horsfield. The marginal band on the upperside of the hindwing is
twice as broad as itis in the male, being of the same width as in
the male of JZ. tilaha, Horsfield. It is possible that the male of
T. toba has been figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay., pl. xxvi, fig. 13,
male, as T. senna, Felder. True T. senna (see No. 538 above) belongs

1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 497

to quite a different group, T. toba being of the hecabe group. Described
from two males and one female.

542. Trrias ANDERSONIT, Moore.

This also appears to be allied to 7. sari, Horsfield, the males are the
same size, the “male-mark” ig the same, not as in the preceding
species, it agrees with J. sari alsoin the markings of the discoidal
cell of the forewing on the underside ; differing, however, in its paler
colour, though it is not as pale as the preceding species; in having
on the underside of the forewing either no apical brown patch or a very
small linear one, and no oblique brown marking at the outer angle as
T. sari has. The cilia isblack asin T. sari, It differs only from the
types of T. andersonit now before me in its usually rather larger size
and somewhat paler coloration on both surfaces. One specimen agrees
in all respects with Distant’s figure of T. senna, Felder, Rhop. Malay.,
pl. xxv, fig. 14, female, in having the markings of the underside entirely
obliterated.

543. TeRIAS HECABE, Linneeus.

Hagen. Snellen. Grose Smith. Wallace. Distant. This species
has been well figured by Snellen in Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. 1,
figs. 6, 7 male [nec female] type (1892), see his Index to the Plates, p. 85.
According to Capt. E. Y. Watson (Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii,
p- 509 (1894), T. hecabe may be known by never having ‘‘ More than two
streaks or spots in the discoidal cell on the underside of the forewing in
addition to the reniform spot on the disco-cellular nervules.” He has
identified for me from Sumatra both the rainy-season form (true
T. hecabe and T. hecabeoides, Ménétriés), which has “No apical brown patch
on the underside of the forewing,” and the dry-season form (T. excavata,
Moore), which has at the ‘“ Apex of the forewing on the underside a
more or less strongly pronounced brown patch.” Seasonal forms in
Sumatra, are, I believe, quite unknown, so perhaps, as in the case of
Melanitis ismene, Cramer, the two forms, dry and wet, which are seasonal
in India, occur together and without any reference to the dryness or
humidity of the atmosphere in Sumatra. T. hecabe is numerically by
far the commonest species of the genus in Sumatra, and Capt. Watson
has kindly identified six different varieties of it for me, some of which
he names T. hecabeoides, Ménétriés, T. excavata, Moore, T. swinhoet,
Butler, T. patruelis, Moore, and JT. merguiana, Moore. It would, 1
think, serve no useful purpose in our at present very superficial and
inadequate knowledge of the genus as represented in the Malay Archi-
pelago to define precisely all these varietal forms, some of which may
perhaps be distinct species. It remains for a local observer to breed

498 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

them carefully in large numbers from eggs laid in captivity, so as to
ascertain if these varieties are seasonal forms, true species, or individual
variations only. Dr. Wallace notes that “The varieties of this species
are infinite over its extensive range, aud cannot be profitably separated.”

544. TERIAS SILHETANA, Wallace.

This species has been figured by Snellen in Midden-Sumatra,
Lepidoptera, pl. ii, figs. 12, 13, male (1892) as T. hecabe, Linnzeuss
var. three. It seems to be rare in Sumatra, we possess but very few
specimens. It may be known by having three dark streaks or spots
(T. hecabe, Linnzeus, has never more than two) in the discoidal cell of
the forewing on the underside in addition to the reniform spot on the
disco-cellular nervules. All our specimens are of the rainy-season form,
which has the apex of the forewing on the underside unmarked with

brown.

545. Terras TEcmessa, de Nicéville, n. sp.

Terias sari, Horsfield, var. a, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 305, n. 3, pl. xxvi, fig. 3,
male (1885).

Hasirat: Penang, Malay Peninsula; N.-E. Sumatra.

Expanse: 6, 2°] inches.

Description: Mate. Of large size and rich dark yellow color-
ation on both surfaces. Upperstpe, forewing exactly as in Sumatran
specimens of J’. sari, Horsfield. Hindwing with the black margin
broad, but a little variable in breadth, its inner edge festooned between
the veins, dying away to nothing at the anal angle, the black border of
about the same width as in TJ. sari. UNpersipE, forewing with a
W-shaped brown marking near the base of the discoidal cell, a promi-
nent zigzaged one across its middle, and a prominent double linear one
at its outer end; a large brown apical patch as in T. sari, but always
bearing outwardly some suffused spots of the yellow ground-colour.
Hindwing marked as in TJ. sari, but the brown markings rather more
prominent. Czlia of both wings black throughout.

The large apical brown patch on the underside of the forewing
will at once separate it from all the named forms of T. hecabe, Linneus,
known to me, but the patch is precisely similar to that found in India
in one of the dry-season forms of 1’. silhetana, Wallace, that species,
however, having four instead of three disco-cellular markings; while
the presence of two markings in the discoidal cell besides the disco-
cellular one will distinguish it from T. sari.

Described from six males from N.-E. Sumatra and one from
Penang. The female is unknown.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 499

546. *TERIAS EUMIDE, Felder.

Grose Smith. Originally described from Celebes. Wailace gives
North Celebes and the Sula Islands as its habitat, with a “var.’’ from
Batchian. We have seen nothing like it from Sumatra.

547. *TERIAS LATILIMBATA, Butler.

T. latilimbata, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol, xvii, p. 221,
pl. v, fig. 5 (1886).
Both sexes originally described from Sumatra.

548. *Turras BIpeNs, Butler.

_ . bidens, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvii, p. 222,
pl. v, fig. 7, female (1886).

Originally described from Sumatra from a female.

549. *Terrras semirvsca, Butler.

T. semifusca, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvii, p. 222,
pl. v, fig. 8, female (1886). ;

Originally described from Sumatra from a female. We are unable
to recognise any of these species of Mr. Butler’s.

All Terias are weak on the wing, fly slowly, and never leave the
ground for a high flight. They are all, with the except? 4 of T. harina,
Horsfield, found in open places, in gardens, on roads, and near houses,
the males frequently assembling in large numbers on wet spots on
roads and by the sides of rivers and streams. TJ’. hecabe, Linnzeus,
sometimes appears in swarms, and its larva may then prove very des-
tructive to Cassia plantations. Cassia florida, Linneus, is its favourite
food-plant, on which the eggs are sometimes deposited singly as are the
eggs of the Catopsilias, but sometimes on a single leaf a large number
are placed in a rhomboid shape. In the latter case the green pilose
larva with a yellowish-white lateral streak and a black head (all the
larve of Catopsilias have a head concolorous with the body) live in
societies, and the pupa are also suspended sociably, a fact not previously
we believe observed in Lepidoptera. If the pupa hang from leaves
they are green, if near the flowers of the Cassia they are yellow, and if
the caterpillars leave the food-plant and pupate on certain high
Graminex they are blackish-brown like the seed of the grass. As the
pupe are arranged at regular distances apart, the deception is a
very good one and must greatly protect them, as men, animals and
birds at a superficial glance would take these pup to be only withered
flowers of the Cassia or ripe seeds of the grass. After six days in the

J. 11 63

500 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,

pupa state the imago emerges. Though so weak and slow in flight,

they are very clever in avoiding being caught by the net.

550. Dercas Gosrias, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Wallace. Staudinger. Kirby. Distant. Hagen.
Ts rather rare, and occurs from Bekantschan to the Central Plateau.
Collectors never bring in more than two or three specimens at one time.
We have specimens caught from February to August only.

551. Ixras LupeKkinei, Vollenhoven.

Hagen. Wallace. Kirby. Originally described from a male from
the mountainous country in the interior of Sumatra. It is very rare,
Dr. Martin has only two males taken in January of the last year of
his residence in Sumatra, one caught in the Battak mountains at a high
elevation, the other taken near Bohorok near the western boundary of
our area, where also Dr. Dohrn’s collector obtained several males.

552. Ixras FLavipennis, Grose Smith,

I. flavipennis, Grose Smith, Nat. Wand. in the East. Arch., p. 275 (1885); id.,
Grose Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Ex., p. 2, n.3, pl. Ivias i, figs. 6, 7, male [nec
female] (1888) ; id., Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. liii, p. 121 (1892).

Thestias flavipennis, Snellen, Tijd. voor. Ent., vol. xxxiv, p. 335, pl. xvi, figs. ],
2, male; 8, 4, female (1892).

Iwias pyritis, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 13, n. 11, pl. i, fig. 4, male
(1887).

Hagen. Snellen. Originally described from Sumatra where it
alone occurs and only at high elevations, from Soengei Batoe to the
Central Plateau, and the males are very common on the sandy banks
of little streams; the females, very rare and taken in the forest only,
come to hand in the proportion of one to a hundred males. They
probably escape capture by the collectors owing to their white colour,
being mistaken for the common species of Catophaga and Hiposcritia.
Occurs throughout the year, Dr. Martin has specimens taken in every
month. Both Drs. Martin and Hagen have obtained it from the Gayoe-
and Alas-lands, where the butterfly possibly occurs at a lower elevation
than in the Battak mountains.

553. CAToPHAGA NERO, Fabricius.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Wallace. Staudinger. Semper.
A very variable species in both sexes. Males from Sumatra have the
ground-colour on the upperside of both wings “ golden-yellow ” (Appias

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 501

figulina, Butler), rich orange, or deep crimson, with an equally inconstant
development of the black markings along the veins, and of the discal
fascia. The females also shew somewhat similar variations. Males are
not rare in large forest, and frequent wet spots on roads. Females are
very rare, Dr. Martin has only four specimens. It is found throughout
the year and over the whole of our area except at the higher elevations ;
even occurs near the sea, Dr. Martin having taken it at the Saentis
Hstate. It flies very rapidly if pursued. The A. nebo, Grose Smith
and Kirby, Rhop. Ex., pl. Appias i, figs. 1, 2, male (1894) described
from Upper Burma, and of which I possess both sexes from the same
locality taken in April, is I believe only a spring dry-season form of
C. nero. Other synonyms of this species appear to be Tachyris galha,
Wallace, described from N. India; Pieris domitia, Felder, described
from Luzon; Pieris zamboanga, Felder, described from Mindanao;
Pieris asterope, Felder, described from Luzon; Appias mindanensis,
Butler, from Mindanao; and perhaps the Tachyris nero, var. palawanica,
Staudinger, described from Palawan, is hardly separable.

554. CaTopHAGA HIPPO, Cramer.

Grose Smith as enaretfe and lyncida. Hagen as lyncida and hippo.
Wallace. Staudinger as lyncida, var. hippo. Distant as enarete, var.
C. lyncida was described and figured by Cramer from a male speci-
men, the habitat given being “Surinam,” which, as in nearly all
similar cases, was probably a lapsus calami for Sumatra. C. hippo,
Cramer, was figured and described from a female specimen, the habitat
given is “ The west coast of Sumatra.” These two names may perhaps
represent opposite sexes of one and the same species; but as Wallace
says that “ Tachyris” hippo “ Is distinguished from its allies [‘‘ Papilio”
lyncida, &c.| by the clear ochre-yellow colour of the under surface of
the lower wings in both sexes,’’ I have used C. hippo for the species,
though C. lyncida is the older. The latter name applies to the Javan
form, which has the ground-colour of the underside of the hindwing
entirely white. The C. enarete of Boisduval was described from the
“ Moluccas,” probably in error, and is recorded by Dr. Wallace from
Borneo, and may perhaps be kept distinct from C. hippo, as it has
the outer black margin to the hindwing on the underside in the
male broader than in that species. C. hippo in Sumatra is a con-
stant species, and does not exhibit the great seasonal dimorphism which is
found in the Indian forms. It is much commoner than C. nero, Fabri-
cius, and the females are not very rare. It is found throughout the
year, but only in or near the forest. The males often assemble twenty
or thirty together on a small puddle on the road, the female is found in

502 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

the forest hunting for flowers for herself, or for the food-plant of her larva.

Dr. Martin has often seen them on the same flower that is frequented
by the female of Udaiana cynis, Hewitson. He has bred the butterfly
from the larva found feeding ona small shrub called by the Battaks
“ Daoen Tangla,” which grows on the banks of rivers. The larva
superficially does not greatly differ from the larve of the Catopsilias, but
in shape is more slender. The pupa, however, is quite different, with
a stellar indented thorax. The imago emerges in seven days. Only
bred females have the beautiful olive-green colouring ; almost as soon as
they fly, this colour is bleached out. C. hippo occurs all over our
area, and is one of our most common butterflies,

555. CaTopHAGA Lets, Hibner.

Hagen as amasene and leis, Distant. Wallace as alope. Grose
Smith as alope. I follow Mr. Distant in his identification of this
species, not having Hiibner’s Zutraege Ex. Schmett. to consult; also in
considering C. alope, Wallace, from India, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo,
to be asynonym. O. amasene, Cramer, described from China, is super-
ficially like the male of O. leis, and probably Dr. Hagen identified this
species under that name. Semper identifies C. leis as “ Appias’’ agave,
Felder, from the Philippines. In Sumatra (C. leis is restricted to the
plains, and is only found in forest throughout the year. The female
is very rare; the male comes to damp spots on forest reads as does
Catopsilia crocale, Cramer, aud many other Pierine. Common near
Paya Bakong, the small forest reserve mentioned in the Introduction
(page 359). Distant has well figured the male and two forms of the
female from the Malay Peninsula.

556. CaTOPHAGA PAULINA, Cramer.

Grose Smith as albina and paulina. Hagen as paulina and albina.
Semper identifies this species from the Philippiues as “ Appias” albina,
Boisduval. The male of C. paulina from Sumatra exhibits the same
variations as it does in India, some specimens on the upperside of the
forewing having a marginal black thread only, others have the apex
widely, the outer margin decreasingly to the outer angle, powdered with
black scales, while there is found every gradation between these two
extremes. There are three distinct forms of female, the first and
second are white on the upperside of both wings, the third is dark
primrose-yellow-coloured ; on the underside of both wings the first is
of ‘A glossy tint of pearly-white” as Wallace well expresses it, the
second has the apex of the forewing and the entire hindwing rich
ochreous, the third has these areas of a different shade, ochreous

1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 503

diluted with pearly-white, the discal area of the forewing primrose-
yellow, with a broad dark gamboge-yellow area occupying the basal
two-thirds of the discoidal cell. Dr. Martin thinks that C. leis, Hibner,
and C. paulina may be one and the same species, I keep them distinet
as I canfrom my Sumatran specimens separate them easily into two
species in both sexes. The male of C. leis has on the upperside of
the forewing an inner apical broad black band (vide Distant’s figure)
which is quite wanting in C. pawlina; the female of C. leis has the base
of the forewing on the upperside more broadly black especially at the
inner margin than in C. paulina, the base of the hindwing also black,
in C. paulina it is white, on the underside of the hindwing in (. leis
there is a submarginal series of suffused dark spots and the margin
itself is also blackish, while in C. paulina the hindwing is concolorous
throughout. In spite however of these apparently good differences it is
quite possible that specimens intergrading between the two species
may exist in Sumatra as they certainly doin India. Itis an insect of
the alluvial plain aud occurs in the forests, the males on roads with
C. leis, Hiibner, the females rarer and within the forest. It flies
throughout the year, and is common at Paya Bakong and near Selesseh,
not found higher than Bekantschan.

557. HIPOSCRITIA PANDIONE, Hiibner.

Hagen. Staudinger. Grose Smith as lelage [sic]. The H. lalage
of Doubleday, from the Himalayas, Assam, and Burma, is quite distinct
from the present species. Males of H. pandione are very common at
high elevations from Soengei Batoe to the Central Plateau. The
Battak collectors often brought in hundreds of males, but never a
female. Occurs throughout the year, as we have specimens caught
in every month. Of late the Battaks received orders not to catch any
more specimens.

058. HIposcRITIA LEPTIS, Felder.

Staudinger. Distant as leptis, var. plana. Hagen as leptis, var.
plana. The Appias plana of Butler was described from Malacca and
Borneo, and cannot be retained as distinct from the present somewhat
variable species. H. leptis is rather rarer than H. pandione, Hiibner,
and occurs throughout the year occasionally near Selesseh but commonly
at Bekantschan. ‘The female is very rare, Dr. Martin possesses three
only, which present quite distinct indications of an obscure submarginal
fascia on the underside of the hindwing, which, however, is absent in
three females from Sumatra and one from Java in my collection.

504 lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

559. HrposcRITIA CARDENA, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Wallace. Distant. Hagen. Quite as
common as H. pandione, Hibner, and occurs in the same localities
throughout the year. No female obtained.

560. SALETARA NATHALIA, Felder.

Grose Smith. Snellen as panda. Hagen. Wallace. Distant as
nathalia and panda. Mr. Distant records both S. panda, Godart, and
S. nathalia from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra, Dr. Wallace con-
siders that S. panda is confined to Java, while S. nathalia also oceurs in
Java, and in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, the Philippine
Isles, and Celebes. §. panda in the male is known by the pale primrose-
yellow colour of the upperside, while 8. nathalia is “creamy white with
a faint greenish tinge.” I greatly doubt if this character is sufficiently
constant to separate the two species, I have one specimen from Sumatra
which is quite intermediate between them. Mr. Distant considers that
S. nathalia having five [three according to my way of computing
them] subcostal nervules to the forewing in the male, while §. panda
has only four [two], while the females of both species has four [two],
is a character by which the two species may be separated, though
he admits that he has a specimen of §. nathalia in which one wing
has the neuration of §. nathalia, while the other has that of S. panda.
In my series of thirty males of this genus, I have one from the Philip-
pines and one from Singapore with two subcostal nervules only, one
from Singapore, one from Great Nicobar, and one from Little Nicobar
with two subcostal nervales on one side only and three on the other,
while all the rest have three subcostal nervules on both sides. The
females seem to be more constant, having two subcostal nervules only in
all the specimens I have been able to examine. Neuration certainly
will not suffice to keep these two species distinct. I use Felder’s name
for the species as most of the writers on Sumatran butterflies have done
so, and as the majority of male specimens from thence agree with the
description of that species rather than with that of S. panda, the older
name. It has been beautifully figured by Heer P.C. T. Snellen as Pieris
panda, Godart, in Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera, pl. ii, figs. 9, 10,
male; 6, 7, female (1892). It is found only in the forest at low ele-
vations, not higher than Namoe Oekor as far as we have noticed, but
Dr. Hagen mentions its occurrence on the Central Plateau. Not at
all common, and flies from March to July. The Saletara schoenbergi
of Semper, described from Nias and South-East Borneo, also from Great
and Little Nicobar in my collection, has been described and figured by

1895.] . de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 505

Snellen in Tijd. voor Ent., vol, xxxviii, p. 24, pl.i, fig. 3, male (1895), as
Pierts panda, Godart, var.

561. HeEBOMOIA BORNEENSIS, Wallace.

Grose Smith as glaucippe. Snellen as glaucippe. Hagen as glau-
cippe, var. sumatrana, Hagen; and glaucippe, var. sumatrensis, Hagen.
Wallace as glaucippe. Distant as glaucippe. As will be seen above,
all authors have recorded this species as H. glaucippe, Linneeus, except
Dr. Hagen, who in his first Sumatran paper calls it H. glaucippe, var.
sumatrana, and in his second paper H. glaucippe, var. swumatrensis, for the
reason that other loca] races have been named H. celebensis, Wallace,
H. borneénsis, Wallace, H. philippensis, Wallace, and H. javanensis, Wallace
[nec javaensis, Hagen]. But Dr. Hagen’s names cannot stand, as the
Sumatran race is identical with the Bornean one which has already been
named, and has the orange apical area on the upperside of the forewing
in the male reduced to a patch half as large as that found in true
H. glaucippe from North India, Burma, and the Malay Peninsula.
The South Indian and Ceylonese form strangely enough agrees with
the Javan, and should therefore be known as H. garanensis, Wallace.
H. borneénsis is rare in our area. Dr. Martin has only once at Namoe
Oekor captured a specimen himself, and Dr. Hagen records only two
specimens from Sumatra. These three specimens were observed by their
captors to settle quite suddenly on a low shrub with folded wings, having
descended from a high and rapid flight. From Selesseh, Bohorok, and the
outer ranges of the Battak mountains a few specimens have been ob-
tained, including two females only; but on the western boundary
of our area it must be very common, as the Gayoe collectors brought
in hundreds of males. It flies from March to August, but is most abun-
dant in May,

562. NEPHERONIA VALERIA, Cramer.

Wallace. Staudinger. Hagen. Semper as lutescens. WN. valeiia
was originally described from a male from Java. WN. lutescens, Butler,
was originally described from a male from Borneo. Wallace, while re-
taining the Bornean form under N. 3 valeria, says that the male has the
forewing rather more elongated than in the typical Javan form, with
a slightly concave outer margin. I have a large series of both sexes of
N. valeria from the Malay Peninsula (called N. lutescens by Distant),
Sumatra, Nias, Java, and Borneo. JI find both sexes in all localities
slightly variable, and I do not think it is possible to create (in the sense
of separating them off into local races with distinctive names) local
races for them. WN. valeria is a very quick flying and restless insect,

506 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

is not very rare at Selesseh and in the outer hills as far as Bekantschan,
and is found from March to September, but not in any other month.
The female is decidedly rare, and always has the basal markings on the
upperside of both wings gamboge-yellow. Jt is a beautiful mimic of
Danais aspasia, Fabricius.

563, HupHina napDINA, Lucas.

Snellen. Hagen as remba. The Huphina remba of Moore is a quite
distinct species, and is confined to South India and Ceylon. H. nadina
is very common at high elevations, at Soengei Batoe and on the Central
Plateau, on the sandy banks of hill streams throughout the year. The
female is very rare, and Dr. Martin has only obtained two specimens in
thirteen years. .

564. HupHIna NERISSA, Fabricius.

Hagen as Pieris nerissa, Fabricius, var. swmatrana, Hagen, H. ne-
rissa appears to be the oldest name for the species of this group, and
was originally described from China, Butler records it from Hong-Kong,
the Indian forms of which, generally known as H. phryne, Fabricius,
appear to be highly variable and subject to seasonal dimorphism in all
localities where the climate exhibits two well-marked seasons, a wet and
adry. Even specimens from a limited area and an equable climate like
the Battak mountains in Sumatra shew considerable variation in the
coloration of the underside of both wings, some examples being much
richer yellow than others, and the black lining to all the veins greatly
differing in width. It is much rarer than the foregoing species, but is
found in the same localities from April to September, most numerous in
May and July. Dr. Martin possesses no female.

565. Hournina Lea, Doubleday.

Grose Smith as var. naomi. Snellen. Hagen as lea and amalia.
Wallace as amalia. Kirby as amalia. Distant as amalia. The
«“ Pieris’? naomi, Wallace, was described from Lombock and Flores, and
is not at all likely to occur in Sumatra. ‘ Pieris” amalia, Vollenhoven,
was originally described from Sumatra and Banca, a female from the
latter island being figured. Vollenhoven gives for “ Pieris” lea the
islands of Borneo and Banca, so that both species according to him
occur in the latter island. Wallace keeps the two species distinct, and
gives Borneo and Banca for H. lea, Singapore and Sumatra for
H. amalia. I have a large suite of specimens of H. lea from Burma,
the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra and Borneo, and am unable to find any
constant character by which H. amalia can be distinguished from it.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 507

Males of H. lea are common in the forests of both the plains and
mountains, and we have specimens taken at Selesseh and Bekantschan
from February to October, but none from the remaining months. The
female is decidedly rare.

566. *HupuHINA JupiTH, Fabricius.

Hagen. H. judith is confined, as far as I am aware, to Java, where
it replaces H. lea, Doubleday, of Borneo, Banca, Sumatra, the Malay
Peninsula, and Burma. The occurrence of H, judith in Sumatra, is, I
think, more than doubtful,

Subfamily PApILIoNINe. —

567. Tropes (Trogonoptera) BrooKiana, Wallace.

Grose Smith as brookeana [sic]. Snellen as brookeana [sic].
Hagen as brookeana [sic]. Wallace as brookeana [sic]. Rothschild
as brookianus [sic]. Distant as brookeana [sic]. Staudinger. Kirby.
Occurs throughout the year in the plains and outer hills, not much
higher than Bekantschan, at Selesseh, and even near Bindjei, in Padang
Bedagei and Asahan down the coast; abundant at Quala Loemoerak
near Bohorok, where the males are fond of frequenting a hot sulphur
spring. The female is very rare, Dr. Martin obtained only three.

568. Tromes (Pompeoptera) HONRATHIANA, Martin.

Ornithoptera honrathiana, Martin, Berl. Ent. Zeitsoh., vol. xxxvii, p. 492 (1892);
idem, id., Nat. Tijd. voor Neder.-Indié, vol. liii, p. 332, n. 1 (1893).

Martin. Hagen. Rothschild as J. vandepolli honrathianus. This
is a local race of “ Papilio” van de polli, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent., vol.
xxxili, p. 22 (1890), from Java, differing therefrom in the abdomen
in both sexes being very hairy and entirely black instead of more or less
yellow beneath. It is found only on the Central Plateau, and never
below 3-4,000 feet, and is not so rare as 7. cunifer, Oberthiir. The egg
is salmon-coloured. ‘The types were taken in December, but it probably
flies all the year round.

569. Tropes (Pompeoptera) HELENA, Linneeus.

Cramer as minos. Snellen. Grose Smith as minos. Kirby as
minos. Hagen as hephestus. Wallace as pompeus. T’. pompeus, Cramer,
by which name this species is generally known, was originally described
from a female from Bataviain Java. 1’. minos, Cramer, was originally des-
cribed from a female said to have come from the West Coast of Sumatra,
but is really confined to 8S. India. 1’. helena is common throughout the

J. mu 64

508 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

year in the plains of Sumatra, but does not occur probably much higher
than Namoe Oekor. It flies quite close to the sea, as Dr. Hagen took it
plentifully in his garden near Laboean. There are two forms of female ;
I, with somewhat light, whitish forewing and very black hindwing,
which is the rarer ; II, with entirely black forewing, but with only small
black spots on the hindwing, which is the commoner. Every gradation
between these two extreme forms exists in Sumatra as elsewhere.
Rothschild records the typical form from 8.-E. Sumatra; also (6%), ab.
pluto, Felder, from §.-W. Sumatra; and (d), 7’. helena cerberus, Felder,
from Sumatra.

570. Troipes (Pompeoptera) ampurysus, Cramer.

Grose Smith. Hagen as amphrysus, var. rubricollis [sic]; and
amphrysus, var. ruficollis. This species was originally described from a
male from Batavia in Java. T. ruficollis, Butler, was described from
Malacca in the Malay Peninsula. I can find no constant character by
which to separate these two species, and Mr. Butler in his original de; -
cription of the latter does not say how they are supposed to differ. Heer
P. C. T. Snellen says also that the two species are identical. It occurs
in Sumatra throughout the year in the plains and on the outer ranges
of the hills, but not higher than Bekantschan, and is commoner than
1’. helena, Linneus. Dr. Martin has twice bred it, the larva feeding on
a creeper with large trilobate leaves. The egg is spherical and yellow,
and in three or four days the caterpillars emerge. When full grown
the larva is of a coffee-brown colour, and has on each segment four,
five, or seven fleshy processes, those on the first four segments (omitting
the head) are apically thickened and rounded and are bent backwards,
on the other segments they are directed forwards. The larve devour
not only the leaves, but also the bark and soft shoots of their food-
plant if there are no more leaves to eat, and make a very audible noise
while eating, just as the larve of large Suturnias do. They are very
delicate, and especially so when they have fixed themselves for their
transformation to the pupa state, when on no account should they be
touched. The pupa is yellow, is dorsally notched, and is suspended by a
black median silken girth. If the pupa is touched, disturbed in any
way, or even blown upon, it makes quite a loud noise by moving the
abdominal segments one over the other, which noise is so loud that it
is probably sufficient to scare away some of its enemies. After from 26
to 29 days the imago emerges, which is the longest pupal rest known to
us for purely tropical butterflies—at least as regards all such species as
we have bred. Even the large Papilios such as P. memnon, Linneus,
do not remain more than 15 or 16 days in the pupal stage. Rothschild

Hy
is,

oy. tins 2

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 509

records (c) I. amphrysus flavicollis, Druce, (b*), ab. ruficollis, Butler, from
Sumatra.

o7L. Tromes (Pompeopiera) CcUNEIFERA, Oberthiir.

Ornithoptera amphrisius, Fabricius, ab. cuneifera, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent.,
vol. iv, p. 110, n. 9 (1879).

Papilio (Ornithoptera) ritsemz, Snellen, Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol. xi,
p. 153 (1889).

Ornithoptera ritsemz, var. sumatrana, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 19, n. 5 (1894).

Hagen as ritseme, var. sumatrana. Found from January to July
only at high elevations to the south of Bekantschan and at Soengei
Batoe. It is rare, as Dr. Martin in thirteen years ebtained only three
males and two worn females. He notes ‘That the Sumatran race
of T. ritsemx, originally described from Java, differs from Javan
specimens in not having the two cuneiform velvety dark brown spots
on the upperside of the abdomen; the forewing is coloured and marked
exactly like Javan examples; the hindwing has the submarginal row
of dusky powdered spots so very conspicuous and complete in Javan
specimens very slightly indicated, faint, and reduced to one or two
only, in Sumatran examples.” Rothschild does not allow this species
specific rank, but gives it in his exhaustive paper in ‘“ Novitates
Zoologice,” vol. ii, p. 232 (1895), entitled “A Revision of the Pupilios
of the Eastern Hemisphere, exclusive of Africa,” under Troides amphrysus,
Cramer, as (d), T. amphrysus sumatranus, Hagen. Unfortunately this
paper only reached me when the whole of the present article was in
print, so that on this occasion I am not able to give it full justice.

All Troidesare true inhabitants of the forest, but the yellow species
(Pompeoptera) in both sexes are very fond of flowers, Hibiscus, Ixora,
and Poinciana pulcherrima, and so approach houses and are seen in the
gardens, but they never settle on roads. J, brookiana (Trogonoptera)
on the contrary never settles on flowers, but only on damp spots on
roads and also near houses on manure heaps and kitchen middens. All
of them were very appropriately named generically Ornithoptera by
Boisduval, as on the wing they really look very much like birds, especially
T. brookiana, which when sailing high over a road or in the forest has
a most striking resemblance to the small and common Swift of the
tropics. Usually they fly slowly, bnt if pursued their flight becomes
extremely rapid, so that they are soon borne out of reach and sight.
They never entirely settle on flowers, but seize them with their
forelegs, they float above the flower by gently moving the wings for a
few seconds, when they seek another. They are strong fliers, as the
females in especial have to make long journeys to find the rare food-
plant, when so flying they keep high up in the air, doubtless to

510 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra: [No. 3,

overlook a large stretch of jungle. All Troides are early risers, and
are already out at 7 o’clock in the morning; in the hottest hours of the
day they are rarely seen, but appear again late in the evening at 5
or 6 o’clock, when with the exception of some Satyrinse, Amathusiins
and -Hespertide all other butterflies have gone to rest long ago.
Mr. Walter Rothschild refers to the are Peninsula local race as
T'. brookianus albescens.

572. Paprtio (Menelaides) antirHus, Fabricius.
P. antiphus, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 20, n. 12, pl. i, fig. 1, larva (1894).

Grose Smith. Snellen as anthipus [sic]. Hagen. Staudinger. In
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., first series, vol. xxv, p. 20 (1865), Dr. Wallace
records P. diphilus, Esper, = P. aristolochiz, Fabricius, from Sumatra,

ut this probably in error, as on page 43, n. 26 (1. c.) he omits Sumatra
from the habitat of the species. It is not a little remarkable I think
that P. diphilus should occur commonly in the Malay Peninsula and Java,
between which Sumatra lies, but not in Sumatra itself, it being replaced
by the present species. In Java both P. diphilus and P. antiphus are
found. In Sumatra P. antiphus flies in the plains throughout the
year and quite near the sea,is common at Laboean and ‘Terdjoen, but
certainly not much higher than Namoe Oekor. It is seen on roads, in
gardens and orchards, near rivers, is plentiful on the above-mentioned
Veronica-like blue flower, but not in large forest. It flies slowly and
sails near the ground, and is the most common Papilio of Sumatra next
to P. polytes, Linneus. The larva is velvety black, with numerous black
red-tipped fleshy tubercles or processes, the sixth segment is milky-
white much as in P. erebus, Wallace. It feeds according to Dr. Hagen
on the same Piperacea as P, erebus, Wallace, but Dr. Martin has also
bred it on the common Aristolochia indica, Linneus, and notes that the
full-fed caterpillar feeding on the latter plant is reddish-brown through-
out without the milky-white saddle-mark on the sixth segment. The
pupa is brown, with blunt notches and protuberances. This larva,
like that of Troides amphrysus, Cramer, eats not only the leaves but
also the stalks of the food-plant. Rothschild does not consider
P. antiphus to be a species distinct from P. aristolochiz, but records it
from Sumatra as (g), P. aristolochiz antiphus, Fabricius.

573. *Papitio (Menelaides) coon, Fabricius.

Grose Smith. Wallace. Distant. There are typical specimens of.

P. céon in Dr. Staudinger’s collection from Padang in Western Sumatra,
though the locality is somewhat doubtful, as the specimens may have
been obtained from old collections with wrong labels given by dealers.
It occurs also in Java and Borneo.

aes

1895.] LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—- Butterflies of Sumatra. 51Y.

574. Papitio (Menelaides) pEviANus, Fruhstorfer.

P. doubledayi, Wallace, var. delranus, Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nach., vol. xxi, p. 196
(1895).

Hagen as doubleday:. Originally described from Deli in Sumatra.
Wallace gives P. cdéon, Fabricius, from Sumatra, Java, and Borneo,
and says that P. doubledayi, Wallace, the Indian form, differs from it
in having the markings red instead of yellow. Vhe Sumatran form
in both sexes has the markings at the anal angle of the hindwing dis-
tinctly red, while P. céon from Java has them equally distinctly yellow.
The abdomen of our Sumatran examples is, however, more yellow than red.
We have thus true P. cod occurring in Sumatra, and also an interme-
diate form between that species and the continental P. doubledayi, shew-
ing the exact region where the one species is gradually becoming trans-
formed into the other. LP. delianus is rare in the forests of the plains and
outer hills, is found at Selesseh, Namoe Oekor, and as high only as
Bekantschan. It chiefly frequents the flowers of high trees and so is
seldom caught. It has a fluttering but quick flight. Dr. Martin hag
specimens from so far south as Asahan. Rothschild does not allow
P. delianus full specific rank, but records it is P. céon, Fabricius, (4),
P. doubledayi delianus, F ruhstorfer.

575. Papitio (Menelaides) Neptunus, Guérin.

Hagen as neptunus, var. sumatrana, Hagen. The Malayan Penin-
sula form of P. neptwnus as figured by Distant has four crimson spots
on both sides of the hindwing in the male, while the Sumatran form
has only two; the female has three spots on both sides in the Malayan
Peninsula form, while the Sumatran has two on the upperside and
three on the underside. In all other respects the species from these
two localities agree as far as I can see. JI have not seen specimens from
Borneo, from whence P. neptunus is recorded by Wallace. It is certain-
ly one of the remarkable butterflies of the world; the anal half of the

abdomen in both sexes being of a bright chrome-yellow colour is in

unique and startling contrast to the rest of the black abdomen and the
black wings with the crimson spots on the hindwing. No doubt this
staring yellow-tipped abdomen serves as a very efficient danger-signal
or warning-colour to the enemies of butterflies to leave this particular
species severely alone, the butterfly being obviously a protected one
and with a very.strong scent. It is quite as rare as P. delianus,
Fruhstorfer, and is found in the same localities. Its flight is very slow
and sailing, always high in the air and out of reach of the net. It is
almost impossible to obtain perfect specimens. Rothschild records this
species from Sumatra as P. neptunus, Guérin, (a*), ab. swmatranus,

512 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Hagen, and notes that ‘ This aberration is not confined to Sumatra, but
seems to be there the usual form.”

576. *Papiuio (Pangerana) pRiaPus, Boisduval.

Grose Smith. Wallace. Kirby. As far as I am aware, this species
is confined to Java and Borneo (Rothschild, however, says that it ‘“‘ Does
certainly not occur in Borneo’’), but it is possible that it may be found in
the extreme south-east of Sumatra adjoining Java. Dr. Wallace places
it in the memnon group, but as the males differ greatly in shape from
all the species of that group, and moreover have the abdominal mar-
gin of the hindwing folded over anteriorly twice as in the species of
the now group, P. priapus appears to me to be better placed in the
subgenus Pangerana, Moore, of which Papilio varuna, White, is the type,
and which will probably embrace P. nox, Swainson, and its allies. All
the species of this group, as well as all Troides, have as imagines a very
strong scent, and are certainly highly protected.

577. Papiio (Pangerana) sycorax, Grose Smith.

P. (Pangerana) sycoraz, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii,
p. 54, n. 15, pl. M, fig. 1, male (1893).

Grose Smith. Distant. Hagen. Originally described from Sumatra,
but found also in the Malay Peninsula. In Sumatra it flies from
Bindjei to south of Bekantschan, but not on the Central Plateau.
We have numerous specimens from Selesseh, and Wr. Martin took
it himself at Quala Minchirim near Bindjei, and at Roemah Kenang-
kong near Toentoengan, throughout the year. Dr. Hagen has quite
recently caught it in Kedjang in Southern Sumatra. It has a bold and
high flight like a V’roides, and is not easily captured, but in the forest
near Selesseh there was a tree of Jambosa aquxa, Rumph., in flower,
on which in July, 1893, the collectors obtained considerable numbers
of both sexes by using a long bamboo-handled net. P. erebus, Wallace,
P. sycorax, and P. hageni, Rogenhofer, are all apparently commoner in
the female than in the male sex, which is the reverse of nearly all
other species of Papilio. Herr Puttfarcken has observed a female of
P. sycorax depositing eggs on a lime tree (Citrus sp.) at Bandar Quala
in Serdang.

578. Papinio (Pangerana) HAGENI, Rogenhofer.

P. (Pangerana) hageni, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii,
p. 55, n. 16, pl. M, fig. 2, female (1893); idem, id., Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2,
p. 45, n. 39, pl. iv, fig. 6, male (1894).

Rogenhofer, Hagen. Originally described from Sumatra, where

1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 513

it flies throughout the year on the Central Plateaus of Tobah and Karo
only rarely, the male even rarer than the female. Dr. Hagen has seen
it on the wing, and describes the flight as “ memnon-like;” it fre-
quents the flowers of Pavetta. This butterfly as well as P. sycoraz,
Grose Smith, by reason of their curious white wigs proved very attrac-
tive to the Malay collectors, so they awarded them the name “ Kapala
Putih,” which means “ White Head.” It may however have been
due to the fact that they received an extra douceur for every Kapala
Putih they caught that they took such interest in these two particular
species.

579. Papitio (Pangerana) EREBUS, Wallace.
P. erebus, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 26, n. 25, pl. i, fig. 2, larva (1894).

Hagen as noctis and erebus. The P. noctis of Hewitson appears to
be a distinct species confined to Borneo. P. erebus occurs in Sumatra
throughout the year, as we have specimens caught in every month.
It is absolutely restricted to the forest, and even there does not go to
roads or rivers, but flies slowly through the thickest undergrowth,
where it avoids the net very cleverly by its highly irregular and erratic
flight, and by dodging amongst the bushes, consequently really perfect
specimens are hardly ever obtained. The males are much rarer than
the females, but may sometimes be caught on the borders of the forest
on the sweet smelling Veronica-like blue flower of a small tree, The
larva has been figured by Dr. Hagen, is brown with black markings,
the sixth and seventh segments with a white saddle-like band, and the
whole body is furnished with long fleshy tentacles very similar to those in
Troides. It feeds on a Piperucea called ‘‘Dahoen Peandang” by the
Malays, Dr. Martin saw three larve in Dr. Dohrn’s possession in
February, 1895. The pupa, according to Dr. Hagen, is exactly like that
of the Javan P. nox, Swainson.

580. Papitio (Araminta) peMoLion, Cramer.

Grose Smith as demoleon [sic]. Snellen as demolion, Linneus
[sic]. Hagen. Wallace. Staudinger. Distant. Flies from March
to July in the forests of the outer hills, from Selesseh to south of
Bekantschan ; is rather rare in our area; the males have a very quick
and restless flight and frequent flowers, on which they do not settle,
but abstract the honey while hovering. The larva feeds on Citrus, and
is very similar to that of P. polytes, Linneus, but is of a darker
green colour. In Java it is very plentiful near Semarang.

514 WL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,
581. Parinio (Charus) HeLENvus, Linneeus. Z

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Wallace. Butler. Distant.
Dr. Wallace separates off the Sumatran and Javan form of P. helenus
from the North Indian form as a “Local form b,” differing in being
“Smaller; the third and fourth lunules from the anal angle beneath
very small or quite absent.” Next to P. polytes, Linneus, and
P. antiphus, Fabricius, this is our most common Papilio, a true inhabi-
tant of the forest, found over the whole of our area, even on the Cen-
tral Plateau, but most plentiful on the outer hills. The male has a
quick and powerful flight, and frequents flowers and wet spots on forest
roads. The female is rarer, and must be looked for in the forest when
depositing her eggs. The larvais most common in February on different
species of Citrus, it is superficially very similar to that of P. memnon,
Linneus, but is somewhat smaller and has brownish-red lateral streaks.
The pupa is smaller and much more slender, but is coloured like that
of P. memnon. The imago emerges in from 14 +0 15 days. Rothschild
records this species from Sumatra as (e), P. helenus palawanicus,
Staudinger.

582. Papiuio (Charus) iswara, White.

Hagen. Very rare in our area, more common on the western
boundary, as most of the specimens received have been from the
Gayoe-lands. Occasionally taken at Selesseh and Besitan. Found
in the plains and outer hills. During a short collecting trip in Indra-
giri in the middle of Sumatra, Dr. Fried] Martin found this species very
plentifully in February, 1895, but not a single specimen of P. helenus,
Linnzeus, was observed.

583. Paprcio (Charus) NEPHELUS, Boisduval.

Grose Smith. Hagen as albolineatus, Fabricius [sic]; nephelus; and
nephelus, var. saturnus. Wallace. Staudinger. Distant as nephelus,
var. saturnus. Forbes as saturnus, Butler as saturnus. Distant notes
that in a Sumatran specimen of this species in his collection “The
pale stramineous markings above are more or less shaded with dark
ochraceous.” This remark probably applies toafemale. P. albolineatus,
Forbes, was described from Borneo, and is figured in Aid, vol. 1i, pl.
clxvi, fig. 1. We have seen no specimen of it from Sumatra, though
Dr. Hagen has recorded it from thence. P. nephelus is rarer than
P. helenus, Linneus, and occurs throughout the year in the plains and
on the outer hills, but not on the Central Plateau. It is also a true
forest butterfly; the males have a very quick and restless flight, are
fond of flowers, but settle only for a very brief period; never observed

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 515

on roads. The larva feeds on different species of Citrus, the larva
and pupa being practically identical with those of P. helenus, so that it is
only when the imago emerges that one is able to know with certainty
which species is being bred. The pupal state lasts about a fortnight.
Rothschild records it from Sumatra as (b), P. nephelus saturnus, Guérin,
(a*), 2-ab. albolineatus, Forhes.

584. Papiuio (Charus) piopHantus, Grose Smith.

P. diophantus, Grose Smith and Kirby, Bhop. Ex., vol. i, pl. Papilio i, figs. 4,
male ; 3, female (1887).

Grose Smith. Hagen as diaphantus [sic].

Hasitat: N.-H. Sumatra.

EXpANSE: Q, 4°7 inches.

Description: Frmanr. Differs from the male in being larger.
Urrersipn, both wings paler. Forewing with a diffused discal macular
pale ochreous band from the inner margin to the lower discoidal nervule.
Hindwing with the large quadrifid whitish patch of a deeper and more
ochreous colour than in the male, and continued to the abdominal margin
in a narrow decreasing deep ochreous band. UNDERsIDE, both wings as
in the male.

Restricted to Sumatra, and found, like P. forbest, Grose Smith,
only on the Central Plateau not below 3,000 feet. ‘The males on sandy
river beds throughout the year. The female is very rare, Dr. Martin
obtained two or three only in thirteen years. Messrs. Grose Smith and
Kirby say that their fig. 3 is taken from a female. If this is so (it
looks like a male) it differs greatly from the female described above
by me.

585. Papitio (Iliades) meEmnon, Linneous.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen as memnon and esperit. Wallace.
Staudinger. Kirby. In Sumatra the female of this species is repre-
sented by four distinct forms :—

I. Tailless, nearest to the male; forewing with a red epaulette,
z.e., the base of the discoidal cell on the upperside is red; the disc of the
forewing beyond the discoidal cell towards the apex is whitish, there
are all gradations from a few whitish streaks only between the veing
to a large apical white area bearing a few black streaks and crossed
by the black veins, the extreme apex of the wing is always dusky.
Abdomen quite black, with the exception of the extreme apex which
is yellow. This form from Sumatra is figured by Wallace in Trans.
Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, first series, vol. xxv, pl. i, fig. 3 (1865).

II. Tailless; forewing with a creamy-white epaulette; the disc

J. 1 65

516 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

of the forewing beyond the discoidal cell towards the apex not whitish,
but nearly as dark as in the male, but of a somewhat duller shade.
Hindwing has the abdominal margin on the upperside yellow. The
posterior moiety of the abdomen rich chrome-yellow.

Til. Tailless; forewing with a red epaulette; the dise of the
forewing beyond the discoidal cell towards the apex whitish as in
Form I. Hindwing on the upperside with a large outer discal white
area, bearing a series of seven submarginal rounded black spots, of
which the four posterior ones are somewhat cuneiform in shape, and
are surrounded by the white area, the abdominal margin yellow as im
Form If. Abdomen as in Form II.

TV. Tailed; the tails shew much variety, being sometimes spatu-
late, sometimes simple and straight without any apical swelling; fore-
wing with a red eépaulette. Hindwing on the upperside with a large
discal white area consisting of eight spots, and filling the discoidal cell
all except the base; the abdominal margin being yellow. Abdomen
entirely yellow except for a dorsal median black streak.

Forms I and II are common, III is rather rare, IV is very rare,
Dr. Martin obtaining seven specimens only. Dr. Martin has frequently
bred it, and has obtained all four forms of the female from eggs laid by
one mother. Four eggs deposited by a tailed female (Form IV), did not
yield a single tailed descendant like herself. The larva is green with
some whitish lateral streaks and bluish markings. The pupa is sus-
pended on the leaves or stalks of its food-plant, Cctrus limonellus, Hassk.,
and Citrus decumana, Linneeus, it is green with the upperside yellow: if
suspended on wood it is greyish-brown of the same shade as the wood.
On one occasion a larva suspended itself on a common blue, white, and
red tin of Huntley and Palmer’s biscuits, and this pupa was very bright,
and exhibited some blue and red tints. After 14-15 days the imago
emerges, om one occasion during a most unusual spell of dry weather,
one specimen remained 43 days in the pupa stage. This example was a
very fine and large tailed Form IV female, but all the other tailed
females bred by Dr. Martin emerged as usual in about a fortmight.
P. memnon is common throughout the year in the plains, not higher
than Bekantschan, in gardens and orchards, near liouses and villages
everywhere where species of Citrus grow. It is most plentiful in March,
The male has a quick, restless, undulating flight, it frequents flowers,
but never goes to wet spots on roads, and is mostly busy in search of
the female through the orange and lime thickets round the Malay
villages. The female has a slower, more sailing flight, and is often
to be seen on lime trees depositing her round green eggs one at a time
on young shoots. The full-fed larva from Java has been fgured by

-J7

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 517

Heer M. C. Piepers in Tijd. voor Kat., vol. xxxi, p. 350, pl. vill, fig.
5 (1588).

586. Papritto (Iliades) rorpust, Grose Smith.

P. forbesi, Grose Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Ex., vol. i, pl. Papilio i, figs. 1, 2,
male (1887); id., Martin, Nat. Tijd. voor Neder.-Indié, vol. liii, p. 335, n. 2 (1893).

Grose Smith. Hagen. The male is somewhat variable, on the
upperside of the hindwing in some specimens the usual four anal grey
lunules are almost obliterated. There are two forms of female :—

I. Forewing almost as in the male, somewhat paler only except
the inver margin broadly towards the base. Hindwing with the anal
half not quite touching the discoidal cell creamy-white, this area ending
anteriorly at the second subcostal nervule; bearing in the submedian
interspace an oval black spot which inwardly touches the narrow black
abdominal margin, two conical equal-sized spots in the median inter-
spaces, a conical but smaller spot than the two which precede it in the
discoidal interspace; the margin bears five large black spots, of which
those in the median interspaces alone are free. Underside, forewing
somewhat paler than in the male. Hindwing has the basal red streaks
as in the male, the large creamy-white area spotted with black as on its
own upperside, but in the upper subcostal interspace there is an addi-
tional oval small whitish spot crowned with a few turquoise-blue scales,
with some similar scales in the interspace above.

II. Similar to Form I, but the forewing has a creamy-white
epaulette as in the Form II of the female of P. memnon, Linneus, in
Sumatra. It is possible that this form of P. memnon may mimic Form II
of P. forbest.

P. forbesi is found on the Central Plateau only, at a not less eleva-
tion than 3,000 feet above the sea, and flies all through the year. The
male is common, and is caught on the sandy banks of hill streams; the
female of both forms is excessively rare, Dr. Martin obtaining five
specimens only. The first male was obtained by Mr. H. O. Forbes near
Lake Ranau in Benkoelen quite in the south of Sumatra, the females
described in 1893 by Dr. Martin were obtained in the previous year.

587. Papitio (Laertias) potyres, Linneus.

Snellen as pammon and polytes. Grose Smith as pammon and
polytes. Hagen. Wallace as theseus. Kirby as numa, Weber, and
antiphus, De Haan (nec Fabricius). Distant. Dr. Wallace separates
off the Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Lombock, and Timor form
from the India, Ceylon, China, and Malay Peninsula form, true P. polytes,
under the name of P. theseus, Cramer, which differs in the male being

518 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

“Smaller, and the tail always reduced to a projecting tooth.” Neither —

of these characters is constant, in specimens from N.-E. Sumatra the
length of the tail especially is very variable, and it is often quite as long
as in Indian specimens. In Sumatra P. polytes has two forms only of
female :—

I. Very similar to the male.

II. Mimicking P. antiphus, Fabricius. This is the P. theseus of
Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, pl. clxxx, fig. B (1777), described from the
west coast of Sumatra; it is also figured by Wallace in Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond., first series, vol. xxv, p. 52, n. 63, pl. ii, fig. 7 (1865), from Suma-
tra. This form has practically no white spots on the disc of the hind-
wing as in the corresponding second form of the female of the Indian
P. polytes, which there mimics P. aristolochiw, Fabricius, a butterfly
which in Sumatra is replaced by P. antiphus, though very rarely there
is just a trace of a whitish spot in the discoidal cell. Papilio numa,
Weber, was described from Sumatra, from the description it would appear
to be the ordinary second form of the female of P. polytes found in India,
so Weber’s habitat is almost certainly incorrect. P. polytes is the most
common Papilio of our area, and occurs probably everywhere except at
the higher elevations and on the Central Plateau. It flies in gardens,
orchards, on roads, near rivers, houses, and villages, and is always to be
seen in the neighbourhood of lime trees. The females prefer to lay
their eggs on young and low trees of species of Ovztras, and deposit
three or four eggs only on each bush. The young larva, like those
of P. memnon, Linneeus, P. helenus, Linneus, and P. nephelus, Boisduval,
have a strong superficial likeness to a bird’s dropping, which doubtless
at this stage greatly protects them. The pupal stage is eleven days
only. Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it in Java, and has figured three
stages of the larva in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxi, p. 352, pl. viii, figs. 6,
7,8 (1888). Rothschild records it from Deli, Sumatra, as P. polytes,
Linneus, typical form; also as P. polytes theseus, Cramer, (g!), 9Q-f.
javanus, Felder, from Sumatra, rare; also as P. polytes theseus, Cramer,
(7), Q-f. loc. theseus, Cramer, common.

588. Papriio (Menamopsis) perses, de Nicéville.

P. (Menamopsis) perses, de Nicéyville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. xiii, pt. 2, p. 46, n. 40,
pl. iv, fig. 7, male (1894).

P. hewitsonii, Westwood, var. swmatrana, Hagen, Iris, vol. vii, p. 20, n. 11,
(1894).

Hagen as hewitsonii, var. swumatrana. Also very rare, six specimens
only in thirteen years, on high elevations not below 3,000 feet on the

Central Plateau of the Karo Battaks and in the Gayoe territory in

Bc i

1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 519

November and January. The Hon. Walter Rothschild in Novitates
ZLoologicer, vol. ii, p. 362 (1895), records this species as P. slatert perses,
de Nicéville, from North-Eastern Sumatra. Neither Dr. Martin or I
can agree with him in sinking P. hewitsoni, Westwood, from Borneo, and
P. perses as sub-species of P. slateri, Hewitson, from N.-E. India, and
P. tavoyanus, Butler, from Burma. The two latter have extensive blue
markings on the upperside of the forewing, which the two former
entirely lack, and no intergrades between them have been found, so we
think that P. hewttsoni should stand as a full species, with P. perses
as a local race.

589, Papit1o (Menamopsis) purra, de Nicéville.

P. (Menamopsis) petra, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 47;
n. 41, pl. iv, fig. 5, male (1894).

Described from a single example from the Gayoe mountains taken
in January, 1893. No specimens have been obtained since. Rothschild
records this species as (c), P. slatert perses, de Nicéville, (a?), ab. petra,
de Nicéville. He may be correct in assigning it to the position of an
aberration only, but as the type is unique, it may be kept distinct for the
present till further specimens are obtained and we know more about
it. Mr. Rothschild’s note is as follows:—‘‘ This insect has been dis-
covered in the same district where P. perses, de Nicéville, was obtained,
and it is most probably nothing but an atavistic example of the latter,
provided it has the same structural characters as P. sluteri, Hewitson.
I have not had the opportunity to examine a specimen of this aberra-
tion.” (Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 363 (1895).

590. Parinio (Hupleopsis) BUTLERT, Janson.

Grose Smith as paradoxa. Wallace as paradoxa, local form 6,
Hagen as paradowa, var. zanoa. Dr. Wallace describes this species
from Sumatra without naming it as follows :—‘“‘Smaller than P. para-
doxa, Zinken-Sommer, from Java and Borneo; intermediate in the
markings between the Java and Borneo forms; interior row of elongate
marks on the upperside of the forewing light blue, not descending
to the outer angle.” Mr. Butler has described and figured three
species of the paradoxa group from Sarawak in Borneo, viz., P. zanoa,
P. kerosa, and P. juda. Without having the actual types to compare
with Sumatran specimens, it is difficult to say if any of these supposed
distinct species are the same as P. butleri; they are all obviously very
nearly allied to that species and to one another. P. butleri was des-
cribed from Malacca, and is recorded by Distant fidm Province

520 I. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

‘Wellesley and Kwala Lumpor in Selangor alsoin the Malay Peninsula,
I possess two specimens from Quang and Kwala Lumpor. Sumatran
specimens agree fairly well with Malay Peninsula ones, and with
Distant’s figure of the species, pl. xxviia, fig. 6, male. Both sexes
mimic the corresponding sexes of Huplea linneeit, Moore. Dr. Martin
has obtained two females only of P. butleri, which mimic the female
of H. linnexi. It is rare in the plains and outer hills, near Selesseh, in
Padang Bedagei and Asahan, also in the Gayoe territory, but certainly
not muck higher than Bekantschan, and flies from January to June and
again in September, but in no other months. The males if undisturbed
are on the wing exactly like H. linnzi, but as soon as they scent danger
they assume the typical rapid flight of a Papilio. They are very fond
of wet swampy spots on roads in the forest. The females are very
scarce. Dr. Martin’s brother bred it in Asahan in 1891 from larve found
on a low shrub (not a creeper) in the forest; they were velvety black
with fleshy red tubercles. The pupa, suspended by a black median
girth, adheres by the three posterior abdominal segments to a branch
of the food-plant, and looks like an obliquely cut off bit of stick as
do the pupe of all this group. The pupa is quite rigid, and has no
motion in the abdominal segments whatever.

591. Papitio (Hupleopsis) mniama, Wallace.

P. enigma, Wallace, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, first series, vol. xxv,
p. 60, n. 83, pl. vii. fig. 3, male (1865).

Described by Wallace from Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo. The
specimen figured is from Sumatra. It is possible that the butterfly
figured by Distant in Rhop. Malay., pl. xxvii, fig. 6, as the female of
P. butleri, Janson, is the true female of P. enigma. (Wallace records
that species from Malacca as noted above, but Distant concludes that
the Malaccan specimen so identified is the P. butleri described subse-
quently as a distinct species.) It is extremely difficult to say who
is right, Wallace or Distant; the butterflies of this group are excessively
rare, so that it is almost impossible to get together sufficient material to
decide the point. Dr. Martin has two females only, one taken on the
outer hills south of Namoe Ockor, in December, the other in Indragiri
in the middle of Sumatra, in February. These specimens agree with
Distant’s figure above quoted, and I prefer to consider them to represent
P. enigma rather than to be a dimorphic form in the female of P. but-
lert. Dr. Martin, as noted above, possesses the ordinary form of the
female of P. butlert which mimics the female of Huplea linnei, Moore,
and was uukuown to Distant.

1895.] LL. de Nicéville & Dr: L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 521

592. Paprtio (Hupleopsis) PENOMIMUS, Martin.

P. penomimus, Martin, Hinige neue Tagschmetterlinge yon Nordost-Sumatra
(Munich), pt. 1, p. 2, n. 2 (1895).

This butterfly, though it has the facies of the species included in
the dissimilis group (subgenus Chilasa), may belong to the paradora
group (subgenus Hwpleopsis), as it has the hindwing at the termination
of the upper subcostal nervule produced, that being a characteristic
feature of the species of the latter group. P. penomimus reminds one
somewhat of P. ramaceus, Westwood, Trans. Hunt. Soc. Lond., 1872,
p- 95, pl. v, fig. 3, from Borneo, which species, however, is placed by
Rothschild under P. leucothoé, Westwood. It is very rare in the forests
of the plains and on the outer hills, occurs near Selesseh, at Bekantschan,
and at Bandar Quala in Serdang from January to March and again in June.
Dr. Martin bred it from some larve found by Herr O. Puttfarcken
at Bandar Quala in Serdang in May, 1894. They feed on a low shrub
in the forest called by the Malays ‘‘ Dahoen Laksah,” are velvety green
and deep indigo blue, with round lateral red spots, and short fleshy
tubercles. The pupa is similar to that of P. butleri, Janson, being sus-
pended by a black girth to a stalk of the food-plant, the three posterior
abdominal segments greatly flattened on the side touching the stick,
As the stalk was still green, the pupa also was mostly green with
brown and white markings. The imago emerged in 16 days.

From what I can gather from Mr. Rothschild’s paper on Papilios;
the three last named species all belong to P. paradoxus, Zinken-Sommer,
sub-species telesicles, Felder. Mr. Rothschild’s collection appears to
contain only three males and one female of the group from Sumatra,
of which he enumerates the female as P. paradoxus telesicles, Felder,
(7*), Q-ab. daja, Rothschild. He does not say what his males are.
When he wrote his paper Dr. Martin’s description of both sexes of
P. penomimus had not reached him. Dr. Martin writes to me that
after examining Dr. Staudinger’s collection at Dresden, he considers
that the three species we have enumerated above are all one, aud that
in Sumatra it is trimorphic in the female. What he has described as
the male of P. penomimus is an error, all his specimens of that species
being females. Rothschild names Distant’s figure in Rhop. Malay., pl.
xxvila, fig. 6, male “ (n*), ab. distante”’; and Distant’s figure pl. xxvii,
fig. 6, female, “‘ (w®), ab. nepticula.”” As regards P. xnigma, Wallace,
Rothschild records it as ‘‘ (q#), d-ab. enigma, Wallace.”

593. Paprtio (Hupleopsis) mG1ALuS, Distant.

P. velutinus, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xvi,
p. 343 (1885).

Grose Smith as cawnws. Wallace as caunus. Butler as velutinus.

522“. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Originally described from the Malay Peninsula and is a local race of P. cau-
nus, Westwood, of Java. It is one of a group which are amongst the most
perfect mimics known, their models being the different local races of
Euplea diocletianus, Fabricius. It is very rare, Dr. Martin in thirteen
years has obtained two specimens only, both males, in forest near Selesseh,
the first on 23rd April, 1893, the second on 15th July, 1894. The first
was captured by a very clever Chinese collector, who watched and
followed the butterfly for nearly half the day before he was able to
catch it. He correctly took it for a Papilio, but thought it might be a
female of P. butleri, Janson. Rothschild records this species from
Sumatra as P. caunus xgialus, Distant, and notes that ‘“‘ The type-
specimen of P. sxgtulus, Distant, now in my collection, does not differ
from that of P. velutinus, Butler, in the British Museum, except in the
submarginal markings of the hindwing, which are a little smaller in
P. velutinus; one of my three P. egialus from the Malay Peninsula has
these spots, however, not larger than the type of P. velutinus.”

594. Papic1o (Achillides) ansuna, Horsfield.

P. arjuna, Horsfield, var. gedeensis, Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nach., vol. xix, p. 287
(1893) ; idem, id., Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. lv, p. 118 (1894).

Wallace. Hagen. Staudinger. Herr H. Fruhstorfer has recently
described not only P. gedeensis from W. Java and Sumatra, but also
P. prillwitzi from W. Java, and P. tenggerensis from KE. Java, while
admitting the occurrence of P. arjuna also in Java. I have not suffi-
cient material to form an opinion as to whether or not all these four
species (five including P. karna, Felder), all closely allied, and from
one island, are distinct and valid. Herr Fruhstorfer has sent me
specimens of P. gedeensis from Java which agree with my Sumatran
examples of P. arjuna, They differ from Horsfield’s figure of the
latter in lacking a pale green band across the disc of the fore-
wing on the upperside. In Sumatra specimens are found with and
without the green band; the latter are the commoner. Further obser-
vations appear to be necessary before Herr Fruhstorfer’s species
can be accepted. P.arjunain Sumatra is restricted to the Central
Plateau, where it is common and flies throughout the year, as the
collectors brought in specimens in every month. Is not nearly so
shy or quick on the wing as P. palinurus, Fabricius. Rothschild
places P. tenggerensis as a pure synonym of P. arjuna; he gives

P. gedeensis as P. arjuna, Horsfield, (a*), ab. gedeensis, Fruhstorfer ;
and allows P. prillwitzi full specific rank.

24 ‘,
Penh ally
pikes a ps —

;

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 523
595. Pavrnto (Achillides) Karna, Felder.

P. (Achillides) discordia, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii,
p. 343, n. 17, pl. I, fig. 2, male (1892).

Hagen as karna. When describing this distinct species I over-
looked P. karna, Felder, described from Java, as Mr. Kirby had placed
it in his Synonomic Catalogue as a “var.” of P. arjuna, Horsfield,
instead of admitting its undoubtedly valid specific rank as he should
have done. It is very rare, and occurs on the western boundary of
our area in the Gayoe territory, from whence in thirteen years Dr. Martin
obtained. only ten specimens in the months of January and May. This
fine species is much larger than P. arjuna. Mr. Rothschild considers
P. karna to be a sub-species only of P. arjuna, and records it from
Sumatra as (b), P. arjuna karna, Felder.

596. Parriio (Harimala) pAuinurus, Fabricius.

Grose Smith as palinurus and brama. Hagen as palinurus and
brama. Wallace as brama. Butler as brama. Distant as brama.
Kirby as palinurus, De Haan (nec Fabricius). No author as far as
IT am aware has ventured to point out how P. palinurus, Fabricius,
and P. dxdalus, Felder, are supposed to differ. Dr. Wallace in his
paper on the Papilionide of the Malayan Region keeps P. brama,
Guérin, described from the Malayan Coast, and P. dsedalus distinct, but
does not mention P. palinurus at all. The latter was described by
Fabricius from Tranquebar. P. palinurus is found in Burma, the
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and the Philippine Isles, P. dedalus
in the Philippines. A closely allied species is P. crino, Fabricius,
erroneously described from Africa, but found from Northern India to
Ceylon, I have a good series of P. palinurus from all the localities
above named, and can find no single character by which to separate
them. The exact position of the discal green band on the upperside
of the hindwing seems to be inconstant, in some specimens it reaches
well into the discoidal cell, in others it is bounded by the disco-cellular
nervules. In Sumatra P. palinuwrus is found in the plains only of Deli
and Langkat, occurring throughout the year, and is decidedly rare, but
is somewhat commoner in Serdang. It flies in the forest and settles
on wet spots on forest roads. It is fond of flowers, Ivora, Lantana,
&c., goes to gardens, and is very shy and quick on the wing. It is
not protected against birds, as Dr. Martin has often picked up wing's
without body.

597. Paptrio (Meandrusa) PAYENI, Boisduval.

Grose Smith. Hagen. P. evan, Doubleday, from N.-E. India, is a
Je ti 66

524 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. (No. 8,

local race of P. payeni, Boisduval, from which it differs chiefly in being
larger. P. payent was originally described from Java. Rare at high
elevations, not below 2,000 feet in the Battak and Gayoe mountains in
March and September. Only five specimens obtained in thirteen years.
Rothschild records it from Sumatra and Borneo as (b), P. payent brunet,
Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nach., vol. xx, p. 300 (1894), originally described from
Brunei, North Borneo. |

598. Papitio (Pathysa) ANTIPHATES, Cramer.
P. itam-puti, Butler, Nat. Wand. in East. Arch., p. 276 (1885).

Snellen. Hagen as antiphates; and antiphates, var. pompilius.
Wallace as antiphates, local form a, Podalirius pompilius, Swainson.
Distant as antiphates, var. pompilius. This is a very variable species
wherever it occurs, and as the variations found do not appear to be res-
tricted to geographical areas, it does not seem possible to break up the
parent species described from China into local races. It is common over
the whole of our area, in and near forest, and throughout the year, but
most abundant in March. The males come in crowds to wet spots on
roads, and settle among a number of Pierinw, where they evidently
feel protected as they also have white wings; when on the wing they
look like a “‘ White,” as their long tails when flying rapidly can hardly
be seen. The females are only caught in the forest as they do not come
to roads. Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it in Java, and has figured the
larva in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxi, p. 349, pl. viii, fig. 4 (1888). Roths-
child records the typical race of P. antiphates from Eastern China; the
Sumatran form as a subspecies, (b), P. antiphates alcibiades, Fabricius ;
with an aberration which “* Seems to be the usual form in Sumatra, but
occurs also in other localities,” as (c*), ab. ctamputi, Butler.

599. Papinio (Pathysa) rNsuLaris, Staudinger.

P. agetes, Westwood, var. insularis, Staudinger, Iris, vol. vii, p. 349 (1895).

Hagen as agetes. Staudinger as agetes, var. insularis. This species
was described from Sumatra interior, and the Kina Balu mountain in
Borneo. 1 allow it specific rank with some misgivings. The Hima-
layan, Assamese, and Burmese forms (true P. agetes) have the second
band from the base of the forewing ending at the submedian nervure,
in the Malayan Peninsula form it ends in the middle of the submedian
interspace (vide Distant’s figure in Rhop. Malay., pl. xlii, fig. 8), in
Sumatran specimens the band is the shortest of all, and ends on the
median nervure, All the markings in the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra
specimens are darker than in the typical Indian form. But all three
forms evidently grade almost imperceptibly the one into the other.

St elie
¥ :

1895.] UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 525

Found only at high elevations, not below 3,000 feet, on the Central
Plateau and in the Gayoe mountains, throughout the year, but most
abundant in December and January, in which months the Battak col-
lectors brought in hundreds of males. This butterfly, like species of
Charawes, very easily rots, as all specimens brought from the moun-
tains if not properly dried at once in the sun or by the fire fall to
pieces. Rothschild records this species from Sumatra as (b), P. agetes
insularis, Staudinger.

600. Paprtio (Pathysa) HEeRMOCRATES, Felder.

Hagen as anticrates, var. Flies only in the forests of the plains,
where it is very rare. A few specimens only obtained at Paya Bakong
near the sea in April, and one from near Selesseh in June. Dr. Hagen
had only one specimen from the Gayoe-lands. Rothschild records it
from Sumatra as (d), P. aristeus hermocrates, Felder.

601. Papinio (Zetides) EMPEDOCLES, Fabricius.

Hagen. This species appears to be migrating westwards, Dr. Wal-
lace in 1865 recorded it from Borneo, it has within the last five years
appeared in Sumatra, and in Malacca, Penang and Perak in the Malay
Peninsula. In Sumatra only three specimens have been taken in June
and December at a high elevation in the mountains. Rothschild records
it from Java, Banka Island and Palawan.

602. Papinio (Zetides) puRYPYLUS, Linnzeus.

Wallace as jason. Grose Smith as eurypilus [sic]. Snellen as yason.
Hagen as eurypylus and telephus. Dr. Wallace in Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond., Zoology, first series, vol. xxv, pl. vill, fig. 4 (1865), has figured
the outline of the costa of the forewing of this species from Sumatra.
Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it in Java, and beautifully figured three
stages of the larva under the name of P. jason, Esper, in Tijd. voor
Hot., vol. xxxi, p. 347, pl. viii, figs. 1, 2, 3 (1888). Rothschild
records this species from Sumatra as (h), P. eurypylus axion, Felder.

603. Papitio (Zetides) Mucistgeus, Distant.

Hagen. Rothschild does not allow P. mecisteus specific rank, he
records it as (h), P. ewrypylus axion, Felder, (b?), ab. mecisteus, Distant.

604. Papruio (Zetides) rvemon, Boisduval.

Wallace as P. jason, Esper, variety or dimorphic form a. Distant.
Hagen. Dr. Wallace writes of this species:—“This may be a distinct
species, but is more probably a case of dimorphism. The two forms

526 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

[P. jason and P. evemon] are absolutely identical, except that the
red spot at the base of the hindwing on the underside, in P. jason,
Esper, is constantly absent in P. evemon, Boisduval.”” Rothschild gives.
P. evemon full specifie rank. . ?

605. Papriio (Zetides) BATH¥YCLES, Zinken-Sommer. ;

Grose Smith. Hagen. Rothschild records the typical form from
Java, and “Most probably also in South-West Sumatra,” and the
ordinary Sumatran form as (b), P. bathycles bathycloides, Honrath,
These four last mentioned species are all inhabitants of the plains,
where’ they occur throughout the year in and near forest, the males
often settled in dozens on wet spots on roads. They are all quick and
strong on the wing, but not quite as fast-flying as P. sarpedon, Linneus.
Tf chased away from their favourite spots they behave very like species:
of Catopsilia, and hurry up and down the forest roads in Indian file.
P. mecisteus, Distant, and P. bathycles are somewhat the rarer, the
latter is also found at higher elevations than the others, to the south of
Bekantschan.

606. Paprtro (Dalchina) sArpepon, Linneus,.

Snellen. Hagen. Grose Smith. Wallace. Distant. Commor
all over our area, from the plains to a high elevation throughout the
year on forest roads. The males sit often six or eight together on @
wet spot on the road. It has a very strong, quick, and jerking flight.
I have figured and described a highly melanic aberration of this species:
from Sumatra in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vin, p. 54, n. 14,
pl. L, fig. 11, male (1893). Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it im Java, and
has figured the two final stages of the larva in Tijd. voor Ent., vol.
xxxi, p. 346, pl. vii, figs. 8, 9 (1888). Rothschild records the typicak
form of the species from Sumatra.

607. Papr.to (Dalchina) ctoantHus, Westwood.

Snellen. Hagen as cloanthus, var. swmatrana, Hagen. Rothschild
records it from Sumatra as (c), P. cloanthus sumatranus, Hagen. The
Sumatran form is slightly more melanic than the typical form from
North India and Assam, that is to say, the black areas in the forewing
are somewhat larger, thereby reducing the bluish-green markings some-
what. It is almost doubtful if Sumatran specimens could be correctly
sorted out from Indian ones if the labels from both were removed and
the specimens mixed up. The Western and Central Chinese form,
P. cloanthus, var. clymenus, Leech, is a good local race, and can be dis-
tinguished at a glance. In Sumatra P. cloanthus is found on the Central

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 527

Plateau, not below 3,000 feet, where it occurs not very rarely
throughout the year.

608. *Paprnio (Zetides) ARYCLES, Boisduval.

Wallace as rama. Butler. As this species occurs in the Malay
Peninsula and in Borneo, I have no doubt that Messrs. Wallace and
Butler have correctly recorded it from Sumatra, though we have not
met with it. The P. rama of Felder, is a synonym of P. arycles. Since
the above was in type I find that Rothschild has four males from
Palembang in the south of Sumatra.

609. PaprLto (Zetides) AGAMEMNON, Linneeus.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Wallace. Distant. Dr. Wallace
records this species from Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java as
local form c. “Size small; tail very short.” The typical form of
P. agamemnon he gives from India, and Manilla in the Philippine Isles.
He has figured the outline of the costa of the forewing of this species
from Sumatra in Trans, Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, first series, vol. xxv,
pl. viii, fig. 6 (1865). Rothschild records the typical form from
Sumatra. Heer M. C. Piepers has bred it in Java, and has figured
all stages of the larva in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxi, p. 341, pl. vii,
figs. 1-7 (1888). It is common throughout the year everywhere in
the plains where Anona muricata and Michelia champaca, Linneus,
the food-plants of the larva, are found, and frequents the flowers of the
Lantana, &c., m gardens and near houses. As the butterfly is found
also often in the forest, some wild species of Anonacew or an allied
plant for the larva to feed on must grow there. The full-fed larva
exists in two varieties, a bright transparent shining green form, and a
yellow form, both having on the first three segments (omitting the
head) a horny tubercle with orange base one on each side of each seg-
ment. The pupa, which bears a nose-like projection from the thorax
directed forwards over the head, is green with some brownish markings,
and is suspended by a white girdle. After 15 days the imago emerges
from the pupa. The female butterfly prefers young low plants of the
Anona on which to lay her eggs, as on young newly planted bushes
four or five caterpillars are often found together. A “variety” of
P. agamemnon from Western Java has been described and figured by
Heer P. C. T. Snellen in Tijd. voor Ent., vol. xxxvii, p. 71, n. 3, pl. ii,
fig. 3, female (1890). Tt has all the usual macular green markings of
the upperside of a deep ochreous colour, probably due to chemical

action, possibly that of cyanide of potassium.

528 =. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

610. Papruio (Paranticopsis) xANTHOSOMA, Staudinger.
P. maccareus [sic], Godart, var. zanthosoma, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 7 (1889).

Hagen as macareus, Godardt [sic]; and macareus, var. aanthosoma.
Staudinger as macareus ; and maccareus [sic], var..zanthosoma. Occurs
throughout the year in the plains (Selesseh and Paya Bakong), on the
outer hills, and as far south as Soengei Batoe, also in the Gayoe terri-
tory; most abundant in November, March and April. In November,
1894, two Malay collectors brought in 104 male specimens collected in ~
six days from Kepras near Bohorok. We have never seen a female.
The male may be a mimic of Danais vulgaris, Butler, or, as it has a
deep yellow abdomen, of Danais banksti, Moore. They fly exactly like
a Danais, but betray themselves to the collector by coming to wet spots
on roads, which Danais seldom do; also when settled they keep their
wings in constant motion, whereas a Danais always rests with folded
motionless wings. Rothschild records this species from Sumatra as (c),
P. macareus xanthosoma, Staudinger.

611. Parinio (Paranticopsis) LeucoTHoE, Westwood.

P. lewcothoé, Westwood, var. interjectus, Honrath, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xxxvii,
p. 490 (1893).

Hagen as lewcothoé ; and leucothoé, var. interjectus. Distant. Stau-
dinger. A variable species as regards the extent of the white markings
in all the localities where it is found. Occurs in the forests of the
plains (Selesseh), and outer hills (Namoe Oekor), not much higher
than Bekantschan; also in Asahan and Indragiri, Rather rare in
February and March, and again in September. Its habits on the wing
are similar to those of P. butleri, Janson. It is doubtless a good mimic
of a brown Huplea. Rothschild records it from Sumatra as (b), P. leu-
cothoé interjectus, Honrath.

612. Paprio (Paranticopsis) DELESSERTII, Guérin.

Grose Smith. Hagen as laodocus, The P. delessertit of Guérin
described originally from Pulo-Pinang, has priority over P. laodocus,
De Haan, by one year. The butterfly is a beautiful mimic of
Ideopsis daos, Boisduval. The female is paler than the male, from which
it may instantly be known by the two spots beyond the discoidal cell
bisected by the lower discoidal and third median nervules in the
forewing being fused into a large quadrate patch. Found throughout
the year in the plains and outer hills, most abundant from February
to April, Dr. Martin took it himself near Paya Bakong not far from
the sea. Very common on the western boundary of our area at Bohorok

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 529

and in the Gayoe territory. The males come to roads and to sandy
river banks; the females are very rare, and Dr. Martin obtained three
only.

613. Paprtio (Paranticopsis) mMEGARUS, Westwood,

Hagen. Very rare in our area, perhaps less scarce on the western
boundary, four specimens only obtained from January to March at
Kepras and Bohorok. Dr. Hagen obtained a single example from the
outer hills.

614. Leprocrrcus curius, Fabricius.

Grose Smith. Snellen. Hagen. Staudinger. Distant.

615. Leprocircus meces, Zinken-Sommer.

Hagen. Staudinger as virescens. Both species of Leptocircus occur
throughout the year in the plains and on the outer hills ; they are fond
of running water, and fly very low over open grassy places on river
banks; they often settle on wet sand, but never on the grass. When
flying they make constantly a strange vibrating motion with the hind-
wings, which adds to their strong likeness to dragonflies. The females
are rare.

Family HESPERIID &.

In the family Hesperiidse we have followed the order given in
Captain EH. Y. Watson’s paper in the Journal of the Bombay Natural
History Society, vol. ix, p. 411 (1895), entitled “A key to the Asiatic
Genera of the Hesperiide,” which considerably changes the sequence
of the genera in Captain Watson’s previous paper in the Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London, 1893, p. 3, “ A proposed Classifica-
tion of the Hespertidx, with a Revision of the Genera.”

616. ORTHOPH®TUS PHANHUS, Hewitson.

Grose Smith as phaneus [sic]. Occurs rarely in forest near Selesseh
and on the outer hills, only two male specimens obtained, one in April,
the other in August.

617. CHARMION FICULNEA, Hewitson.

C. ficulnea, de Nicéville, Journ. A.S.B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 49, n. 1 (1894).

Grose Smith. On the outer hills and near Bekantschan throughout
the year not very commonly.

530 Li: de Nicéville & Dr. ‘L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

618. *CELENORRHINUS LADANA, Butler.

Astictopterus ladana, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 662, pl. xliii, Be 4,
male. F
Grose Smith. I have never seen this species.

619. CELENORRHINUS LEUCOcERA, Kollar.
Throughout the year, but most plentifully in March, and fairly
common from Bekantschan to the Central Plateau, never at lower

elevations.

620. CELENORRHINUS SIMULA, Hewitson.

Pterygospidea simula, Bewitcon Ann. and seh of Nat. chs fourth series,
vol. xx, p. 321 (1877). -

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Originally described from Sumatra.
Occurs at the same time, and in the same localities, as C. lewcocera,

Kollar, but is somewhat rarer.

621. CErLHNORRHINUS ASMARA, Butler.

Hagen as acmara [sic]. Very rare, only two specimens obtained
from the mountains in October.

622. CELENORRHINUS AURIVITTATA, Magee:

Hagen. Common throughout the year from Selesseh to Bees
schan; very plentiful near Namoe Oekor. It is very quick flying, and
always settles on the undersides of leaves near the ground.

623. CoLADENIA DAN, Fabricius.

Snellen. Hagen. Staudinger. Common over the whole of our
area, and flies throughout the year, often frequenting the same flowers
as Zemeros albipunctata, Butler, and Z. emesoides, Felder, on which it
settles in nearly the same manner, so that it is only when the insect is
in the net that its identity can often be determined.

624. Dario prea, de Nicéville.

D. dirx, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. ,n. 37, pl. Q,
fig. 49, male (1896).
Rare, five specimens only, from May to July near Selesseh and on

the outer hills near Namoe Oekor.

625. Satarupa Gopata, Moore.

Only at higher elevations south of Bekantschan rarely throughout
the year. It is an interesting fact that this butterfly, which has only
hitherto been recorded from Sikhim, Assam, and Burma, should occur

as far south as Sumatra.

1895.] LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 531

626. Sararupa AFFINIS, Druce.

The “ Tagiades” niphates, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlviii, p. 15,
n. 13, pl. i, fig. 5, male (1887), from West Sumatra (Padang) is a
synonym of this species. In Sumatra it occurs at the same elevations
as §. gopala, Moore, but also lower down on the outer hills. It is a
much commoner butterfly, and flies throughout the year.

627. *Sararupa samBARA, Moore.

Hagen. This is probably an incorrect identification, the last-named
Species being intended. Herr G. Weymer notes (I. c.) that Tagiades
cosima, Plotz, described from North India, is a synonym of this species.

628. OpINA HIEROGLYPHICA, Butler.

Excessively rare, only one specimen from Bekantschan in October,

1893.*

629. *TaGIADES JAPETUS, Cramer.

Snellen. Hagen. Originally described from Amboina. We have
nothing from Sumatra agreeing exactly with Cramer’s figure, which
shews on the forewing the usual three subapical transparent white dots,
two similar spots in the discoidal cell, and two on the disc divided by
the second median nervule. It is very closely allied to the next species.

630. Taciapes GANA, Moore.

Snellen. Hagen as gaua [sic]. Not rare in the plains.

631. Tacrapes articus, Fabricius.

Occurs commonly over the whole of our area,

* T take this opportunity to describe a butterfly closely allied to Odina hiero-
glyphica.

OpINA orTYGI4, de Nicéville, n. sp.

Hapitat: Daunat Range, Tenasserim, Burma.

EXpPaNsE: Male, 1°45 inches.

‘DescripTION: Mate. Closely allied to “ Plastingia” hieroglyphica, Butler,
described from Sarawak (Borneo), differing therefrom on both surfaces in having
all the black markings reduced by half, ali the orange markings therefore greatly
enlarged. It may be said (to judge from Mr. Butler’s figure) that O. hieroglyphica
is a black insect with yellow spots, while O. ortygia isa yellow insect with narrow
black lines dividing the surface into irregular orange tessellations.

I hope to more fully describe and figure this very beautiful butterfly at a sub-
sequent date. The type is unique in my collection.

J. 1 67

582 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

632. TaGIapEs ToBA, de Nicéville.

T. toba, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc, vol. x, p. , n. 32, pl. T,
fig. 47, male (1896).

Oceurs somewhat rarely in March, April and October in the
mountains south of Namoe Oekor.

633, TaGiAbES DEALBATA, Distant.

Found rarely in the mountains south of Namoe Oekor.

634. TacrapEs RAVI, Moore.

Hagen as rani [sic]. Butler. Not uncommon in the plains.

635. TaGIADES PRALAYA, Moore.

Not common in the mountains south of Namoe Oekor.

636. TAGIADES TRICHONEURA, Felder,

Grose Smith. Hagen. Occurs rarely in the same regions as the
last-named species.

637. TAGIADES PINWILLI, Butler.

Originally described from Malacca. Excessively rare, a single
specimen only obtained on the outer hills on 9th July, 1894. I have
both sexes of this species from Toungoo in Central Burma. All the
species of J'agiades are true inhabitants of high forest, and are very
quick on the wing, but they never fly for long distances, and settle often
with outspread wings, mostly on the underside of leaves. The species

which have white markings on the wings when flying look wholly
white.

638. TAapENA LAXMI, de Nicéville.

Originally described from Upper Tenasserim and Perak; occurs
also at Singla, below Darjiling, in May. In Sumatra it is rare in the
forests of the outer hills near Namoe Oekor. Dr, Martin possesses three
pairs only, taken in February, May to August, and December.

639. TAPENA THWAITESI, Moore.

Originally described from Ceylon. Is not the “ Plesionewra”
atilia, Mabille, var. palawana, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, pp. 157, 165,
pl. ii, fig. 11, male (1889), the same species as, or very closely allied to,
T. thwaitesi? The description and figure are said to have been taken
from a male specimen, but the markings are those of the female of
T. thwaitesi. This species is very rare in Sumatra, only two specimens
having been obtained in April in the forest near Selesseh.

1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 533

Dr. Martin informs me by letter from Munich that he possesses
three specimens of a third species of Tapena which may perhaps be
T’. agui, de Nicéville. As I have not seen these specimens I cannot in-
clude them in the list.

640. Oponropritum ancuLatA, Felder.

Hagen as angulatus [sic]. Staudinger. The <Achlyodes sura of
Moore, described from N.-H. Bengal, is a synonym.

641. OponrorTinum pyGeLA, Hewitson.

Both species of Odontoptilum are common, O. angulata, Felder, at
lower, O. pygela at higher elevations, and occur throughout the year,
They frequent wet spots on roads, settling with wide-spread wings.
O. angulata is called by the Malay collectors ‘“ Koepoe Tai ayam, The
fowl’s excrement butteifly,” which is a very good description of its
appearance.

642. *Asricroprerus JAMA, Felder.

Grose Smith. Butler. Distant. I have never been able to identify
this species which was originally described from a male from the Malay
Peninsula.

643. ASTICTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS, Moore.

Tsoteinon melania, Plétz, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xxix, p. 230, n. 26 (1885) ;
Astictopterus melania, id., Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlvii, p. 110, n. 4 (1886).

Hagen as olivescens [sic], and Isoteinia [sic] melania. Herr G.
Weymer has sent me a coloured drawing of the type of “ Isoteinon ”
melania in the collection of Herr Karl Ribbe. It appears to be the
same species as Astictopterus olivascens, Moore, which latter species is
not mentioned by Plétz in any of his papers, and appears therefore to
have been unknown to him. I. melania was described from Malacca. In
Sumatra 4d. olivascens is very common and ubiquitous throughout the
year, and with Padraona dara, Kollar, is the commonest of our
Hesperiide. The males are very fond of the flowers of a wild Geranium-
like plant and are found on every roadside and hedge. The dark uni-
formly coloured butterfly has a pretty appearance when contrasted with
the tiny red cup of the flower on which it is resting.

644. Sancus puntiao, Mabille.

Grose Smith as fuscula. Hagen as fuscula. According to Captain
Watson, “ Lagiades” fuscula, Snellen(=“ Astictopi‘erus”’ celunda, Stau-
diuger), is, as far as is known, confined to Celebes, while 8. pulligo,

534 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Mabille (=subfasciatus, Moore, and ulwnda, Plétz), occurs in South
India, Burma, the Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo, the Sulu Isles,
and the Philippine Isles. In Sumatra it is common on the outer
hills and plentiful near Namoe Oekor throughout the year.

645. KoRUTHAIALOS XANITES, Butler.

Grose Smith. I sent a long suite of specimens of this genus allied
to K. wanites to Captain Watson, who pronounces that amongst them
are several undescribed species from Sumatra, to be discriminated by
the length of the palpi and the greater or less prominence of the
orange markings on both sides of the forewing. As this latter feature is
apparently extremely variable I hesitate to describe any of these
supposed new species, as before doing so | think that critical examina-
tion of the prehensores of the males of all the species of the genus
should be made.

646. KorvuTHAIALOS VERONES, Hewitson.

Astictopterus verones, Hewitson, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. i,
p. 341 (1878).

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Originally described from Sumatra
thus :—‘‘ Both sides rufous-brown. Underside of the anterior wing
marked by a subapical rufous spot.” This is one of the well-marked
forms of the genus, which I possess also from Java. It occurs in
Sumatra not uncommonly with K. zanites, Butler.

647. KorUrHAIALOS KERALA, de Nicéville.

K. kerala, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x,p. ,n. 33, pl. T,
fig. 48, male (1896).

Somewhat rare, occurs in the mountains in May.

648. KoruTHAIALOS KOPHENE, de Nicéville,

K. kophene, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. ,n. 34, pl. T,
figs. 49, male ; 50, female (1896).

A rarer species than the one last-named, we possess three or four
specimens only from Sumatra. All the species of the genus are inhabi-
tants of the forest, where they are chiefly found on grassy forest paths
and on low flowers. They occur more abundantly at higher elevations
south of Namoe Oekor.

649. Suapa swerGa, de Nicéville.
8. swerga, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 872, n. 1 (1895).

This species has a wide range, occurring in Sikhim, Burma, the

1895.] UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra, 535

Malay Peninsula and Java, as well as at Bekantschan in N.-E, Suma-
tra in November, rarely.

650. *Suasrous aremius, Fabricius.
Staudinger. A very common “Skipper” in India, Ceylon, and
Burma, but we have not met with it in Sumatra.

651. Socastrus Tripura, de Nicéville.

Tagiades tripura, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 392,
n. 36, pl. G, fig. 39, female (1891).

Originally described from Perak; occurs also at Selesseh and in
the outer hills of Langkat rarely in March and December, and in Java
and Pulo Laut.

652. Svuastus pHipiT1A, Hewitson.
Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Originally described from
Sumatra, where it occurs rarely at Namoe Oekor.

653. Jamprix STELLIFER, Butler.

Grose Smith as salsala. Captain E. Y. Watson notes that “TI. stellifer
is quite distinct from I. salsala, Moore, with which it has been said to
be synonymous. It is smaller and darker, and is entirely without the
golden yellow scales on the upperside which are characteristic of
I. salsala.”” It is a common species in the forests of the outer hills
throughout the year. It has a very quick flight, and keeps close to the
ground; being so small it is not easy to see when on the wing.

654, Jamprix sinpu, Felder.
Hagen. Grose Smith. Found in the same localities and at the
same seasons as the last-named butterfly, but is rarer and not so quick

on the wing.

655. Ge Geta, de Nicéville.

G. geta, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 374, n. 39, pl Q,
fig. 51, male (1895).

Described from Penang in the Malay Peninsula, and from N.-E.
Sumatra, where it is very rare, a few males only having been obtained
from Selesseh and the outer hills in July.

656. AmpmTTIA MARO, Fabricius.

Thymelicus palemonides, Snellen, Midden-Sumatra, Lep., p. 28, n. 1 (1892).

Snellen as palemonides. are and very local in our area, found at
Stabat and near Bandar Quala in Serdang.

586 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,

657. AEROMACHUS INDISTINCTA, Moore.

Occurs at high elevations from Bekantschan to the Central Plateau
from May to August.

658. Lopnorpes 1aris, de Nicéville.

Tsoteinon iapis, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. v, p. 218, n. 15,
pl. E, fig. 9, male (1890).
Originally described from Burma and the Malay Peninsula, occurs
also in Java and Pulo Laut. In Sumatra it is found somewhat rarely
from Selesseh to Bekantschan from July to October.

659. HyAaroris ADRASTUS, Cramer.

Hagen as phenicis. Very rare in Sumatra though so common in
India, but occurs throughout the year at Paya Bakong and near
Bindjei. In September, i894, Dr. Martin noticed a plant of Calamus
(rattan cane) in front of his house at Bindjei, the leaves of which were
much eaten, and attached to the leaves were several empty and one full
pupa of this species, The latter was affixed to a leaf closed with a
web, and looked more lke a living satyrine larva about to turn to a
pupa than a real pupa of a hesperid. It was affixed quite flatly to the
leaf, and was capable of considerable motion.

660. Ivrys 1aperRA, de Nicéville.

I. iadera, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 379, n. 41, pl. Q,
fig. 52, male (1895).

Described from Penang and the Battak mountains of N.-E.
Sumatra, where it occurs throughout the year at high elevations south
of Bekantschan.

661. ZocRarHerus ocyera, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Originally described from
Sumatra. Occurs throughout the year at Selesseh and Namoe Oekor
in the forest, and has a very rapid flight. Fresh specimens have a
beautiful bluish gloss on the upperside of both wings.

662. IsmA FeRALIA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Java. Rare in the outer hills of Sumatra
in September.

663. Isma Bononta, Hewitson.

In the outer hills in September, very rare. .

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 537

664. Isma tnAgime, de Nicéville.

T. inarime, de Nicéville, Journ. -Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 391, n. 35,
pl. G, fig. 88, male (1891).

Originally described from Perak, found also in Pulo Laut. In
Sumatra it occurs in the forest near Selesseh throughout the year, but
is rare.

665. Isma corissa, Hewitson.

Isoteinon indrasana, Elwes and de Nicéville, Journ. A. S B., vol. lv, pt. 2, p. 441,
n. 166, pl. xx, fig. 5, female (1887).

Originally described from Borneo, occurs also in Lower Burma and
Tavoy. In Sumatra it is found in the mountains south of Namoe Oekor
and Bekantschan in February, July, August, October, and December.

666. Isma supMacuLaTa, Staudinger.

Plastingia submaculata, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 149, pl. ii, fig. 8, male (1889).

Originally described from Palawan in the Philippine Isles. We
possess specimens from Selesseh taken in October.

667. Marapa aria, Moore.

Grose Smith. Hagen as avia [sic]. Occurs throughout the year
in the plains somewhat plentifully. At Bindjei it entered Dr. Martin’s
house several times at 7 o'clock in the evening attracted by the just
lighted lamps in the verandah.

668. Martapa prona, Moore.

From Bindjei to the outer hills in February and July; rarer than
the last-named species.

669. Marapa sastvarna, Moore.

Occurs in the plains and also at higher elevations, found at Bekant-
schan in July, August and December.

670. Sepa cronus, de Nicéville.

S. cronus, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 50, n. 42, pl. v, fig. 4,
male (1894).

The type, which is still unique, was taken in the Battak mountains
on 10th September, 1893.

671. AcreRBAS ANTHEA, Hewitson.
A. anthea, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist Soc., vol. ix, p. 382, n. 1 (1895).

Originally described from Singapore ; occurs also in Tenasserim,

5388 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3, .

Malacca, Java, and Borneo. In Sumatra a unique example was taken
in the Battak mountains in August, 1894.

672. Zera MytHECA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Malacca. Dr. Martin obtained a single
male example in the Battak mountains of N.-E. Sumatra in March,
1894.

673. Ertonora THRAX, Linneus.

Snellen. Hagen. Distant. Very common everywhere throughout
the year in ever following generations wherever species of wild or
cultivated Musa (“ Pisangs ” in Malay, or Plantains) grow, on the leaves_
of which the larva feeds. The larva is white, covered with a white waxy
powder, and has a black heart-shaped head. It lives in a shelter
made of a portion of a rolled-up leaf. To make this shelter, it has
to cut into the edge of one of the enormous leaves to obtain a suitable
segment to be rolled up. The pupa is whitish, covered with the same
white powder as is the larva, and is hidden from view in its dining room.
This powder is of the greatest service to the animal, as in consequence of
the heavy showers of rain of the tropics much water often collects in
the rolled-up leaf, and the pupa if not so protected would soon be
drowned and rot, as it is the powder keeps the pupa dry until the water
has drained away or dried up. The butterfly emerges from the pupa in
the early hours of the afternoon at 2 or 3 P.m., and is on the wing before
sunrise and after sunset, aud comes to the lights in the verandahs of
houses. Even at the earliest dawn, between 4 and 5 a.m., Dr. Martin
has noticed them flying round the plantain groves near his house,
Ei. thrax often appears in large numbers, and then the caterpillars
assist the south wind in giving the plantain leaves their usual torn
and picturesque appearance ; but as the leaves are but little used except
by the Madrasi Tamils, who utilize small perfect portions as plates
when eating, the larve cause no loss to anyone.

674. Erionora atrinaA, Hewitson.
Semper. Originally described from a female from “India” and

Java. Its male is the Unkana batara of Distant. It is rare at low
elevations throughout the year, at Bindjei and in the plains generally.

675. ERtonora SANGUINOCCULUS, Martin.

E. sanguinocculus, Martin, Einige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra,
(Munich), pt. 1, p. 5, n. 3 (1895).

Described from a unique male example taken in the forest near

Selesseh in May. In Dr. Hagen’s collection is a second male specimen,

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 539

676. GANGARA THYRSIS, Fabricius.

Hagen. Grose Smith. Semper. The giant of the Hesperiidex of
our area, and much rarer than H. thrax, Linneeus, but occurs throughout
the year in places where Calamus grows, on which the white waxy-
powdered downy larva feeds. The pupa is hidden in three rolled-up
leaves, and is fixed by the extremity of the abdomen to a woven tripod
in such a way that it can move in all directions. As soon as its shelter
is touched it makes such a loud rattling noise that anyone would be at
least startled or frightened on first hearing it. Like H. thraz, the
butterfly emerges from the pupa late in the afternoon (from 3 to 5
e’clock p.m.), and flies after sunset.

677. PapUKA LEBADEA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Borneo, but found in Ceylon (subfasciata,
Moore), the Malay Peninsula (glandulosa, Distant), the Andaman Isles
(var. andamanica, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville), N.-E. Sumatra, and
Java. It is very rare in our area, in all the time Dr. Martin was in
Sumatra he only obtained three specimens near the village of Selesseh
in March and April.

678. KeraNna ARMATUS, Druce.

Found only at higher elevations, from Bekantschan to the Central
Plateau, where it is fairly common and occurs throughout the year.

679. Kerana GemMirer, Butler.

Butler. Occurs from Selesseh to Bekantschan rather rarely
througiout the year.

680. KeErana piocies, Moore.
Tagiades maura, Snellen, Midden-Sumatra, Lep., p. 28, n. 1 (1892).

Hagen as mauwrus [sic]. Grose Smith as diocles. Found com-
monly throughout the year from Selesseh to the Central Plateau. Flies
near villages and houses, on roadsides and open places, never in the

large forests.

681. Kerana FuieGur, de Nicéville.

K. fulgur, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 55, n. 46, pl. i, fig. 6,
female (1894); idem, id., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 383, n. 42, pl. Q,
fig. 54, male (1895).

Occurs in Selesseh and in the outer hills rarely throughout the
year. Dr. Martin and I obtained four pairs only.
J. 11 68

540 1. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,
682. PirpanaA HYELA, Hewitson.

Hagen. Originally described from Java, from whence I possess
both sexes. Found also at Sungei Ujong m the Malay Peninsula. In
this species the underside of both wings is striped with green along the
veins, in P. pavona, de Nicéville, the underside is not thus marked. We
possess only four specimens taken in Bekantschan in July and August.

683. PirpaNna pAvona, de Nicéville, n. sp.

Hapitat: Perak in the Malay Peninsula; N.-E. Sumatra; Java.

ExpansE: 6, 1°85 to 2°25; 9, 1°90 to 2°30 inches.

Description: Mate. Uprrrsipe, both wings glossy hair-brown.
Forewing unmarked, the cilia brown, Hindwing unmarked, the cilia
yellow, narrow anteriorly, wide posteriorly, and the yellow colour
extending on to the wing membrane broadly at the analangle. UNDER-
sipE, both wings very dark verditer-green. Forewing with the inner
margin broadly as far as the median nervure and second median nervule
dark ochreous, merging anteriorly into dark brown; the cilia pale
brown. Hin/wing unmarked, except that the anal angle is somewhat
broadly brown anterior to the broad outer yellow area, which latter,
together with the cilia, are as on the upperside. Body above dark
brown. Palpi and body beneath with a small anal tuft yellow. Fermatr.
Uprersibe, both wings glossy hair-brown. Forewing with the basal half
glossed with deep shining steel bluish-green. Hindwing with the
basal two-thirds glossed with the same colour; the yellow colour at the
anal angle twice as broad as in the male. Unpersipg, both wings with
the green ground-colour of a much paler shade than in the male.
Hindwing with no brown area at the anal angle, the angle itself even
mcre broadly yellow than on the upperside.

Allied to Hesperia ismene, Felder, from Celebes; Hesperia hyela,
Hewitson, from tle Malay Peninsula, Java and Sumatra; and Pirdana
rudolphii, Elwes and de Nicéville, from Sikhim, the ‘Khasi Hills and
Tavoy in Lower Burma, but differing therefrom in the ground-colour of
the underside being uniformly green, instead of dark brown with the
green colour arranged in stripes along the veins.

Described from one male from Perak, a single male from the
Battak mountiins of N.-E. Sumatra taken in January, and a male and
two females (the types) from Java, received withont precise locality
from Herr H. Fruhstorfer.

684. PLAsTINGIA CALLINEURA, Felder.

Originally described from Java. Hesperia latoia, Hewitson, des-
cribed from Singapore, is a synonym, as is also I believe P. margherita,

1895.] i. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 541

Doherty, from Margherita and Sadiya in Upper Assam, and P. fruhstor-
feri, Snellen, from Java. P. callinewra appears to be a very variable
species not only in colouring but also in size, as our specimens
measure in expanse of wings from 1°15 to 1°75 inches. In Sumatra it
is common in the forests of the cuter hills south of Namoe Oekor
throughout the year. It settles with folded wings. It requires a skilled
eye to distinguish it when at rest from common species of Padraona or
Telicota.

685. PLASTINGIA HELENA, Butler.

Hagen. Is much rarer than the last-named species, but occurs
throughout the year from Selesseh to Bekantschan.

686. PLASTINGIA VERMICULATA, Hewitson,

P. vermiculata, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 56, n. 47, pl. v,
fig. 15, male (1894).

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Originally described from Sumatra ;
occurs in the Battak mountains near Bekantschan in July rarely, only
two or three specimens obtained.

687. PLASTINGIA TESSELLATA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Matcassar in Celebes. The markings of
the underside are stated to be ‘‘yellow.” The “ Hesperia” eulepis of
Felder, described also from Celebes, is said to have the markings on
the underside “ ochraceo-sulphureis,” and is almost certainly a synonym,
The next-named species is given by Captain Watson as a synonym also,
but it has the markings of the underside “ pure silvery white.” I be-
lieve it to be distinct. PP. tessellata is very rare, two or three specimens
only have been taken near Bekantschan in July.

688. Puastineia NAGA, de Nicéville.

Hesperia ? naga, de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lii, pt. 2, p. 89, n. 37, pl. x,
fig. 2, female (1883). ;

Occurs at Sibsagar in Upper Assam, Singapore, N.-E. Sumatra, and
Java. Not less rare than the two foregoing species, four or five speci-
mens only obtained in March, June and December. Dr. Martin caught
it himself commonly in Singapore in February, 1895.

689. Loroneus caALatHus, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Hagen. Grose Smith. Distant. Snellen, Kirby.
Originally described from Sumatra. I possess specimens from the

542 UL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

Daunat Range in Middle Tenasserim, Burma, and from Java. It is
very rare in our area, a few specimens only have been obtained in March
and May on the outer hills. It is probable that the “ Hesperia” traviata
of Plotz (see No. 756) is a synonym of this species. “ Hudamus” cala-

thus is nowhere mentioned by Plotz, and appears to have been un-
known to him.

690. Lotoneus scuapr1A, Hewitson.
L. maculatus, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 372, nv. 2, pl. xxxv, fig. 1, male (1886).

Hewitson. Grose Smith as schedia [sic]. Kirby. Originally des-
cribed from Sumatra. Distant deseribed it from Malacca. I possess
specimens from Perak in the Malay Peninsula. The Lotongus parthenope,
Weymer (de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe., vol. vii, p. 354,
n. 22, pl. J, figs. 4, male; 5, female (1892), is quite distinct from this
species, still more so from JL. calathus, Hewitson. JL. schedia is com-
moner in Sumatra than L. calathus, but is always somewhat scarce, and
occurs throughout the year from Selesseh to Namoe Oekor and on the
outer hills. Dr. Martin caught it fairly commonly in February, 1895, on
the small Dutch island of Riouw near Singapore.

691. *lLoroneus avesta, Hewitson.

L. avesta, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 383, n. 43, pl. Q,
fig. 56, female (1895).

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Originally described from
Sumatra. Mr. H. J. Elwes has specimens from Pulo Laut near Borneo,

and I have a single female example from the Ataran Valley, Tenasserim,
Burma.

692. Loronaus EXCELLENS, Staudinger,

Proteides excellens, Staudinger, Iris, vol. ii, p. 141, pl. ii, fig. 6, male (1889).

Originally described from Palawan in the Philippine Isles. Su-
perficially it reminds one instantly of Hasora (Parata) chuza, Hewitson.
It is very rare at high elevations south of Bekantschan, only four
specimens were obtained in March and August of the last year of Dr.
Martin’s residence in Sumatra.

693. Zea zeus, de Nicéville.

Z. zeus, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 388, n. 44, pl. Q,
fig. 57, male (1895),

Occurs rarely at Selesseh and in the Battak mountains in May.
The type is from Pulo Laut near Borneo.

1895.] lL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 543

694. Hrparr irAva, Moore.

Hagen. Grose Smith. Staudinger. Snellen. Very common and
occurs throughout the year in ever following generations everywhere
where the cocoa-nut palm grows, on the leaves of which the larva feeds to-
gether with Amathusia phidippus, Johanssen (vide ante, p. 393). The
female always lays her eggs on young leaves, and the larve are some-
times so abundant as to do appreciable damage to the palms by devouring
all the leaves. The larva is of a dirty green colour with subdorsal black
stripes and an ochreous head, and is hidden from view between two leaves
of tke food-plant woven together. The pupa is reddish-brown. The but-
terflies are on the wing early in the morning and after sunset, and often
come to the lighted lamps. In the daytime they rest with folded wings

in dark places near houses. Once in 1892 all the cocoa-nut trees near
the Manager’s house at Namoe Oekor were eaten up by the larve, and
later hundreds of the butterflies took shelter during the day in the house.
None of them rested on the white-washed walls, but all on the dark
curtains and portiéres.

695. Huipari DoESOENA, Martin.

H. doesoena, Martin, Hinige neue Tagschmetterlinge von Nordost-Sumatra, pt. 1,
(Munich), p. 6, n. 4 (1895).

The name given to this species by Dr. Martin is Dutch, and is
pronounced dusuna not desena. It has been described from six males
only taken in August near Bekantschan.

696. *HiDARI HARMACHIS, Hewitson.

Astictopterus harmachis, Hewitson, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series,
vol. i, p. 341 (1878).

Hidari staudingeri, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 395, n. 3, pl. xxxv, fig. 25 (1886).

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Hewitson described this species from a
specimen in his collection from Sumatra, and referred to another in
Dr. Staudinger’s collection from Malacca. Mr. Distant described it as
a “new species” from a Malaccan specimen, also in Dr, Staudinger’s
collection, probably the one Hewitson referred to. Distant also referred
to Astictopterus ? harmachis, but failed to recognise it (1. c., p, 404). We
have not seen this species.

697. Eetion ELIA, Hewitson.

E. elia, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix, p. 396, n. 1 (1895).

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Butler. Kirby. Distant. Originally
described from Sumatra, where it occurs in our area at Selesseh and
on the outer hills from May to August.

Re
544 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L, Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra.

698. Eerion martini, Distant. ti vaat .
Zea martini, Distant, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xix, p.
n. 187 (1887). aa

Originally described from Northern Borneo. In our area it occu

August, October and November. It has a rapid flight, and when flying ms
appears to be entirely white. ; an

699, Pirnauria (Pithauriopsis) aircHisont, Wood-Mason and de
Nicéville.

Pithauriopsis aitchinsoni, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. CS B,, vol. ly,
pt. 2, p. 387, n. 233, pl. xv, fig. 4, male (1886). ey

Originally described from Cachar; it is common in the forests of
Middle Tenasserim, Burma, where | have taken it sucking up moisture
on the banks of streams in October. It is found also in Java and N.-H.
Sumatra, where it flies throughout the year somewhat semmeclig on tbe

outer hills.

700. NorocrypPTA FEISTHAMELII, Boisduval.

Snellen. Staudinger as alysos. Captain Watsou gives the “ Plesio-
neura”’ alysos of Moore as a synonym of this species. Common all over
our area throughout the year in shady grassy places in or near forest.

701. Norocrypra resrricta, Moore.

Found always with the last-named species, but is somewhat rarer,

702. Norocrypra MoNnTerTH1, Wood-Mason and de Nicéyville.

Plesioneura monteithi, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. ly, pt. 2,
p. 391, n. 245, pl. xviii, figs. 3, 3a, female (1886).

Originally described from Cachar. It is exceedingly rare, I possess —
a single female example from Sumatra.

703. *Novocrypra ALBIFASCIA, Moore.

Hagen as albofascia [sic]. Originally described eve Hatstegeel
Tenasserim, Burma. It is probable that Dr. Hagen identified the re
named species under this name, as the two are very closely allied.

704. Norocrypra NE#RA, de Nicéville. ey

N. nexra, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. ae n. 25, p G,
fig. 27, female (1891). chee

Originally described from Perak in the Malay Peviusula,

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. — 545

also in Tenasserim, Burma. Itis very rare in our area, only two
specimens having been obtained from the higher mountains in March.

705. Upaspes rotus, Cramer.

Hagen as folus, Fabricius [sic]. Grose Smith. Common and unbi-
quitous throughout the year in gardens and on grassy places and road-
sides ; never in forest.

706. GEHENNA GRE&, de Nicéville.
G. grzzx, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 399, n. 47, pl. Q,
fig. 59, male (1895).

Described from a unique male taken on 23rd January, 1893, at Namoe
Oekor.

707. CuPmITHA PURREEA, Moore.

Very rare in the forest near Selesseh, only four specimens obtained
in May.

708. TeLicoTa AuGIAS, Linnezeus.

T. augias, Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lv, pt. 2, p. 384,
n. 224, pl. xvii, fig. 1, male (1886).

Snellen. Hagen. Distant.

709. TerLicota BAMBUSm, Moore.

Hagen. Both the species of Telicota are common in the plains
throughout the year, and are very fond of flowers.

710. Papraona DARA, Kollar.

Grose Smith as mesa [sic]. There is little doubt I think that
“* Pamphila”’ mesa, Moore, is a synonym of ‘ Hesperia” dara, Kollar.
It is more than probable that several species are included under this
name. Nearly everywhere where the genus is found, individuals are
very numerous, and these to a certain extent can be superficially sorted
into apparently distinct species by size and colour, but until the pre-
hensores of the males of a large number of specimens from various
localities have been carefully, critically and exhaustively studied, there
does not appear to be much hope of correct specific diagnosis. P. dara
is the commonest and most ubiquitous of the Hesperiidzx in our area,
and flies all the year round.

711. *Papraona MzsoIDES, Butler.

Hagen. Originally described from Malacca. I have never been
able to recognise it with any degree of certainty.

546 IL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,

712. *Papraona suntas, Felder.

Snellen. Hagen. Originally described from Amboina, but has
never been figured.

713. Papraona pavor, de Nicéville.

P. pavor, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. lxiii, pt. 2, p. 53, n. 44, pl. iv, fig. 8,
male (1894).

Found only at high elevations throughout the year on the Central
Plateau, not below 3,900 feet elevation, where it is as common as P. dara,
Kollar, is in the plains.

714. Papraona cota, Moore.

Much rarer than P. dara, Kollar, but occurs all over our area and
throughout the year in the plains.

715. Papraona PARAGOLA, de Nicéville, n. sp.

Hasirat: N.-E, Sumatra.

EXpanse: o, 9, 1‘l inches.

Description: Mate. Uppersipe, both wings fuscous, with rich
ochreous markings, Forewing with the base (especially towards the
costa) irrorated with golden-coloured scales ; a broad oblique discal band
from the inner margin near the base of the wing almost to the costa
towards the apex of the wing, crossed by the black veins, on the side
facing the costa anteriorly with a very irregular, posteriorly with an even,
edge, the side facing the outer margin with an even edge; anteriorly at
the end of the discoidal cell indented with a tooth of the fascous ground-
colour ; the band is narrow at both ends, broad in the middle. Hind-
wing with a large oval patch occupying the middle of the wing not
reaching the costa or the abdominal margin; the base thickly clothed
with long golden-coloured sete. Unperstpn, forewing black, irrorated
throughout, except the basal portion broadly of the inner margin, with
golden-coloured scales; the discal band as on the upperside; a some-
what narrow marginal golden-coloured band, broadest at the costa, nar-
rowing posteriorly, not quite reaching the inner angle of the wing ; an
anteciliary fine black line. Hindwing black, heavily irrorated throughout
with golden-coloured scales; the discal oval patch as on the upperside,
but bearing anteriorly at the end of the discoidal cell a small black spot ;
a narrow marginal golden-coloured line, and an anteciliary fine black
line. Cilia throughout golden-coloured, broad on the hindwing, some-
what infuscated anteriorly in the forewing. Head and body black, but
thickly clothed with ochreous setw. Antenne anteriorly black, post-

eriorly annulated with yellow, the thick portion of the club beneath tz aa

f
.

1895.] LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 547

entirely yellow. Femane. Upperstpn, both wings with the ground-colour
and markings duller, the latter narrower, than in the male. Forewing
with uo golden-coloured irrorations at the base of the wing. Unpur-
sive, beth wings duller coloured throughout than in the male, the discai
patch on the hindwing distinctly whitish.

Nearest to “ Pamphila” gola, Moore, described and figured from
Port Blair in the South Andaman Isles. A synonym of this species
is Padraona goloides, Moore, described and figured from Ceylon. I have
carefully compared specimens of these two species from the above-
named islands, and find that the differences relied on by Mr. Moore to
separate them are absolutely inconstant. The following are recorded
localities for P. gola :—Port Blair, South Andamans; Mergui; Thaing,
King Island (Mergui Archipelago) (Moore); Sileuri (Cachar) ( Wood-
Mason and de Nicéville); Sumba; Sambawa (Doherty); Buxa (Bhutan)
(Elwes) ; Kiukiang (Central China) (Leech); Sikhim (de Nicéville) ;
Nilgiri District (Hampson); and I possess specimens from the following
hitherto unrecorded localities ;— Calcutta; Orissa; Travancore; Perak
(Malay Peninsula); N.-E. Sumatra; Nias; Java; S.-H. Borneo; and
Celebes. P. goloides has been recorded from Ceylon by Moore, and from
Singapore and Java by Distant. “ Pamphila” naranata, Moore, is
a MS. name for P. goloides in Horsfield and Moore’s Cat. Lep. Mus.
E.1.C., vol. i, p. 251, n. 565 (1857), and was recorded from Java.
I have been informed by Mr. G. PF. Hampson that Pamphila augustula,
Herrich-Schiaffer, from Cape York (Northern Australia) and the
Fiji Islands is another synonym. Dr. Staudinger also records a
“ Pamphila” goloi’es, Moore, var. akar, Mabille, from Palawan ( Iris,
vol. ii, p. 146 (1889), which may be anothersynonym. P. paragola differs
from P. gola on the upperside of the hindwing in having the discal patch
broader in the middle thereby causing it to be oval instead of lengthened
or band-like in shape; this feature is especially marked on the under-
side. The golden irroration of the underside almost throughout is pecu-
liar to P. paragola. There are other smaller differences which are very
obvious when specimens of the two species are compared side by side, but
are difficult to express in words. I hope to figure P. paragola shortly.

Described from two males and one female in my collection.

716. Papraona PALMARUM, Moore.

Very rare, but every year Dr. Martin caught a few specimens
round his house at Bindjei in the plains in July.

717. Harr HomMoLEA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Singapore. Occurs in S1matra some-
what rarely on the outer hills from May to August.
J. um 69

B48 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 8,

718, Hare zema, Hewitson.

Grose Smith. The “ Hesperia” ormenes, Weymer, Stet. Ent. Zeit.,
vol. xlviii, p. 16, n. 14, pl. ii, fig. 6, male (1887), from Nias, is a syno-
nym of this species. Also rare, occurs from Selesseh to Bekantschan
in March, July and November.

719. Hare r1nsie@nis, Distant.

Originally described from Singapore. It is a true Halpe, Mr.
Distant placed it in the genus Baoris with a query. Hxcessively rare,
Dr. Martin took a single male in August near Tandjong Djatti.

720. Hare HieRON, de Nicéville.

H. hieron, de Nicéville, Journ. A. 8. B., vol. Ixiii, pt. 2, p. 54, n. 45, pl. iv, fig. 1,
male (1894).

Hitherto only recorded from N.-E. Sumatra, where it occurs only
at high elevations not below 3,000 feet to the south of Bekantschan.
In suitable localities it is not rare, we have specimens taken in Feb-
ruary, April and August.

721. *HA.pPEe BETURIA, Hewitson.

Snellen. Captain Watson states that H. beturia is confined to
Celebes, and he described the Indian, Burmese, and Andamanese form
as H. moorei. It is probable that the Sumatran species should be known
by the latter name. We did not obtain it,

722. *HALPE MARSENA, Hewitson.

Hewitson. Grose Smith. Kirby. Originally described from
Sumatra. It is very close to, if not identical with, “‘ Hesperia” ornata,
Felder, described from Java, but occurring also in Cachar, vide Wood-
Mason and de Nicéville, Journ. A. S. B., vol. lv, pt. ii, p. 382, n. 214,
pl. xviii, figs, 7, 7a, male (1886). Hewitson’s name has priority by one
year.

723. Iron semamora, Moore.

I. semamora, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 401, n. i
(1895).

Hesperia barea, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., third series, vol. ii, p. 490,
n. 12 (1866).

Hewitson. Kirby. Hewitson described this species from Sumatra
under the name of ‘“‘ Hesperia” barea. It occurs from Namoe Ockor to

Bekantschan and in the Battak mountains in March, July and August.

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. 549

724, Baoris ocera, Hewitson.

Very rare, only a few male specimens taken near Bekantschan in
March.

725. Baorts (Chapra) marutias, Fabricius.

Snellen as gulianus, Fabricius [sic], and julianus, Latrielle. Hagen
as mathias and gulianus. Butler as gulianus. The “ Hesperia” julianus
of Latreille was described from Java, and appears to be a synonym of
“ Hesperia” mathias, Fabricius. This widely-distributed butterfly is
very common throughout the year in the plains of Sumatra, especially
so near Mabar.

726. Baoris (Chapra) BrunneA, Snellen.

Chapra cere, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 388, n. 31,
pl. G, fig. 33, male (1891).

When describing this species from Burma, I overlooked Heer P.
C. T. Snellen’s description and figure of the species from Java. In
Sumatra it is rare from Bindjei to Bekantschan in March, and again in
October and November.

727. Baorts (Parnara) consuncra, Herrvich-Schiaffer.

Hagen. This is the “ Hesperia” narooa of Moore, the “ Gegenes’’
javana of Mabille, and the “ Hesperia” alice of Plotz, the latter described
from Mergui and the Philippines, of which Herr Gustav Weymer has been
so good as to send me a beautiful coloured drawing of the type, which is
a male, now in the Berlin Museum. It occurs commonly over the whole
of our area and throughout the year.

728. Baoris (Parnara) toona, Moore.

I am unable to follow Mr. J. H. Leech in placing this species as a
synonym of “ Pamphila” pellucida, Murray, specimens of the latter
species in my collection from Japan, from whence it was described,
appear to me to be quite distinct from “‘ Hesperia” toona, The upper-
side of both wings in fresh specimens of B. toona is rich ochreous, which
it never is in B. guttatus, Bremer and Grey=“ Pamphila” mangala
Moore. B. toona has been figured and described by Mr. Distant in Rhop.
Malay., p. 380, n. 3, pl. xxxiv, fig. 9 (1886) as Baoris chaya, Moore,
a species which belongs to the Chapra section of the genus. Hitherto
unrecorded localities for the species are Trevandrum in South India,
Java, and Celebes. In N.-E. Sumatra it is as ubiquitous as the last-
named species.

550 LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin— Butterflies of Sumatra. [No.3

729. Baorts (Parnara) cautra, Moore.

Originally described from the South Andaman Isles. It has two
spots in the discoidal cell and four on the disc of the forewing. I have
specimens from Sumatra which agree with Mr. Moore’s figure and
description of the species. J have specimens also from Sumatra which
agree with Mr. Moore’s description and Mr. Elwes’ woodcut of Baoris
austent, described from Assam, which also has two spots in the discoidal
cell and five on the disc of the forewing. Again, I have other speci-
mens from Sumatra agreeing with Mr. Moore’s description of “ Hesperia”
moolata, described from Upper Tenasserim in Burma, which has one
spot in the discoidal cell and also five on the dise of the forewing.
Lastly, I have specimens from Sumatra agreeing with Mr. Moore’s
figure and description of “ Hesperia’”’ kumara, originally described from
Canara in South India, recorded also from Mereui in Lower Burma and
Ceylon by the author, It has no spots in the discoidal cell, but there
are seven discal spots on the forewing. As all my Sumatran specimens
appear to me to represent one and the same species, I record them under
the oldest of Mr. Moore’s four names. It may, however, be subse-
quently found on an examination of the prehensores of the male that
some of these species may be valid. In Sumatra B. cahira is found at
Bindjei and Namoe Oekor in the plains, but is much rarer than the
two foregoiny species, but flies throughout the year.

730. Baoris (Parnara) papa, Moore.

Pamphila apostata, Snellen, Midden-Sumatra, Lep., p. 27, n. 1 (1892).

“ Hesperia” bada, Moore, was originally described from Ceylon and
Malacca, and is figured in “ The Lepidoptera of Ceylon” by the author.
It has typically no spots in the diseoidal cell of the forewing. Mr.
Elwes says that ‘ Pamphila” [sie] mangala, Moore, and “ Hesperia”
bada, Moore, as wellas ‘ Pamphila” [sic] fortunei, Felder, originally des-
cribed from Shanghai in China, are synonyms of “ Hudamus” guttatus,
Bremer aud Grey, originally described from North China. In this I do
not entirely agree with him, as I consider H. bada and H. fortune
to be distinct. Mr. Leech gives H. fortunei as a synonym of EH. quttutus,
and omits P. mangala and H. buda. I agree with him in so far as to
consider P. mangula to be synonymous with LH. guftatus; the latter is,
however, larger than (1°5 inches as against &, 12; 2, 13 inches),

and has a different facies to, H. bada. Leech says that Parnara guttata_

“Con be easily distinguished from P. pellucida, [Murray, originally
described from Japan] by its longer, narrower wings, and by the
spots of the hindwing, which are almost in a straight line, while

i Se

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin — Butterflies of Sumatra. 551

in P. pellucida the arrangement is alternate.” I have specimens of
P. pellucida from Western China identified by Mr. Leech, and which
agree with Mr. H. Pryer’s figure of the species in ‘‘ Rhopalocera Niho-
nica,” pl. x, n. 11, female, also with Dr. O. Staudinger’s figure in Roma-
noft’s ‘‘ Mémoires sur les Lépidopteéres,”’ vol. iii, pl. viii, fig. 3, male,
which further differ from H. guttatus in the forewing in the lowest of the
three subapical spots being moved outwards towards the margin instead’
of being directly under the other two; the spots in the discoidal cell
are larger and not placed immediately above one another but obliquely ;
and, lastly, the antenne are absolutely different, the shaft being half as
long again as in H. guttatus, and the club elongated instead of being
short and compressed. The differences in markings may perhaps be
considered to be trivial unless shewn to be constant in a long series, but
the difference in the antenne must be specific. But Leech gives
“* Hesperia”’ toona, Moore, as a synonym of P. pellucida, which is, I
think, incorrect. Watson gives E. bada as a distinct species, and places
P. mangala as a synonym of P. guttatus. In this I agree with him.
H. fortunet is probably distinct, though placed by Leech as a synonym
of H. guttatus, as noted above. As figured in ‘“‘ Reise Novara,” Lepidop-
tera, pl. lxxu, fig. 11, male, it has the antenne as long as P. pellucida, but
differs from that species in having no spots in the discoidal cell of the
forewing, and the discal spots of the hindwing arranged in a straight
line instead of being placed alternately. I would arrange all these
names thus :—

1. Baoris (Parnara) toona, Moore, from the Himalayas, Bhutan,
Assam, Burma, the Malay Peninsula, South India, Sumatra, Java,
and Celebes.

2. Baoris (Parnara) fortunei, Felder, from Shanghai.

3, Buaorts (Parnara) pellucida, Murray, from Japan and Western
China.

4. Baoris (Parnara) guttatus, Bremer and Grey.

Pamphila mangala, Moore, from the Western Himalayas, China,
and Japan.

5. Baoris (Parnara) bada, Moore.

Pamphila apostata, Snellen, from nearly the whole of India,
Ceylon, Burma, Sumatra, and Java.

In B. toona there are always two spots in the discoidal cell of the
forewing, usually conjoined. In B. guttatus, of which I have a good -
series from the Western Himalayas, Western and Central China, and
Japan, there is sometimes a minute spot in the cell (probably this spot
is occasionally absent altogether), or two spots, variable in size, but
never conjoined. In B. bada, there are sometimes no spots, one, or two

552. . de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. [No. 3,

spots, never conjcined. This is the smallest and darkest-coloured
species of the three. In Sumatra it is somewhat rarer than B. cahira,
Moore, but occurs throughout the year from Bindjei to the outer
hills.

731. Baoris (Parnara) couaca, Moore.

Originally described from the South Andaman Isles, and figured
by Moore and Elwes. It differs from B. bada, Moore, in being smaller,
with smaller spots on the hindwing, which are also slightly differently
arranged. Occurs rarely on the outer hills in November. .

732. Baoris (Parnara) puanans, de Nicéville.

Parnara pugnans, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 384,
n. 28, pl. G, fig. 30, female (1891).

Originally described from the Malay Peninsula and Nias Island;
in Sumatra it occurs at Selesseh, Namoe Oekor, and in the Battak
mountains from July to October. It is found also in the island of
Pulo Laut.

733. *Baoris (Parnara) cinnara, Wallace,

Grose Smith. Originally described from Formosa. The description
is quite inadequate, and from it the species cannot be identified with
certainty.

734, IsmeNk @DIPODEA, Swainson,

Rare at high elevations south of Bekantschan in June and
September.

735. IsMBNE ETELKA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Sarawak in Borneo; occurs also in the
Ataran Valley, Tenasserim, Burma. The species was described from
a female, and is named Ismene itelka on the plate. In Sumatra it is
very rare at higher elevations near Bekantschan. Three specimens only
obtained, one each in March, July, and August.

736. IsMENE HARISA, Moore.

Somewhat rare throughout the year at high elevations from
Bekantschan to the Central Plateau. This species was very common,
however, in February, 1895, in Indragiri in the plains.

737. *IsMENE sTRIaTA, Hewitson.

Snellen. Originally described from China.

1895.] LL. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra. 553

738. IsMENE RADTOSA, Plotz.

TI. radiosa, Plétz, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xxix, p. 232, n. 35 (1885); idem, id.,
Stet. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xlvii, p. 114, n. 26 (1886).

Originally described from Celebes. My identification is based on
specimens of this species sent to me so named by Heer M. C. Piepers
from Java. A unique example has been obtained in Sumatra near
Bekantschan in March.

739. IsMENE sp.

Dr. Martin informs me that his brother obtained three male
specimens in Indragiri of an Ismene allied to I. iluska, Hewitson,
I. mahintha, Moore, I. antigone, Riber, and I. ionis, de Nicéville. As
I have not seen a specimen from Sumatra I cannot determine the
species.

740. Hasora BADRA, Moore.

Hagen, Grose Smith. Common in the plains, most plentiful
in April.

741. Hasora mApRIA, de Nicéville.

H. hadria, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. iv, p. 172, n. 10 (1889).

Common in the outer hills and near Selesseh in April, May, Sep-
tember and December.

742. Hasora cHAsrona, Plotz.

H. chabrona, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix, p. 406, n. 51 (1895).

Rarer than the two foregoing species, occurs near Selesseh and on
the outer hills in April and September.

743. Hasora MyRA, Hewitson.

Originally described from Java. Occurs in Sumatra throughout
the year at high elevations not below 3,000 feet, but never commonly.

744, Hasora (Parata) cHromus, Cramer.

Common on the outer hills in May and June.

745. Hasora (Parata) simpricissimA, Mabille.

H. (Parata) simplicissima, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ix,
p. 405, n. 50, pl. Q, figs. 62, male; 68, female (1895).

Occurs not rarely throughout the year at low elevations, in the
plains near Selesseh and at Tandjong Djatti.

554 L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin—Butterflies of Sumatra.
746. *Hasora (Parata) MALAYANA, Felder.

Snellen. Originally described from the Malay Peninsula.

747. Hasora (Parata) ceLznuS, Cramer. ae)

Originally described from Amboina. Rare, found from Sclessche
Bekantschan in January and March.

748. Hasora (Parata) cavza, Hewitson.

Hagen. Originally described from Sarawak in Borneo. In N.-H.
Sumatra it occurs at Selesseh, and on the Battak mountains from —
Bekantschan to the Central Plateau fairly commonly throughout the —
year.

749. Bipasts senNA, Moore.

Flies throughout the year near Selesseh and on the outer hills, a ;
most plentiful in April. a

750. BApAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS, Fabricius. ;

Throughout the year in the plains at Selesseh, and on the outer ~
hills near Paya Bakong. The males come to wet spots on roads,
where they settle with widely spread wings Dr. Martin notes. Mr.
G. C. Dudgeon has recently described the transformations of this
species from Bhutan in N.-E. India, in the Journal of the Bombay
Natural History Society, vol. x, p. 144 (1895).

751. RHOPALOCAMPTA CRAWFURDI, Distant.

Hagen as benjamini. Occurs throughout the year at Selesseh and
on the outer hills from Namoe Oekor to Bekantschan and south of that—
place. Herr O. Puttfarcken once found a larva of this species, and .
described it as follows:—‘‘ Has the typical shape of the larve of the
Hesperiidx, and is like that of Erionota thraz, Linneus. It lived in a me
rolled-up leaf, is dark velvety blue with white transverse lines, head ie
and legs yellow, head with three black spots arranged in a triangle.” a

The following species have been recorded from Sumatra by vertonely
authors, but we have not been able to identify them.

752. *TAGIADES SATAMPA.

Hagen. He does not give the name of the describer of this spe
as he usually does. We are unable to trace it. It is possible

1895.] L. de Nicéville & Dr. L. Martin —Butterflies of Sumatra. 555

means the well-known hesperid genus Satarupa, Moore, which occurs in
Sumatra, and is not mentioned by him, though he records Satarupa
sambara, Moore, from Sumatra, under the name of Tagiades sambara.

753. *ISoOTEINON PERTINAX.

Grose Smith. There is a “ Papilio”’ pertinax, Stoll, described from
Surinam in South America, which is placed by Kirby as a synonym of
Telegonus pervivaz, Hiibner. From the figure I cannot find that it
resembles any oriental hesperid. There is also a “ Papilio” pertinaa,
Sepp, from Surinam, which has been re-named Pamphila schelleri by
Kirby. The book in which it is described and figured is not available
tome. Furthermore, there is a ‘ Papilio” pertinaxy of Cramer, des-
cribed from Surinam, which name stands. This species is the type of
the genus Phlebodes, Hiibner.

754. *IsoTEINON MERJA.

Grose Smith. I am unable to trace this species, and Mr. Grose
Smith does not say by whom it was described.

755. *™PampuHiLa FErtINGI, Moschler.

P. fettingi, Méschler, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xxviii, p. 219,
n. 26 (1879).

Originally described from males from Sumatra. From _ the
description it appears to be closely allied to Padraona pavor, de Nicéville
(vide No. 713 ante).

756. *HeEspPerRIA TRAVIATA, Plotz.
H. traviata, Plotz, Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. xlvii, p. 91, n. 75c (1886).

Originally described from Sumatra. It is compared with Lotongus
parthenope, Weymer, and from the description probably belongs to that
genus (vide No. 689 ante).

OE See

Ate yt 79)

ae St

e ine

3 9088 01309 9114

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal"

See other formats